Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
     
o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from            to
OR
     
o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report
Commission file number: 333-13792
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Province of Québec, Canada
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
612 Saint-Jacques Street
Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8

(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
None   None
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due July 15, 2011
11
1 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2011
(Title of Class)
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
123,602,807 Common Shares
990,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A
147,950 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C
255,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
o Yes                þ No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
o Yes                 þ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
þ Yes                 o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o       Accelerated filer o       Non-accelerated filer þ
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
þ Item 17                 o Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
o Yes                       þ No
 
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
  ii
  ii
  ii
  iii
  iv
       
    1  
    1  
    1  
    19  
    68  
    69  
    106  
    120  
    123  
    125  
    126  
    144  
    147  
       
    148  
    148  
    148  
    148  
    148  
    148  
    149  
    149  
    149  
       
    149  
    150  
    150  
    154  
    F-1  
  Certificate of amendment of articles of QMI
  By-law number 2005-1 of Quebecor Media inc.
  1st supplemental indenture, dated 12-30-05
  1st supplemental indenture, dated 12-30-05
  7 3/4% senior notes indenture, dated 01-17-06
  credit agreement, dated 01-17-06
  statement regarding calculation of ratio
  subsidiaries of Quebecor Media inc.
  certification of Pierre Francoeur
  certification of Mark D'Souka
  certification of Pierre Francoeur
  certification of Mark D'Souka

 


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTES
     All references in this annual report to “Quebecor Media,” “QMI” or the “Company,” as well as use of the terms “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms, are references to Quebecor Media Inc., a company incorporated in Canada in August 2000 under Part 1A of the Companies Act (Québec), and, unless the context otherwise requires, its subsidiaries and operating companies. All references in this annual report to “Videotron” are references to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Videotron Ltd.; all references to “Sun Media” are references to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Sun Media Corporation; all references to “Le SuperClub Vidéotron” are to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée; all references in this annual report to “TVA Group” are to our subsidiary, TVA Group Inc.; and all references in this annual report to “Nurun” are to our subsidiary, Nurun Inc. All references to “Videotron Telecom” are to Videotron Telecom Ltd., which prior to its merger with Videotron on January 1, 2006, had been our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary. All references in this annual report to “Quebecor” are references to Quebecor Inc., and all references to “Capital CDPQ” are to Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
     Industry statistics and market data used throughout this annual report were obtained from internal surveys, market research, publicly available information and industry publications, including the Canadian Radio-Television and Telecommunications Commission, or the CRTC, A.C. Nielsen Media Research, Kagan Research LLC, the Canadian Newspaper Association, the Audit Bureau of Circulations and ComScore Media Metrix. Industry publications generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of this information is not guaranteed. Similarly, internal surveys and industry and market data, while believed to be reliable, have not been independently verified, and we make no representation as to the accuracy of this information.
     Information contained in this document concerning the media industry, our general expectations concerning this industry and our market positions and market shares may also be based on estimates and assumptions made by us based on our knowledge of the industry and which we believe to be reliable. We believe, however, that this data is inherently imprecise, although generally indicative of relative market positions and market shares. Industry and company data is approximate and may reflect rounding in certain cases.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in Canada, or Canadian GAAP. For a discussion of the principal differences between Canadian GAAP and the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, see note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 included under “Item 17. Financial Statements.” We prepare our financial statements in Canadian dollars. In this annual report, references to Canadian dollars, Cdn$ or $ are to the currency of Canada, and references to U.S. dollars or US$ are to the currency of the United States.
     We use certain financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP to assess our financial performance. We use these non-GAAP financial measures, such as operating income, free cash flow from operations and average monthly revenue per user, because we believe that they are meaningful measures of our performance. Our method of calculating these non-GAAP financial measures may differ from the methods used by other companies and, as a result, the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this annual report may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies. We provide a definition of the non-GAAP financial measures used in this annual report under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” We provide a definition of operating income, and a reconciliation of operating income to the most directly comparable financial measure under Canadian GAAP and under U.S. GAAP principles in note 1 to the tables under “Item 3. Key Information – Selected Financial Data.” When we discuss free cash flow from operations in this annual report, we provide a

ii


Table of Contents

reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure in the same section.
     Unless otherwise indicated, information provided in this annual report, including all operating data presented, is as of December 31, 2005.
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION
     We prepare our financial statements in Canadian dollars. The following table presents the average, high, low and end of period noon buying rates for the periods indicated, in the City of New York for cable transfers in foreign currencies, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or the “noon buying rate.” Such rates are presented as U.S. dollars per $1.00 and are the inverse of rates published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for Canadian dollars per US$1.00. On March 24, 2006, the inverse of the noon buying rate was $1.00 equals US$0.8565. We do not make any representation that Canadian dollars could have been converted into U.S. dollars at the rates shown or at any other rate.
                                 
Year Ended   Average(1)   High   Low   Period End
December 31, 2001
    0.6446       0.6697       0.6241       0.6279  
December 31, 2002
    0.6370       0.6619       0.6200       0.6329  
December 31, 2003
    0.7205       0.7738       0.6349       0.7738  
December 31, 2004
    0.7719       0.8493       0.7158       0.8310  
December 31, 2005
    0.8282       0.8690       0.7872       0.8579  
                                 
Month Ended   Average(2)   High   Low   Period End
September 30, 2005
    0.8491       0.8615       0.8418       0.8615  
October 31, 2005
    0.8493       0.8579       0.8413       0.8477  
November 30, 2005
    0.8463       0.8579       0.8361       0.8569  
December 31, 2005
    0.8610       0.8690       0.8521       0.8579  
January 31, 2006
    0.8642       0.8744       0.8528       0.8744  
February 28, 2006
    0.8704       0.8788       0.8638       0.8788  
March 2006 (through March 24, 2006)
    0.8663       0.8834       0.8565       0.8565  
 
(1)   The average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the applicable year.
 
(2)   The average of the exchange rates for all days during the applicable month.

iii


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This annual report contains forward-looking statements with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, business and certain of our plans and objectives. These forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the “Safe Harbor” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate as well as beliefs and assumptions made by our management. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, prospects, financial position and business strategies. Words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “continue,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “foresee,” “believe” or “seek” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements, by their nature, involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. Such statements are also subject to assumptions concerning, among other things: our anticipated business strategies; anticipated trends in our business; and our ability to continue to control costs. We can give no assurance that these estimates and expectations will prove to have been correct. Actual outcomes and results may, and often do, differ from what is expressed, implied or projected in such forward-looking statements, and such differences may be material. Some important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
    general economic, financial or market conditions;
 
    the intensity of competitive activity in the industries in which we operate;
 
    unanticipated higher capital spending required to address continued development of competitive alternative technologies or the inability to obtain additional capital to continue the development of our business;
 
    our ability to implement successfully our business and operating strategies and manage our growth and expansion;
 
    our ability to continue to distribute a wide range of television programming and to attract large audiences and readership;
 
    variations in the cost, quality and variety of our television programming;
 
    cyclical and seasonal variations in our advertising revenue;
 
    disruptions to the network through which we provide our digital television, Internet access and telephony services, and our ability to protect such services from piracy;
 
    labor disputes or strikes;
 
    changes in our ability to obtain services and equipment critical to our operations;
 
    changes in laws and regulations, or in their interpretations, which could result in, among other things, the loss (or reduction in value) of our licenses or markets or in an increase in competition, compliance costs or capital expenditures;
 
    our substantial indebtedness and the restrictions on our business imposed by the terms of our debt; and
 
    interest rate fluctuations that affect a portion of our interest payment requirements on long-term debt.
     We caution you that the above list of cautionary statements is not exhaustive. These and other factors are discussed in further detail elsewhere in this annual report, including under the section “Risk Factors.” Each of these forward-looking statements speaks only as of the date of this annual report. We will not update these statements unless the

iv


Table of Contents

securities laws require us to do so. We advise you to consult any documents we may file or furnish with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as described under “Item 10. Additional Information — Documents on Display.”

v


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1 — IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
     Not applicable.
ITEM 2 — OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
     Not applicable.
ITEM 3 — KEY INFORMATION
Selected Financial Data
     The following table presents selected consolidated financial information for our business for each of the years 2001 through 2005. Our selected historical consolidated financial data presented below under the captions “Statement of Income Data” for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and “Balance Sheet Data” as at December 31, 2004 and 2005 are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and are included in “Item 17. Financial Statements” of this annual report. KPMG LLP’s report on our consolidated financial statements is included in this annual report. The selected consolidated statement of income data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 and consolidated balance sheet data as at December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report. The selected financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in “Item 17. Financial Statements” of this annual report (beginning on page F-1).
     Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. For a discussion of the principal differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP, see note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements contained in “Item 17. Financial Statements” of this annual report.

1


Table of Contents

CANADIAN GAAP DATA
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2001     2002     2003     2004     2005  
    (in millions, except ratio)  
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
                                       
Revenues
                                       
Cable
  $ 525.4     $ 781.0     $ 805.0     $ 871.6     $ 1,002.0  
Newspapers
    815.0       831.6       845.9       888.1       915.6  
Broadcasting
    114.7       323.4       340.9       358.0       401.4  
Leisure and Entertainment
    223.5       206.3       205.0       241.7       255.4  
Business Telecommunications
    14.6       91.9       77.7       78.6       102.1  
Interactive Technologies and Communications
    62.3       49.9       44.8       51.9       65.1  
Internet/Portals
    27.4       26.8       28.2       34.5       50.0  
Head Office and inter-segment
    (17.8 )     (57.9 )     (49.4 )     (62.0 )     (88.7 )
 
                             
 
    1,765.1       2,253.0       2,298.1       2,462.4       2,702.9  
 
                                       
Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses
    (1,375.7 )     (1,680.6 )     (1,686.3 )     (1,765.2 )     (1,969.3 )
Amortization
    (150.3 )     (224.6 )     (226.6 )     (225.9 )     (231.9 )
Financial expenses
    (289.2 )     (323.4 )     (300.1 )     (314.6 )     (285.3 )
Reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges
    (151.2 )     (36.9 )     (1.8 )     (2.8 )     0.2  
Gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary
                144.1       (4.8 )     (60.0 )
Gain (loss) on sales of businesses and other assets and gain on dilution
    1.5       3.6       (1.1 )     9.3       0.1  
Write-down of goodwill
    (132.8 )     (178.1 )     (0.5 )            
Income taxes
    6.9       (4.4 )     12.5       (37.4 )     (44.0 )
Amortization of goodwill, net of non-controlling interest
    (125.7 )                        
Non-controlling interest
    26.0       (30.5 )     (34.6 )     (31.7 )     (16.2 )
(Loss) income from discontinued operations and other expenses
    (24.1 )     (7.9 )     0.2       (1.1 )      
 
                             
 
                                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (449.5 )   $ (229.8 )   $ 203.9     $ 88.2     $ 96.5  
 
                             
 
                                       
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIO:
                                       
Operating income (1)
  $ 389.4     $ 572.4     $ 611.8     $ 697.2     $ 733.6  
Additions to property, plant and equipment
  $ 129.7     $ 135.8     $ 131.2     $ 181.1     $ 315.5  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)
          0.4x       1.7x       1.5x       1.5x  
                                         
    As at December 31,
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005
    (in millions)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 207.8     $ 188.3     $ 103.6     $ 108.8     $ 97.4  
Total assets
    9,255.9       6,742.8       6,610.6       6,509.2       6,675.5  
Long-term debt
    3,695.4       3,506.6       2,756.8       2,548.8       2,533.2  
Capital stock
    3,985.0       1,341.8       1,773.7       1,773.7       1,773.7  
Shareholders’ equity
    4,093.4       1,751.9       2,395.0       2,459.9       2,450.1  

2


Table of Contents

U.S. GAAP DATA
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2003     2004     2005  
    (in millions, except ratio)  
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
                       
 
                           
Revenues
                       
Cable
  $ 805.0     $ 880.9     $ 1,008.2  
Newspapers
    845.9       888.1       915.6  
Broadcasting
    340.9       358.0       401.4  
Leisure and Entertainment
    205.0       241.7       255.4  
Business Telecommunications
    77.7       78.6       102.1  
Interactive Technologies and Communications
    44.8       51.9       65.1  
Internet/Portals
    28.2       34.5       50.0  
Head Office and inter-segment
    (49.4 )     (62.0 )     (88.7 )
 
                 
 
    2,298.1       2,471.7       2,709.1  
 
                       
Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses
    (1,683.0 )     (1,764.3 )     (1,973.5 )
Amortization
    (226.6 )     (225.7 )     (229.6 )
Financial expenses
    (467.6 )     (308.0 )     (274.0 )
Reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges
    (1.8 )     (2.8 )     0.2  
Loss on debt refinancing
    (9.6 )     (4.8 )     (60.0 )
Gain (loss) on sales of businesses and other assets
    (1.1 )     9.3       1.6  
Write-down of goodwill
    (0.5 )            
Income taxes
    13.8       (43.4 )     (14.2 )
Non-controlling interest
    (34.6 )     (35.1 )     (18.4 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations and other expenses
    16.4       (0.8 )      
 
                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (96.5 )   $ 96.1     $ 141.2  
 
                 
 
                       
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS:
                       
Operating income (1)
  $ 615.1     $ 707.4     $ 735.6  
Additions to property, plant and equipment
  $ 131.2     $ 181.1     $ 315.5  
Comprehensive (loss) income
  $ (155.7 )   $ (11.3 )   $ 172.4  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)
    0.8x       1.6x       1.6x  
                         
    As of December 31,
    2003   2004   2005
    (in millions)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (U.S. GAAP):
                       
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 103.6     $ 108.8     $ 97.4  
Total assets
    6,602.2       6,480.1       6,664.1  
Long-term debt
    2,736.1       2,514.9       2,468.5  
Capital stock
    1,773.7       1,773.7       1,773.7  
Shareholders’ equity
    2,253.3       2,218.4       2,301.7  
 
(1)   Quebecor Media defines operating income, as reconciled to net income under Canadian GAAP, as net (loss) income before amortization, financial expenses, reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges, gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary, gain (loss) on sales of businesses and other assets and gain on dilution, write-down of goodwill, income taxes, amortization of goodwill net of non-controlling interest, non-controlling interest and (loss) income from discontinued operations and other expenses. Quebecor Media defines operating income, as reconciled to net income under U.S. GAAP, as net (loss) income before amortization, financial expenses, reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges, loss on debt refinancing, gain (loss) on sales of businesses and other assets, write-down of goodwill, income taxes, non-controlling

3


Table of Contents

    interest and (income) loss from discontinued operations and other expenses. Operating income as defined above is not a measure of results that is consistent with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. It is not intended to represent funds available for debt service, dividends or distributions, reinvestment or other discretionary uses, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. Our management believes that operating income is a meaningful measure of performance. Our parent company, Quebecor, considers the media segment as a whole and uses operating income in order to assess the performance of its investment in Quebecor Media. Our management and Board of Directors use this measure in evaluating Quebecor Media’s consolidated results as well as results of Quebecor Media’s operating segments. As such, this measure eliminates the significant level of non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of certain intangible assets, and it is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of Quebecor Media and of its segments. Operating income is also relevant because it is a significant component of Quebecor Media’s annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in Quebecor Media’s segments. Management evaluates the costs of such tangible and intangible assets through other financial measures such as capital expenditures and free cash flow from operations. In addition, measures like operating income are commonly used by the investment community to analyze and compare the performance of companies in the industries in which we are engaged. Our definition of operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
 
    The following table provides a reconciliation under Canadian GAAP of operating income to net income as disclosed in our financial statements:
                                                         
                                            Three Month Period  
    Years Ended December 31,     Ended December 31,  
    2001     2002     2003     2004     2005     2004     2005  
    (in millions)     (in millions)  
                                            (unaudited)  
Reconciliation between net (loss) income and operating income disclosed herein (Canadian GAAP)
                                                       
 
                                                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (449.5 )   $ (229.8 )   $ 203.9     $ 88.2     $ 96.5     $ 49.1     $ 58.4  
Amortization
    150.3       224.6       226.6       225.9       231.9       62.9       64.7  
Financial expenses
    289.2       323.4       300.1       314.6       285.3       86.6       68.3  
Reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges
    151.2       36.9       1.8       2.8       (0.2 )     0.6       (0.2 )
(Gain) loss on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary
                (144.1 )     4.8       60.0       4.8        
(Gain) loss on sale of businesses and other assets and gains on dilution
    (1.5 )     (3.6 )     1.1       (9.3 )     (0.1 )     (8.0 )      
Write-down of goodwill
    132.8       178.1       0.5                          
Income taxes
    (6.9 )     4.4       (12.5 )     37.4       44.0       (0.9 )     16.8  
Amortization of goodwill, net of non-controlling interest
    125.7                                      
Non-controlling interest
    (26.0 )     30.5       34.6       31.7       16.2       9.1       5.4  
Loss (income) from discontinued operations and other expenses
    24.1       7.9       (0.2 )     1.1                    
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Operating income
  $ 389.4     $ 572.4     $ 611.8     $ 697.2     $ 733.6     $ 204.2     $ 213.4  
 
                                         

4


Table of Contents

    The following table provides a reconciliation under U.S. GAAP of operating income to net income as disclosed in our financial statements:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2003     2004     2005  
    (in millions)  
Reconciliation between net (loss) income and operating income disclosed herein
(U.S. GAAP)
                       
 
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (96.5 )   $ 96.1     $ 141.2  
Amortization
    226.6       225.7       229.6  
Financial expenses
    467.6       308.0       274.0  
Reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges
    1.8       2.8       (0.2 )
Loss on debt refinancing
    9.6       4.8       60.0  
Loss (gain) on sales of businesses and other assets
    1.1       (9.3 )     (1.6 )
Write-down of goodwill
    0.5              
Income taxes
    (13.8 )     43.4       14.2  
Non-controlling interest
    34.6       35.1       18.4  
(Income) loss from discontinued operations and other expenses
    (16.4 )     0.8        
 
                 
 
                       
Operating income
  $ 615.1     $ 707.4       735.6  
 
                 
(2)   For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, (i) earnings consist of net income (loss) plus non-controlling interest in subsidiary, income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses relating to indebtedness and an estimate of the interest within rental expense. For the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, earnings, as calculated under Canadian GAAP, were inadequate to cover our fixed charges, and the coverage deficiency was $502.1 million and $209.2 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2003, earnings, as calculated under U.S. GAAP, were inadequate to cover our fixed charges, and the coverage deficiency was $76.0 million.
Capitalization and Indebtedness
     Not applicable.
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
     Not applicable.

5


Table of Contents

Risk Factors
      This section describes some of the risks that could affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The factors below should be considered in connection with any forward-looking statements in this document and with the cautionary statements contained in “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this document.
      The risks below are not the only ones that we face. Some risks may not yet be known to us and some that we do not currently believe to be material could later turn out to be material. Any of these risks could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We operate in highly competitive industries and our inability to effectively compete could have a material adverse effect on our business.
     We operate in highly competitive industries. In our cable operations, we compete against direct broadcast satellite providers, or DBS (which is also called DTH in Canada, for “direct-to-home” satellite), multi-channel multipoint distribution systems, or MDS, satellite master antenna television systems and over-the-air television broadcasters. In addition, we compete against incumbent local exchange carriers, or ILECs, which have secured licenses to launch video distribution services using video digital subscriber line, or VDSL, technology. The Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission, or the CRTC, has approved a regional license for the main ILEC in our market to provide terrestrial broadcasting distribution in Montréal and several other communities in Québec. The same ILEC has also recently acquired a cable network in our main service area which currently serves approximately 15,000 customers. We also face competition from illegal providers of cable television services and illegal access both to non-Canadian DBS (also called grey market piracy) as well as signal theft of DBS that enable customers to access programming services from U.S. and Canadian DBS without paying any fees (also called black market piracy). Competitors in the video business also include the video stores industry (rental & sale) and other alternative entertainment media.
     In our Internet access business, we compete against other Internet service providers, or ISPs, offering residential and commercial Internet access services. The CRTC also requires us to offer access to our high speed Internet system to our ISP competitors and several third party ISPs have access or have requested access to our network. A recent CRTC decision requires that we extend the access to third party ISPs for voice or telephony applications as well.
     Our voice-over-IP (or “VoIP”) telephony service has numerous competitors, including ILECs, competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs, wireless telephone service operators and other providers of telephony services, and competitors that are not facilities-based and therefore have a much lower infrastructure cost.
     In our broadcasting and publishing operations, and in particular in the newspaper industry, we compete for advertising revenue and viewers/readers. Competition for newspaper advertising revenue is largely based on readership, circulation, demographic composition of the market, price and content of the newspaper. Competition for readers is largely based on price, editorial content, quality of delivery service and availability of publications. Competition for advertising revenue and readers comes from local, regional and national newspapers, radio, broadcast and cable television, direct mail and other communications and advertising media that operate in our markets. In recent years, competition with online services and other new media technologies has also increased significantly. In addition, consolidation in the Canadian broadcasting, publishing and other media industries has increased significantly, and our competitors include market participants with interests in multiple industries and media, some of which have greater financial and other resources than we do.
     Our existing and future competitors may successfully pursue or adopt business strategies similar to or competitive with ours. We may not be able to compete successfully in the future against existing or future competitors, and increased competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

6


Table of Contents

We compete, and will continue to compete, with alternative technologies, and we may be required to invest a significant amount of capital to address continued technological development.
     The media industry is experiencing rapid and significant technological changes, which may result in alternative means of program and content transmission. The continued growth of the Internet has presented alternative content distribution options that compete with traditional media. Furthermore, in each of our broadcasting markets, industry regulators have authorized DTH, microwave services and VDSL services and may authorize other alternative methods of transmitting television and other content with improved speed and quality. We may not be able to successfully compete with existing or newly developed alternative technologies, such as digital television over Internet connections (IPTV), or we may be required to acquire, develop or integrate new technologies ourselves. The cost of the acquisition, development or implementation of new technologies could be significant and our ability to fund such implementation may be limited and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully compete in the future. Any such difficulty or inability to compete could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may not be able to obtain additional capital to continue the development of our business.
     Our cable television business has required substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and maintenance of our network and the launch and expansion of new or additional services and we expect we will need to make additional capital expenditures to maintain and expand services such as Internet access, high definition television, or HDTV, and new telephony services. We may not be able to obtain the funds necessary to finance our capital improvement program or any additional capital requirements through internally generated funds, additional borrowings or other sources. If we are unable to obtain these funds, we would not be able to implement our business strategy and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We may not successfully implement our business and operating strategies.
     Our business strategies are based on leveraging an integrated platform of media assets. Our strategies include offering multi-platform advertising solutions, launching and deploying additional value-added products and services, pursuing cross-promotional opportunities, maintaining our advanced broadband network, pursuing enhanced content development to reduce costs, further integrating the operations of our operating subsidiaries, leveraging geographic clustering and maximizing customer satisfaction. Our ability to successfully implement these strategies could be adversely affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including operating difficulties, regulatory developments, general or local economic conditions, increased competition and the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section. Any material failure to implement our strategies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and on our ability to meet our obligations, including our ability to service our indebtedness.
We have grown rapidly. This rapid growth presents significant strains on our management. If we do not effectively manage our growth, our financial results and operations could be adversely affected.
     We have experienced substantial growth in our business and have significantly expanded our operations in recent years. We have made a number of acquisitions in the recent past. Some of our acquisitions have involved expansion into businesses in which we have historically had limited or no involvement. This growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant demand on our management. In addition, in the future we may make strategic acquisitions and further expand the types of businesses in which we participate. Such acquisitions and expansion may not meet our strategic objectives or may require us to incur significant costs or divert significant resources. If we are not successful in managing and integrating any acquired businesses, or if we are required to incur significant or unforeseen costs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our financial performance could be materially adversely affected if we cannot continue to distribute a wide range of television programming on reasonable terms.
     The financial performance of our cable service business depends in large part on our ability to distribute a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming at reasonable rates. We obtain television programming from suppliers pursuant to programming contracts. The quality and amount of television programming

7


Table of Contents

offered by us affect the attractiveness of our services to customers and, accordingly, the prices we can charge. We may be unable to maintain key programming contracts at commercially reasonable rates for television programming. Loss of programming contracts, or our inability to obtain programming at reasonable rates, or our inability to pass on rate increases to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
     In addition, our ability to attract and retain digital cable customers depends, to a certain extent, upon our capacity to offer quality content and a variety of programming choices and packages. If the number of specialty channels being offered decreases significantly or if the content offered on such channels does not receive audience acceptance, it may have a significant negative impact on revenues from our digital cable operations.
Our content may not attract large audiences, which may limit our ability to generate advertising and circulation revenue.
     Revenues from our broadcasting operations and publishing operations, in particular our newspaper operations, are derived from advertising and circulation revenues. Advertising and circulation revenues are largely dependent upon audience acceptance or readership, which is in large part a function of the content offered and is influenced by factors such as reviews by critics, promotions, quality and acceptance of other competing content in the marketplace, availability of alternative forms of entertainment, general economic conditions, public tastes generally and other intangible factors. In addition, the increase in narrowcast programming or specialty services in Canada has caused the conventional television audience to become increasingly fragmented. These factors continue to evolve rapidly and many are beyond our control. Lack of audience acceptance for our content or shrinking or fragmented audiences or readership could limit our ability to generate advertising and circulation revenue. If our television operations’ ability to generate advertising revenue is limited, we may need to develop new or alternative financing sources in order to be able to continue providing attractive television programming for broad audiences. There can be no assurance that we would be able to develop any such new financing sources, and any such limitation of our ability to generate revenue together with an inability to generate new financing sources could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be adversely affected by variations in our costs, quality and variety of our television programming.
     The most significant cost in our broadcasting business is television programming. Our broadcasting operations may be exposed in the future to volatile or increased television programming costs which may adversely affect our operating results. Developments in cable, satellite, Internet and other forms of content distribution could also affect both the availability and the cost of programming and increase competition for advertising revenue. The production and distribution costs of television and other forms of entertainment may also increase in the future. Moreover, programs may be purchased for broadcasting two to three years in advance, making it difficult to predict how such programs will perform. In some instances, programs must be replaced before their costs have been fully amortized, resulting in accounting adjustments that would accelerate the recognition of expenses.
     In our cable business, our ability to attract and retain digital cable customers depends, to a certain extent, upon our capacity to offer quality content and a variety of programming choices and packages. If the number of specialty channels being offered decreases significantly or if the content offered on such channels does not receive audience acceptance, it may have a significant negative impact on revenues from our digital cable operations.
Our advertising revenue is subject to cyclical and seasonal variations, which may cause our results to vary.
     Some of our businesses are cyclical in nature and have experienced significant seasonality due to, among other things, seasonal advertising patterns and seasonal influences on people’s viewing, reading and listening habits. Because we depend upon the sale of advertising for a significant portion of our revenue, our operating results are also sensitive to prevailing economic conditions, including changes in local, regional and national economic conditions, particularly as they may affect advertising expenditures. In addition, because a significant portion of our revenue is derived from retail and auto-sector advertisers, which have historically been sensitive to general economic cycles, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by a downturn in the retail or automotive sectors. Furthermore, Quebecor Media’s operations are labor intensive and, as a result, have relatively high fixed-cost structure. During periods of economic contraction, revenue may decrease while certain costs remain fixed, resulting in decreased

8


Table of Contents

earnings.
We provide our digital television, Internet access and telephony services through a single clustered network, which may be more vulnerable to widespread disruption.
     We provide our digital television, Internet access and telephony services through a primary headend and our analog television services through eight additional regional headends in our single clustered network. This characteristic means that a failure in our primary headend could prevent us from delivering some of our products and services throughout our network until we have resolved the failure, which may result in significant customer dissatisfaction. To reduce our risk, we completed the construction of a back-up primary headend in July 2005, which has been fully operational since February 2006.
We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for services and other items critical to our operations.
     We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for certain services and other items that are critical to our cable business and our telephony and wireless operations. These materials and services include set-top boxes, cable and telephony modems, servers and routers, fiber-optic cable, telephony switches, support structures, software, the “backbone” telecommunications network for our Internet access and telephony service, and construction services for expansion and upgrades of our network. These services and equipment are available from a limited number of suppliers. If no supplier can provide us with the equipment or services that comply with evolving Internet and telecommunications standards or that are compatible with our other equipment and software, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to obtain critical equipment, software, services or other items on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost, our ability to offer our products and services and roll out our advanced services may be delayed, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
     In addition, when we launch our wireless offering, which is currently expected in the second half of 2006, our wireless voice and data services will be provided by Rogers Wireless Inc. across its network, which we will not control. Any failure by the network provider to maintain its network could have an adverse effect on our wireless customers and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition. In addition, if we are unable to secure a timely supply of handsets that are compatible with the wireless network at an acceptable cost, our ability to offer our wireless service could be adversely affected.
We are dependent on our information technology systems and those of certain third-parties and the inability to enhance our systems or a security breach or disaster could have an adverse impact on our financial results and operations.
     The day-to-day operation of our business is highly dependent on information technology systems, including those of certain third-party suppliers. An inability to maintain and enhance our existing information technology systems or obtain new systems to accommodate additional customer growth or to support new products and services could have an adverse impact on our ability to acquire new subscribers, retain existing customers, produce accurate and timely billing, generate revenue growth and manage operating expenses, all of which could adversely impact our financial results and position. However, we use industry standard network and information technology security, survivability and disaster recovery practices.
Malicious and abusive Internet practices could impair our cable data services.
     Our cable data customers utilize our network to access the Internet and, as a consequence, we or they may become victim to common malicious and abusive Internet activities, such as unsolicited mass advertising (or spam) and dissemination of viruses, worms and other destructive or disruptive software. These activities could have adverse consequences on our network and our customers, including degradation of service, excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our or our customers’ equipment and data. Significant incidents could lead to customer dissatisfaction and, ultimately, loss of customers or revenue, in addition to increased costs to us to service our customers and protect our network. Any significant loss of cable data customers or revenue or significant increase in costs of serving those

9


Table of Contents

customers could adversely affect our growth, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not be able to protect our services from piracy, which may have a negative effect on our customer base and lead to a possible decline in revenues.
     In our cable, Internet access and VoIP telephony operations, we may not be able to protect our services from piracy. We may be unable to prevent unauthorized access to our analog and digital programming, as well as our Internet access services. We use encryption technology to protect our cable signals from unauthorized access and to control programming access based on subscription packages. We may not be able to develop or acquire adequate technology to prevent unauthorized access to our services, which may have a negative effect on our customer base and lead to a possible decline in our revenues.
We may be adversely affected by the cost of newsprint.
     Newsprint expense represents our largest raw material expense (amounting to $104.2 million in 2005) and, after wages and employee benefits expenses and programming acquisition costs, is our most significant operating cost. The newsprint industry is highly cyclical, and newsprint prices have historically experienced significant volatility caused by supply and demand imbalances. Changes in the price of newsprint could significantly affect the earnings of our publishing operations, and volatile or increased newsprint costs have in the past and may in the future affect our publishing operations and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
     We acquire substantially all of our newsprint from a single newsprint producer. Our supply agreement with this producer expired on December 31, 2005, although it has continued to supply newsprint to us as we negotiate the extension of this supply agreement through December 31, 2006. If we are unable to renew this agreement, or if we are unable to otherwise source sufficient newsprint on terms acceptable to us, our costs could increase materially and our newspaper operations could be materially disrupted.
We may be adversely affected by strikes and other labor protests.
     At December 31, 2005, approximately 41% of our employees were represented by collective bargaining agreements. Through our subsidiaries, we are currently a party to 78 collective bargaining agreements. As of December 31, 2005:
    Videotron’s 4 collective bargaining agreements, representing 2,199, or 100% of its unionized employees, have been recently renewed and are scheduled to expire on respective dates between December 2009 and August 2011;
 
    20 of Sun Media’s collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 388, or 19%, of its unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these 20 collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006. Furthermore, eight of Sun Media’s collective bargaining agreements, covering 484 employees, expire in 2006, while Sun Media’s 21 other collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 1,137 unionized employees, are scheduled to expire on respective dates between December 2007 and June 2010;
 
    12 of TVA Group’s 15 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 379, or 41%, of its unionized employees, will expire between April 2007 and the end of December 2008, one of its collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 516, or 56%, of its unionized employees, will expire at the end of December 2006 and two collective bargaining agreements, representing 26, or 3%, of its employees, have expired and negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements will be undertaken in 2006. A group of 53 employees is currently in the process of being unionized;
 
    three of our other collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 126, or 13%, of our other unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006. Another seven of our collective bargaining agreements,

10


Table of Contents

      representing approximately 859, or 87%, of our other unionized employees, expire at various dates between the end of December 2006 and March 2010.
     We have had significant labor disputes in the past, which have disrupted our operations, resulted in damages to our network or our equipment and impaired our growth and operating results. We cannot predict the outcome of our current or any future negotiations relating to the renewal of our collective bargaining agreements or to union representation, nor can we assure you that we will not experience work stoppages, strikes, property damage or other forms of labor protests pending the outcome of our current negotiations or any future negotiations. If our unionized workers engage in a strike or if there is any other form of work stoppage, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations, damages to our property and/or service interruption, which could adversely affect our business, assets, financial position and results of operations. Even if we do not experience strikes or other forms of labor protests, the outcome of labor negotiations could negatively impact our business and results of operations.
We depend on key personnel.
     Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our senior management and our ability to retain skilled employees. There is intense competition for qualified management and skilled employees, and our failure to recruit, retain and train such employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. In addition, to manage growth effectively, we must maintain a high level of content quality, efficiency and performance and must continue to enhance our operational, financial and management systems, and attract, train, motivate and manage our employees. If we are not successful in these efforts, it may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We have substantial debt and significant interest payment requirements which could adversely affect our financial condition and therefore make it more difficult to fulfill our obligations under our indebtedness.
     We have a substantial amount of debt and significant interest payment requirements. As of December 31, 2005, we had $2.55 billion of consolidated long-term debt (excluding the additional amount payable to The Carlyle Group and the impact of the refinancing that we completed on January 17, 2006). Our substantial indebtedness could have significant consequences, including the following:
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes;
 
    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and the industries in which we operate;
 
    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or greater financial resources; and
 
    limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds.
     Although we are leveraged, the indenture governing our 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 and our Senior Secured Credit Facilities permit us to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including up to an additional $100.0 million that we may borrow under our revolving credit facility and an uncommitted $350.0 million that we may borrow under our incremental credit facility. If we or our subsidiaries incur additional debt, the risks we now face as a result of our leverage could intensify. For more information regarding our long-term debt and our refinancing transactions in January 2006, see notes 14 and 24 of our audited consolidated financial statements included under “Item 17. Financial Statements” of this annual report.

11


Table of Contents

We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations, including payments on the notes.
     We are a holding company and a substantial portion of our assets are the capital stock of our subsidiaries. As a holding company, we conduct substantially all of our business through our subsidiaries, which generate substantially all of our revenues. Consequently, our cash flow and ability to service our debt obligations, including the notes, are dependent upon the earnings of our subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings to us, or upon loans, advances or other payments made by these entities to us. The ability of these entities to pay dividends or make other loans, advances or payments to us will depend upon their operating results and will be subject to applicable laws and contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing their debt. Each of Videotron and Sun Media has public notes and credit facilities that limit the ability of each to distribute cash to us.
     The ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations, including the notes, will depend on their future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside of our or their control. We cannot assure you that the cash flow and earnings of our operating subsidiaries and the amount that they are able to distribute to us as dividends or otherwise will be sufficient for us to satisfy our debt obligations, including payments on our outstanding notes. If we are unable to satisfy our obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any such alternative refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on our ability to satisfy our obligations on the notes.
Restrictive covenants in our outstanding debt instruments may reduce our operating and financial flexibility, which may prevent us from capitalizing on certain business opportunities.
     Our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our Senior Notes due 2016 contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial covenants on us, including, among other things, restrictions on our ability to:
    borrow money or sell preferred stock;
 
    create or permit certain liens;
 
    pay dividends beyond certain amounts and make other restricted payments;
 
    make certain types of investments;
 
    use the proceeds from sales of assets and subsidiary stock;
 
    enter into certain asset sales;
 
    create or permit restrictions on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, if any, to pay dividends or make other distributions;
 
    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
 
    issue guarantees of debt; and
 
    enter into certain mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all of our assets.

12


Table of Contents

     If we are unable to comply with these covenants and are unable to obtain waivers from our lenders, we would be unable to make additional borrowings under our credit facilities, our indebtedness under these agreements would be in default and which could, if not cured or waived, be accelerated by our lenders and could cause a cross-default under our other indebtedness, including our outstanding notes. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay our indebtedness or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. In addition, if we incur additional debt in the future, we may be subject to additional covenants, which may be more restrictive than those that we are subject to now. Even if we are able to comply with all applicable covenants, the restrictions on our ability to manage our business in our sole discretion could adversely affect our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers, acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that we believe would be beneficial to us.
We may need to refinance certain of our indebtedness. Our inability to do so on favorable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on us.
     We may need to refinance certain of our existing debt instruments at their term. Our ability to obtain additional financing to repay our existing debt at maturity will depend upon a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions and our operating performance. There can be no assurance that the terms and conditions of such additional financing will be favorable to us or that any such financing will be available at all.
We may be adversely affected by fluctuations of exchange rates.
     Most of our revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes and cable modems, and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in Canadian dollars. A large portion of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars, and interest, principal and premium, if any, thereon is payable in U.S. dollars. For the purposes of financial reporting, any change in the value of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar during a given financial reporting period would result in a foreign exchange gain or loss on the translation of any unhedged U.S. dollar denominated debt into Canadian dollars. Consequently, our reported earnings and debt could fluctuate materially as a result of foreign exchange gains or losses. Although we have entered into transactions to hedge the exchange rate risk with respect to 100% of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt, these hedging transactions may not be successful in protecting us against exchange rate fluctuations, or we may in the future be required to provide cash and other collateral to secure our obligations with respect to such hedging transactions.
     In 2003, Quebecor Media renegotiated these cross-currency swap agreements to raise the negative fair value floor by $182.0 million, from $100.0 million to $282.0 million. Due to the increase in the negative fair value of certain cross-currency swap agreements in 2003, 2004 and 2005, Quebecor Media had to make prepayments totalling $123.6 million, $197.7 million and $75.9 million, respectively. These prepayments were financed using Quebecor Media’s cash assets and its subsidiaries’ existing credit facilities. As part of the refinancing of its debt on January 17, 2006, Quebecor Media settled these existing cross-currency swap agreements and entered into new hedging contracts under which it is not required to make prepayments in the future .
     In addition, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date or at any time, from an anniversary date of the transaction to maturity, at the then-fair value.
     The fair value of the derivative financial instruments are estimated using period-end market rates and reflect the amount Quebecor Media would receive or pay if the instruments were closed out at those dates. At December 31, 2005, the aggregate fair market value of the derivative financial instruments was negative $585.7 million. See also “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
     Certain of the commodities we consume in our daily operations are traded on commodities exchanges or are negotiated on their respective markets in U.S. dollars, and, therefore, although we pay our suppliers in Canadian dollars, the prices we pay for such commodities may be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate. We have entered into or may in the future enter into transactions to hedge the exchange rate risk related to the prices of some of those commodities. However, fluctuations of the exchange rate for the portion of our commodities purchases that are not hedged could affect the prices we pay for such commodities and could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

13


Table of Contents

We are subject to extensive government regulation. Changes in government regulation could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
     Broadcasting operations in Canada are subject to extensive government regulation. Regulations govern the issuance, amendment, renewal, transfer, suspension, revocation and ownership of broadcast programming and distribution licenses. With respect to distribution, regulations govern, among other things, the distribution of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services and the maximum fees to be charged to the public in certain circumstances. In addition, there are significant restrictions on the ability of non-Canadian entities to own or control broadcasting licenses in Canada. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview — Regulation.”
     Our broadcasting distribution and telecommunications operations (including Internet access service) are regulated respectively by the Broadcasting Act (Canada) and the Telecommunications Act (Canada) and regulations thereunder. The CRTC, which administers the Broadcasting Act and the Telecommunications Act , has the power to grant, amend, suspend, revoke and renew broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and make regulations and policies in accordance with the Broadcasting Act and the Telecommunications Act , subject to certain directions from the Federal Cabinet. We are also subject to technical requirements and performance standards under the Radiocommunication Act (Canada) administered by Industry Canada.
     The introduction of competition in the broadcast distribution field could have a material adverse effect on this segment of our business. Diversification of broadcast distribution to include two-way and interactive broadcast and telecommunications services has been undertaken prior to the introduction of competition in order to develop new markets and, therefore, compensate for the loss of cable customers.
     At the present time, the CRTC, through an exemption order, does not regulate the content of the Internet or interactive television and does not regulate broadcast distribution via the Internet. However, the CRTC has a policy of reviewing any of its exemption orders every five to seven years.
     Changes to the regulations and policies governing broadcast television, specialty services and program distribution through cable or alternate means, the introduction of new regulations, policies or terms of license or change in the treatment of the tax deductibility of advertising expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. For example, the Supreme Court of Canada decided in April 2002 that the Radiocommunication Act (Canada) covers and prohibits both the “black market” reception of satellite television signals ( i.e. , the unauthorized decoding of Canadian and foreign encrypted satellite signals) and the “grey market” reception of satellite television signals ( i.e. , the reception of foreign signals through subscriptions in Canada paid to foreign satellite television providers), but expressly did not rule on the question of the constitutionality of the legislative prohibition against grey market reception. On October 28, 2004, a Québec court of first instance held that the provisions of the Radiocommunication Act (Canada), which prohibited grey market reception of satellite signals, violated the principle of freedom of expression guaranteed by the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms and were therefore invalid. The Québec court suspended its declaration of invalidity for a one-year period starting on the date of the judgment. The Government of Canada filed an appeal of the decision in order to attempt to render the prohibition of grey market reception valid under the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms. On March 31, 2005, the Québec Superior Court overturned the earlier ruling of unconstitutionality on the basis that the first instance judge erred in ruling on the constitutionality of the prohibition against grey market reception in that case as it involved black market reception. The Québec Court of Appeal has recently granted leave to appeal on the constitutional issue.
     On May 12, 2005, the CRTC established a framework for regulating voice communications services using Internet Protocol. The CRTC has decided that it will regulate only local VoIP services (meaning VoIP services providing subscribers with access to and/or from the Public Switched Telephone Network along with the ability to make and/or receive calls that originate and terminate within an exchange or local calling area as defined in the ILECs’ tariffs) and that the regulatory framework governing competition for local exchanges services should apply to local VoIP services. As a result, local VoIP services provided in-territory by ILECs are subject to economic regulation and prior tariff approval, as well as other provisions restricting bundling, contacts with former customers (winback rules) and promotions, whereas local VoIP services provided by competitors of the ILECs (such as us) are not. The CRTC also ruled that cable operators,

14


Table of Contents

such as us, are required to fulfill obligations imposed on CLECs when providing local VoIP services, and must also remove any restrictions that would prevent third-party Internet service providers from offering VoIP services over Internet access facilities leased from the cable operators on a wholesale basis. We believe that our local telephony service plans will not be materially altered by the CRTC’s decision. However, on July 28, 2005, Bell Canada and other ILECs filed a petition with the Federal Cabinet requesting that it overturn that part of the CRTC’s decision that applies economic regulation and prior tariff approval to the ILECs’ VoIP offerings. Within one year of the CRTC’s decision, Cabinet has the authority, if the petition is successful, to vary or rescind the decision or refer it back to the CRTC for reconsideration. A successful petition could have a material impact on our business ability to compete with the ILECs in the local telephony market. Several ILECs have also filed an appeal with the Federal Court of Appeal challenging the constitutionality of the winback restrictions imposed on ILECs.
     For a more complete description of the regulatory environment affecting our business, see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Business Overview — Regulation.”
The CRTC may not renew our existing broadcast and distribution licenses or grant us new licenses on acceptable terms, or at all.
     Our CRTC broadcasting and distribution licenses must be renewed from time to time, typically every seven years, and cannot be transferred without regulatory approval. While CRTC regulations and policies do not require CRTC approval before a broadcaster purchases an unregulated media entity, such as a newspaper, the CRTC may consider the issue of our cross-media ownership at license renewal proceedings, and may also consider the issue in deciding whether to grant new licences to us. The CRTC further has the power to prevent or address the emergence of undue competitive advantage on behalf of one licensee where it is found to exist.
     The CRTC may require us to take measures which could have a material adverse effect on the integration of our assets, our employees and our ability to realize certain of the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions. Our inability to renew any of our licenses or acquire new interests or licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are required to provide third-party Internet service providers with access to our cable systems, which may result in increased competition.
     The four largest cable operators in Canada, including Videotron, have been required by the CRTC to provide third-party Internet service providers with access to their cable systems at mandated wholesale rates. The CRTC has approved cost-based rates for our third-party Internet access service and has resolved most, if not all, of the technical issues that had been delaying third party interconnection. The CRTC has also required us to file new costs study in order to review the rates that will be charged to third-party Internet service providers and to establish the level of mark-up on costs that is appropriate for third party access services and facilities provided by us. Operations by one third-party Internet service provider interconnected to our cable network commenced in the fourth quarter of 2005. Several other providers are in the process of interconnecting. Upon the CRTC’s decision, which is expected in 2006, a new rate for our third-party Internet access service will be implemented.
     Until access through interconnection is provided to third-party Internet service providers to the underlying telecommunications facilities used to provide Internet service, the CRTC requires us and other incumbent cable carriers to allow third-party retail Internet service providers to purchase for the purpose of resale our retail cable Internet services at a discount of 25% off the lowest retail Internet service rate charged by such cable carriers to their cable customers during a one-month period. We expect some, if not all, of our existing resellers to migrate their customers to our third-party Internet access service.
     The CRTC has also recently directed that large cable carriers, such as us, remove restrictions in their third-party Internet access tariffs in order to allow third-party Internet service providers to provide VoIP telephony services in addition to retail Internet services.
     As a result of these requirements, we may experience increased competition for retail cable Internet and

15


Table of Contents

residential telephony customers. In addition, because our third-party Internet access rates are regulated by the CRTC, we could be limited in our ability to recover our costs associated with providing this access.
We may have to support increasing costs in securing access to support structures needed for our network.
     We require access to the support structures of hydro-electric and telephone utilities and to municipal rights of way to deploy our cable network. Where access cannot be secured, we may apply to the CRTC to obtain a right of access under the Telecommunications Act (Canada). However, the CRTC’s jurisdiction to establish the terms and conditions of access to the support structure of hydro-electric utilities has been challenged in the courts. In a recent decision of the Supreme Court of Canada, it was held that the CRTC does not have the jurisdiction to establish the terms and conditions of access to the support structure of hydro-electric utilities. As a result, our costs of obtaining access to support structures of hydro-electric companies could be substantially increased. Although we are a party to an agreement for access to the support structures of hydro-electricity utilities in Québec, this agreement expired in December 2005. Negotiations with the hydro-electricity utility in our service areas have begun. However, if the parties are unable to come to an agreement, we may elect to file an application with the Commission municipale du Québec , a provincial administrative tribunal, requesting that it exercise its legislated power to order the sharing of the utilization of a public utility installation on such conditions as it may determine.
We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations.
     We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations. Certain of our operations are subject to federal, provincial, state and municipal laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharges, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, wastes, recycling, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. In addition, laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations. Failure to comply with present or future laws or regulations could result in substantial liability to us. Environmental laws and regulations and their interpretation have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. Our properties, as well as areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may have had historic uses, or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties, which may affect our properties and require further study or remedial measures. We are not currently planning any material study or remedial measure, and none has been required by regulatory authorities. However, we cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any such property, or that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, our financial results and investors’ view of us.
     Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to help ensure that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We have begun the process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal controls and procedures in connection with the application of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments starting with fiscal year 2007. We may, during testing, identify material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting requiring remediation, or areas for further attention or improvement. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors, officers and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or subject to material weaknesses or significant deficiencies or are otherwise perfectible, or that we are unable

16


Table of Contents

to produce accurate financial statements may adversely affect the price of our outstanding notes.
There is no public market for our notes.
     There is currently no established trading market for our issued and outstanding notes and we do not intend to apply for listing of any of our notes on any securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system. No assurance can be given as to the prices or liquidity of, or trading markets for, any series of our notes. The liquidity of any market for our notes will depend upon the number of holders of the notes, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the notes, prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other factors, including general economic conditions, our financial condition and performance and our prospects. The absence of an active market for our notes could adversely affect the market price and liquidity of the notes.
     In addition, the market for non-investment grade debt has historically been subject to disruptions that caused volatility in prices. It is possible that the market for the notes will be subject to disruptions. Any such disruptions may have a negative effect on your ability to sell the notes regardless of our prospects and financial performance.
Our Senior Notes due 2016 may only be transferred in a transaction registered under or exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, or, in Canada, in a transaction exempt from the applicable securities laws of the provinces or territories of Canada.
     Our Senior Notes due 2016 were offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and applicable state securities laws. Our Senior Notes due 2016 may only be transferred or resold only in a transaction registered under, or exempt from, the Securities Act of 1933 and applicable state securities laws. In addition, our notes (of each series) may not be sold directly or indirectly in Canada except in accordance with applicable securities laws of the provinces or territories of Canada.
We may not be able to finance an offer to purchase our Senior Notes due 2016 following a change of control as required by the indenture governing the notes because we may not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control or our senior secured credit facilities may not allow the repurchases.
     If we experience a change of control, as that term is defined in the indenture governing our Senior Notes due 2016, or if we or our subsidiaries dispose of significant assets under specified circumstances, we may be required to make an offer to repurchase all of our notes prior to maturity. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient funds or be able to arrange for additional financing to repurchase the notes following such change of control or asset sale.
     In addition, under our senior secured credit facilities, a change of control would be an event of default. Any future credit agreement or other agreements relating to our senior indebtedness to which we become a party may contain similar provisions. Similarly, our failure to purchase the notes upon a change of control would, pursuant to the terms of the indentures governing our outstanding notes, constitute an event of default under the indentures. Any such default could in turn constitute an event of default under future senior indebtedness, any of which may cause the related debt to be accelerated after the expiry of any applicable notice or grace periods. If debt were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds to repurchase the notes and repay the debt.
Canadian bankruptcy and insolvency laws may impair the trustees’ ability to enforce remedies under our notes.
     The rights of the trustees, who represent the holders of our notes, to enforce remedies could be delayed by the restructuring provisions of applicable Canadian federal bankruptcy, insolvency and other restructuring legislation if the benefit of such legislation is sought with respect to us. For example, both the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) contain provisions enabling an insolvent person to obtain a stay of proceedings against its creditors and to file a proposal to be voted on by the various classes of its affected creditors. A restructuring proposal, if accepted by the requisite majorities of each affected class of creditors, and if approved by the relevant Canadian court, would be binding on all creditors within each affected class, including those creditors that did not vote to accept the proposal. Moreover, this legislation, in certain instances, permits the insolvent debtor to retain possession and administration of its property, subject to court oversight, even though it may be in default under the

17


Table of Contents

applicable debt instrument, during the period that the stay against proceedings remains in place.
     The powers of the court under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and particularly under the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) have been interpreted and exercised broadly so as to protect a restructuring entity from actions taken by creditors and other parties. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether payments under our outstanding notes would be made during any proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency or other restructuring, whether or when the trustee could exercise its rights under the indentures governing our outstanding notes or whether and to what extent holders of the notes would be compensated for any delays in payment, if any, of principal, interest and costs, including the fees and disbursements of the respective trustees.
U.S. investors in the notes may have difficulties enforcing civil liabilities.
     We are incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec. Moreover, substantially all of our directors, controlling persons and officers are residents of Canada or other jurisdictions outside of the United States and a substantial portion of our assets and their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for holders of our outstanding notes to effect service of process upon us or such persons within the United States or to enforce against us or them in the United States, judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws or other laws of the United States. In addition, there is doubt as to the enforceability in Canada of liabilities predicated solely upon U.S. federal or state securities law against us and our directors, controlling persons and officers who are not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts.

18


Table of Contents

ITEM 4 — INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
History and Development of Quebecor Media
     Our legal and commercial name is Quebecor Media Inc. Our registered office is located at 612 St. Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, and our telephone number is (514) 954-0101. Our corporate website may be accessed through the URL http://www.Quebecor.com. The information found on our corporate website is, however, not part of this annual report. In respect of our issued and outstanding notes, our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System , 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011.
     Quebecor Media Inc. was incorporated in Canada on August 8, 2000 under Part 1A of the Companies Act (Québec) . In connection with our formation, our parent company, Quebecor, transferred all the shares of its wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Communications Inc., or QCI, to us, which made QCI our wholly-owned subsidiary. The assets of QCI, as of the date of the transfer in October 2000, included a 70% interest in Sun Media (which was subsequently increased to 100%); a 57.3% interest in Nurun; all the assets of the Canoe network; and all the assets of our Leisure and Entertainment segment. Concurrently with that transfer, we sold our interest in our subsidiary TQS Inc. to Quebecor, which subsequently sold such interest to a private consortium. In addition, Quebecor and Capital CDPQ contributed $0.9 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively, in cash in exchange for common shares of the capital stock of Quebecor Media. On December 31, 2001 QCI was liquidated into Quebecor Media.
     In October 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Groupe Vidéotron for $5.3 billion. At the time of the acquisition, the assets of Groupe Vidéotron included all of the shares of Videotron, a 99.9% voting interest in TVA Group, all of the shares of Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée and Protectron Inc., a 66.7% voting interest in Videotron Telecom, a 54.0% voting interest in Netgraphe Inc. (which changed its name, effective December 31, 2004, to Canoe Inc., and which we refer to in this report as “Canoe”) and a minority interest in Microcell Telecommunications Inc.
     Since December 31, 2004, we have completed several business acquisitions, combinations, divestiture projects and financing transactions through our direct and indirect subsidiaries, including, among others, the following:
    On December 16, 2005, as part of a refinancing plan, we announced tender offers and consent solicitations pursuant to which we offered to repurchase and retire any and all of our outstanding 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 and 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2011 and sought consents to eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants contained in the indentures governing these notes. In these tender offers, we repurchased, on January 17, 2006, US$561.6 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes due 2011 (representing 95.7% of the Senior Notes due 2011 outstanding) and US$275.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of our Senior Discount Notes due 2011 (representing 97.4% of the Senior Discount Notes due 2011 outstanding). We paid total cash consideration of US$1.3 billion to purchase the notes, including the premium and the cost of settlement of cross-currency swap agreements. We will recognize a loss on settlement of debt estimated at $206.0 million, net of income tax, including the amount by which the disbursements exceeded the book value of the repurchased notes and the related cross-currency swap agreements, as well as the write-down of deferred financial expenses. We intend to redeem our remaining outstanding Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011 on July 15, 2006 at the redemption prices specified in the respective indentures governing the notes. See also “Item 5. Operating And Financial Review And Prospects—Subsequent Events” below.
 
    On December 12, 2005, we closed our acquisition of Sogides ltée, which we refer to as Sogides, a major Québec-based book publishing and distribution group which owns the publishing houses Les Éditions de l’Homme, Le Jour, Utilis, Les Presses Libres and Groupe Ville-Marie Littérature (which includes L’Hexagone, VLB Éditeur and Typo), and owns the distributor Les Messageries A.D.P., which is a distributor for more than 120 Québec-based and foreign publishing houses. With this acquisition, Quebecor Media offers a more complete selection of books by Québec authors, will be able to promote Québec writers in Europe through the Sogides network on that continent, and becomes the largest Québec-based publisher

19


Table of Contents

      and distributor of French-language books in the Province of Québec. For the acquisition of Sogides, we paid cash consideration of $24.0 million, and an additional contingent amount of $5.0 million payable upon the satisfaction of specific conditions in 2008.
 
    In the year ended December 31, 2005, TVA Group repurchased 3,739,599 of its non-voting Class B Shares for cash consideration of $81.9 million pursuant to a “substantial issuer bid” dated May 19, 2005, and pursuant to TVA Group’s share repurchase and cancellation program, increasing our interest in TVA Group at December 31, 2005 to 45.2% from 39.7% at December 31, 2004.
 
    On September 20, 2005, we announced, through Videotron, that we had signed a strategic relationship agreement with a partnership owned by Rogers Wireless Inc., or Rogers Wireless, the operator of Canada’s largest integrated wireless voice and data network. Through that relationship, we will be able to offer Québec consumers a quadruple play of television, broadband Internet, VoIP telephony and Videotron-branded mobile wireless services. Videotron will operate as a Mobile Virtual Network Operator, or MVNO, utilizing wireless voice and data services provided by Rogers Wireless across its GSM/GPRS network. We currently intend to launch our mobile wireless offering during the second half of 2006, with services to include international roaming and popular options. We will be responsible for acquiring and billing customers, as well as for providing customer support under our own brand.
 
    On September 16, 2005, Videotron issued US$175.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6 3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015. The net proceeds from this sale of Videotron’s 6 3 / 8 % Senior Notes were used primarily to refinance the repurchase of all the outstanding Senior Notes issued by our CF Cable TV subsidiary and a portion of the repurchase by Quebecor Media of its Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes.
 
    In August 2005, we announced an investment of more than $110.0 million to relocate and modernize the Journal de Montréal printing plant. The project includes the acquisition of three new printing presses and state-of-the-art shipping and inserting equipment. Construction of the new printing plant in Saint-Janvier-de-Mirabel, north of Montréal, began on September 9, 2005 and should be completed by spring 2007. We also announced the creation of a partnership with our affiliate Quebecor World Inc., or Quebecor World, to operate a new printing press in Islington, in the Greater Toronto area. The project entails a $110.0 million investment. The new facility should make it possible to consolidate some of Quebecor World’s printing operations in Ontario and to strengthen the convergence among our Toronto media properties. This new facility is expected to be fully operational by 2007.
 
    On July 19, 2005, we repurchased and retired US$128.2 million in aggregate principal amount of our 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 and US$12.1 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2011 pursuant to cash tender offers commenced on June 20, 2005. We paid aggregate cash consideration of $215.3 million to purchase these notes, including the redemption premium and the cost of settlement of related cross-currency swap agreements, recognizing a $60.8 million loss on settlement of debt.
 
    In January 2005, Videotron launched its telephony services in the Province of Québec, using VoIP technology. Videotron became the first major cable company in Canada to offer consumers residential telephone service over cable. See “— Cable” below.
     In addition, on January 1, 2006, subsequent to the 2005 fiscal year-end, our wholly-owned subsidiary Videotron Telecom was merged with and into Videotron pursuant to an amalgamation under Part IA of the Companies Act (Québec).
Business Overview
     We are one of Canada’s leading media companies, with activities in cable distribution, newspaper publishing, television broadcasting, business and residential telecommunications, book, magazine and video retailing, publishing and

20


Table of Contents

distribution, music recording, production and distribution and new media services. Through our operating subsidiaries, we hold leading positions in the creation, promotion and distribution of news, entertainment and Internet-related services that are designed to appeal to audiences in every demographic category.
     Through our operating subsidiary Videotron, we are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third largest in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers, a major Internet service provider and a provider of telephony services in the Province of Québec. Through our operating subsidiary Sun Media, we are the largest newspaper publisher in the Province of Québec, based on paid and unpaid circulation, and we are the second largest newspaper publisher in Canada. We have established the number one or two market position, in terms of paid circulation, in each of our eight urban daily markets. Through our public operating subsidiary TVA Group, of which we own 45.2% of the equity and control 99.9% of the voting power, we are the largest private-sector television broadcaster in Québec in terms of market share, the largest private-sector French-language television broadcaster in North America in terms of market share, and one of the largest private-sector producers of French-language television programming in Québec in terms of number of hours of production and broadcasting of French-language programming. We are also engaged in book publishing and distribution; magazine publishing and production; the distribution and retailing of cultural products through companies such as Archambault Group, which owns one of the largest chains of music, books, videos and musical instruments stores in Québec and is the largest producer of French-language music products in Québec and the largest independent distributor of music and video products in Canada; film and television distribution through TVA Films; and video and video game rental and retailing through Le SuperClub Vidéotron’s chain of video rental stores, which is the largest chain of video stores in Québec. In the new media sector, we have developed, through Canoe and its subsidiaries, two of Canada’s leading English and French-language Internet news and information portals, as well as leading Internet sites dedicated to automobiles, employment, personals, real estate and classifieds. Through our subsidiary Nurun, we provide global and local blue-chip clients with consulting services which include strategic planning and online branding; Web and new media interface design; technical platform implementation (content management, e-commerce, automated publishing solutions); online marketing and customer relationship programs; online media planning and buying; and Web/data analytics.
Strengths
     We believe that our diversified portfolio of media assets provides us with a number of competitive strengths, including the ability to:
    cross-promote our brands, programs and other content across multiple media platforms;
 
    provide advertisers with an integrated solution for local, regional and national multi-platform advertising;
 
    offer a differentiated, bundled suite of entertainment, information and communication services and products, including digital television, cable Internet access, video-on-demand and other interactive television services, as well as residential and commercial telephony services using VoIP technology;
 
    deliver high-quality services and products, including, for example, our standard cable Internet access service that enables our customers to download data at a higher speed than that currently offered by standard digital subscriber line, or DSL, technology, and the widest range of French-language programming in Canada;
 
    leverage our content, management, sales and marketing and production resources to provide superior information and entertainment services to our customers;
 
    extend our market reach by leveraging our multimedia platform and cross-marketing expertise and experience to enhance our national media platform;
 
    leverage our single, highly contiguous network that covers approximately 80% of Québec’s total addressable market and five of the province’s top six urban areas. We believe that our single cluster and network architecture provides many benefits, including a higher quality and more reliable network, the

21


Table of Contents

      ability to rapidly and efficiently launch and deploy new products and services, and a lower cost structure through reduced maintenance and technical support costs;
 
    leverage our advanced broadband network, 98% of which is bi-directional which allows us to offer a wide range of advanced services on the same media, such as analog and digital television, video-on-demand, cable Internet access and VoIP telephony services. We are committed to maintaining and upgrading our network capacity and, to that end, we currently anticipate that future capital expenditures over the next five years will be required to accommodate the evolution of our products and services and to meet the demand for increased capacity resulting from the launch of our new telephony service and the offering of our other advanced products and services.
Our Strategy
     Our objective is to increase our revenues and profitability by leveraging the integration and growth opportunities presented by our portfolio of leading media assets. We attribute our strong historical results and positive outlook for growth and profitability to an ability to develop and execute forward-looking business strategies. The key elements of our strategy are to:
    Introduce new and enhanced products and services. We expect a significant portion of our growth in our Cable segment revenues to be driven by the introduction of new products and services and continuing penetration of products and services such as digital cable services, cable Internet access, VoIP telephony, wireless services, high-definition television, video-on-demand and interactive television. Our objective is also to increase our revenue per subscriber by focusing sales and marketing efforts on the bundling of these value-added products and services.
 
    Offer multi-platform media advertising solutions. Our multi-platform media assets enable us to provide advertisers with an integrated advertising solution. We are able to provide flexible, bundled advertising packages that allow advertisers to reach local, regional and national markets, as well as special interest and specific demographic groups. We will focus on further integrating our television, newspaper and magazine publishing, and Internet advertising platforms to enable us to tailor advertising packages to customers’ needs.
 
    Cross-promote brands, programs and other content. The geographic overlap of our cable, television, newspaper and magazine publishing, music and video store chains, and Internet platforms enables us to cost effectively promote and co-brand media properties. We will continue to promote initiatives to advance these cross-promotional activities, including the cross-promotion of various businesses, cross-divisional advertising and shared infrastructures.
 
    Use content across media properties. We are the largest private-sector French-language programming broadcaster, a leading producer of French-language programming, the second largest newspaper publisher, and a leading English- and French- language Internet news and information portal in Canada. Our objective is to further accelerate the distribution of our content across platforms.
 
    Leverage geographic clustering. Our subsidiary Videotron holds cable licenses that cover approximately 80% of Québec’s 3 million homes and commercial premises passed by cable. Geographic clusters facilitate bundled service offerings and, in addition, allow us to tailor our offerings to certain demographic markets. We aim to leverage the highly clustered nature of our systems to enable us to use marketing dollars more efficiently and to enhance customer awareness, increase use of products and services and build brand support.
 
    Maximize customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty . Across our media platform, we believe that maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction is critical to future growth and profitability. An important factor in our historical growth and profitability has been our ability to attract and satisfy customers with

22


Table of Contents

      high quality products and services and we will continue our efforts to maximize customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty.
     Through our direct and indirect interests in several businesses, we operate in the following industry segments: Cable, Newspapers, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, Business Telecommunications, Interactive Technologies and Communications and Internet/Portals.
Cable
     Through our cable television operations, we are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third largest cable operator in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers, a major Internet service provider and a provider of telephony services in the Province of Québec. We offer pay television, Internet access and telephony services. Our cable network covers approximately 80% of Québec’s 3 million residential and commercial premises passed by cable. Our cable licenses include licenses for the greater Montréal area, the second largest urban area in Canada. The greater Montréal area represents one of the largest contiguous clusters in Canada and is among the largest in North America as measured by the number of cable customers. This concentration provides us with improved operating efficiencies and is a key element in the development and launch of our bundled service offerings.
     As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately 1.5 million basic customers (which we define as customers receiving basic cable service, including analog and digital customers), representing a basic penetration rate of 62.3%. Through our extensive broadband coverage, we also offer digital television and cable Internet access services to approximately 98% of our total homes passed. We have rapidly grown our digital customer base in recent years, and at December 31, 2005, we had 474,629 digital cable customers, representing 31.5% of our basic customers and 19.6% of our total homes passed. We have also rapidly grown our cable Internet access customer base, and at December 31, 2005, we had 637,971 cable Internet access customers, representing 42.4% of our basic customers and 26.4% of our total homes passed. We believe that the continued increase in the penetration of our digital television, cable Internet access and telephony services will result in increased average revenue per customer.
     Our bi-directional hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) network enabled us to launch, in January 2005, a new telephony service using VoIP technology to our residential and commercial customers in selected areas of the Province of Québec (Montréal, South Shore and North Shore of Montréal, Laval and Québec City). As of December 31, 2005, we had 162,979 VoIP telephony customers, representing 10.8% of our basic customers and 6.7% of our total homes passed. In addition, as of December 31, 2005, approximately 64% of all of our cable customers were in areas in which our telephony service was available and we currently expect that this figure will increase to approximately 94% by December 31, 2006.
     We offer our advanced products and services, which include video-on-demand and selected interactive television services, as a bundled package that is unique among the competitors in our market. We differentiate our services by offering a higher speed Internet access product and the widest range of French-language programming in Canada. We believe that our bundled packages of products and services, together with our focus on customer service and the breadth of our French-language offerings, have resulted in improved customer satisfaction, increased use of our services and higher customer retention.
     Through Le SuperClub Vidéotron, we also own the largest chain of video and game rental stores in Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada, with a total of 276 retail locations (of which 227 are franchised) and more than 1.65 million video club rental members. Le SuperClub Vidéotron’s operations include approximately 80 video and video game rental stores that we acquired in July 2004 from Jumbo Entertainment, a nation-wide Canadian franchisor and operator of such stores.
     We own a 100% voting and 100% equity interest in Videotron.
     For the year ended December 31, 2005, our cable operations generated revenues of $1.002 billion and operating income of $382.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our cable operations generated revenues of $871.6 million and operating income of $341.2 million.

23


Table of Contents

   Cable Television Industry Overview
     Cable television has been available in Canada for more than 50 years and is a well developed market. Competition in the cable industry was first introduced in Canada in 1997. As of August 31, 2004, there were approximately 6.6 million cable television customers in Canada, representing a basic cable penetration rate of 65% of homes passed. For the twelve months ended August 31, 2004, total industry revenue was estimated to be over $4.5 billion and is expected to grow in the future because Canadian cable operators have aggressively upgraded their networks and are deploying new products and services, such as cable Internet access, digital television services and, more recently, telephony services. The following table summarizes the most recent available annual key statistics for the Canadian and U.S. cable television industries.
                                                 
    Twelve Months Ended August 31,
    2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   CAGR (1)
    (Dollars in billions; homes passed and basic cable customers in millions)
Canada
                                               
Industry Revenue
  $ 3.2     $ 3.4     $ 3.7     $ 4.2     $ 4.5       9.6 %
Homes Passed (2)
    9.4       9.5       9.7       10.0       10.2       2.0 %
Basic Cable Customers
    7.0       6.9       6.7       6.6       6.6       -1.2 %
Basic Penetration
    73.8 %     72.0 %     69.3 %     65.5 %     65.0 %        
                                                 
    Twelve Months Ended August 31,
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   CAGR (3)
    (US$ in billions; homes passed and basic cable customers in millions)
United States
                                               
Industry Revenue
  US$ 43.5     US$ 49.4     US$ 51.3     US$ 57.6     US$ 69.5       9.8 %
Homes Passed (2)
    100.6       102.7       102.9       108.2       110.8       2.0 %
Basic Cable Customers
    73.0       73.5       73.4       73.6       73.1       0.0 %
Basic Penetration
    72.6 %     71.6 %     71.3 %     68.0 %     66.0 %        
 
Source of Canadian data: CRTC. Source of U.S. data: NCTA, A.C. Nielsen Media Research and Kagan Research LLC.
 
(1)   Compounded annual growth rate from 2000 through 2004.
 
(2)   “Homes passed” means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable television distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.
 
(3)   Compounded annual growth rate from 2001 through 2005.
     The traditional cable business, which is the delivery of video via hybrid fiber coaxial network, is fundamentally similar in the U.S. and Canada. Different economic and regulatory conditions, however, have given rise to important differences between the two markets. Canadian operators have more limited revenue sources than U.S. operators due to Canadian regulations which prevent cable operators from generating revenue from local advertising. However, the lack of local advertising revenues allows Canadian cable operators to benefit from lower programming costs as compared to U.S. cable operators.
     A significant portion of Canada’s cable television customers are based in Québec. As of August 31, 2004, Québec is home to approximately 24% of Canada’s population and approximately 22.1% of its basic cable customers. Basic cable penetration in Québec, which was approximately 54.7% as of August 31, 2004, has traditionally been lower than in other populated provinces in Canada, principally due to the higher concentration of French-speaking Canadians in Québec. It is estimated that over 80% of Québec’s population is French-speaking. Contrary to the English-speaking provinces of Canada, where programming in English comes from all over North America, programming in French is available over-the-air in most of Québec’s French-speaking communities. The arrival of a variety of French-language specialty programming not available over-the-air contributed to a slight cable penetration level increase in the 1990s.
      Expansion of Digital Distribution and Programming
     In order to compete with the direct broadcast satellite offerings, the cable industry began deploying digital technology, which allows for a large number of programming channels and advanced services to be offered.

24


Table of Contents

     In addition, in the last four years, the choice and range of television programming has expanded substantially in Canada. In November 2000, the CRTC released its decisions on the applications for new digital pay and specialty television channels. In total, the CRTC approved 21 Category One licenses (16 English-language and five French-language) and 262 Category Two licenses, as well as two pay-per-view and four video-on-demand licenses. Cable service providers using digital technology are required to carry all of the approved Category One services appropriate to their markets while Category Two licensees who do not have guaranteed distribution rights must negotiate with cable service providers for access. Since then, the CRTC has licensed dozens of Category Two additional programming licenses. The increase in programming content as a result of the launch of approximately 50 of these programming services is believed to be a key factor in driving increases in digital cable penetration in Canada.
     Many programming services have announced their intention to convert to high-definition format. We believe that the availability of HDTV programming will increase significantly in the coming years and will result in a higher penetration level of digital distribution.
     In recent years, digital cable has significantly expanded the range of services that may be offered to our customers. We are now offering to our digital cable customers more than 300 channels, including 130 English-language channels, 64 French-language channels, 18 HDTV channels, 10 time-shifting channels and 63 radio/music channels.
     Our strategy, in the coming years, will be to try to continue the expansion in our offering and maintain the quality of our programming. Our cable television service depends in large part on our ability to distribute a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming at reasonable rates and will be an import factor in our success to maintain the attractiveness of our services to customers.
   Products and Services
     We currently offer our customers analog cable television services and programming as well as new and advanced high-bandwidth products and services such as cable Internet access, digital television, premium programming, selected interactive television services and telephony services. We continue to focus on our cable Internet access, digital television and telephony services, which are increasingly desired by customers. With our advanced broadband network, we are increasing the penetration of value-added services such as video-on-demand, high-definition television, personal video recorders, as well as interactive programming and advertising.
     In January 2005, we launched our VoIP telephony service in Québec, an initiative that leverages Videotron’s customer base with Videotron Telecom’s telecommunication network and expertise. Videotron Telecom was merged with and into Videotron on January 1, 2006, thereby combining its operations with those of Videotron. Combining Videotron Telecom’s telecommunication network and expertise with Videotron’s commercial customer base should enable us to offer additional bundled services to our customers, and our objective is that this reorganization will result in new business opportunities. This reorganization is a continuation of Videotron’s collaboration with Videotron Telecom in, among other things, the VoIP telephony project and fiber network development, and it reflects our corporate strategy to improve our operating efficiency.
     For the year ended December 31, 2005, Videotron Telecom generated revenues of $102.1 million (including $23.7 million of revenues from Videotron and its subsidiaries and $20.3 million of revenues from Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor). Approximately 49% of Videotron Telecom’s revenue in 2005 came from services provided to Quebecor and its subsidiaries, including Quebecor Media and Videotron.
      Traditional Cable Television Services
     Customers subscribing to our traditional analog “basic” and analog “extended basic” services generally receive a line-up of 53 channels of television programming, depending on the bandwidth capacity of their local cable system. Customers who pay additional amounts can also subscribe to additional channels, either individually or in packages. For any additional programming, customers must rent or buy a set-top box. We tailor our channels to satisfy the specific needs of the different customer segments we serve.

25


Table of Contents

     Our analog cable television service offerings include the following:
    Basic Service. All of our customers receive a package of basic programming, consisting of local broadcast television stations, the four U.S. commercial networks and PBS, selected Canadian specialty programming services, and local or regional community programming. Our basic service customers generally receive 29 channels on basic cable.
 
    Extended Basic Service. This expanded programming level of services, which is generally comprised of approximately 24 channels, includes a package of French-language and English-language specialty television programming and U.S. cable channels in addition to the basic service channel line-up described above. Branded as “Telemax,” this service was introduced in almost all of our markets largely to satisfy customer demand for greater flexibility and choice.
      Advanced Products and Services
     Cable’s high bandwidth is a key factor in the successful delivery of advanced products and services. Several emerging technologies and increasing Internet usage by our customer base have presented us with significant opportunities to expand our sources of revenue. In most of our systems, we currently offer a variety of advanced products and services including cable Internet access, digital television, VoIP telephony and selected interactive services. We intend to continue to develop and deploy additional services to further broaden our service offering.
    Cable Internet Access. Leveraging our advanced cable infrastructure, we offer cable Internet access to our residential customers primarily via cable modems attached to personal computers. We provide this service at speeds up to 290 times the speed of a conventional telephone modem. As of December 31, 2005, we had over 637,971 cable Internet access customers, representing 42.4% of our basic customers and 26.4% of our total homes passed. In addition, as of December 31, 2005, we had 18,034 dial-up Internet access customers. Based on internal estimates, we are the largest provider of cable Internet access services in the areas we serve with an estimated market share of 51% as of December 31, 2005.
 
    Digital Television. As part of our network modernization program, we have installed headend equipment capable of delivering digitally encoded transmissions to a two-way digital-capable set-top box in the customer’s home. This digital connection provides significant advantages. In particular, it increases channel capacity, which allows us to increase both programming and service offerings while providing increased flexibility in packaging our services. We launched our digital television service in March 1999 with the introduction of digital video compression terminals in the greater Montréal area. Since introducing our digital television service in the greater Montréal area, we have also introduced the service in other major markets. In September 2001, we launched a new digital service offering under the illico brand. In addition to providing high quality sound and image quality, illico Digital TV offers our customers significant programming flexibility. Our basic digital package includes 24 television channels, 45 audio services providing CD quality music, 18 AM/FM radio channels, an interactive programming guide as well as television-based e-mail capability. Our extended digital basic television service, branded as “Self-Service”, offers customers the ability to select more than 200 additional channels of their choice, including U.S. super-stations and other special entertainment programs, allowing them to customize their choices among many specialty channels. This service also offers customers significant programming flexibility including the option of French-language only, English-language only or a combination of French and English-language programming. We also offer pre-packaged themed service tiers in the areas of news, sports and discovery. Customers who purchase basic service and one customized package can also purchase channels on an à la carte basis at a specified cost per channel per month. As part of our digital service offering, customers can also purchase video-on-demand services. As of December 31, 2005, we had 474,629 customers for our digital television service, representing 31.5% of our basic customers and 19.6% of our total homes passed. Our customers currently have the option to purchase or lease the digital set-top boxes required for digital service. We believe that the sale of equipment to customers improves customer

26


Table of Contents

      retention, and, as of December 31, 2005, approximately 92% of our digital television customers have purchased and 8% lease our digital set-top boxes.
 
    VoIP. In January 2005, we launched our new telephony service using VoIP technology in selected areas of the Province of Québec (Montréal, South Shore and North Shore of Montréal, Laval and Québec City), and since then progressively among our other residential and commercial customers in the Province of Québec. Our new telephony service includes both local and long-distance calling, and permits all of our telephony customers, both residential and commercial, to access all service features mandated by CRTC Decision 97-8 and other regulatory decisions and orders, including: enhanced 911 Emergency service; number portability from and to any local exchange carrier; a message relay service allowing subscribers to communicate with the hearing impaired; and a variety of personal privacy features including universal call tracing. We also offer free basic listings in local telephone directories, as well as full operator assistance, including: operator-assisted calls; collect and third-party calls; local, national and international directory assistance; person-to-person calls; and busy-line verification. Finally, we offer as part of our new telephony service a host of convenient, optional features, including: name and number caller ID; call waiting with long-distance distinctive ring and audible indicator tone; name and number caller ID on call waiting; visual indicator of a full voice mail box and audible message waiting indicators; automatic call forwarding; three-way conference calling; automatic recalling; and last incoming call identification and recall. In the future, VoIP will allow us to deliver new cutting-edge features, such as voice-mail to e-mail functionality launched in December 2005, which allows customers access their voice-mail via e-mail in the form of audio-file attachments. In keeping with our competitive strength of providing differentiated, bundled service offerings, we offer free installation of our new telephony service to existing cable television and/or Internet customers and to new bundled customers. We also offer discounts to our bundled customers, when compared to the sum of the prices of the individual services provided to these customers. In addition, we offer discounts for a second telephone line subscription. As of December 31, 2005, we had 162,979 customers of our VoIP telephony service.
 
    Interactive Services. In September 2001, we also launched digital interactive services under the illico Interactive brand. These services, which combine our digital television and Internet access services, enable customers equipped with wireless keyboards to access the Internet and send and receive e-mail. In the near future, we intend to provide additional functionality including e-commerce. We believe interactive services will be increasingly desired by customers, and we intend to continue to develop and deploy advanced products and services to add greater functionality to our interactive services offering.
 
    Video-On-Demand. Video-on-demand service enables digital cable customers to rent from a library of movies, documentaries and other programming through their digital set-top box. Our digital cable customers are able to rent their video-on-demand selections for a period of 24 hours, which they are then able to watch at their convenience with full stop, rewind, fast forward, pause and replay functionality during that period. Our video-on-demand service is available to 98% of the homes passed by us. We also offer pay television channels on a subscription basis that permit our customers to access and watch any of their video-on-demand selections at any time at their convenience.
 
    Other New Business Initiatives. To maintain and enhance our market position, we are focused on increasing penetration of high-definition television and personal video recorders, as well as other high-value products and services. On September 20, 2005, we announced that we had signed a strategic relationship agreement with Rogers Wireless, the operator of Canada’s largest integrated wireless voice and data network, that will enable us to offer Québec consumers a quadruple play of television, broadband Internet, VoIP telephony and Videotron-branded mobile wireless services. We will operate as a Mobile Virtual Network Operator, or MVNO, utilizing wireless voice and data services provided by Rogers Wireless across its GSM/GPRS network. We currently intend to launch our mobile wireless offering during the second half of 2006, with services to include international roaming and popular options. We will be responsible for acquiring and billing customers, as well as for providing customer support under our own brand.

27


Table of Contents

     The following table summarizes our customer statistics for our analog and digital cable and advanced products and services:
                                         
    At December 31,
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005
Basic analog cable
                                       
Homes passed(1)
    2,330,648       2,329,023       2,351,344       2,383,443       2,419,335  
Basic customers(2)
    1,510,408       1,431,060       1,424,144       1,452,554       1,506,113  
Penetration(3)
    64.8 %     61.4 %     60.6 %     60.9 %     62.3 %
Digital cable
                                       
Digital customers
    114,634       171,625       240,863       333,664       474,629  
Penetration(4)
    7.6 %     12.0 %     16.9 %     23.0 %     31.5 %
Number of digital terminals
    121,210       182,010       257,350       362,053       537,364  
Dial-up Internet access
                                       
Dial-up customers
    55,427       43,627       28,821       23,973       18,034  
Cable Internet access
                                       
Cable modem customers
    228,759       305,054       406,277       502,630       637,971  
Penetration(3)
    9.8 %     13.1 %     17.3 %     21.1 %     26.4 %
Telephony Services
                                       
VoIP customers
                      2,135       162,979  
Penetration(3)
                      0.1 %     6.7 %
 
(1)   “Homes passed” means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable television distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.
 
(2)   Basic customers are customers who receive basic cable service in either the analog or digital mode. The number of basic customers for the years 2000-2003 inclusive, were restated in order to permit such numbers to be compared to the 2004 number of basic customers.
 
(3)   Represents customers as a percentage of total homes passed.
 
(4)   Represents customers for the digital service as a percentage of basic customers.
     In the year ended December 31, 2005, our cable operations recorded a net increase of 53,559 basic customers. During the same period, we also recorded net additions of: 135,341 customers of our cable Internet access service; 140,965 customers of our digital television service, the latter of which includes customers who have upgraded from our analog cable service; and 160,844 customers of our VoIP telephony services.
      Business Telecommunications Services
     We integrated Videotron Telecom’s operations within Videotron’s operations pursuant to the merger of Videotron Telecom with and into Videotron on January 1, 2006. Videotron Telecom is a provider of a wide range of network solutions, Internet services, application/server hosting, local and long-distance telephone service, and studio-quality audio-video services to large and medium-sized business, ISPs, application service providers (“ASP”), broadcasters and carriers. Combining Videotron Telecom’s telecommunication network and expertise with Videotron’s commercial customer base should enable us to offer additional bundled services to our customers, and our objective is that this reorganization will result in new business opportunities.
      Video Stores
     Through Le SuperClub Vidéotron, we also operate the largest chain of video and game rental stores in Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada, with a total of 276 retail locations (of which 227 are franchised) and more than 1.65 million video club rental members. Le SuperClub Vidéotron’s operations include approximately 80 video and video game rental stores that we acquired in July 2004 from Jumbo Entertainment, a nation-wide Canadian franchisor and operator of such stores. With approximately 150 retail locations located in our markets, Le SuperClub Vidéotron is both a showcase and a valuable and cost-effective distribution network for our growing array of advanced products and

28


Table of Contents

services, such as cable Internet access and digital television.
   Pricing of Our Products and Services
     Our Cable segment revenues are derived principally from the monthly fees our customers pay for cable services. The rates we charge vary based on the market served and the level of service selected. Rates are usually adjusted annually. We also offer discounts to our bundled customers, when compared to the sum of the prices of the individual services provided to these customers. As of December 31, 2005, the average monthly fees for basic and extended basic cable were $22.53 and $36.22, respectively, and the average monthly fees for basic digital cable and extended basic digital cable were $12.03 and $39.98, respectively. A one-time installation fee, which may be waived in part during certain promotional periods, is charged to new customers. Monthly fees for rented equipment such as set-top boxes and cable modems, and administrative fees for delinquent payments for service, are also charged. Except in respect of our Internet access services, customers are typically free to discontinue service at any time without additional charge, but they may be charged a reconnection fee to resume service.
     The CRTC only regulates rates in certain circumstances. Fees for extended cable service (over and above basic cable service rates), pay-television and pay-per-view services, and rentals for set-top boxes are priced by us on a discretionary basis and are not regulated by the CRTC.
     Although our service offerings vary by market, because of differences in the bandwidth capacity of the cable systems in each of our markets and competitive and other factors, our services are typically offered at monthly price ranges, which reflect discounts for bundled service offerings, as follows:
           
Service     Price Range (1)
Basic analog cable
    $ 15.07 – $28.19  
Extended basic analog cable
    $ 26.81 – $40.50  
Basic digital cable
    $ 12.98 – $14.98  
Extended basic digital cable
    $ 25.98 – $73.98  
Pay-television
    $ 6.00 – $19.95  
Pay-per-view (per movie or event)
    $ 3.99 – $79.95  
Video-on-demand (per movie or event)
    $ 0.99 – $24.95  
Dial-up Internet access
    $ 9.95 – $19.95  
Cable Internet access
    $ 26.95 – $74.90  
VoIP Telephony
    $ 15.95 – $22.95  
 
(1)   These rates reflect price increases, effective March 1, 2006, of $0.60 on basic analog cable and extended basic analog cable, $1.00 on basic digital cable, between $1.00 and $3.00 on extended digital cable and $1.00 on cable internet access and VoIP telephone.
   Our Network Technology
     As of December 31, 2005, our cable systems consisted of approximately 9,400 km of fiber optic cable and 29,500 km of coaxial cable, passing approximately 2.4 million homes and serving approximately 1.62 million customers. Our network is the largest broadband network in Québec covering over 80% of cable homes passed.
     The following table summarizes the current technological state of our systems, based on the percentage of our customers who have access to the bandwidths listed below and two-way capability:
                                 
    450 MHz and Under   480 MHz to 625 MHz   750 MHz to 860 MHz   Two-Way Capability
December 31, 2001
    3 %     25 %     72 %     97 %
December 31, 2002
    3 %     23 %     74 %     97 %
December 31, 2003
    3 %     23 %     74 %     97 %
December 31, 2004
    3 %     23 %     74 %     97 %
December 31, 2005
    2 %     23 %     75 %     98 %

29


Table of Contents

     Our cable television networks are comprised of four distinct parts including signal acquisition networks, main headends, distribution networks and subscriber drops. The signal acquisition network picks up a wide variety of television, radio and multimedia signals. These signals and services originate from either a local source or content provider or are picked up from distant sites chosen for satellite or over-the-air reception quality and transmitted to the main headends by way of over-the-air links, coaxial links or fiber optic relay systems. Each main headend processes, modulates, scrambles and combines the signals in order to distribute them throughout the network. Each main headend is connected to the primary headend in order to receive the digital MPEG2 signals and the IP Backbone for the Internet services. This connection is provided by Videotron’s inter-city fiber network. The first stage of this distribution consists of either a fiber optic link or a very high capacity microwave link which distributes the signals to distribution or secondary headends. After that, the signal uses the hybrid fiber coaxial cable network made of wide-band amplifiers and coaxial cables capable of serving up to 30 km in radius from the distribution or secondary headends to the subscriber drops. The subscriber drop brings the signal into the customer’s television set directly or, depending on the area or the services selected, through various types of customer equipment including set top boxes.
     We have adopted the hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) network architecture as the standard for our ongoing system upgrades. Hybrid fiber coaxial network architecture combines the use of fiber optic cable with coaxial cable. Fiber optic cable has excellent broadband frequency characteristics, noise immunity and physical durability and can carry hundreds of video and data channels over extended distances. Coaxial cable is less expensive and requires greater signal amplification in order to obtain the desired transmission levels for delivering channels. In most systems, we deliver our signals via fiber optic cable from the headend to a group of nodes to the homes passed served by that node. Our system design provides for cells of approximately 1,000 homes each to be served by fiber optic cable. To allow for this configuration, secondary headends were put into operation in the greater Montréal area and in the greater Québec City area. Remote secondary headends must also be connected with fiber optic links. The loop structure of the two-way networks brings reliability through redundancy, the cell size improves flexibility and capacity, while the reduced number of amplifiers separating the home from the headend improves signal quality and reliability. Our network design provides us with significant flexibility to offer customized programming to individual cells of 1,000 homes, which is critical to our ability to deploy certain advanced services in the future, including video-on-demand and the continued expansion of our interactive services. Our network design also allows for further segmentation to 500 or 250 homes where cable, Internet and telephony service penetration requires higher network capacity. We also believe that our network design provides high capacity and superior signal quality that will enable us to provide to our current and future customers new advanced products and services in addition to those currently offered by us.
     Our strategy of maintaining a leadership position in the suite of products and services currently offered by us and launching new products and services requires investments in our network to support growth in our customer base and increases in bandwidth requirements. For that reason, we have in place a modernization plan to upgrade our networks in Québec City and in the Central Region of Québec from a bandwidth of 480 Mhz to 750 Mhz or greater. We currently expect to complete these projects by the end of the first half of 2007, which will bring approximately 95% of our network in Québec to an upgraded bandwidth of 750 Mhz or greater. Also, in light of the greater availability of HDTV programming, the ever increasing speed of Internet access and increasing demand for our new VoIP telephony service, we are currently considering a number of alternatives for how best to address increasing network capacity requirements resulting from higher demand for such advanced products and services. Pursuing one or more of these alternatives will require us to make substantial investments in our network in the coming years.
     Videotron Telecom’s network was integrated into Videotron’s assets pursuant to the merger of Videotron Telecom with and into Videotron on January 1, 2006. Videotron Telecom’s regional network has over 9,000 km of fiber optic cable in Quebec and 2,000 km of fibre optic cable in Ontario and reaches more than 80% of the businesses located in the major metropolitan areas of each of Quebec and Ontario. Videotron Telecom’s extensive network supports direct connectivity with networks in Ontario, eastern Quebec, the Maritimes and the United States.

30


Table of Contents

   Marketing and Customer Care
     Our long term marketing objective is to increase our cash flow through deeper market penetration of our services and continued growth in revenue per customer. We believe that customers will come to view their cable connection as the best distribution channel to the home for a multitude of services. To achieve this objective, we are pursuing the following strategies:
    continue to rapidly introduce and deploy advanced products and services such as cable Internet access, digital television and VoIP telephony;
 
    design product offerings that provide greater opportunity for customer entertainment and information choices;
 
    target marketing opportunities based on demographic data and past purchasing behavior;
 
    develop targeted marketing programs to attract former customers, households that have never subscribed to our services and customers of alternative or competitive services;
 
    enhance the relationship between customer service representatives and our customers by training and motivating customer service representatives to promote advanced products and services;
 
    leverage the retail presence of SuperClub Videotron, Archambault Group and third-party commercial retailers;
 
    cross-promote the wide variety of content and services offered within the Quebecor Media group (including, for example, the content of TVA Group productions and the 1-900 service for audience voting during television programs such as Star Académie , Occupation Double and other reality shows popular in Québec) in order to distribute our cable, data transmission and telephony services to our existing and future customers;
 
    introduce new value-added packages of products and services, which we believe increases ARPU and improves customer retention; and
 
    leverage our business market, using the Videotron Telecom network and expertise with our commercial customer base, which should enable us to offer additional bundled services to our customers and may result in new business opportunities.
     We continue to invest time, effort and financial resources in marketing new and existing services. To increase both customer penetration and the number of services used by our customers, we use coordinated marketing techniques, including door-to-door solicitation, telemarketing, media advertising, e-marketing and direct mail solicitation.
     Maximizing customer satisfaction is a key element of our business strategy. In support of our commitment to customer satisfaction, we operate a 24-hour customer service hotline seven days a week for nearly all of our systems. We currently have five operational call centers and we are implementing various initiatives to improve customer service and satisfaction. For example, all of our customer service representatives and technical support staff are trained to assist our customers with respect to all products and services offered by us, which in turn allows our customers to be served more efficiently and seamlessly. Our customer care representatives continue to receive extensive training to develop customer contact skills and product knowledge, which are key contributors to high rates of customer retention as well as to selling additional products and services and higher levels of service to our customers. We have also implemented Web-based customer service capabilities. To assist us in our marketing efforts, we utilize surveys, focus groups and other research tools as part of our efforts to determine and proactively respond to customer needs.

31


Table of Contents

   Programming
     We believe that offering a wide variety of conveniently scheduled programming is an important factor in influencing a customer’s decision to subscribe to and retain our cable services. We devote significant resources to obtaining access to a wide range of programming that we believe will appeal to both existing and potential customers. We rely on extensive market research, customer demographics and local programming preferences to determine our channel and package offerings. The CRTC currently regulates the distribution of foreign content in Canada and, as a result, we are limited in our ability to provide such programming to our customers. We obtain basic and premium programming from a number of suppliers, including TVA Group.
     Videotron’s programming contracts generally provide for a fixed term of up to seven years, and are subject to negotiated renewal. Programming tends to be made available to us for a flat fee per customer. Videotron’s overall programming costs have increased in recent years and may continue to increase due to factors including, but not limited to, additional programming being provided to customers as a result of system rebuilds that increase channel capacity, increased costs to produce or purchase specialty programming and inflationary or negotiated annual increases.
   Competition
     Videotron operates in a competitive business environment in the areas of price, product and service offerings and service reliability. Videotron competes with other providers of television signals and other sources of home entertainment. In addition, as Videotron expands into additional services such as interactive and telephony services, Videotron may face additional competition. Videotron’s principal competitors include over-the-air television and providers of other entertainment, direct broadcast satellite, digital subscriber line, private cable, other cable distribution, ILECs and wireless distribution. Videotron also faces competition from illegal providers of cable television services and illegal access both to foreign DBS (also called grey market piracy) as well as signed theft of DBS that enable customers to access programming services from U.S. and Canadian direct broadcast satellite services without paying any fee (also called black market piracy).
    Over-the-air Television and Providers of Other Entertainment . Cable television has long competed with broadcast television, which consists of television signals that the viewer is able to receive without charge using an over-the-air antenna. The extent of such competition is dependent upon the quality and quantity of broadcast signals available through over-the-air reception compared to the services provided by the local cable system. Cable systems also face competition from alternative methods of distributing and receiving television signals and from other sources of entertainment such as live sporting events, movie theaters and home video products, including videotape recorders, DVD players and video games. The extent to which a cable television service is competitive depends in significant part upon the cable system’s ability to provide a greater variety of programming, superior technical performance and superior customer service than are available over the air or through competitive alternative delivery sources.
 
    Direct Broadcast Satellite. Direct broadcast satellite, or DBS, is a significant competitor to cable systems. DBS delivers programming via signals sent directly to receiving dishes from medium- and high-powered satellites, as opposed to cable delivery transmissions. This form of distribution generally provides more channels than some of our television systems and is fully digital. DBS service can be received virtually anywhere in Canada through the installation of a small rooftop or side-mounted antenna. Like digital cable distribution, DBS systems use video compression technology to increase channel capacity and digital technology to improve the quality of the signals transmitted to their customers.
 
    DSL. The deployment of digital subscriber line technology, known as DSL, provides customers with Internet access at data transmission speeds greater than that which is available over conventional telephone lines. DSL service is comparable to cable-modem Internet access over cable systems. We also face competition from providers of DSL service.
 
    VDSL. The CRTC and Industry Canada have authorized video digital subscriber line, or VDSL, services. VDSL technology increases the capacity of DSL lines available, which permits the distribution of digital

32


Table of Contents

      video. We expect that we will soon face competition from incumbent local exchange carriers, which have been granted licenses to launch video distribution services using this technology. ILECs are currently installing this new technology, which operates over the copper lines in phone lines, in our markets. This technology can achieve speeds as high as 52 Mbps upstream, but VDSL can only operate over a short distance of about 4,000 feet (1,200 metres). As a result, telephone companies are replacing many of their main feeds with fibre-optic cable. By placing a VDSL transceiver, a VDSL gateway, in larger multiple dwelling units, the distance limitation is overcome. Further, as a result of such improvements in broadband speeds over DSL and the evolution of compression technology, incumbent telephone carriers in our service areas may be in a position to enable delivery of digital television over their cable Internet connections (IPTV) in the coming years. Advanced trials are underway in Canada and in other countries. Tests in our service markets are expected to be performed in the first half of 2006. If successful, IPTV may provide telecommunications carriers with a way to offer services similar to those offered by cable operators in the consumer market.
 
    Private Cable. Additional competition is posed by satellite master antenna television systems known as “SMATV systems” serving multi-dwelling units, such as condominiums, apartment complexes, and private residential communities.
 
    Other Cable Distribution. There is currently a cable operator offering analog television distribution and providing cable Internet access service serving the greater Montréal area. This cable operator, which has approximately 15,000 customers, is owned by the regional ILEC.
 
    Wireless Distribution. Cable television systems also compete with wireless program distribution services such as multi-channel multipoint distribution systems, or MDS. This technology uses microwave links to transmit signals from multiple transmission sites to line-of-sight antennas located within the customer’s premises.
 
    Grey and Black Market DBS Providers. Cable and other distributors of television signals continue to face competition from the use of access codes and equipment that enable the unauthorized decoding of encrypted satellite signals, from unauthorized access to our analog and digital cable signals (black market) and from the reception of foreign signals through subscriptions to foreign satellite television providers that are not lawful distributors in Canada (grey market).
 
    Telephony Service. Our new VoIP telephony service competes against other telephone companies, including both the incumbent telephone service provider in Québec, which controls a significant portion of the telephony market in Québec, as well as other VoIP telephony service providers and cellular telephone service providers.
 
    Other Internet Service Providers. In the Internet access business, cable operators compete against other Internet service providers offering residential and commercial Internet access services. The CRTC requires the large Canadian incumbent cable operators to offer access to their high speed Internet system to competitive Internet service providers at mandated rates.
Newspapers
     Through our newspaper publishing operations, we are the largest newspaper publisher in Québec based on total paid and unpaid circulation. Sun Media is also the second largest newspaper publisher in Canada, with a 21.0% market share in terms of weekly paid circulation as of March 31, 2005, according to statistics published by the Canadian Newspaper Association. We publish 17 paid daily newspapers and serve eight of the top ten urban markets in Canada. Each of Sun Media’s eight urban daily newspapers ranks either first or second in its market in terms of paid circulation. Sun Media also publishes 189 weekly newspapers, weekly shopping guides and agriculture and other specialty publications, including three free daily commuter publications, 24 Hours in Toronto and Vancouver 24 Hours in Vancouver, and 24 Heures in Montréal. Sun Media publishes the second and third largest non-national dailies in Canada, based on weekly paid circulation as of September 30, 2005: Le Journal de Montréal , with a paid circulation of 1.9 million

33


Table of Contents

copies according to the Audit Bureau of Circulation, and The Toronto Sun , with a paid circulation of 1.5 million copies according to the Audit Bureau of Circulation. The combined weekly paid circulation of our daily newspapers is, as of December 31, 2005, approximately 6.6 million copies according to internal statistics.
     We also provide a range of distribution services through Sun Media’s Messageries Dynamiques and Dynamic Press Group.
     Furthermore, we provide a range of commercial printing and other related services to third parties through a national network of production and printing facilities and distributes newspapers and magazines for other publishers across Canada.
     As of the date of this annual report, we own a 100% voting and a 100% equity interest in Sun Media.
     For the year ended December 31, 2005, our newspaper operations generated revenues of $915.6 million and operating income of $222.2 million. For this same period, Sun Media derived 70.7% of its revenues from advertising, 17.9% from circulation, and 11.4% from distribution, commercial printing and other revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our newspaper operations generated revenues of $888.1 million and operating income of $227.8 million. For this same period, Sun Media derived 69.7% of its revenues from advertising, 19.2% from circulation, and 11.1% from distribution, commercial printing, distribution and other revenues.
   Canadian Newspaper Publishing Industry Overview
     Newspaper publishing is the oldest segment of the advertising-based media industry in Canada. The industry is mature and is dominated by a small number of major newspaper publishers largely segmented in different markets and geographic areas, of which we are the second largest with a combined average weekly circulation (paid and unpaid) of approximately 12.8 million copies. According to the Canadian Newspaper Association’s circulation data for the six months ended March 31, 2005, our 21.0% market share of paid weekly circulation for Canadian daily newspapers is exceeded only by CanWest MediaWorks Inc., with a 28.4% market share, and followed by Torstar Corporation (13.9%), Power Corporation (9.8%), Bell Globemedia (6.3%), and Osprey Media (5.9%).
     The newspaper market consists primarily of two segments, broadsheet and tabloid newspapers, which vary in format. With the exception of the broadsheet The London Free Press , all of Sun Media’s urban paid daily newspapers are tabloids.
     According to the Canadian Newspaper Association, there are approximately 100 paid circulation daily newspapers, numerous paid non-daily publications and free-distribution daily and non-daily publications. Of the 100 paid circulation daily newspapers, 26 have average weekday circulation in excess of 50,000 copies. These include 20 English-language metropolitan newspapers, four French-language daily newspapers and two national daily newspapers.
     In addition to daily newspapers, both paid and unpaid non-daily newspapers are distributed nationally and locally across Canada. Newspaper companies may also produce and distribute niche publications that target specific readers with customized editorial content and advertising.
     Newspaper publishers derive revenue primarily from the sale of local, classified, national and insert advertising, and to a lesser extent through paid subscriptions and single copy sales of newspapers. The mature nature of the Canadian newspaper industry has resulted in stable revenue levels (and limited growth) for many years. Most daily newspapers are well established in their communities, and many have been in existence for over 100 years. According to industry sources, in 2004, the total Canadian daily newspaper industry revenue was $3.4 billion, with 78% derived from advertising and the remaining 22% coming from circulation. Total advertising revenue for the Canadian daily newspaper industry was $2.6 billion in 2004, which represented approximately 22.0% of total Canadian advertising spending according to the Television Bureau of Canada. From 1995 to 2004, advertising revenues for daily newspapers increased at an average annual rate of 4.2%.

34


Table of Contents

   Advertising and Circulation
     Total Canadian advertising revenue in all media sectors was $12.0 billion in 2004. Newspapers are one of the largest media segments in Canada and represent an important advertising medium, as they reach a broadly based and demographically attractive audience. In 2004, over the course of an average week, 79% of adults over the age of 18 read a daily newspaper.
     Advertising revenues are cyclical and are generally affected by changes in national and regional economic conditions. Local advertisers, such as retail stores, employment advertisers and auto dealers, rely most heavily upon newspapers, directories and radio to reach their local audiences with specific promotional and service offerings. Local classified advertising primarily relies upon newspapers, and, more recently, internet websites to reach their local markets with specific requirements. Generally, local advertising is less dependent on the economy than national advertising, and is therefore more stable. Local and classified advertising represented approximately 77% of daily newspaper advertising revenue in 2004.
     Advertising revenue is Sun Media’s largest source of revenue and represented 70.7% of Sun Media’s total revenues in 2005. Advertising rates are based upon the size of the market in which each newspaper operates, circulation, readership, demographic composition of the market and the availability of alternative advertising media. Sun Media’s strategy is to maximize advertising revenue by providing advertisers with a range of pricing and marketing alternatives to better enable them to reach their target audience. Sun Media’s newspapers offer a variety of advertising alternatives, including full-run advertisements in regular sections of the newspaper targeted to different readers (including automotive, real estate and travel), geographically-targeted inserts, special interest pullout sections and advertising supplements.
     Sun Media’s principal categories of advertising revenues are classified, retail and national advertising. Classified advertising has traditionally accounted for the largest share of our advertising revenues in our urban daily newspapers (47% in the year ended December 31, 2005) followed by retail advertising (34% in the same period) and national advertising (16% in the same period). Classified advertising is made up of four principal sectors: automobiles, private party, recruitment and real estate. Automobile advertising is the largest classified advertising category, representing about 45% of all of Sun Media’s classified advertising in terms of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005. Retail advertising is display advertising principally placed by local businesses and organizations. Most of our retail advertisers are department stores, electronics stores and furniture stores. National advertising is display advertising primarily from advertisers promoting products or services on a national basis. Sun Media’s national advertisers are principally in the retail automotive sector.
     In the smaller community papers, substantially all of the advertising revenues are derived from local retailers and classified advertisers. These newspapers publish advertising supplements with specialized themes such as agriculture, tourism, home improvement and gardening to encourage advertisers to purchase additional linage in these special editions.
     We believe that our newspaper advertising revenues are diversified not only by category (classified, retail and national), but also by customer and geography. For the year ended December 31, 2005, Sun Media’s top ten national advertisers accounted for approximately 5% of Sun Media’s total advertising revenue and approximately 4% of Sun Media’s total revenue. In addition, because Sun Media sells advertising in numerous regional markets in Canada, the impact of a decline in any one market can be offset by strength in other markets.
     Circulation sales are Sun Media’s second-largest source of revenue and represented 17.9% of Sun Media’s total revenues in 2005. In the large urban markets, newspapers are available through newspaper boxes and retail outlets Monday through Sunday. We offer daily home delivery in each of our newspaper markets. We derive our circulation revenues from single copy sales and subscription sales. Our strategy is to increase circulation revenue by adding newspaper boxes and point-of-sale locations, as well as expanding home delivery. In order to increase readership, we are expanding coverage of local news in our newspapers and targeting editorial content to identified groups through the introduction of niche products.
     The majority of the community newspaper publications are distributed free of charge through a controlled

35


Table of Contents

distribution system. This enables the publisher to better identify the clientele targeted by advertisers.
   Newspaper Operations
     We operate our newspaper businesses in urban and community markets through two groups:
    the Urban Daily Group; and
 
    the Community Newspaper Group.
     A majority of our newspapers in the Community Newspaper Group are clustered around its eight paid urban dailies in the Urban Daily Group. We have strategically established our community newspapers near regional printing facilities in suburban and rural markets across Canada. This geographic clustering enables us to realize operating efficiencies and economic synergies through sharing of management, production, printing, and distribution, as well as accounting and human resources functions.
     In August 2005, we approved a plan to invest in a new printing facility to be operated by an entity co-owned by us and our affiliate Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor. The new printing facility will be located in Toronto, Ontario in a building owned by Quebecor World. As part of this plan, Sun Media will outsource the printing of certain of its publications in Ontario to the new facility. The new facility should make it possible to consolidate some of Quebecor World’s printing operations in Ontario and to strengthen the convergence among our Toronto media properties. In addition, in August 2005, we approved a plan to modernize and relocate the printing facilities of Le Journal de Montréal to a new printing facility owned by Quebecor Media, which will be located in Saint-Janvier-de-Mirabel, Québec. Each of these projects is expected to be completed in 2007. Management has not yet finalized its analysis of the impact of these two projects on work force reduction costs or adopted a plan in this regard.
      The Urban Daily Group
     On a combined weekly basis, the eight paid daily newspapers in our Urban Daily Group circulate approximately 6.3 million copies, as of December 31, 2005. These newspapers hold either the number one or number two position in each of their respective markets in terms of circulation. In addition, on a combined basis, over 50% of our readers do not read our principal competitor’s newspaper in each of our urban daily markets, according to data from the NADbank ® 2004 Study.
     Our Urban Daily Group is comprised of eight paid daily newspapers, three free daily commuter publications, and three free weekly publications. With the exception of the broadsheet The London Free Press , the paid daily newspapers are tabloids published seven days a week. These are mass circulation newspapers that provide succinct and complete news coverage with an emphasis on local news, sports and entertainment. The tabloid format makes extensive use of color, photographs and graphics. Each newspaper contains inserts that feature subjects of interest such as fashion, lifestyle and special sections. In addition, the Urban Daily Group includes two distribution businesses, Messageries Dynamiques and Dynamic Press Group .
     Paid circulation is defined as average sales of a newspaper per issue. Readership (as opposed to paid circulation) is an estimate of the number of people who read or looked into an average issue of a newspaper and is measured by a continuous independent survey conducted by NADbank Inc. According to the NADbank ® 2004 Study, the estimates of readership are based upon the number of people responding to the Newspaper Audience Databank survey circulated by NADbank Inc. who report having read or looked into one or more issues of a given newspaper during a given period equal to the publication interval of the newspaper.
     The following chart lists Sun Media’s paid daily newspapers and their respective readership in 2004 as well as their market position by paid circulation during that period:

36


Table of Contents

                                 
    2004 Average Readership   Market Position by
Newspaper   Saturday   Sunday   Mon-Fri   Paid Circulation(1)
Le Journal de Montréal
    694,900       424,600       642,000       1  
Le Journal de Québec
    224,700       137,700       204,300       1  
The Toronto Sun
    628,400       900,000       795,400       2  
The London Free Press
    176,700       108,000       164,000       1  
The Ottawa Sun
    98,300       104,200       128,000       2  
The Winnipeg Sun
    107,500       99,000       126,500       2  
The Edmonton Sun
    146,400       187,400       193,800       2  
The Calgary Sun
    150,000       176,400       185,300       2  
 
                               
Total Average Readership
    2,226,900       2,137,300       2,439,300          
 
(1)   Based on paid circulation data published by the Audit Bureau of Circulations in September 2005 with respect to non-national newspapers in each market.
Le Journal de Montréal. Le Journal de Montréal is published seven days a week and is distributed by Messageries Dynamiques, which specializes in the distribution of publications. According to the Audit Bureau of Circulations, Le Journal de Montréal ranks second in paid circulation, among non-national Canadian dailies and first among French-language dailies in North America. The average daily circulation of Le Journal de Montréal exceeds the circulation of each of its main competitors in Montréal, La Presse and The Gazette , according to Audit Bureau of Circulation data as of September 30, 2005.
     The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of Le Journal de Montréal for the periods indicated:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003   2004   2005
Le Journal de Montréal
                       
Saturday
    314,600       312,500       308,000  
Sunday
    263,500       262,400       259,800  
Monday to Friday
    269,600       267,000       268,200  
 
Source: Internal Statistics.
Le Journal de Québec. Le Journal de Québec is published seven days a week and is distributed by Messageries Dynamiques . Le Journal de Québec is the number one newspaper in its market. The average daily circulation of Le Journal de Québec exceeds the circulation of its main competitor, Le Soleil , according to Audit Bureau of Circulations data as of September 30, 2005.
     The following chart reflects the average daily paid circulation of Le Journal de Québec for the periods indicated:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003   2004   2005
Le Journal de Québec
                       
Saturday
    124,300       124,100       123,400  
Sunday
    101,500       101,600       101,400  
Monday to Friday
    99,400       100,500       99,700  
 
Source: Internal Statistics.

37


Table of Contents

The Toronto Sun. The Toronto Sun is published seven days a week and has its own distribution network to serve the greater metropolitan Toronto area. The Toronto Sun is the third largest non-national daily newspaper in Canada in terms of circulation, according to the Audit Bureau of Circulations.
     The Toronto newspaper market is very competitive. The Toronto Sun competes with Canada’s largest newspaper, The Toronto Star and to a lesser extent with The Globe & Mail and The National Post , which are national newspapers. As a tabloid newspaper, The Toronto Sun has a unique format compared to these broadsheet competitors. The competitiveness of the Toronto newspaper market is further increased by several free publications, and niche publications relating to, for example, entertainment and television.
     The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of The Toronto Sun for the periods indicated:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003   2004   2005
The Toronto Sun
                       
Saturday
    170,000       158,900       148,000  
Sunday
    357,000       339,700       326,500  
Monday to Friday
    200,200       192,600       183,600  
 
Source: Internal Statistics.
The London Free Press. The London Free Press , one of Canada’s oldest daily newspapers, emphasizes national and local news, sports and entertainment and is distributed throughout the London area through its own network. It is the only local daily newspaper in its market.
     The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of The London Free Press for the periods indicated:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003   2004   2005
The London Free Press
                       
Saturday
    111,900       108,300       104,400  
Sunday
    66,300       66,300       64,600  
Monday to Friday
    92,800       90,700       87,600  
 
Source: Internal Statistics.
      The London Free Press also publishes The London Pennysaver , a free weekly community shopping guide with circulation of approximately 145,000, according to internal statistics, as at December 31, 2005.
The Ottawa Sun. The Ottawa Sun is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout the Ottawa region through its own distribution network. The Ottawa Sun is the number two newspaper in its market, according to the Audit Bureau of Circulations, and competes daily with the English language broadsheet, The Ottawa Citizen , and also with the French language paper, Le Droit .
     The following chart reflects the average daily paid circulation of The Ottawa Sun for the periods indicated:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003   2004   2005
The Ottawa Sun
                       
Saturday
    44,700       44,200       44,800  
Sunday
    52,500       51,600       51,000  
Monday to Friday
    49,300       49,100       51,200  
 
Source: Internal Statistics.

38


Table of Contents

     The Ottawa Sun also publishes The Ottawa Pennysaver , a free weekly community shopping guide with circulation of approximately 180,000, according to internal statistics, as at December 31, 2005.
The Winnipeg Sun. The Winnipeg Sun is published seven days a week. It serves the metropolitan Winnipeg area and has its own distribution network. The Winnipeg Sun operates as the number two newspaper in the Winnipeg market according to the Audit Bureau of Circulations and competes with The Winnipeg Free Press .
     The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of The Winnipeg Sun for the periods indicated:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003   2004   2005
The Winnipeg Sun
                       
Saturday
    42,800       41,200       40,500  
Sunday
    55,200       52,700       49,100  
Monday to Friday
    44,000       42,100       40,600  
 
Source: Internal Statistics.
The Edmonton Sun. The Edmonton Sun is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout Edmonton through its own distribution network. The Edmonton Sun is the number two newspaper in its market, according to the Audit Bureau of Circulations, and competes with Edmonton’s broadsheet daily, The Edmonton Journal .
     The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of The Edmonton Sun for the periods indicated:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003   2004   2005
The Edmonton Sun
                       
Saturday
    69,300       66,200       68,100  
Sunday
    98,700       95,400       94,900  
Monday to Friday
    69,800       68,900       70,000  
 
Source: Internal Statistics.
The Calgary Sun. The Calgary Sun is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout Calgary through its own distribution network. The Calgary Sun is the number two newspaper in its market, according to the Audit Bureau of Circulations and competes with Calgary’s broadsheet daily, The Calgary Herald .
     The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of The Calgary Sun for the periods indicated:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003   2004   2005
The Calgary Sun
                       
Saturday
    63,700       62,800       62,500  
Sunday
    95,400       94,400       91,500  
Monday to Friday
    64,400       64,200       62,300  
 
Source: Internal Statistics.
24 Heures. In October 2003, Sun Media re-launched its Montréal commuter paper, Montréal Métropolitain , changing the name to 24 Heures . The new publication is a free glossy daily newspaper with an average weekday circulation of 136,700 copies, according to internal statistics as at December 31, 2005.

39


Table of Contents

24 Hours. In November 2003, Sun Media launched a new commuter paper in Toronto, 24 Hours , a free daily glossy newspaper with an average weekday circulation at December 31, 2005 of 249,900 copies, according to internal statistics. In December 2004, Sun Media launched Find-A-Rental , a free weekly residential rental guide with an average weekly circulation of approximately 45,000 copies, according to internal statistics, to complement 24 Hours in Toronto. The editorial content of 24 Hours concentrates on the greater metropolitan Toronto area.
Vancouver 24 Hours. In March 2005, Sun Media, in partnership with The Jim Pattison Group, launched Vancouver 24 Hours , a free daily glossy newspaper in Vancouver and by December 2005, average weekday circulation of Vancouver 24 Hours was 128,600, according to internal statistics. The editorial content of Vancouver 24 Hours concentrates on the greater metropolitan Vancouver area.
           Competition
     In addition to competing directly with other dailies published in their respective markets, each of our newspapers in the Urban Daily Group competes for advertising revenue with weekly newspapers, magazines, direct marketing, radio, television, Internet and other advertising media. The high cost associated with starting a major daily newspaper operation represents a barrier to entry to potential new competitors of our Urban Daily Group.
     Through Le Journal de Montréal and Le Journal de Québec , we have established market leading positions in Québec’s two main urban markets, Montréal and Québec City. Le Journal de Montréal ranks second in circulation after The Toronto Star among non-national Canadian dailies and is first among French-language dailies in North America. Le Journal de Montréal competes directly with two other major dailies and also with the two free dailies, one of which is owned by Sun Media.
      The London Free Press is one of Canada’s oldest daily newspapers and our only daily broadsheet newspaper. It is the only local daily newspaper in its market, although it competes with daily newspapers from surrounding markets.
      The Toronto Sun is the third largest non-national daily newspaper in Canada in terms of circulation. The Toronto newspaper market is very competitive. The Toronto Sun competes with one other major daily newspaper and to a lesser extent with two national papers. There are also three free daily newspapers in Toronto: 24 Hours , which is owned by Sun Media, and two others. As a tabloid newspaper, The Toronto Sun offers readers and advertisers an alternative format to the broadsheet format of other newspapers in the Toronto market.
     Each of Sun Media’s dailies in Edmonton, Calgary, Winnipeg and Ottawa competes against a broadsheet newspaper and has established a number two position in its market.
       The Community Newspaper Group
     In total, the Community Newspaper Group consists of nine paid daily community newspapers, 164 community weekly newspapers and shopping guides, and 19 agriculture and other specialty publications. The Community Newspaper Group also includes NetMedia , its distribution sales arm.
     The total average weekly circulation of the publications in our Community Newspaper Group for the year ended December 31, 2005 was approximately 2.9 million free copies and approximately 628,000 paid copies, according to internal statistics. The table below sets forth the average daily paid circulation and geographic location of the daily newspapers published by the Community Newspaper Group for the year ended December 31, 2005:
             
        Average Daily
Newspaper   Location   Paid Circulation
The Brockville Recorder and Times
  Brockville, Ontario     11,800  
Stratford Beacon Herald
  Stratford, Ontario     10,700  
The Daily Herald Tribune
  Grande Prairie, Alberta     8,500  
Simcoe Reformer
  Simcoe, Ontario     7,500  

40


Table of Contents

             
        Average Daily
Newspaper   Location   Paid Circulation
St. Thomas Time-Journal
  St. Thomas, Ontario     7,000  
Woodstock Sentinel-Review
  Woodstock, Ontario     6,800  
Fort McMurray Today
  Fort McMurray, Alberta     4,000  
The Daily Miner & News
  Kenora, Ontario     3,100  
The Daily Graphic
  Portage La Prairie, Manitoba     2,700  
 
           
Total Average Daily Paid Circulation
        62,100  
 
Source: Internal Statistics.
     The weekly and specialty publications of the Community Newspaper Group are distributed throughout Canada. The number of weekly publications on a regional basis is as follows:
         
Province   Number of Publications
Québec
    52  
Ontario
    50  
Alberta
    43  
Manitoba
    12  
Saskatchewan
    6  
New Brunswick
    1  
 
       
Total Publications
    164  
 
       
     Our community newspaper publications generally offer news, sports and special features, with an emphasis on local information. These newspapers cultivate reader loyalty and create franchise value by emphasizing local news, thereby differentiating themselves from national newspapers.
           Competition
     Several of the Community Newspaper Group’s publications maintain the number one position in the markets that they serve. Our community publications are generally located in small towns and are typically the only daily or weekly newspapers of general circulation published in their respective communities, although some face competition from daily or weekly publications published in nearby locations and circulated in markets where we publish our daily or weekly publications. Historically, the Community Newspaper Group’s publications have been a consistent source of cash flow, derived primarily from advertising revenue.
   Other Operations
      Commercial Printing and Distribution
     Sun Media’s national network of production and printing facilities enables it to provide printing services for web press (coldset and heatset) and sheetfed products, and graphic design for print and electronic medium. Web presses utilize rolls of newsprint, whereas sheetfed presses use individual sheets of paper. Heatset web presses, which involve a more complex process than coldset web presses, are generally associated with printing on glossy paper. We own 25 web press and 10 sheet fed press operations located throughout Canada. These operations provide commercial printing services for both our internal printing needs and for third parties. Our printing facilities include 14 printing facilities for the daily publications, and 15 other printing facilities operated by the Community Newspaper Group in five provinces.
     Our third-party commercial printing provides us with an additional revenue source that utilizes existing equipment with excess capacity. In our third-party commercial printing operations, we compete with other newspaper publishing companies as well as with commercial printers. Our competitive strengths in this area include our modern equipment, our status in some of our markets as the only local provider of commercial printing services and our ability to

41


Table of Contents

price projects on a variable cost basis, as our core newspaper business covers overhead expenses.
     The Urban Daily Group includes the distribution businesses of Messageries Dynamiques and Dynamic Press Group . Messageries Dynamiques distributes dailies, weeklies, magazines and other electronic and print media and reaches approximately 250,000 households and 13,350 retail outlets through its operations in Québec. We hold Dynamic Press Group in partnership with a division of The Jim Pattison Group of Vancouver. Dynamic Press Group distributes English-language printed matter to more than 400 outlets in Québec.
     Similarly, the Community Newspaper Group operates the distribution business of NetMedia , which distributes catalogues, flyers, product samples and other direct mail promotional material. Through its own branch system and its associated distributors, the Community Newspaper Group currently has the potential to provide advertising customers with distribution to over nine million Canadian households.
      Television Station
     On December 2, 2004, Sun Media acquired 25% of the outstanding shares of Toronto 1, a television station in Toronto, Canada. Following the acquisition, we changed the name of the television station to SUN TV. In addition to cash, this transaction involved the sale of its 29.9% interest in CablePulse24, which we refer to as CP24, a 24-hour local news channel in Toronto, to the vendor of SUN TV. Our subsidiary TVA Group acquired the other 75% of SUN TV. Sun Media management is working closely with SUN TV to develop opportunities for cross-promotions and to leverage the Sun Media brand with consumers and advertisers in Canada’s largest market place.
   Seasonality and Cyclicality
     Canadian newspaper publishing company operating results tend to follow a recurring seasonal pattern with higher advertising revenue in the spring and in the fall. Accordingly, the second and fourth fiscal quarters are typically the strongest quarters for our Newspapers segment, with the fourth quarter generally being the strongest. Due to the seasonal retail decline and generally poor weather, the first quarter has historically been the weakest quarter for our Newspapers segment.
     Our newspaper business is cyclical in nature. The operating results of our newspaper business are sensitive to prevailing local, regional and national economic conditions because of our dependence on advertising sales for a substantial portion of our revenue. Similarly, a substantial portion of our newspaper advertising revenue is derived from retail and automotive advertisers, who have historically been sensitive to general economic cycles, and our operating results have in the past been materially adversely affected by extended downturns in the Canadian retail and automotive sectors. In addition, most of our advertising contracts are short-term contracts that can be terminated by the advertisers at any time with little notice.
   Raw Materials
     Newsprint is the second-largest expense in our Newspapers segment, after salaries, and represents our largest raw material expense. Newsprint expense represented 15.0% of Sun Media’s total operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, for the year ended December 31, 2005. The newsprint industry is highly cyclical, and newsprint prices have historically experienced significant volatility. We seek to manage the effects of newsprint price increases through a combination of, among other things, managing waste, technology improvements, web width reduction, inventory management and controlling the mix of editorial versus advertising content.
     In addition, to obtain more favorable pricing and to provide for a more secure newsprint supply, Sun Media entered into a long-term newsprint supply agreement with a newsprint producer for the supply of substantially all of Sun Media’s newsprint purchases. This agreement expired on December 31, 2005, although the supplier has continued to supply newsprint to us while we negotiate the extension of this agreement through December 31, 2006. This supply agreement had enabled us to obtain a discount to market prices, as well as providing additional volume rebates for purchases above certain thresholds. The supply available pursuant to this agreement satisfied most of our newsprint requirements.

42


Table of Contents

     Aside from newsprint, the only other significant raw materials requirements of our Newspapers segment are ink and press plates, which together accounted for approximately 1.3% of the total operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, of our newspaper publishing operations in the year ended December 31, 2005.
Broadcasting
     We are the largest private-sector broadcaster of French-language entertainment, information and public affairs programs in North America. According to data published by the Bureau of Broadcast Measurement (BBM) People Meters (which data are based on a new measurement methodology using audimetry instead of surveys), we had a 28% market share of French-speaking viewers in the Province of Québec in 2005 and according to the Canadian TVB Report for the same period, we estimate that our share of the Québec’s French-language broadcast television advertising market was 43% in 2005. In 2005, we aired 9 of the ten most popular TV programs in the Province of Québec, including Star Académie 2005 , Gala Metrostar, Les Olivier and Le Négociateur . In 2005, we had 27 of the top 30 French-language television shows during prime time according to BBM People Meter data. Since May 1999, the TVA network, which consists of ten stations, has been included in the basic channel line-up of most cable and satellite providers across Canada, enabling us to reach a significant portion of the French-speaking population of Canada.
     Through various subsidiaries, we control or participate in the following ten programming services: LCN , a French-language headline news service, Canal Évasion , a French-language travel and tourism service, Canal Indigo , a French-language pay-per-view service, illico sur Demande , a multilingual video-on-demand service, CPAC (Canadian Public Affairs Channel) also known as Canada’s Political Channel, a national bilingual public affairs programming service, Canal TVAchats , a French-language infomercial and tele-shopping channel, Argent ( LCN-Affaires ), an economic, business and personal finance news service, Mystery TV , a national English-language Category One specialty television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming, Mystère , a national French-language Category One specialty television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming, and MenTV , a national English-language Category One specialty television service dedicated to the Canadian man’s lifestyle. The CRTC allows “analog specialty services” to be distributed both via conventional analog cable and digital distribution, whereas Category One and Category Two digital specialty services may be distributed through digital only distribution.
     On December 2, 2004, TVA Group acquired 75% of the outstanding shares of Toronto One (CKXT-TV), now named SUN TV, a television station in Toronto, Ontario for $32.4 million in cash. Sun Media acquired the other 25% of SUN TV for $2.8 million in cash and Sun Media’s 29.9% interest in CP24, a 24-hour local news channel in Toronto. This television station was launched by Craig Media Inc. on September 19, 2003 under the first English-language conventional television license granted for Toronto in almost 30 years. The license was granted on April 8, 2002 with an expiration date of August 31, 2008. SUN TV’s signal is broadcast from a main transmitter on the CN Tower and a rebroadcast transmitter in Hamilton. In addition, SUN TV is currently distributed on cable by Rogers Communications Inc. throughout Toronto on the desirable dial position of channel 15. SUN TV is also available on satellite across Canada on ExpressVu and Star Choice.
     As at December 31, 2005, we own 45.2% of the equity and control 99.9% of the voting power in TVA Group.
     For the year ended December 31, 2005, our television operations generated revenues of $401.4 million and operating income of $53.0 million. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2004, our television operations generated revenues of $358.0 million and operating income of $80.5 million.
   Canadian Television Industry Overview
     Canada has a well-developed television market that provides viewers with a range of viewing alternatives.
     There are four French-language broadcast networks in the Province of Québec: Société Radio-Canada, Réseau TQS, Télé-Québec and TVA Group. In addition to French-language programming, there are three English-language national broadcast networks in the Province of Québec: the Global Television Network, CTV and the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, known as CBC. Global Television Network and CTV are privately held commercial networks. CBC and Société Radio-Canada are government-owned and financed by a combination of federal government grants and

43


Table of Contents

advertising revenue. French-language viewers in the Province of Québec also have access to U.S. networks, either directly over the air or via broadcast distributors.
     Drama and comedy programming are the most popular genres with French-speaking viewers, followed by news and other information programming. Viewing trends by French-speaking viewers are predominantly to French Canadian programs in all genres, with the exception of drama and comedy programs where the viewing has remained evenly split between Canadian and foreign programs. According to the most recent available Bureau of Broadcast Measurement and CRTC data, French-language Canadian programs accounted for approximately 67% of the total viewing of French-language programs in Canada in 2003-2004.
     The following table sets forth the relative audience share of French-language viewers in the Province of Québec in 2005:
         
    Share of Province of Québec
Network   Television Audience
TVA Group
    28.1 %
Société Radio-Canada
    15.0 %
Réseau TQS
    12.8 %
Télé-Québec
    3.9 %
Various French-language specialty cable channels
    32.1 %
Others
    8.1 %
 
Source: BBM People Meter January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005 (audimetry data).
      Transition of Over-the-air Television Broadcasting from Analog to Digital
     On June 12, 2002 the CRTC announced a framework (Public Notice CRTC 2002-31) for the broadcast of digital, over-the-air television services and the transition of over-the-air television broadcasting from analog to digital. The CRTC is prepared to give fast-track consideration to applications for broadcasting licenses to carry on digital television (DTV) based on the Advanced Television Systems Committee transmission standard (A/53). The transition from analog to digital television in Canada will be voluntary, market-driven and without mandated deadlines. Licensees who wish to use digital television facilities to provide programming consisting essentially of a simulcast of their existing analog services will qualify for licensing. The CRTC will give fast track consideration to applications by existing over-the-air broadcasters. Should an existing broadcaster fail to apply for a transitional digital television license within a reasonable period, or otherwise demonstrate that it is not prepared to move to digital broadcasting on a timely basis, the CRTC may consider applications by prospective new entrants predicated on the Department of Industry’s spectrum allotment. Both TVA Group and Sun Media hold a license for digital television broadcasting. The TVA French-language stations are currently converting their operating facilities to digital technology. Sun TV is currently broadcasting in digital.
   Television Broadcasting
      French-language Market
     Our French-language network of ten stations, which consists of six owned and four affiliated stations, is available to a significant portion of the French-speaking population in Canada.
     Our owned and operated stations include: CFTM-TV in Montréal, CFCM-TV in Québec City, CHLT-TV in Sherbrooke, CHEM-TV in Trois-Rivières, CFER-TV in Rimouski-Matane-Sept-Iles and CJPM-TV in Saguenay (formerly Chicoutimi-Jonquière). Our four affiliated stations are CFEM-TV in Rouyn-Noranda, CHOT-TV in Gatineau (formerly Hull), CHAU-TV in Carleton and CIMT-TV in Rivière-du-Loup, of which we own a 45% interest of the latter two. Approximately 85% to 95% of our network’s broadcast schedule is originated from our main station in Montréal. Our signal is transmitted from transmission and retransmission sites authorized by Industry Canada and licensed by the CRTC and is also retransmitted by satellite elsewhere in Canada as a distant signal by various modes of authorized

44


Table of Contents

distribution: cable, direct-to-home satellite distribution and multi-channel multipoint distribution services. We have the number one market share in each of our ten Québec markets.
      English-language Market
     We own, through TVA Group and Sun Media, the English-language television station SUN TV (CKXT-TV). SUN TV broadcasts in the Greater Toronto area, Canada’s largest market, as well as in Hamilton, Ontario. SUN TV’s broadcast schedule includes a mixture of original local programming designed to reflect the diverse lifestyle, culture and sports interests of the Toronto-Hamilton market. The schedule also addresses the many tastes and preferences of its market with an appealing variety of well known acquired American programming such as “ 60 Minutes ” along with a blend of situation comedies, talk shows, and primetime movies. SUN TV’s signal is transmitted from a main transmitter on the CN Tower and a rebroadcast transmitter in Hamilton. In addition, SUN TV is distributed on cable by Rogers Communications Inc. throughout Toronto on the desirable dial position of channel 15. SUN TV is also available across Canada by satellite.
      Advertising Sales and Revenue
     We derive a majority of our revenues from the sale of air-time to national, regional and local advertisers. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2005, we derived approximately 70% of our advertising revenues from national advertisers and 30% from regional and local advertisers. Based on information provided by the TVB Time Sales Report, we estimate our share of the Québec’s French-language broadcast television advertising market was 43% in 2005.
      Programming
     We produce a variety of French-language programming, including a broad selection of entertainment, news and public affairs programming. We actively promote our programming and seek to develop viewer loyalty by offering a consistent programming schedule.
     A majority of our programming is produced by our wholly-owned subsidiary, JPL Production Inc. Through JPL Production Inc., we produced approximately 1,540 hours of original programming, consisting primarily of soap operas, morning and general interest shows, variety shows and quiz shows, from September 2004 to August 2005.
     The remainder of our programming is comprised of foreign and Canadian independently-produced programming.
           Specialty Broadcasting
     Through various subsidiaries, Quebecor Media controls or participates in ten programming services other than television over the air, including the following:
             
Type of Service   Language   Voting Interest
Analog Specialty Services:
           
LCN — Le Canal Nouvelles
  French   TVA(1) 99.9%
Canal Évasion
  French   TVA 8.3%
CPAC
  French and English   V(2) 21.7%
Category One Digital Specialty Services:
           
MenTV
  English   TVA 51.0%
Mystery (13th Street)
  English   TVA 50.0%
Mystère (13e rue)
  French   TVA 99.9%
Argent (LCN — Affaires)
  French   TVA 99.9%
Pay Per View Services (terrestrial & direct broadcasting satellite):
           
Canal Indigo
  French   TVA 20.0%
Video-on Demand Services:
           
illico sur Demande
  French and English   AG(3) 100%
Exempted Programming Service:
           
Canal TVAchats
  French   TVA(1) 99.9%

45


Table of Contents

 
(1)   TVA Group (“TVA”) controls the programming services. Quebecor Media controls TVA Group.
 
(2)   Videotron (“V”) controls the programming services. Quebecor Media controls Videotron.
 
(3)   Archambault Group (“AG”) controls the programming services. Quebecor Media controls the Archambault Group.
           Le Canal Nouvelles LCN
      Le Canal Nouvelles , or LCN , is a 24-hour broadcast format of 15-minute information segments comprised of news, sports and weather components, updated on a regular basis. LCN went on the air on September 8, 1997 and had 1.725 million customers as of August 31, 2005. LCN’s revenues are primarily derived from affiliate agreements and sale of air-time to national advertisers.
           Argent
      Argent broadcasts economic, business and personal finance news. This channel benefits from the expertise and knowledge of TVA Group’s news team, as well as TVA Group’s presence in every Québec region. Argent is developing a unique niche by offering a business-focused product that has never before been offered in Québec’s television market. Argent is providing an essential service in Québec’s economy by promoting businesses of all sizes and explaining and commenting on the business and financial news that will impact Québec’s economic future. Argent began broadcasting in February 2005.
           Canal Évasion
      Canal Évasion is a national French-language television specialty service that is dedicated exclusively to tourism, adventure and travel. Canal Évasion began broadcasting in January 2000.
           MenTV
      MenTV is a national English-language Category One specialty television service dedicated to the Canadian man’s lifestyle with programming related to the luxury market, the gourmet market, men’s beauty and fitness, the book and music market, outdoor adventures and leisure sports. MenTV began broadcasting in September 2001.
           Mystery TV
      Mystery TV (formerly called 13th Street ) is a national English-language Category One specialty television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming. The service nurtures and encourages short form Canadian mysteries. It provides a wide assortment of genre-specific programs including movies, television series, short films and documentaries that focus exclusively on the delivery of entertaining programming relating to suspense, espionage and classic mysteries. Mystery TV began broadcasting in September 2001.
           Mystère
      Mystère (formerly called 13ieme rue ) is a national French-language Category One specialty television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming. This programming service is a French-language equivalent of “ Mystery TV .” However, it also offers reruns of well known indigenous Québec series. Mystère began broadcasting in October 2004.
           Canal Indigo
      Canal Indigo is a pay-per-view television service that offers mainly blockbuster feature films which have been exhibited in theatres as well as Canadian-based events targeting the French-language market. Canal Indigo began broadcasting in August 1996.

46


Table of Contents

           Canal TVAchats; Home Shopping Service; Infomercials
     TVA Group also owns 100% of Home Shopping Service Canada (now known as TVAchats Inc.), a programming service that the CRTC has exempted from licensing requirements. Through TVAchats Inc., we also operate La Boutique TVA , a daily one-hour home tele-shopping service broadcast on the TVA Network, as well as Canal TVAchats , a 24-hour infomercial and tele-shopping channel.
           Canadian Public Affairs Channel (CPAC)
     Through a consortium of cable operators, Quebecor Media has a 21.7% equity interest in the Canadian Public Affairs Channel (CPAC), a national bilingual public affairs programming service showing House of Commons debates and consisting exclusively of long-form programming focusing on local, regional, national and international civic affairs.
           Authorized Digital Specialty Services
     Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2005-520 of October 21, 2005 approved a national, French-language Category Two specialty programming undertaking to be known as Humour . The service will be devoted to humour and comedy.
     Broadcasting CRTC Decision 2005-521 of October 21, 2005 approved a national, French-language Category Two specialty programming undertaking to be known as Télé-Services . The service will be devoted to manual labour, such as construction, renovation, repairs, gardening, landscaping, decorating, interior design, mechanics and hobbies.
     Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2005-527 of October 21, 2005 approved a national, French-language Category Two specialty programming undertaking to be known as Nostalgie . The service would consist of movie and television classics.
     Broadcasting CRTC Decision 2005-528 of October 21, 2005 approved a national, French-language Category Two specialty service called Star Système. The service consists of programs relating to the entertainment industry, television, movies, fashion and arts news.
     TVA Group owns 100% of each of these speciality programming service projects.
           Application for National Pay Television Services
     Archambault Group has applied to obtain two national programming licences in order to operate an English - and a French-language pay television service. The incumbent pay television licensees opposed our applications as well as those from other applicants at a public hearing held on October 24, 2005. These licences could contribute to the amortization of programming costs over an additional exhibition window. A CRTC decision is expected in the first half of 2006.
   Magazine Publishing
     In connection with the acquisition of Groupe Videotron, we also acquired TVA Publishing, a subsidiary of TVA Group that was formed when TVA Group acquired Trustar Limited in January 2000. In May 2002, Publicor, a subsidiary of Quebecor Media that publishes primarily interior design, home improvement and women’s magazines, including well known French-language titles such as Les idées de ma maison , Décoration Chez-Soi , Rénovation-Bricolage , Clin d’oeil , Filles d’aujourd’hui and Femmes Plus , and other special editions and seasonal publications, was combined with TVA Publishing. Publicor was also involved in contract publishing and collaborated with other members of the Quebecor Media group of companies combining traditional print with new media to offer clients additional alternatives to reach their target audience effectively. TVA Publishing, which now includes all of the operations of Publicor, represents approximately 74% of newsstand sales of French-language magazines in Québec and owns and operates 42 weekly and monthly publications. TVA Publishing is the leading magazine publisher in Québec and we expect to leverage its focus on arts and entertainment across our television and Internet programming.

47


Table of Contents

Leisure and Entertainment
     Our activities in the Leisure and Entertainment segment consist primarily of retailing CDs, books, videos, musical instruments and magazines through the Archambault chain of stores and the archambault.ca e-commerce site, online sales of downloadable music through the z ik.ca service, distribution of CDs and videos (through Select, a division of Archambault Group), and music recording (through Musicor, a division of Archambault Group) as well as book publishing in the academic, literary and general literature categories, and book distribution. The acquisition of the Sogides group, one of the largest book publishing and distribution groups in Québec, adds significantly to our book publishing and distribution assets.
     For the year ended December 31, 2005, the revenues of the Leisure and Entertainment segment totalled $255.4 million and operating income totalled $27.0 million. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2004, our Leisure and Entertainment segment generated revenues of $241.7 million and operating income of $22.7 million.
   Cultural Products Production, Distribution and Retailing
     Archambault Group is one of the largest chains of music and book stores in Québec with 19 retail locations, consisting of 15 Archambault megastores, three Camelot-Info stores and one Paragraphe bookstore. Archambault Group is also a computer books and software retailer, through Camelot-Info. Archambault Group’s products are also distributed through its websites archambault.ca , camelot.ca and paragraphbooks.com . In January 2004, Archambault Group launched a new music downloading service, known as z ik.ca , with per-track fees.
     Archambault Group, through Select, is also the largest independent music distributor in Canada. Select has a catalogue of over of 6,000 different CDs, 900 DVDs and 1,400 videocassettes, a large number of which are from French-speaking artists. Archambault Group is a wholesaler serving approximately 1,475 locations in Québec through its Trans-Canada division. In 2005, Musicor, the music recording division of Archambault Group, sold more than 478,000 CDs, including approximately 221,500 of the Star Académie 2005 compilation.
     In November 2004, Archambault Group launched Groupe Archambault France S.A.S., a new producer, publisher and distributor of cultural content (music and videos) in Europe. At the same time, Archambault Group announced a partnership agreement with Warner Music France for the distribution of Groupe Archambault France’s catalogue in Europe.
   Book Publishing and Distribution
     Through Éditions Quebecor Média (which is comprised of seven publishing houses, including Éditions Libre Expression, Éditions Internationales Alain Stanké, Éditions Logiques, Éditions du Trécarré, Éditions Quebecor and Publistar) and CEC Publishing, we are involved in French-language book publishing and we form one of Québec’s largest book publishing groups. In 2005, we published, reissued and reprinted a total of 803 titles and sold 3,274,000 copies.
     Through Québec-Livres, our book distribution division, we operate one of the largest book distributors in Québec and represent several Québec-based publishers. We distribute French-language books to approximately 1,400 retail outlets in Canada.
     In December 2005, Quebecor Media completed the acquisition of the Sogides group, one of the largest publishing and distribution groups in Québec, which owns the publishing houses Les Éditions de l’Homme, Le Jour, Utilis, Les Presses Libres and Groupe Ville-Marie Littérature (which itself includes the publishing houses L’Hexagone, VLB Éditeur and Typo), and the distributor Les Messageries A.D.P., which is a distributor for more than 120 Québec-based and foreign publishing houses. With this acquisition, Quebecor Media offers a more complete selection of books by Québec authors, will be able to promote Québec writers in Europe through the Sogides network on that continent and becomes the largest Québec-based publisher and distributor of French-language books in Québec.

48


Table of Contents

   Video-On-Demand Services
     Archambault Group owns a video-on-demand service licensed by the CRTC. Videotron and Archambault Group have established both an affiliation agreement, pursuant to which Videotron is granted the non-exclusive right to offer Archambault Group’s video-on-demand services to customers of Videotron, and a video-on-demand services agreement, pursuant to which Videotron provides administrative services to Archambault Group. See also “— Cable” above.
   Ownership
     We own 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Archambault Group, Éditions Quebecor Média and Sogides.
Business Telecommunications
     Videotron is a provider of a full range of business telecommunications services, including local switch dial tone service, long distance, high speed data transmission, Internet connectivity and Internet hosting, to customers that include businesses and governmental end users and other telecommunications service providers in Canada. Videotron’s regional network has over 9,000 km of fibre optic cable in Québec and 2,000 km of fibre optic cable in Ontario and reaches most large and medium sized users of telecom services in the metropolitan areas of Québec and Ontario. Videotron’s extensive network supports direct connectivity with networks in Ontario, eastern Québec, the Maritimes and the United States.
     Videotron is focusing its development efforts on its core business telecommunications customer base, i.e . telecommunications local and long distance carriers, wholesalers of long distance telecommunications services, wireless operators and Internet service providers, and other high-end users of business telecommunication services. In 2004, Videotron Telecom was awarded a major outsourcing contract by Quebecor World to host managed servers and communications software for North America and to provide other services.
     In January 2005, we launched our VoIP telephony service in Québec, an initiative that leverages Videotron’s customer base with its telecommunication network and expertise. For more information on this service, see “— Cable” above.
     In 2005, our Business Telecommunications segment generated revenues of $102.1 million and operating income of $31.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our Business Telecommunications segment generated revenues of $78.6 million and operating income of $22.6 million.
Interactive Technologies and Communications
     Through our ownership interest in Nurun we provide interactive communication and technology services in North America, Europe and China. As of January 31, 2006, Nurun employs approximately 600 professionals, and helps companies and other organizations develop interactive strategies, including strategic planning and interface design, technical platform implementation, online marketing programs and client relationships. Nurun’s clients include organizations and multi-national corporations such as L’Oréal, Groupe DANONE, Cingular Wireless, AutoTrader.com, Louis Vuitton, Thalès, Club Med, Pfizer, SkyTeam, Home Depot, Pleasant Holidays, Renault, Europcar, Equifax, Telecom Italia, the Government of Québec and the State of Georgia.
     For the year ended December 31, 2005, our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment generated revenues of $65.1 million and operating income of $3.9 million. In the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2004, our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment generated revenues of $51.9 million and operating income of $2.3 million, in each case excluding the revenues from the discontinued operations of Mindready Solutions.
     On September 28, 2005, our subsidiary Nurun announced that it had signed a binding letter of intent for its acquisition of China Interactive, a privately owned corporation based in Shanghai. Nurun completed this acquisition on January 23, 2006. China Interactive is an interactive marketing agency that provides global and local blue-chip clients with services ranging from integrated marketing communications strategies to Web development and online loyalty

49


Table of Contents

programs. This acquisition is intended to help Nurun strengthen relationships and better serve its North American and European clients already established in China. China Interactive also brings with it a portfolio of global brands, providing Nurun with new business development opportunities, both in Asia and in its traditional markets. As consideration for the acquisition, Nurun paid a combination of cash and Nurun common shares; the acquisition price also includes deferred payments of cash and Nurun common shares, the aggregate amount of which is subject to adjustments linked to the performance of China Interactive.
     On April 28, 2004, Nurun acquired Ant Farm Interactive for a cash consideration of $5.4 million, plus additional payments contingent on the achievement of performance targets in the next three years and, subject to certain conditions, the issuance of Nurun common shares in 2007 or an equivalent cash consideration, at Nurun’s option. The transaction strengthened Nurun’s positioning in the U.S. market and enhanced its capabilities in the fields of interactive marketing and online customer relationship management. As of December 31, 2005, Nurun had paid $1.3 million in performance-based earn-out payments to the sellers in connection with the acquisition of Ant Farm Interactive.
     In response to a partial takeover bid for Mindready Solutions shares in 2004, Nurun sold a total of 6.75 million Mindready Solutions shares for cash consideration of $7.8 million, of which $4.4 million was received on May 27, 2004, the closing date of the bid. The balance was paid on February 23, 2005. The transaction left Nurun with a 9.6% interest in Mindready Solutions, which interest was subsequently sold in March 2005 for cash consideration of $0.4 million.
     In February 2005, Nurun announced a normal course issuer bid in order to repurchase on the open market up to 1,665,883 of its common shares (or approximately 5% of Nurun’s issued and outstanding common shares) for cancellation between March 1, 2005 and February 28, 2006. During the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2005, a total of 377,600 Nurun common shares were repurchased for cash considerations of $0.8 million. The repurchases increased Quebecor Media’s interest in Nurun by 0.6%, from 57.3% as of January 1, 2005 to 57.9% as of December 31, 2005.
   Ownership
     We own 57.9% of the equity and voting interest in Nurun.
Internet/Portals
     Canoe (formerly Netgraphe Inc.) is an integrated company offering e-commerce, information, communication and IT consulting. Canoe owns the CANOE portals network, which, according to ComScore Media Metrix (October 2005), is accessed by approximately 6.1 million unique visitors per month. Canoe also owns Jobboom Publishing, Québec’s leader in employment and career publishing, and the IT-consulting firm Progisia Informatique. Brought together, Canoe’s complementary operations form one of the most complete portfolios of Internet-related properties in Canada.
     For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2005, our Internet/Portals segment generated revenues of $50.0 million and operating income of $10.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our Internet/Portals segment generated revenues of $34.5 million and operating income of $4.5 million.
     The CANOE portals network includes all of Canoe’s information and service sites for the general public. As such, it is one of the most popular Internet destinations in Canada, in both the English- and French-speaking markets, and a key vehicle for Internet users and advertisers alike. Advertising revenues constitutes a large portion of Canoe’s annual revenues.
   Media Properties
     Canoe’s media properties include the following portals and destination sites:

50


Table of Contents

    CANOE ( canoe.qc.ca and canoe.ca ), a bilingual, integrated media and Internet services network and one of Canada’s leading Internet portals with more than 328 million page views in October 2005, according to Canoe internal statistics;
 
    La Toile du Québec ( toile.com ), the first French-language navigational guide in Canada and Québec’s leading portal with approximately 45,000 indexed sites and more than 60 guides;
 
    Webfin Argent and Canoe Money ( argent.canoe.com and money.canoe.ca ), a financial Web site which offers, among other things, a variety of services ranging from financial information to portfolio management tools (the Webfin Argent website was redesigned in early 2005 in partnership with TVA’s new financial channel, Argent );
 
    TVA Group and LCN ( tva.canoe.com and lcn.canoe.com ) dedicated Web sites for the TVA television network and the LCN all-news channel; and
 
    Several Web sites for popular TVA Group programs, such as Occupation Double ( occupationdouble.com ) and Star Académie ( staracademie.ca ).
   E-commerce Properties
     Canoe’s e-commerce properties include the following sites:
    Jobboom.com , a unique Web-based employment site with over 1.5 million members, which also includes Jobboom Formation, an Internet directory of continuing education services;
 
    Autonet.ca , Canada’s leading site devoted entirely to cars;
 
    ReseauContact.com / flirt.canoe.ca , a bilingual dating and friendship site with 500,000 unique visitors per month, over 940,000 registered members and approximately 100,000 active members generating more than 125 million page views per month, as of October 2005, according to internal statistics;
 
    Micasa.ca , a new real-estate Web site which, according to ComScore Media Metrix (September 2005), was the leading real estate Web site in Québec for the month of its official launch, having been visited by over 536,000 unique visitors in that month; and
 
    Classifiedextra.ca and Classeesextra.ca , classified ad sites through which visitors can view classified ads from more than 150 Canadian newspapers.
   Ownership
     In 2004, Quebecor Media offered to acquire, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, all of the outstanding Multiple Voting Shares and Subordinate Voting Shares of Netgraphe not owned or controlled by Quebecor Media, its affiliates or its associates, at a price of $0.63 per share. In the course of a number of transactions carried out in 2004, minority interests in Netgraphe directly owned by minority shareholders were acquired for an aggregate consideration of approximately $25.2 million. The shares of Netgraphe, which is now known as Canoe, were delisted from the Toronto Stock Exchange shortly thereafter.
     Quebecor Media, directly and through TVA Group, holds 100.0% of the issued and outstanding shares of Canoe.
Intellectual Property
     We use a number of trademarks for our products and services. Many of these trademarks are registered by us in the appropriate jurisdictions. In addition, we have legal rights in the unregistered marks arising from their use. We have taken affirmative legal steps to protect our trademarks and we believe our trademarks are adequately protected.

51


Table of Contents

     Television programming and motion pictures are granted legal protection under the copyright laws of the countries in which we operate, and there are substantial civil and criminal sanctions for unauthorized duplication and exhibition. The content of our newspapers and Web sites is similarly protected by copyright. We own copyright in each of our publications as a whole, and in all individual content items created by our employees in the course of their employment, subject to very limited exceptions. We have entered into licensing agreements with wire services, freelancers and other content suppliers on terms that are sufficient to meet the need of our publishing operations. We believe we have taken appropriate and reasonable measures to secure, protect and maintain our rights or obtain agreements from licensees to secure, protect and maintain copyright protection of content produced or distributed by us.
     We have registered a number of domain names under which we operate Web sites associated with our television, publishing and Internet operations. As every Internet domain name is unique, our domain names cannot be registered by other entities as long as our registrations are valid.
Litigation
     From time to time, we may be a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.
     On March 13, 2002, an action was filed in the Superior Court of Québec by Investissement Novacap inc., Telus Québec Inc. and Paul Girard against Videotron, in which the plaintiffs allege that Videotron wrongfully terminated its obligations under a share purchase agreement entered into in August 2000. The plaintiffs are seeking damages totaling approximately $26 million. Videotron’s management believes that the suit is not justified and intends to vigorously defend its case.
     In 1999, Regional Cablesystems Inc. (now Persona Communications Inc.) initiated an arbitration with Videotron in which it is seeking an amount of $8.6 million as reduction of the purchase price of the shares of Northern Cable Holdings Limited sold to Regional Cablesystems Inc. by a subsidiary of Videotron in 1998. A settlement in principle has been reached subject to finalization of the settlement documentation.
     In addition, a number of other legal proceedings against Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries are currently pending. In the opinion of the management of Quebecor Media, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our results, liquidity or financial position.
Insurance
     Quebecor Media is exposed to a variety of operational risks in the normal course of business, the most significant of which are transferred to third parties by way of insurance agreements. Quebecor Media has a policy of self-insurance when the foreseeable losses from self-insurance are low relative to the cost of purchasing third-party insurance. Quebecor Media maintains insurance coverage through third parties for property and casualty losses. Quebecor Media believes that it has a combination of third-party insurance and self-insurance sufficient to provide adequate protection against unexpected losses, while minimizing costs.
Environment
     Our operations are subject to federal, provincial, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous materials, the recycling of wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. Laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations. Compliance with these laws has not had, and management does not expect it to have, a material effect upon our capital expenditures, net income or competitive position. Environmental laws and regulations and the interpretation of such laws and regulations, however, have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future.
     The property on which Videotron’s primary headend is located has contamination problems to various degrees related to historical use by previous owners as a landfill site and is listed by the authorities on their contaminated sites

52


Table of Contents

registry. We believe that such contamination poses no risk to public health, and we are currently updating our environmental studies to determine whether further intervention is required. In November 2004, our environmental studies reported improvements in the groundwater resources of this property, and we are presently in discussions with the authorities to stop all ground water sampling. Our properties, as well as areas surrounding our properties, may have had historic uses, including uses related to historic publishing operations, or may have current uses that may affect these properties and require further study or remedial measures. No material studies or remedial measures are currently anticipated or planned by us or required by regulatory authorities with respect to our properties. However, we cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any such property, or that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.
Organizational Structure
     The following chart illustrates the relationship among Quebecor Media and its main operating subsidiaries and holdings as of January 1, 2006, and shows the jurisdiction of incorporation of each entity. In each case, unless otherwise indicated, Quebecor Media owns a 100% equity and voting interest in its subsidiaries (where applicable, the number on the left indicates the percentage of equity owned directly and indirectly by Quebecor Media and the number on the right indicates the percentage of voting rights held).

53


Table of Contents

(FLOW CHART)
     Quebecor Inc., a communications holding company, owns 54.72% of Quebecor Media and Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec , owns the other 45.28% of Quebecor Media. Quebecor’s primary assets are its interests in Quebecor Media and Quebecor World, one of the largest commercial printers in the world. The Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec is Canada’s largest pension fund manager, with approximately $215 billion in assets under management.
Property, Plants and Equipment
     Our corporate offices are located in leased space at 612 Saint-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, H3C 4M8, Canada.
   Cable
     Videotron’s corporate offices are located in leased space at 300 Viger Avenue East, Montréal, Québec, Canada H2X 3W4. These premises are under an expropriation notice, in order to make space for the new Université de Montréal Health Centre (CHUM). Videotron will be relocating its operations and personnel from this building, although no date has yet been fixed for this relocation. We are currently considering a number of alternative locations, and a committee has been formed to oversee the negotiations regarding damages incurred and relocation costs.
     Videotron also owns several buildings in the Province of Québec. The primary headend for our cable operations is located at 150 Beaubien Street, Montréal, Québec (with approximately 27,850 square feet). Videotron also owns a

54


Table of Contents

building of approximately 40,000 square feet in Québec City where its regional headend for the Québec City region is located. Videotron also owns or leases a significant number of smaller locations for signal reception sites, customer service and business offices. Videotron generally leases space for the business offices and retail locations for the operation of its video stores.
   Newspapers
     Our newspapers business properties are owned by Sun Media. Sun Media’s principal business office is located at 333 King Street East, Toronto, Ontario. The Community Newspapers Group operates from 138 owned and leased facilities located in the communities in which they serve, with building space totaling approximately 901,000 square feet. The Community Newspaper Group operates 18 web presses (159 units) and nine sheet fed presses in 21 operations across Canada. The following table presents the addresses and sizes of the main facilities and other buildings of our eight urban dailies. No other single property currently used in the Newspapers segment exceeds 50,000 square feet. Details are provided regarding the square footage Sun Media occupies, primary use of the property and current press capacity. Unless stated otherwise, Sun Media owns all of the properties listed below.
                 
            Floor Space
Address   Use of Property   Press Capacity(1)   (sq. ft.)
Toronto, Ontario
  Operations building,   4 Metro presses     263,600  
333 King Street East
  including printing plant —   (32 units) and        
 
  The Toronto Sun   1 Metroliner press        
 
      (8 units)        
 
               
Montréal, Québec
  Operations building,   3 Metro presses and     162,000  
4545 Frontenac Street
  including printing plant —   1 Cosmo press        
 
  Le Journal de Montréal   (37 units)        
 
               
London, Ontario
  Operations building,   2 Headliner presses     150,100  
369 York Street
  including printing plant —   (12 units) and        
 
  The London Free Press   1 Urbanite press        
 
      (8 units)        
 
               
Calgary, Alberta
  Operations building,   1 Headliner press     90,000  
2615-12 Street NE
  including printing plant —   (7 units)        
 
  The Calgary Sun            
 
               
Vanier, Québec
  Operations building,   2 Urbanite presses     74,000  
450 Bechard Avenue
  including printing plant —   (24 units)        
 
  Le Journal de Québec            
 
               
Winnipeg, Manitoba
  Operations building,   1 Urbanite press     63,000  
1700 Church Avenue
  including printing plant —   (15 units)        
 
  The Winnipeg Sun            
 
               
Edmonton, Alberta
  Printing plant —   1 Metro press     49,600  
9300-47 Street
  The Edmonton Sun   (8 units)        
 
               
Edmonton, Alberta
  Operations building   N/A     45,200  
4990-92 Avenue
  The Edmonton Sun            
 
  (leased until Dec. 2013)            
 
               
Gloucester, Ontario
  Printing plant —   1 Urbanite press     23,000  
4080 Belgreen Drive
  The Ottawa Sun   (14 units)        
 
               
Ottawa, Ontario
  Operations buildin g   N/A     19,300  
6 Antares Drive
  (leased until Oct. 2013) —            
 
  The Ottawa Sun            
 
(1)   A “unit” is the critical component of a press that determines color and page count capacity. All presses listed have between six and 15 units.

55


Table of Contents

     In August 2005, we approved a plan to invest in a new printing facility to be operated by an entity co-owned by us and our affiliate Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor. The new printing facility will be located in Toronto, Ontario in a building owned by Quebecor World. As part of this plan, Sun Media will outsource the printing of certain of its publications in Ontario to the new facility. The new facility should make it possible to consolidate some of Quebecor World’s printing operations in Ontario and to strengthen the convergence among our Toronto media properties. In addition, in August 2005, we approved a plan to modernize and relocate the printing facilities of Le Journal de Montréal to a new 235,000 square foot printing facility owned by Quebecor Media, which will be located in Saint-Janvier-de-Mirabel, Québec. Each of these projects is expected to be completed in 2007.
   Television Broadcasting
     Our television broadcasting operations are mainly carried out in Montréal in five buildings owned by us which represent a total of approximately 574,000 square feet. We also own buildings in Québec City, Chicoutimi, Trois-Rivières, Rimouski and Sherbrooke for local broadcasting and lease space in Montréal for TVA Publishing.
   Leisure and Entertainment segment and Interactive Technologies and Communications segment
     We generally lease space for the business offices and retail outlets for the operation of our Leisure and Entertainment segment, except for the building that we (Archambault Group) own at 500 rue Ste-Catherine Est, in Montreal. Business offices for our Interactive Technologies and Communications operations are also primarily leased.
   Liens and charges
     Borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of our movable property (chattels). Our subsidiaries’ credit facilities are generally secured by first priority charges over all of their respective assets.
Regulation
   Ownership and Control of Canadian Broadcast Undertakings
     Subject to any directions issued by the Governor in Council (effectively the Federal Cabinet), the CRTC regulates and supervises all aspects of the Canadian broadcasting system.
     The Governor in Council, through an Order-in-Council referred to as the Direction to the CRTC ( Ineligibility of Non-Canadians ), has directed the CRTC not to issue, amend or renew a broadcasting license to an applicant that is a non-Canadian. Canadian, a defined term in the Direction, means, among other things, a citizen or a permanent resident of Canada, a qualified corporation, a Canadian government, a non-share capital corporation of which a majority of the directors are appointed or designated by statute, regulation or specified governmental authorities, or a qualified mutual insurance company, qualified pension fund society or qualified cooperative of which not less than 80% of the directors or members are Canadian. A qualified corporation is one incorporated or continued in Canada, of which the chief executive officer (or if there is no chief executive officer, the person performing functions similar to those performed by a chief executive officer) and not less than 80% of the directors are Canadian, and not less than 80% of the issued and outstanding voting shares and not less than 80% of the votes are beneficially owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by Canadians. In addition to the above requirements, Canadians must beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, not less than 66.6% of the issued and outstanding voting shares and not less than 66.6% of the votes of the parent company that controls the subsidiary, and neither the parent company nor its directors may exercise control or influence over any programming decisions of the subsidiary if Canadians beneficially own and control less than 80% of the issued and outstanding shares and votes of the parent corporation, if the chief executive officer of the parent corporation is a non-Canadian or if less than 80% of the parent corporation’s directors are Canadian. There are no specific restrictions on

56


Table of Contents

the number of non-voting shares which may be owned by non-Canadians. Finally, an applicant seeking to acquire, amend or renew a broadcasting license must not otherwise be controlled in fact by non-Canadians, a question of fact which may be determined by the CRTC in its discretion. Control is defined broadly in the Direction to mean control in any manner that results in control in fact, whether directly through the ownership of securities or indirectly through a trust, agreement or arrangement, the ownership of a corporation or otherwise. Videotron, TVA Group, Archambault Group and Sun Media are qualified Canadian corporations.
     Regulations made under the Broadcasting Act (Canada) require the prior approval of the CRTC of any transaction that directly or indirectly results in (i) a change in effective control of the licensee of a broadcasting distribution undertaking or television programming undertaking (such as a conventional television station, network or pay or specialty undertaking service), (ii) a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of 30% or more of the voting interests of a licensee or of a person who has, directly or indirectly, effective control of a licensee, or (iii) a person or a person and its associates acquiring 50% or more of the issued common shares of the licensee or of a person who has direct or indirect effective control of a licensee. In addition, if any act, agreement or transaction results in a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of at least 20% but less than 30% of the voting interests of a licensee, or of a person who has, directly or indirectly, effective control of the licensee, the CRTC must be notified of the transaction. Similarly, if any act, agreement or transaction results in a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of 40% or more but less than 50% of the voting interests of a licensee, or a person who has directly or indirectly effective control of the licensee, the CRTC must be notified.
     In November 2002, the federal Minister of Industry initiated a review of the existing foreign ownership restrictions applicable to telecommunications carriers. In April 2003, the House of Commons Standing Committee on Industry, Science and Technology released a report of its study of the issue of foreign direct investment restrictions applicable to telecommunications common carriers. The House of Commons Standing Committee on Industry, Science and Technology, recommended, among other things, that the Government of Canada remove the existing foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and ensure that any changes made to the Canadian ownership and control requirements applicable to telecommunications common carriers be applied equally to broadcasting distribution undertakings. In June 2003, the House of Commons Standing Committee on Canadian Heritage released a report of its review of the Broadcasting Act (Canada) and, among other things, recommended that the current restrictions on foreign ownership relating to broadcasting, cable and telecommunications remain. On April 4, 2005, the Canadian Government released a response to the report of the latter committee wherein it stated, among other things, that “the Government wishes to indicate that it is not prepared to modify foreign ownership limits on broadcasting or content more generally.” However, it acknowledged the appointment by Industry Canada of an independent panel of experts, the Telecommunications Policy Review Panel, to review Canada’s telecommunications policy and regulation of telecommunications and that the panel’s work may be helpful in shedding new light on the issue. One of the many terms of reference for this panel include consideration of Canada’s foreign investment restrictions in telecommunications and whether they should be removed. The panel is expected to report during the first quarter of 2006. We cannot predict what, if any, recommendations will be made by the panel on foreign ownership of telecommunications companies and whether any such recommendations will be acted upon by the government. Given the increasing level of convergence in the industry and competition with traditional telecommunications carriers, a change to the current regulatory regime allowing for greater foreign investment in telecommunications carriers, without a comparable change allowing for greater foreign investment for broadcasting distribution undertakings, may adversely affect our ability to compete with some of our competitors who are telecommunication carriers.
   Jurisdiction Over Canadian Broadcast Undertakings
     Videotron’s cable distribution undertakings, Archambault Group’s and TVA Group’s programming activities are subject to the Broadcasting Act (Canada) and regulations made under the Broadcasting Act (Canada) that empower the CRTC, subject to directions from the Governor in Council, to regulate and supervise all aspects of the Canadian broadcasting system in order to implement the policy set out in that Act. Certain of Videotron’s and TVA Group’s undertakings are also subject to the Radiocommunication Act (Canada), which empowers Industry Canada to establish and administer the technical standards that networks and transmission must respect, namely, maintaining the technical quality of signals.

57


Table of Contents

     The CRTC has, among other things, the power under the Broadcasting Act (Canada) and regulations to issue, subject to appropriate conditions, amend, renew, suspend and revoke broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and establish and oversee compliance with regulations and policies concerning broadcasting, including various programming and distribution requirements, subject to certain directions from the Federal Cabinet.
   Canadian Broadcast Distribution (Cable Television)
      Licensing of Canadian Broadcasting Distribution Undertakings
     The CRTC has responsibility for the issuance, amendment, renewal, suspension and revocation of Canadian broadcasting licenses, including licenses to operate a cable distribution undertaking. A cable distribution undertaking distributes broadcasting services to customers predominantly over closed transmission paths. A license to operate a cable distribution undertaking gives the cable television operator the right to distribute television programming services in its licensed service area. Broadcasting licenses may be issued for periods not exceeding seven years and are usually renewed, except in particular circumstances or in cases of a serious breach of the conditions attached to the license or the regulations of the CRTC. The CRTC is required to hold a public hearing in connection with the issuance, suspension or revocation of a license. Videotron operates 52 cable systems pursuant to a license issuance or an order that exempts certain network operations from the obligation to hold a license.
     Cable systems with 2,000 customers or less and operating their own local headend are exempted from the obligation to hold a license pursuant to exemption orders issued by the CRTC. These cable systems continue to have to comply with a number of programming carriage requirements set out in the exemption order and comply with the Canadian ownership and control requirements in the Direction to the CRTC. Cable distribution undertakings that are fully interconnected with other broadcasting distribution undertakings are ineligible for this exemption unless the aggregate number of customers served by the interconnected broadcast distribution undertakings is less than 6,000. Videotron operates 23 exempted cable systems.
     Similarly, cable systems with between 2,000 and 6,000 customers (generally Class 2 cable systems or Class 3 cable systems not exempt under the CRTC’s exemption for small cable undertakings) are also exempted from holding a license pursuant to a CRTC public notice issued in 2003. Cable distribution undertakings that are fully interconnected with other broadcasting distribution undertakings will be ineligible for this exemption unless the aggregate number of customers served by the interconnected broadcast distribution undertakings is less than 6,000. Three such networks benefit from the exemption by having reduced administrative costs and regulatory burdens. As a result, Videotron still operates 26 licensed networks.
     In November 2003, the CRTC finalized the regulatory framework that will govern the distribution of digital signals by over-the-air television stations (Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2003-61). The CRTC requires broadcasting distribution undertakings to distribute the primary digital signal of a licensed over-the-air television service in accordance with the priorities that currently apply to the distribution of the analog version of the services. The CRTC expects all broadcasting distribution undertakings to implement the necessary upgrades. Analog carriage can be phased-out only once 85% of a particular broadcasting distribution undertaking’s customers have digital receivers or set-top boxes that can convert digital signals to analog. Exempt undertakings will not be required to duplicate mandatory services in digital format. A further proceeding to establish a licensing framework governing the transition of pay and specialty services to high definition, or HD, signals was initiated in August 2004. It will also establish a framework to govern the distribution of such services by broadcasting distribution undertakings. It is expected that this policy will be made public sometime in 2006. According to the CRTC, the time period during which broadcasters and distributors will have to provide services in both analog and digital formats will depend on the speed with which customers convert from analog to digital. A shorter transition period will reduce the overall costs of the transition for both broadcasters and distributors.
     In order to conduct our business, we must maintain our broadcasting distribution undertaking licenses in good standing. Failure to meet the terms of our licenses may result in their short-term renewal, suspension, revocation or non-renewal. We have never failed to obtain a license renewal for any cable systems.

58


Table of Contents

      Distribution of Canadian Content
     The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations issued by the CRTC pursuant to the Broadcasting Act (Canada) mandate the types of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services that may be distributed by broadcasting distribution undertakings, or BDUs, including cable television systems. For example, Canadian television broadcasters are subject to “must carry” rules which require terrestrial distributors, like cable and MDS systems, to carry the signals of local television stations and, in some instances, regional television stations as part of their basic service. The guaranteed carriage enjoyed by local television broadcasters under the “must carry” rules is designed to ensure that the signals of local broadcasters reach cable households and enjoy advantageous channel placement. Furthermore, cable operators, DBS operators and MDS operators must offer their customers more Canadian programming than non-Canadian programming services. In summary, each cable television system is required to distribute all of the Canadian programming services that the CRTC has determined are appropriate for the market it serves, which includes local and regional television stations, certain specialty channels and pay television channels, and a pay-per-view service, but does not include Category Two digital services and video-on-demand services.
     As revised from time to time, the CRTC has issued a list of non-Canadian programming services eligible for distribution in Canada on a discretionary user-pay basis to be linked along with Canadian pay-television services or with Canadian specialty services. The CRTC currently permits the linkage of up to one non-Canadian service for one Canadian specialty service and up to five non-Canadian services for every one Canadian pay-television service. In addition, the number of Canadian services received by a cable television customer must exceed the total number of non-Canadian services received. The CRTC decided that it would not be in the interest of the Canadian broadcasting system to permit the distribution of certain non-Canadian pay-television movie channels and specialty programming services that could be considered competitive with licensed Canadian pay-television and specialty services. Therefore, pay-television movie channels and certain specialty programming services available in the United States and other countries are not approved for distribution in Canada. Following recent CRTC policy statements, most foreign third language (other than English and French) programming services can be eligible for distribution in Canada if approved by the CRTC and if legacy Canadian services of the same language are distributed as well.
     Also important to broadcasting operations in Canada are the specialty (or thematic) programming service access rules. Cable systems in a French-language market, such as Videotron’s, with more than 6,000 customers are required to offer each analog French-language Canadian specialty and pay television programming service licensed, other than religious specialty services, to the extent of available channels. Similarly, DBS satellite operators must, by regulation, distribute all Canadian specialty services other than Category Two digital specialty services and religious specialty services. Moreover, all licensed specialty services, other than Category Two digital specialty services and religious specialty services, as well as at least one pay television service in each official language, must be carried by larger cable operators, such as Videotron, when digital distribution is offered. These rules seek to ensure wider carriage for certain Canadian specialty services than might otherwise be secured through negotiation. However, Category Two digital specialty services do not benefit from any regulatory assistance guaranteeing distribution other than a requirement that a cable operator distribute at least five unrelated Category Two digital specialty services for each Category Two digital specialty service distributed by such cable operator in which such cable operator or its affiliates control more than 10% of the total shares. Cable systems (not otherwise exempt) and DBS satellite operators are also subject to distribution and linkage requirements for programming services set by the CRTC and amended from time to time which include requirements that link the distribution of eligible non-Canadian satellite programming services with Canadian specialty and pay television services.
      1998 Broadcasting Distribution Regulations
     The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations enacted in 1998, also called the 1998 Regulations, apply to distributors of broadcasting services or broadcasting distribution undertakings in Canada. The 1998 Regulations promote competition between broadcasting distribution undertakings and the development of new technologies for the distribution of such services while ensuring that quality Canadian programs are exhibited. The 1998 Regulations introduced important new rules, including the following:

59


Table of Contents

    Competition, Carriage Rules and Signal Substitution. The 1998 Regulations provide equitable opportunities for all distributors of broadcasting services. Similar to the signal carriage and substitution requirements that are imposed on existing cable television systems, under the 1998 Regulations, new broadcasting distribution undertakings are also subject to carriage and substitution requirements. The 1998 Regulations prohibit a distributor from giving an undue preference to any person, including itself, or subjecting any person to an undue disadvantage. This gives the CRTC the ability to address complaints of anti-competitive behavior on the part of certain distributors.
 
    A significant aspect of television broadcasting in Canada is simultaneous program substitution, or simulcasting, a regulatory requirement under which Canadian distribution undertakings, such as cable television systems with over 6,000 customers, are required to substitute the foreign programming service, with local Canadian signal, including Canadian commercials, for broadcasts of identical programs by a U.S. station when both programs are exhibited at the same time. These requirements are designed to protect the program rights that Canadian broadcasters acquire for their respective local markets. The CRTC, however, has suspended the application of these requirements to DTH satellite operators for a period of time, so long as they undertake certain alternative measures, including monetary compensation to a fund designed to help finance regional television productions.
 
    Canadian Programming and Community Expression Financing Rules. All distributors, except systems with less than 2,000 customers, are required to contribute at least 5% of their gross annual broadcast revenues to the creation and presentation of Canadian programming including community programming. However, the allocation of these contributions between broadcast and community programming can vary depending on the type and size of the distribution system involved.
 
    Inside Wiring Rules. The CRTC determined that the inside wiring portion of cable networks creates a bottleneck facility that could affect competition if open access is not provided to other distributors. Incumbent cable companies may retain the ownership of the inside wiring but must allow usage by competitive undertakings to which the cable company may charge a just and reasonable fee for the use of the inside wire. On September 3, 2002, the CRTC established a fee of $0.52 per customer per month for the use of cable inside wire in MDUs. On October 9, 2002, the CRTC, had ordered Câblage QMI and Videotron to comply with the inside wiring access rules. In Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2005-223 of May 31, 2005, the CRTC rescinded the Mandatory Order issued against Videotron and its subsidiaries. In Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2005-83 of August 15, 2005, the CRTC called for comments on possible regulatory amendments that would expand competitive access to inside wire owned by a cable licensee and installed in properties, such as hotels, hospitals, nursing homes and other commercial or institutional premises that are used to house transient residents as well as in office buildings, retail stores or other types of non-residential properties. Videotron has opposed this expansion of the regulations because such access would make what we have considered “commercial accounts” more vulnerable to competition.
      Rates
     Our revenue related to cable television is derived mainly from (a) monthly subscription fees for basic cable service; (b) fees for premium services such as specialty services, pay-television, pay-per-view television and video-on-demand; and (c) installation and additional outlets charges.
     The CRTC does not regulate the fees charged by non-cable broadcast distribution undertakings and does not regulate the fees charged by cable providers for non-basic services. The basic service fees charged by Class 1 (6,000 customers or more) cable providers are regulated by the CRTC until true competition exists in a particular service area, which occurs when:
  (1)   30% or more of the households in the licensed service area have access to the services of another broadcasting distribution undertaking. The CRTC has advised that as of August 31, 1997, the 30% availability criterion was satisfied for all licensed cable areas; and

60


Table of Contents

  (2)   the number of customers for basic cable service has decreased by at least 5% since the date on which a competitor started offering its basic cable service in the particular area.
     For all but two minor service areas, our basic service fees for our customers have been deregulated.
     The CRTC further restricts installation fees to an amount that does not exceed the average actual cost incurred to install and connect the outlet to a household situated in a residential area.
     Subject to certain notice and other procedural requirements, for Class 1 cable systems still regulated, we may increase our basic service rates so as to pass through to customers increases in CRTC authorized fees to be paid to specialty programming services distributed on our basic service. However, the CRTC has the authority to suspend or disallow such an increase.
     In the event that distribution services may be compromised as a result of economic difficulties encountered by a Class 1 cable distributor, a request for a rate increase may be submitted to the CRTC. The CRTC may approve an increase if the distributor satisfies the criteria then in effect for establishing economic need.
      Winback Restrictions
     In a letter decision dated April 1, 1999, the CRTC established rules, referred to as the winback rules, that prohibit the targeted marketing by incumbent cable companies of customers who have cancelled basic cable service. These rules require us and other incumbent cable companies to refrain for a period of 90 days from: (a) directly contacting customers who, through an agent, have notified their cable company of their intention to cancel basic cable service; and (b) offering discounts or other inducements not generally offered to the public, in instances when customers personally initiate contact with the cable company for the purpose of cancelling basic cable service. In August of 2004 (Public Notice CRTC 2004-62), the CRTC has decided that it will no longer require incumbent cable companies to adhere to winback rules with respect to customers who reside in single unit dwellings. However, the CRTC has also determined that the winback rules should continue to apply to incumbent cable companies with respect to their dealings with individual customers who reside in multiple unit dwellings. The CRTC has further determined that incumbent cable companies are prohibited from initiating communication with residents of a multiple unit dwelling for a period of 90 days from the date on which a new entrant enters into an access agreement to provide service in the multiple unit dwelling. Moreover, the CRTC now requires incumbent cable companies to refrain from the targeted marketing of all residents of a multiple unit dwelling, or from offering them discounts or other inducements not generally available to the public, for a period of 90 days following the date on which a new entrant enters into an access agreement to offer services in the multiple unit dwelling.
     In February 2001, the CRTC also announced similar “winback” restrictions on certain cable operators, including Videotron, in the Internet service market. These restrictions limit cable operators’ ability to “win back” Internet service customers who have chosen to switch to another Internet service provider within 90 days of the customer’s switch.
     With respect to VoIP services, the CRTC decided in May 2005, as part of its announced regulatory framework for VoIP services, that it was not necessary to apply “winback” restrictions to cable operators. However, it determined that the winback restrictions for ILECs was necessary to foster competition and it extended the winback rules applicable to ILECs for local exchange services to ILECs’ local VoIP services. These rules provide for a twelve-month no contact period in the case of residential customers and a three-month no contact period for business customers. An appeal has been filed with the Federal Court of Appeal by several ILECs on the grounds that these no contact rules violate constitutional rights to freedom of expression. A group of ILECs also has an earlier outstanding application before the CRTC seeking to eliminate the CRTC’s prevailing winback restrictions on local telephony on the same constitutional grounds. If either of these challenges to the winback restrictions are successful, we could face a more challenging marketing environment for our local telephony services offering.
      Copyright Board Proceedings
     Certain copyrights in radio, television and pay audio programming are administered collectively and tariff rates are established by the Copyright Board of Canada. Tariffs set by the Copyright Board are generally applicable until a

61


Table of Contents

public process is held and a decision of the Copyright Board is rendered for a renewed tariff. Renewed tariffs are often applicable retroactively. Proposed tariffs for online music activities are also under review by the Copyright Board. See “— Proposed Tariffs in Respect of Online Activities” below.
           Royalties for the Retransmission of Distant Signals
     Following the implementation in 1989 of the Canada-U.S. Free Trade Agreement, the Copyright Act (Canada) was amended to require retransmitters, including Canadian cable television operators, to pay royalties in respect of the retransmission of distant television and radio signals.
     Since this legislative amendment, the Copyright Act (Canada) empowers the Copyright Board of Canada to quantify the amount of royalties payable to retransmit these signals and to allocate them among collective societies representing the holders of copyright in the works thus retransmitted. Regulated cable television operators cannot automatically recover such paid retransmission royalties from their customers, although such charges might be a component of an application for a basic cable service rate increase based on economic need.
     Distant television signal retransmission royalties vary from $100 per year for Class 3 cable systems and from $0.30 to $0.65 per customer per month for Class 2 cable systems serving areas with fewer than 1,500 customers and to $0.70 per customer per month for more than 6,000 customers (Class 1 cable systems), except in French-language markets. In French-language markets, there is a 50% rebate for Class 1 and Class 2 cable systems, where the maximum rate is $0.35 per customer per month. The same pricing structure, with lower rates, still applies for distant radio signal transmission. All of Videotron’s undertakings operate in French-language-markets. In 2003, the collective societies representing copyright holders filed with the Copyright Board of Canada a tariff request to increase to $1.00 per customer per month the distant signal retransmission royalty applicable to systems of more than 6,000 customers for the years 2000 to 2008. In December 2003, the 2003 tariff was extended indefinitely on an interim basis until the Copyright Board rules on the proposed tariff, and a hearing in respect of the proposed tariff had been scheduled for October 2005. The parties have, however, reached an agreement in March 2005 on the rates and the tariff prior to the initiation of the public hearing process. The distant television signal retransmission royalties will be an annual average of approximately $0.80 for Class 1 systems with a 50% rebate for French-language markets, until 2008.
           Royalties for the Transmission of Pay and Specialty Services
     In 1989, the Copyright Act (Canada) was amended, in particular, to define copyright as including the exclusive right to “communicate protected works to the public by telecommunication.” Prior to the amendment, it was generally believed that copyright holders did not have an exclusive right to authorize the transmission of works carried on radio and television station signals when these signals were not broadcast but rather transmitted originally by cable television operators to their customers. In 1996, at the request of the Society of Composers, Authors and Music Publishers of Canada (SOCAN) the Copyright Board approved Tariff 17A, which required the payment of royalties by broadcasting distribution undertakings, including cable television operators, that transmit musical works to their customers in the course of transmitting television services on a subscription basis. Through a series of industry agreements, this liability was shared with the pay and specialty programming services.
     In March 2004, the Copyright Board changed the name of this tariff from Tariff 17A to Tariff 17 and rendered its decision setting Tariff 17 royalty rates for 2001 through 2004. The Copyright Board changed the structure of Tariff 17 to calculate the royalties based on the revenues of the pay and specialty programming services (affiliation payments only in the case of foreign and pay services, and all revenues in the case of Canadian specialty services) and set a basic royalty rate of 1.78% for 2001 and 1.9% for 2002 through 2004. The basic royalty rate is subject to reductions in certain cases, although there is no French-language discount. SOCAN has agreed that the 2005 and 2006 tariff will continue on the same basis as in 2004, the royalty rate remaining at 1.9%.
           Royalties for Pay Audio Services
     The Copyright Board of Canada rendered a decision on March 16, 2002 regarding two new tariffs for the years 1997-1998 to 2002, which provide for the payment of royalties from programming and distribution undertakings

62


Table of Contents

broadcasting pay audio services. The tariffs fix the royalties payable to SOCAN and to the Neighbouring Rights Collective of Canada, or NRCC, respectively, during this period at 11.115% and 5.265% of the affiliation payments payable during a month by a distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a pay audio signal. The royalties payable to SOCAN and NRCC by a small cable transmission system, an unscrambled low or very low power television station or by equivalent small transmission systems during this period were fixed by the Board at 5.56% and 2.63%, respectively, of the affiliation payments payable during a year by the distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a pay audio signal. Royalties payable by a system located in a French-language market during this period are calculated at a rate equal to 85% of the rate otherwise payable.
     In February 2005, the Copyright Board rendered its decision setting pay audio services royalties for 2003 through 2006. The Copyright Board fixed the rate of royalties payable to SOCAN and NRCC during this period to 12.35% and 5.85%, respectively, of the affiliation payments payable during a month by a distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a pay audio signal. In addition, the Copyright Board established the rate of royalties payable to SOCAN and NRCC during this period at 6.17% and 2.95%, respectively, for a small cable transmission system, an unscrambled low or very low power television station or an equivalent small transmission system. The Copyright Board also eliminated the previously effective 15% discount to royalties payable by a system located in a French-language market. We have made interim royalty payments for 2003 and 2004 based on the lower royalty rate of the 2002 tariffs. The retroactive royalty obligations to SOCAN and NRCC owed by us since 2003 were paid in 2005.
           Tariff in Respect of Internet Service Provider Activities
     In 1996, SOCAN proposed a tariff (Tariff 22) to be applied against Internet service providers, in respect of composers’/publishers’ rights in musical works communicated over the Internet to Internet service providers’ customers. SOCAN’s proposed tariff was challenged by a number of industry groups and companies. In 1999, the Copyright Board decided that Internet service providers should not be liable for the communication of musical works by their customers, although they might be liable if they themselves operated a musical website. In June 2004, the Supreme Court of Canada upheld this portion of the decision of the Copyright Board and determined that Internet service providers do not incur liability for copyright content when they engage in normal intermediary activities, including web hosting for third parties and caching. SOCAN’s tariff proposal will, therefore, be subject to further consideration by the Copyright Board to determine what royalties should be paid by content providers in respect of music communicated over the Internet. A proposed amendment to the Copyright Act (Canada) was introduced in June 2005 in Parliament to exempt ISPs for copyright liability for merely providing customers with access to the Internet and not operating the web site itself. It is premature to predict whether the amendment will be reintroduced in Parliament and enacted into law.
           Proposed Tariffs in Respect of Online Activities
     The Copyright Board is currently reviewing various tariff proposals that would apply to the use of music on the Internet, including, among others, websites that use audio webcasts of any kind which contain music, online music services and other similar undertakings using musical works on the Internet. If all such proposed tariffs are approved by the Copyright Board, it may have a significant impact on our online music activities. It is currently anticipated that public hearings regarding online music service tariffs will be held by the Copyright Board during the third quarter of 2006.
   Canadian Broadcast Programming (Television Stations)
      Programming of Canadian Content
     CRTC regulations require licensees of television stations to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian content in their programming. Television broadcasters are subject to regulations requiring that, over the broadcast year and over any six-month period specified in the license, a minimum of 60% of the aggregate programming shown during the broadcast day (a continuous 18-hour period between 6:00 a.m. and 1:00 a.m. the following day) must be of Canadian origin. Canadian origin is most commonly achieved on the basis of a points system requiring that a number of creative and production staff be Canadian and that specified Canadian production expenditure levels be met. In addition, not less than 50% of the aggregate programming between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 12:00 midnight over the broadcast year must be of Canadian origin. Specialty or thematic television channels also have to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian

63


Table of Contents

content in their programming, generally set forth in the conditions of their license.
     Since September 1, 2000, we have been subject to a CRTC policy requiring the largest multi-station ownership groups to broadcast over the broadcast year on average a minimum of eight hours per week of priority programming during prime time, from 7:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. To permit greater flexibility in meeting these requirements, the definitions of priority programs and prime time have been expanded. Priority programming now includes Canadian-produced drama, music and dance, variety and long-form documentaries, but does not include news and information or sports programming. Quantitative commitments and fixed spending requirements have been eliminated.
      Advertising
     The CRTC also regulates the quantity and content of television advertising. A television licensee shall not broadcast more than 12 minutes of advertising during any hour subject to certain exceptions for unpaid public service announcements and promotions for upcoming Canadian programs. According to Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2004-93 of November 29, 2004, any English-language licensee broadcasting, in peak time, certain Canadian television drama program with an hourly production budget of at least $800,000 and a licence fee of at least $300,000, will be permitted to broadcast three minutes of additional advertising for each hour broadcast. SUN TV does not produce Canadian drama. According to Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2005-8 of January 27, 2005, French-language conventional television stations broadcasting original French-language Canadian drama programming can, in certain circumstances qualify for two to seven minutes of additional advertising for each original hour of drama broadcast additional advertising minutes, depending on the type of drama. The TVA network has applied for that relief and the application has been approved. Advertising content is also regulated by various federal and provincial statutes and regulations, as well as by standards in the Canadian television broadcasting industry.
      Broadcasting License Fees
     Broadcasting licensees are subject to annual license fees payable to the CRTC. The license fees consist of two fees. One fee allocates the CRTC’s regulatory costs for the year to licensees based on a licensee’s proportion of the gross revenue derived during the year from the licensed activities of all licensees whose gross revenues exceed specific exemption levels. The other fee, also called the Part II license fee, for a broadcasting distribution undertaking, is 1.365% of the amount by which its gross revenue derived during the year from its licensed activity exceeds $175,000. Our broadcasting distribution activities are subject to both fees. In February 2004, we filed a claim before the Federal Court on the basis that the Part II license fee is similar to a tax levy and that the CRTC has no jurisdiction to impose a tax. This claim has been merged with a similar claim from the Canadian Association of Broadcasters.
   Canadian Telecommunications Services
      Jurisdiction
     The provision of telecommunications services in Canada is regulated by the CRTC pursuant to the Telecommunications Act (Canada). With certain exceptions, companies that own or operate transmission facilities in Canada that are used to offer telecommunications services to the public for compensation are deemed “telecommunications common carriers” under the Telecommunications Act (Canada) administered by the CRTC and are subject to regulation. Cable operators offering telecommunications services are deemed “Broadcast Carriers.”
     The Telecommunications Act (Canada), which came into force on October 25, 1993, as amended, provides for the regulation of facilities-based telecommunications common carriers under federal jurisdiction. Under the Telecommunications Act (Canada), the CRTC may exempt any class of Canadian telecommunications carriers from the application of the Telecommunications Act (Canada) if the CRTC is satisfied that such an exemption is consistent with implementation of the Canada telecommunications policy objectives. The CRTC must refrain from regulating certain telecommunications services or classes of services provided by Canadian carriers, if it finds that such service or class is or will be subject to competition sufficient to protect the interests of users. The CRTC is prohibited from making a determination to refrain if refraining from regulation could likely impair unduly the establishment or continuance of a competitive market for a particular service or class of services.

64


Table of Contents

     In the Canadian telecommunications market, Videotron operates as a CLEC and a Canadian broadcast carrier since its merger with Videotron Telecom.
      Overview of the Telecommunications Competition Framework
     Competition in the Canadian long-distance and local telephony markets is guided to a large extent by the principles set out in Telecom Decision CRTC 92-12, which removed the telephone companies’ monopoly in the provision of public long-distance voice telecommunications services, Review of Regulatory Framework , Telecom Decision CRTC 94-19, which sets out the principles for a new, pro-competitive regulatory framework, and Local Competition Telecom Decision CRTC 97-8, which establishes the policy framework for local exchange competition. This latter decision, along with four others (Telecom Decision CRTC 97-9, CRTC Telecom Orders 97-590 and 97-591, as well as CRTC Public Notice 1997-49) comprise the Local Competition Decisions (the “LC Decisions”), which set out many of the terms and conditions for competitive entry in the market for local telephony services. A number of technical, operating and other details are being established through subsequent proceedings and meetings of the CISC.
      Application of Canadian Telecommunications Regulation
     In a series of decisions, the CRTC has determined that the carriage of “non-programming” services by cable companies results in the company being regulated as a carrier under the Telecommunications Act (Canada). This applies to a company serving its own customers, or allowing a third party to use its distribution network to provide non-programming services to customers, such as providing access to cable Internet services.
     In addition, the CRTC regulates the provision of telephony services in Canada. On May 1, 1997, the CRTC established the regulatory framework for the provision of competitive local telephony services in Canada. Among the key elements of this framework are: a technical form of interconnection based on a co-carrier ( i.e. , peer-to-peer) relationship between the ILEC and CLECs; mutual compensation for traffic termination (including Bill & Keep compensation at low levels of traffic imbalance); effective deregulation of CLEC retail service offerings with the exception of certain social obligations such as the provision of enhanced 911 service; and the imposition of a series of regulatory safeguards on the ILECs to protect against anti-competitive conduct on their part, including retail tariffing requirements, service bundling restrictions and winback restrictions.
     Elements of the CRTC’s telecommunications regulatory framework to which Videotron is subject include: interconnection standards and inter-carrier compensation arrangements; the mandatory provision of equal access (i.e. customer choice of long distance provider); standards for the provision of 911 service, message relay service and certain privacy features; and the obligation not to prevent other local exchange carriers from accessing end-users on a timely basis under reasonable terms and conditions in multi-dwelling units where Videotron provides service.
     Generally speaking, the CRTC has pursued a policy of favouring facilities-based competition in telecommunications. Key to the CRTC’s framework are decisions issued on January 25, 2001 and June 30, 2003, respectively, regarding access to municipal rights of way and access to multi-dwelling units. In both cases, the CRTC adopted a policy of open access, with fees generally limited to recovering costs reasonably incurred. Application of the framework principles to individual access cases, however, has encountered resistance from certain municipalities and building owners. It remains to be determined whether any of these access cases will need to be brought before the CRTC for resolution.
     On February 3, 2005, the CRTC issued a decision re-affirming and expanding a tariff regime initially establishing in June 2002 whereby competitive carriers may purchase certain digital network services from the ILECs at reduced cost-based rates. This regime had undermined Videotron’s position in the wholesale market for business telecommunications services. To remain competitive with the ILECs in the wholesale market, Videotron has substantially reduced the rates it charges other competitive carriers for certain digital network services that would be eligible under the new tariff regime were they purchased from the ILEC. On July 28, 2005, Quebecor Media, on behalf of Videotron, filed an application with the CRTC seeking compensation for financial losses incurred as a result of this regime, on the same basis as the compensation already accorded to the ILECs. The compensation requested amounts to $13.2 million for the period June 1, 2002 to June 30, 2005. The CRTC has denied our application, and we do not intend to pursue an appeal.

65


Table of Contents

     On May 12, 2005, the CRTC established a framework for regulating voice communications services using Internet Protocol that regulates only local VoIP services but not peer-to-peer VoIP services. The regulatory framework governing competition for local telephony services will apply to local VoIP services. As a result, local VoIP services provided in-territory by ILECs are subject to economic regulation and prior tariff approval, whereas local VoIP services provided by competitors such as Videotron are not. The CRTC also ruled that cable operators, such as Videotron, are required to fulfill obligations imposed on CLECs when providing local VoIP services, and must also remove any restrictions that would prevent third-party Internet service providers from offering VoIP services over Internet access facilities leased from the cable operators on a wholesale basis. It further determined that revenues from VoIP services are contribution-eligible for purposes of the revenue-based contribution regime established by the CRTC to subsidize residential telephone services in rural and remote parts of Canada. We believe that our VoIP service plans will not be altered materially by the CRTC’s decision. However, on July 28, 2005, Bell Canada and other ILECs filed a petition with the Federal Cabinet requesting Cabinet to overturn that part of the CRTC’s decision that applies economic regulation and prior tariff approval to the ILECs’ VoIP offerings. Within one year of the CRTC’s decision, Cabinet has the authority, if the petition is successful, to vary or rescind the decision or refer it back to the CRTC for reconsideration. A successful petition could have a material impact on our business ability to compete with the ILECs in the local telephony market.
     The CRTC has initiated a public proceeding to establish a framework for the forbearance from regulation of residential and business local exchange services provided by the ILECs. Among the issues being considered in this proceeding are: the scope of local exchange services to be considered for forbearance; the definition of relevant service and geographic markets; the criteria to be applied to determine whether the relevant markets are sufficiently competitive for forbearance; the CRTC’s powers and duties to be forborne; post-forbearance criteria and conditions; and the appropriate process for future applications for forbearance. The CRTC has stated that it intends to issue its decision within 150 days after the record closes. The record closed on October 7, 2005. Depending on the framework established by the CRTC, any successful forbearance applications could have a material impact on our ability to compete with the ILECs in the local telephony market.
      Right to Access to Telecommunications and Hydro-Electric Support Structures
     The CRTC has concluded that some provisions of the Telecommunications Act (Canada) may be characterized as encouraging joint use of existing support structures of telephone utilities to facilitate efficient deployment of cable distribution undertakings by Canadian carriers. We access these support structures in exchange for a tariff that is regulated by the CRTC. If it were not possible to agree on the use or conditions of access with a support structure owner, we could apply to the CRTC for a right of access to a supporting structure of a telephone utility. The Supreme Court of Canada, however, held on May 16, 2003 that the CRTC does not have jurisdiction under the Telecommunications Act (Canada) to establish the terms and conditions of access to the support structure of hydro-electricity utilities. Terms of access to the support structures of hydro-electricity utilities must therefore be negotiated with those utilities.
     We entered into an agreement, which ran through December 2005, for access to the support structures of hydro-electricity utilities in Québec. We are currently negotiating the renewal of this agreement with Hydro-Québec, the hydro-electricity monopoly in our licensed areas. If we cannot come to an agreement with Hydro-Québec, we may file an application to a provincial administrative tribunal under An Act respecting certain public utility installations (Québec) to establish the terms and conditions on which we could access the Hydro-Québec support structure.
     We also have a limited number of facilities in Ontario. In March 2005, pursuant to an application filed by the Canadian Cable Telecommunications Association, or the CCTA, the Ontario Energy Board, or the OEB, established a uniform rate for access to electricity distribution power poles in Ontario for the purpose of transmitting cable services of $22.35 per pole per year for the use of Ontario electric utility poles by cable television providers and other parties. The OEB Decision stated that an electricity distributor could apply for a different charge where the electricity distributor costs were not adequately recovered through the approved charge. The rate established by the OEB represents a significant increase relative to earlier prevailing rates.
      Access by Third Parties to Cable Networks

66


Table of Contents

     In Canada, access to the Internet is a telecommunications service. While Internet access services are not regulated on a retail (price and terms of service) basis, Internet access for third-party Internet service providers is mandated and tariffed according to conditions approved by the CRTC for cable operators.
     On July 6, 1999, the CRTC required certain of the largest cable operators, including Videotron, to submit tariffs for cable Internet access services, known as open access or third party access, in order to allow competing retail Internet service providers, to offer such services over a cable infrastructure. Some of our tariff elements, most notably the per end-user rate we may charge to third-party Internet service providers, were approved by the CRTC on an interim basis in August 2002. A revised cost study for our per end-user rate was filed with the CRTC in August 2004 and is under consideration. Other tariff elements, most notably those related to our interconnection architecture and service charges, were approved by the CRTC on an interim basis in November 2004. Other technical, operational and business policies to implement access services were addressed by the CRTC Interconnection Steering Committee, or CISC, and technical tests were concluded.
     Final tariff rates for our per end-user charge to Internet service providers and our other third-party interconnection service charges will be established pursuant to CRTC follow-up proceedings currently underway. Operations by one third-party Internet service provider interconnected to our cable network commenced in the fourth quarter of 2005. Several other providers are in the process of interconnecting.
     Until third-party access to our cable network is provided, the CRTC requires certain of the largest cable operators, including Videotron, to allow third-party retail Internet service providers to purchase for the purpose of resale its retail cable Internet services at a discount of 25% off the lowest retail Internet service rate charged by Videotron to its cable customers during a one-month period. This resale obligation will cease to be mandated once facilities-based access is available to Internet service providers. We expect some, if not all, of our existing resellers to migrate their customers to our third-party Internet access service.
     As part of the CRTC’s announced regulatory framework for VoIP, on May 12, 2005 the CRTC directed that large cable carriers, such as us, remove restrictions in their third-party Internet access tariffs in order to allow third-party Internet service providers to provide VoIP services in addition to retail Internet services.
      Foreign Ownership Restrictions
     In November 2002, the federal Minister of Industry initiated a review of the existing foreign ownership restrictions applicable to the telecommunications carriers. The House of Commons Standing Committee on Industry, Science and Technology issued a report on April 28, 2003 recommending the removal of foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and that any changes made to the Canadian ownership and control requirements applicable to telecommunications common carriers be applied equally to broadcasting distribution undertakings. However, in June 2003, the House of Commons Standing Committee on Canadian Heritage instead recommended the status quo regarding foreign ownership levels for broadcasting and telecommunications companies. On April 4, 2005, the Canadian government released a response to the report of the latter committee wherein it stated that “the Government wishes to indicate that it is not prepared to modify foreign ownership limits on broadcasting or content more generally.” However, it acknowledged the appointment by Industry Canada of an independent panel of experts, the Telecommunications Policy Review Panel, to review Canada’s telecommunications policy and regulation of telecommunications, including consideration of Canada’s foreign investment restrictions in telecommunications and whether those restrictions should be removed. The panel is expected to report during in 2006.
   Canadian Publishing
     Federal and provincial laws do not directly regulate the publication of newspapers in Canada. There are, however, indirect restrictions on the foreign ownership of Canadian newspapers by virtue of certain provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada). The Income Tax Act (Canada) limits the deductibility by Canadian taxpayers of advertising expenditures which are made in a newspaper other than a “Canadian issue” of a “Canadian newspaper.” For any given publication to qualify as a Canadian issue of a Canadian newspaper, the entity that publishes it, if publicly traded on a prescribed stock exchange in Canada, must ultimately be controlled, in law and in fact, by Canadian citizens and, if a

67


Table of Contents

private company, must be at least 75% owned, in law and in fact, in vote and in value, by Canadians. In addition, the publication must, with limited exceptions, be printed and published in Canada and edited in Canada by individuals resident in Canada. All of our newspapers qualify as “Canadian issues” of “Canadian newspapers” and, as a result, our advertisers generally have the right to deduct their advertising expenditures with us for Canadian tax purposes.
ITEM 4A — UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
     Not applicable.

68


Table of Contents

ITEM 5 — OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
      The following discussion and analysis provides information concerning our operating results and financial condition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included under” Item 17. Financial Statements.” Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP, which differs from U.S. GAAP in certain respects. For a discussion of the principal differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP, and the extent to which these differences affect our consolidated financial statements, see note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to a variety of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by these statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed above under “Forward-Looking Statements” and in “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors.”
Overview
     Quebecor Media is one of Canada’s leading media companies, with activities in cable distribution, newspaper publishing, television broadcasting, business and residential telecommunications, book, magazine and video retailing, publishing and distribution, music recording, production and distribution, and new media services. Through its operating subsidiaries, the Company holds leading positions in the creation, promotion and distribution of news, entertainment and Internet-related services that are designed to appeal to audiences in every demographic category. Quebecor Media continues to pursue a convergence strategy to capture synergies among its portfolio of media properties.
     The Company’s operating subsidiaries’ primary sources of revenues include: subscriptions for cable television, Internet access and telephony services; newspaper advertising and distribution; television broadcasting advertising and distribution; book and magazine publishing and distribution; retailing, distribution and production of music products (compact discs, or CDs, digital video discs, or DVDs, musical instruments, and music recording); rental and sale of videocassettes and DVDs; and internet/portal services. Its broad portfolio of media assets includes businesses that have historically tended to provide stable revenues with relatively low sensitivity to general economic conditions, such as cable television, and businesses that have tended to be more cyclical and sensitive to economic conditions and fluctuations, such as newspaper publishing. While some of the Company’s businesses are relatively stable or mature, it continues to develop, acquire or take advantage of capabilities and assets with growth potential, such as cable telephone service and digital cable.
     Principal direct costs of the Company consist of television programming costs, Internet bandwidth and transportation costs, newsprint and publishing costs, and set-top box and modem costs. Major components of its operating expenses include salaries and benefits, subcontracting costs, advertising, and regulatory expenses.
Lines of Business
     Quebecor Media’s subsidiaries operate in the following business segments: Cable, Newspapers, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, Business Telecommunications, Interactive Technologies and Communications, and Internet/Portals.
   Cable segment
     Videotron is the largest distributor of pay television services in the Province of Québec and the third largest cable operator in Canada, based on the number of cable customers. Its state-of-the-art network passes 2.4 million homes and serves approximately 1.6 million customers. At December 31, 2005, Videotron had approximately 1.5 million cable customers, including approximately 474,600 subscribers to its illico Digital TV service. Videotron is also involved in interactive multimedia development and Internet Service Provider (“ISP”) services, with 656,000 subscribers to its cable modem and dial-up Internet access services and 163,000 subscribers to its Internet Protocol (“IP”) telephone service. Its Le SuperClub Vidéotron stores are engaged in sales and rentals of DVDs, videocassettes and video games.

69


Table of Contents

   Newspapers segment
     Sun Media is Canada’s largest national chain of tabloids and community newspapers. It publishes paid daily newspapers in eight of the ten largest markets in the country. In all, Sun Media publishes 22 dailies, including 3 free dailies in Toronto, Montréal and Vancouver, and 184 community weeklies and specialty publications across Canada. Sun Media is also engaged in the distribution of newspapers and magazines. In addition, it offers commercial printing and related services to other publishers through its national printing and production platform. Sun Media holds a 25% interest in the Sun TV television station in Toronto, Ontario, acquired in partnership with TVA Group at the end of 2004. Sun TV operations are reported in our Broadcasting segment.
   Broadcasting segment
     TVA Group is the largest private-sector producer and broadcaster of French-language entertainment, information and public affairs programming in North America and one of the largest private-sector producers of French-language programming in Québec. It is sole owner of 6 of the 10 television stations in the TVA Network, of the analog specialty channel Le Canal Nouvelles TVA (“LCN”) and of the digital specialty channels Mystère and Argent . It holds a 75% interest in the English-language analog station Sun TV in Toronto. TVA Group also holds interests in the Canal Évasion specialty channel, the Indigo pay-per-view service, and the English-language digital specialty channels Men TV and Mystery . In addition, TVA Group is engaged in teleshopping services. Its TVA Publishing Inc. (“TVA Publishing”) subsidiary, the largest publisher of French-language magazines in Québec, publishes general-interest and entertainment weeklies and monthlies. Its TVA Films subsidiary distributes films and television products in Canada’s English- and French-language markets.
   Leisure and Entertainment segment
     The operations in the Leisure and Entertainment segment consist primarily of retailing CDs, books, videos, musical instruments and magazines through the Archambault chain of stores and the archambault.ca e-commerce site; online sales of downloadable music through the ZIK.ca service; distribution of CDs and videos (through Select, a division of Archambault Group); music recording and video production in Québec and Europe (through Musicor, a division of Archambault Group, and Groupe Archambault France S.A.S., a subsidiary of Archambault Group); and book publishing in the academic, literary and general literature categories through 14 publishing houses, including 7 acquired with the acquisition of Sogides in 2005. The acquisition of Sogides, one of the largest book publishing and distribution groups in Québec, adds significantly to Quebecor Media’s book publishing and distribution assets, notably with the acquisition of distributor Messageries A.D.P. inc., which we refer to as Messageries A.D.P.
  Business Telecommunications segment
     Videotron Telecom, which was merged with and into Videotron on January 1, 2006, is a business telecommunications provider that offers a wide range of network solutions, Internet services, application/server hosting, local and long-distance telephone service, and studio-quality audio-video services to large and medium-sized business, ISPs, application service providers (“ASP”), broadcasters and carriers. Videotron Telecom’s regional network has over 9,000 km of fiber optic cable in Québec and 2,000 km of fibre optic cable in Ontario and reaches more than 80% of the businesses located in the major metropolitan areas of each of Québec and Ontario. Videotron Telecom’s extensive network supports direct connectivity with networks in Ontario, eastern Québec, the Maritimes and the United States.
   Interactive Technologies and Communications segment
     Our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment consists of Nurun, which provides global and local blue-chip clients with consulting services which include strategic planning and online branding; web and new media interface design; technical platform implementation (content management, e-commerce, automated publishing solutions); online marketing and customer relationship programs; online media planning and buying; and web/data analytics.

70


Table of Contents

   Internet/Portals segment
     Canoe is an integrated company offering e-commerce, information and communication services and information technology consulting. Canoe operates the Internet portal network of the same name which serves over 6.2 million Internet users per month and includes canoe.ca, canoe.qc.ca, La Toile du Québec ( toile.com ) and money.canoe.ca ( argent.canoe.com in French). Canoe also operates a number of e-commerce sites: jobboom.com (employment), autonet.ca (automobiles), flirt.canoe.ca and reseaucontact.com (dating), micasa.ca (real estate), classifiedextra.ca and classeesextra.ca (classifieds). In addition, Canoe operates the tva.canoe.com and lcn.canoe.com sites, as well as two sites for popular TVA Group programs, occupationdouble.com and staracademie.ca . Canoe’s subsidiary Progisia Informatique offers information technology consulting services that include e-commerce, outsourcing, integration and secure transaction environments. The Jobboom publishing division produces various print publications, including the magazine Jobboom , which has a print run of 100,000 copies and is distributed free 10 times a year, and career guides such as the bestseller Carrières d’avenir , which is sold in bookstores.
2005 Highlights
     Quebecor Media developed its business and introduced successful new products and services in 2005. Customer growth and product line expansion in the Cable, Business Telecommunications, Interactive Technologies and Communications and Internet/Portals segments helped increase Quebecor Media’s revenues and profitability. The Cable segment’s revenues broke through the $1.0 billion mark for the first time in 2005. Videotron also registered record customer growth for its digital cable television and Internet access services in 2005, as well as strong consumer response to the roll-out of its cable telephone service.
     Also in 2005, Quebecor Media announced major investments in its Newspapers segment and strategic acquisitions in its Interactive Technologies and Communications and its Leisure and Entertainment segments. Investments in new product launches and in product development by the Broadcasting and Newspapers segments impacted the results and cut into the growth recorded by the other segments.
   Significant developments since the end of 2004 include:
     In January 2006, Quebecor Media refinanced almost the totality of its Notes. The Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes that were refinanced were repurchased in two stages, the first block on July 19, 2005, and the second block on January 17, 2006. The refinancing will reduce Quebecor Media’s annual interest expense by approximately $80.0 million. On July 15, 2005, Videotron also repurchased all the outstanding Senior Notes of its CF Cable TV subsidiary. These refinancing transactions were carried out in the following stages:
  Ø   On January 17, 2006, Quebecor Media issued US$525.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 2016. The Company also established new credit facilities consisting of a five-year term loan A facility in the amount of $125.0 million, maturing in 2011, a seven-year term loan B facility in the amount of US$350.0 million, maturing in 2013, and a five-year revolving credit facility in the amount of $100.0 million, maturing in 2011. The facilities also provide for an uncommitted $350 million incremental facility that may be available to Quebecor Media under certain conditions.
 
  Ø   Quebecor Media used the proceeds from its new Senior Notes, the full amount of its new term loan A and term loan B, and amounts received from its subsidiaries ($251.7 million from Videotron, drawn on its existing revolving credit facilities and cash on hand, and $40.0 million from Sun Media, drawn on its new credit facility), to finance the repurchase, on January 17, 2006, of US$561.6 million aggregate principal amount of its 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes and US$275.6 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of its 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes (representing 95.7% and 97.4%, respectively, of these notes outstanding at that date). Quebecor Media paid a total cash consideration of $1.3 billion to purchase the notes, including the premium and the cost of settlement of cross-currency swap agreements. Consequently, Quebecor Media will recognize a loss on settlement of debt estimated at $206.0 million, net of income tax, including the amount by which the disbursements exceeded the book value of the

71


Table of Contents

      repurchased notes and the related cross-currency swap agreements, as well as the write-down of deferred financing expenses.
 
  Ø   On September 16, 2005, Videotron successfully closed a private placement of US$175.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6 3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015. The total net proceeds of $205.1 million from the sale of Senior Notes and the Company’s cash assets were used to finance the repurchase of Senior Notes of Videotron’s CF Cable TV subsidiary for a cash consideration of $99.3 million, and the repurchase of US$128.2 million aggregate principal amount of its 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes and US$12.1 million aggregate principal amount of its 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes by Quebecor Media on July 19, 2005. Quebecor Media paid a total cash consideration of $215.3 million to purchase the Notes, including the premium and the cost of settlement of cross-currency swap agreements. Consequently, Quebecor Media recognized a loss on settlement of debt of $41.0 million, net of income tax, in the third quarter of 2005.
     During 2005, Videotron phased in a cable telephony service for residential customers. The popularity of its VoIP telephony service exceeded all expectations, and, following the launch and the accompanying marketing campaign, Videotron added approximately 163,000 customers for its VoIP telephony service. In 2005, Videotron also recorded net additions of 135,400 customers for its cable Internet access service, an annual growth record; 140,900 customers for its illico Digital TV service (including customers who upgraded from Videotron’s analog cable service), also an annual growth record; and 53,500 customers for its basic cable television service, the best performance since 1999.
     On February 21, 2005, TVA Group launched Argent , the first French-language all-business channel in North America. The service carries business, financial, economic and market news.
     On June 14, 2005, Videotron signed agreements extending its collective agreements with its employees in the Montréal, Québec City, Saguenay-Lac-Saint-Jean, and Gatineau areas.
     On August 24, 2005, Quebecor Media announced an investment of more than $110.0 million to relocate and modernize the Journal de Montréal printing plant. Construction of the new printing plant in Saint-Janvier-de-Mirabel, north of Montréal, began on September 9, 2005, and should be completed by spring 2007.
     On August 29, 2005, Quebecor Media and Quebecor World Inc. (“Quebecor World”) announced the creation of a partnership to operate a new printing plant in Islington, in the Greater Toronto Area. The $110.0 million facility will facilitate consolidating some of Quebecor World’s printing operations in Ontario and strengthen convergence between Quebecor Media’s Toronto media properties. The new plant should be fully operational by 2007.
     On December 13, 2005, Quebecor Media closed the acquisition of Sogides, a major Québec book publishing and distribution group, for cash consideration of $24.0 million, and an additional contingent amount of $5.0 million payable upon on the satisfaction of specific conditions in 2008.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
     We use certain financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP to assess our financial performance. We use these non-GAAP financial measures, such as operating income, free cash flow from operations and average monthly revenue per user, which we refer to as ARPU, because we believe that they are meaningful measures of our performance. Our method of calculating these non-GAAP financial measures may differ from the methods used by other companies and, as a result, the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this annual report may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies.
      Operating Income. We define operating income, as reconciled to net income under Canadian GAAP, as net (loss) income before amortization, financial expenses, reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges, gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary, gain (loss) on sales of businesses and other assets and gain on dilution, write-down of goodwill, income taxes, amortization of goodwill (net of non-controlling interest), non-controlling interest and the results of discontinued operations and other

72


Table of Contents

expenses. Operating income as defined above is not a measure of results that is consistent with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. It is not intended to represent funds available for debt service, dividends or distributions, reinvestment or other discretionary uses, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. Our management believes that operating income is a meaningful measure of performance. Our parent company, Quebecor, considers the media segment as a whole and uses operating income in order to assess the performance of its investment in Quebecor Media. Our management and Board of Directors use this measure in evaluating our consolidated results as well as results of our operating segments. As such, this measure eliminates the significant level of non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of certain intangible assets, and it is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of Quebecor Media and of our segments. Operating income is also relevant because it is a significant component of our annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in our segments. Management evaluates the costs of such tangible and intangible assets through other financial measures such as capital expenditures and free cash flow from operations. In addition, measures like operating income are commonly used by the investment community to analyze and compare the performance of companies in the industries in which we are engaged. Our definition of operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other companies. We provide a reconciliation of operating income to net income as disclosed in our financial statements in note 1 under “Item 3. Key Information – Selected Financial Data.”
      Free Cash Flow from Operations. We use free cash flow from operations as a measure of liquidity. Free cash flow from operations represents funds available for business acquisitions, the payment of dividends on equity shares and the repayment of long-term debt. Free cash flow from operations is not a measure of liquidity that is consistent with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Free cash flow from operations is considered to be an important indicator of our liquidity and is used by our management and Board of Directors to evaluate cash flows generated by our consolidated operations and our segment operations. This measure is unaffected by our capital structure or investment activities or by those of our segments. Our definition of free cash flow from operations may not be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. When we discuss free cash flow from operations in this annual report we provide a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure in the same section.
      ARPU. Average monthly revenue per user, or ARPU, is an industry metric that we use to measure our average cable, Internet and telephony revenues per month per basic cable customer. ARPU is not a measurement under Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP, and our definition and calculation of ARPU may not be the same as identically titled measurements reported by other companies. We calculate ARPU by dividing our combined cable television, Internet-access and telephony revenues by the average number of basic cable customers during the applicable period, and then dividing the resulting amount by the number of months in the applicable period.
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2004
     Quebecor Media’s revenues totalled $2.70 billion in 2005, compared with $2.46 billion in 2004, an increase of $240.5 million (9.8%). All segments posted revenue increases: Cable ($130.4 million or 15.0%), Broadcasting ($43.4 million or 12.1%), Newspapers ($27.5 million or 3.1%), Business Telecommunications ($23.5 million or 29.9%), Internet/Portals ($15.5 million or 44.9%), Leisure and Entertainment ($13.7 million or 5.7%), and Interactive Technologies and Communications ($13.2 million or 25.4%).
     Quebecor Media’s operating income rose by $36.4 million (5.2%) from $697.2 million in 2004 to $733.6 million in 2005 due to increases in the following segments: Cable ($40.8 million or 12.0%), Business Telecommunications ($8.7 million or 38.5%), Internet/Portals ($6.0 million or 133.3%), Leisure and Entertainment ($4.3 million or 18.9%), and Interactive Technologies and Communications ($1.6 million or 69.6%). Those increases were however partially offset by decreases in the Broadcasting segment ($27.5 million or -34.2%) and Newspapers segment ($5.6 million or -2.5%).

73


Table of Contents

     Net income was $96.5 million in 2005, an increase of $8.3 million (9.4%) from $88.2 million in 2004. The increase in operating income and the decrease in financial expenses more than offset the impact of the recording of a loss on debt refinancing of $60.0 million in 2005, compared with $4.8 million in 2004.
     The amortization charge increased by $6.0 million from $225.9 million in 2004 to $231.9 million in 2005 as a result of increased investments in capital assets in 2005 and 2004.
     Financial expenses totalled $285.3 million in 2005 compared with $314.6 million in 2004, a $29.3 million decrease. Interest on Quebecor Media’s long-term debt decreased by $11.4 million, primarily because of the impact of refinancing a portion of the Notes issued by Quebecor Media (including a repayment from the cash and cash equivalents held by the Company) and all the Notes issued by CF Cable TV, a subsidiary of Videotron, as well as the impact of prepayments resulting from an increase in the negative fair value of certain cross-currency swap agreements. As well, the loss on re-measurement of the Additional Amount payable to The Carlyle Group (see “— Contractual Obligations—The Carlyle Group” below) totalled $10.1 million in 2005, compared with $26.9 million in 2004, a $16.8 million improvement. Finally, certain derivative financial instruments are recognized at fair value when they become ineffective (according to the criteria established under accounting standards) and/or when hedge accounting is not used. The impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the value of the debt denominated in foreign currency affects the income statement without any offset when the hedging instrument has become ineffective (according to the criteria established under accounting standards). A $4.4 million loss was recognized in 2005 in respect of the re-measurement of financial instruments, compared with an $8.0 million loss in 2004, a $3.6 million improvement.
     In 2005, Quebecor Media recognized a loss on settlement of debt of $60.0 million, compared with $4.8 million in 2004. The loss on settlement of debt in 2005 derived primarily from the repurchase of US$128.2 million principal amount of Quebecor Media’s 11 1/8% Senior Notes and US$12.1 million principal amount at maturity of its 13 3/4% Senior Discount Notes in the third quarter of 2005. The Company paid a cash consideration of $215.3 million to purchase the Notes, including the redemption premium and the cost of settlement of the cross-currency swap agreements. The loss includes the amount by which the disbursements exceeded the book value of the repurchased Notes and the related cross-currency swap agreements, as well as the write-down of deferred financial expenses. The refinancing enables Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries to take advantage of more advantageous interest rates.
     In 2004, Quebecor Media recorded a reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges in the amount of $2.8 million, compared with a reversal of $0.2 million in 2005 related to restructuring initiatives of prior years. It also recorded a gain on disposal of businesses and other assets of $9.3 million in 2004, resulting mainly from a gain on the transfer of Sun Media’s 29.9% interest in CP24 as consideration in respect to the acquisition of Sun TV.
     The income tax expense was $44.0 million in 2005, a $6.6 million increase from 2004. Under a tax planning arrangement involving an exchange of tax benefits with Quebecor, the Company recognized tax benefits in the amount of $15.9 million in 2005 in connection with capital losses related to the winding up of a subsidiary. The Company also recognized tax benefits totalling $8.2 million in 2005 related to previously unrecorded operating losses and capital losses. In 2004, $23.7 million in previously unrecorded tax benefits were recognized. In 2005, the Company also recorded a future tax impact in the amount of $11.9 million in connection with an increase in the tax rate in the Province of Québec. Finally, non-deductible expenses, primarily financial expenses, decreased in 2005 compared with 2004. In view of tax loss carry forwards and other tax attributes held by Quebecor Media, as well as its latest income forecasts, Quebecor Media does not expect to incur significant current income tax expenses between now and the year 2008, except in respect of its TVA Group subsidiary. The Company’s consolidated income tax expense should therefore consist mainly in future income taxes and Part 1.3 large corporation taxes, with the exception of income tax payable by TVA Group.
   Quarter Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Quarter Ended December 31, 2004
     In the fourth quarter of 2005, Quebecor Media generated revenues of $756.2 million, compared with $695.6 million in 2004, an increase of $60.6 million (8.7%). The following segments all reported revenue increases: Cable ($46.8 million or 20.2%), Broadcasting ($13.2 million or 12.4%), Business Telecommunications ($6.9 million

74


Table of Contents

or 30.7%), Leisure and Entertainment ($6.7 million or 8.3%), Internet/Portals ($4.0 million or 38.5%), and Interactive Technologies and Communications ($1.5 million or 10.2%). Revenues decreased only at the Newspapers segment, with a decline of $4.4 million (-1.8%).
     Quebecor Media’s operating income was $213.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2005, an increase of $9.2 million (4.5%) from the same period of 2004, mainly as a result of increases in operating income in the following segments: Cable ($12.2 million or 13.9%), Leisure and Entertainment ($3.5 million or 43.2%) and Internet/Portals ($2.6 million or 216.7%). Those increases were however partially offset by decreases in the following segments: Broadcasting ($8.7 million or -34.1%), Newspapers ($2.9 million or -4.0%) and Business Telecommunications ($0.7 million or -6.2%). In the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment, operating income was stable at $0.8 million.
     Net income was $58.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2005, compared with $49.1 million in the same period of 2004. The $9.3 million (18.9%) increase was mainly due to the growth in operating income and the decrease in financial expenses, which more than offset the impact of the increase in the income tax expense. The decrease in financial expenses and the increase in the income tax expense were due primarily to the factors noted above in the discussion of the annual results.
Segment Analysis
     The Company is subject to certain reporting requirements under the indentures governing its Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes issued in July 2001. Pursuant to the indentures, the Interactive Technologies and Communications subsidiary, Nurun, has been designated an “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” Following the privatization of Canoe in September 2004, its designation was changed from “Unrestricted Subsidiary” to “Restricted Subsidiary.” For the purpose of reporting the financial condition and operating results of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the figures for 2003 and 2004 have been reorganized to retroactively reflect the new designation.
      Restricted Subsidiaries
     In 2005, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries generated revenues of $2.64 billion, compared with $2.41 billion in 2004, and operating income of $729.7 million, compared with $694.9 million in 2004.
Cable segment
     In 2005, the Cable segment generated revenues of $1.0 billion, compared with $871.6 million in 2004, an increase of $130.4 million (15.0%).
     The revenues of Videotron’s illico Digital TV service, excluding related services, rose $54.8 million (39.5%) to $193.5 million in 2005. The strong performance of illico Digital TV in 2005 more than compensated for decreased revenues from analog cable television services. Combined revenues from all cable television services increased by $41.5 million (7.2%) to $618.3 million due to the impact of customer base growth, higher rates, sales of more lucrative packages, the favourable impact of the introduction of the illico on Demand service, and increased pay-per-view revenues. These favourable factors were partially offset by decreased revenues from equipment rentals and other sources.
     At the end of 2005, illico Digital TV had a customer base of 474,600, compared with 333,700 at the end of 2004 ( see Table 1 ). The 140,900 (42.2%) increase is the largest annual customer base growth, in absolute terms, since the launch of the service at the beginning of 1999. By comparison, illico Digital TV recruited 69,200 and 92,800 new customers in 2003 and 2004 respectively. In the fourth quarter of 2005 alone, illico Digital TV recruited 50,000 customers, the largest quarterly increase, in absolute terms, since 1999. As of December 31, 2005, illico Digital TV had a penetration rate (number of subscribers as a proportion of total subscribers to all cable television services) of 31.5%, compared with 23.0% a year earlier.
     Videotron’s analog cable television services had a net decrease of 87,400 customers in 2005, compared with decreases of 76,100 and 64,400 in 2003 and 2004 respectively (see Table 1) . The combined customer base for all of Videotron’s cable television services increased by 53,500 in 2005, compared with a decrease of 6,900 in 2003 and an

75


Table of Contents

increase of 28,400 in 2004 (see Table 1). In the fourth quarter of 2005, analog cable television services lost 15,500 customers. The combined customer base for all cable television services thus increased by 34,500 in the fourth quarter of 2005. The increases of 53,500 customers in 2005 and 34,500 in the fourth quarter of 2005 are the largest annual and quarterly net growth numbers for cable television services since 1999.
Table 1
Customer base for cable television services
(LINE GRAPH)
     Videotron’s Internet access services registered continued growth in 2005, posting revenues of $270.8 million, a $48.3 million (21.7%) increase over 2004. The improvement was mainly due to customer growth. The number of customers for cable Internet access services stood at 638,000 at the end of 2005, an increase of 135,400 (26.9%) from the end of 2004 (see Table 2) . By comparison, the number of customers for the service increased by 101,200 in 2003 and 96,300 in 2004. In the fourth quarter of 2005, the number of customers for cable Internet services increased by 50,300 or 8.5%. The increases of 135,400 customers in 2005 and 50,300 in the fourth quarter of 2005 are the largest annual and quarterly growth numbers, in absolute terms, since the service was launched in 1998.
Table 2
Customer base for cable Internet access services
(BAR CHART)

76


Table of Contents

     Videotron’s Internet telephone service was officially launched at the beginning of 2005. The number of customers grew substantially during each quarter of 2005 and stood at 163,000 at the end of 2005. In the fourth quarter of 2005, 67,000 new customers subscribed to the service, a 69.8% increase (see Table 3). The Internet telephone service generated total revenues of $21.1 million in 2005.
TABLE 3
Customer base for cable telephone service
(BAR CHART)
     Videotron’s net monthly ARPU increased by $5.36 (11.5%) to $51.86 in 2005, compared with $46.50 in 2004. By comparison, ARPU increased by $2.82 (6.5%) in 2004.
     Le SuperClub Vidéotron registered revenues of $55.4 million in 2005. The $7.1 million (14.6%) increase mainly reflects the impact of the acquisition of Jumbo Entertainment Inc. (“Jumbo Entertainment”) in July 2004, as well as higher retail sales, the opening of two new stores, and an increase in the number of franchises. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in rental revenues.
     The Cable segment generated total operating income of $382.0 million in 2005, compared with $341.2 million in 2004. The $40.8 million (12.0%) rise was due primarily to customer growth and the improved profitability of Videotron’s services as a result of increases in some rates. These favourable factors offset the negative impact on profitability of increases in some operating expenses, including labour, advertising and promotion costs, some royalty expenses, and statutory contributions. The new Internet telephone service launched at the beginning of 2005 accounted for a large portion of the increase in operating costs.
     The operating income of Le SuperClub Vidéotron increased by $1.3 million (9.8%) to $14.5 million, mainly because of the impact of the acquisition of Jumbo Entertainment, as well as the favourable effect of the increase in revenues.
     The Cable segment’s operating margin for all operations, i.e ., operating income as a percentage of revenues, was 38.1% in 2005, compared with 39.1% in 2004.
     Under the Company’s accounting policies, revenues and costs related to equipment sales to customers are entered in full in the results as the transactions are made. It is a common industry practice to sell equipment at less than cost, often as part of promotions aimed at increasing customer recruitment and generating recurring revenues over an extended period. Table 4 below shows operating income before the cost of subsidies granted to customers on equipment sales and their impact on the segment’s results.

77


Table of Contents

Table 4: Cable segment
Operating income

(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Operating income before cost of equipment subsidies to customers
  $ 310.9     $ 377.9     $ 418.7  
Cost of equipment subsidies to customers
    (35.6 )     (36.7 )     (36.7 )
 
Operating income
  $ 275.3     $ 341.2     $ 382.0  
 
     Free cash flow from operations amounted to $163.9 million in 2005, compared with $189.0 million in 2004, a $25.1 million decrease ( see Table 5 ). A $43.7 million increase in cash flows from continuing operating activities, including the favourable impact of the increase in operating income, and a $13.6 million improvement in the net change in non-cash balances related to operations, were offset by a $68.7 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment as a result of investment in the network, including investments made in connection with the cable telephony project.
Table 5: Cable segment
Free cash flow from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Cash flow from operating activities before undernoted item
  $ 220.4     $ 291.7     $ 321.8  
Net change in non-cash balances related to operations
    (45.2 )     19.0       32.6  
 
Cash flow from operating activities
    175.2       310.7       354.4  
Additions to property, plant and equipment
    (90.3 )     (123.1 )     (191.8 )
Proceeds from disposal of assets
    3.8       1.4       1.3  
 
Free cash flow from operations
  $ 88.7     $ 189.0     $ 163.9  
 
     In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Cable segment recorded revenues of $278.0 million, compared with $231.2 million in the same period of the previous year, an increase of $46.8 million (20.2%). The segment’s operating income grew by $12.2 million (13.9%) to $99.9 million. The higher quarterly revenues and operating income were essentially due to the factors noted above in the discussion of the annual results. ARPU was $55.09 in the fourth quarter of 2005, an increase of $7.16 (14.9%) from $47.93 in the same period of 2004. Le SuperClub Vidéotron’s revenues increased by $2.4 million (15.7%) to $17.4 million and its operating income by $0.7 million (17.4%) to $4.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2005.
     The Cable segment’s average operating margin for all operations was 35.9% in the fourth quarter of 2005, compared with 37.9% in the same period of 2004.
     The operations of Videotron Telecom (Business Telecommunications segment) have been incorporated into the Cable segment since January 1, 2006. The Cable segment now includes a new division called Videotron Business Solutions, a full-service business telecommunications provider which offers telephone, high-speed data transmission, Internet access, hosting, and cable television services.

78


Table of Contents

     On September 20, 2005, Videotron announced a strategic agreement with Rogers Wireless, a subsidiary of Rogers Communications Inc., which should enable Videotron to offer its customers wireless telephone service in the second half of 2006. The launch of Videotron’s own wireless service will meet consumer demand for one-stop shopping for telephone (land line and wireless), cable television and Internet access services.
     With respect to labour relations, Videotron signed agreements with its employees on June 14, 2005, extending its collective agreements until 2009 in the Montréal and Québec City areas, until 2010 in Saguenay-Lac-Saint-Jean, and until 2011 in Gatineau. The agreements enhance Videotron’s competitive position by giving it the increased operational flexibility it needs to invest in network modernization and new product launches.
     Videotron twice increased download speeds on its basic cable Internet access service, first from 128 kbps to 300 kbps on March 7, 2005, and then from 300 kbps to 600 kbps on January 16, 2006. On the Extreme High-Speed service, download speeds were increased from 6.5 mbps to 10 mbps on January 16, 2006.
     In March 2005, illico Digital TV announced the introduction of the new Hispano package, which includes five major international Spanish-language services and the popular Italian channel Telelatino.
     On January 24, 2005, Videotron and Videotron Telecom launched an IP-based telephone service on Montréal’s South Shore. Videotron became the first major cable company in Canada to offer consumers residential telephone service over cable. Following strong consumer acceptance of the new product on the South Shore, Videotron rolled out the service in Laval (March 29), Montréal West Island (May 25), the Québec City area (July 11), the rest of the Island of Montréal (August 17) and on Montréal’s North Shore (November 24). As of December 31, 2005, Videotron had 163,000 customers for its residential telephone service in the Montréal, Laval and Québec City areas. When announcing the Québec City roll-out, Videotron also unveiled plans to invest $29.0 million by the end of 2006 to upgrade its network and add bandwidth in the Québec City area.
Newspapers segment
     The revenues of the Newspapers segment increased by $27.5 million (3.1%) to $915.6 million in 2005, compared with $888.1 million in 2004. Advertising revenues grew by 4.5%, primarily as a result of higher total volumes. Distribution revenues also rose, while revenues from circulation and commercial printing decreased by 3.5% and 2.9%, respectively. The revenues of the urban dailies grew by $14.5 million (2.2%) in 2005. The free dailies 24 heures Montréal Métropolitain mc in Montréal and 24 Hours in Toronto and Vancouver accounted for $8.6 million of the increase. At the community newspapers, revenues rose by $19.5 million (7.2%).
     Operating income decreased $5.6 million (-2.5%) from $227.8 million in 2004 to $222.2 million in 2005. At the urban dailies (excluding the free dailies), operating income decreased by $12.5 million (-6.6%). The revenue growth did not entirely offset increases in operating costs, including labour, distribution, promotion and marketing costs. The operating losses of the free dailies rose by $1.8 million from $12.2 million in 2004 to $14.0 million in 2005. The increase in the operating loss attributable to the launch of 24 Hours in Vancouver in 2005 outweighed the decrease in the operating losses of the other free dailies. At the community newspapers, operating income increased by $9.0 million (14.3%), mainly because of the higher revenues, which were partially offset by higher operating and circulation costs.
     The Newspapers segment generated free cash flow from operations of $107.9 million in 2005, compared with $159.2 million in 2004, a decrease of $51.3 million (see Table 6). The decrease was essentially caused by an increase in additions to property, plant and equipment due to progress payments made to acquire six new presses to print products including Le Journal de Montréal, The Toronto Sun and The London Free Press.

79


Table of Contents

Table 6: Newspapers segment
Free cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Cash flows from continuing operating activities before undernoted item
  $ 199.8     $ 187.1     $ 184.6  
 
                       
Net change in non-cash balances related to operations
    25.2       (9.7 )     (3.2 )
 
Cash flows from continuing operating activities
    225.0       177.4       181.4  
 
                       
Additions to property, plant and equipment
    (14.3 )     (18.8 )     (74.0 )
 
                       
Proceeds from disposal of assets
    0.3       0.6       0.5  
 
Free cash flows from operations
  $ 211.0     $ 159.2     $ 107.9  
 
     In the fourth quarter of 2005, the revenues of the Newspapers segment amounted to $242.8 million, compared with $247.2 million in the same period of 2004. The $4.4 million (-1.8%) decline was caused primarily by decreases of 9.0% and 0.7% in circulation and advertising revenues respectively, due in large part to the impact on operating results of an extra week in the fourth quarter of 2004. Operating income totalled $69.3 million, compared with $72.2 million in the same period of 2004, a $2.9 million (-4.0%) decrease attributable to the lower revenues and to increases in some operating expenses. The free dailies increased their revenues by $0.7 million and reduced their operating losses by $1.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2005 in comparison with the third quarter.
     In the third quarter of 2005, Quebecor Media announced an investment of more than $110.0 million to relocate and modernize the Journal de Montréal printing plant . The project involves construction of a printing plant with a total floor area of more than 200,000 square feet in Saint-Janvier-de-Mirabel, north of Montréal, and the acquisition of three new printing presses and new shipping and inserting equipment. Construction began on September 9, 2005, and should be completed by the spring of 2007.
     Another major investment was also announced for construction of a new printing plant in Islington in the Greater Toronto Area at a cost of $110.0 million. The new facility, to be operated by Quebecor Media and Quebecor World, will facilitate consolidating some of Quebecor World’s printing operations in Ontario and strengthen Quebecor Media’s Toronto properties. The two new printing plants should be fully operational by 2007. Management has not yet completed its analysis of the impact of the two projects on work-force reduction costs or adopted a plan in this regard.
     Sun Media acquired the assets of five community newspapers in 2005: the Morinville Mirror and Redwater Tribune in Alberta, as well as The Weekender , L’Horizon and The Londoner in Ontario. The total value of the above transactions was $1.8 million. Sun Media also acquired the Journal La Vallée in exchange for the Beauport Express and a cash consideration of $0.3 million. This transaction was recognized at the book value of the transferred net assets.
     In March 2005, Sun Media launched 24 Hours in Vancouver in partnership with Great Pacific Capital Partnership, owned by The Jim Pattison Group. Sun Media’s third free daily, after the newspapers in Montréal and Toronto, is a new advertising product that offers national advertisers a more attractive vehicle.
Broadcasting segment
     The Broadcasting segment reported revenues of $401.4 million in 2005, compared with $358.0 million in 2004, a $43.4 million (12.1%) increase. Revenues from broadcasting operations rose by $35.6 million (13.1%) due to higher advertising revenues, including revenues from the Sun TV television station, the LCN channel, and the new Mystère and argent channels, as well as higher commercial production revenues. Distribution revenues rose by $8.5 million,

80


Table of Contents

primarily because of revenues generated by the video release of White Noise, the success of the theatrical release of the Québec feature C.R.A.Z.Y. , the DVD released by comic Lise Dion, and the DVD of the television series Le coeur a ses raisons . Publishing revenues increased by $0.9 million in 2005.
     Operating income totalled $53.0 million in 2005, compared with $80.5 million in 2004, a decrease of $27.5 million (-34.2%). Operating income from broadcasting operations declined by $12.9 million in 2005, mainly as a result of the operating losses at Sun TV and the newly launched specialty channels Mystère and argent . The increase in revenues from comparable operations was partially offset by an increase in operating costs, including programming. Distribution operations generated $0.3 million in operating income in 2005, compared with a $1.8 million operating loss in 2004. The $2.1 million improvement was mainly due to the success of the films White Noise and C.R.A.Z.Y. Operating income from publishing operations declined by $15.4 million in 2005, primarily as a result of increased investment in content, advertising and marketing at the weekly magazines in response to increased competition.
     In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Broadcasting segment’s revenues were $119.6 million, a $13.2 million (12.4%) increase. Operating income decreased by $8.7 million (-34.1%) to $16.8 million. The increase in quarterly revenues and the decrease in operating income were due to essentially the same factors as those noted above in the discussion of the annual results.
     In 2005, TVA Group changed the name of its general-interest television station in Toronto, acquired in December 2004, from Toronto 1 to Sun TV. The new name reflects the closer ties that will be established between Sun TV and Quebecor Media’s properties in the Toronto market, particularly the daily The Toronto Sun , the free daily 24 Hours , and the Internet portal canoe.ca .
     During the fall season, from September 5 to December 18, 2005, the TVA Network had 19 of the 20 top-rated shows in Québec. The Star Académie 2005 Sunday-evening galas attracted an average of 2,377,500 viewers. According to BBM People Meter survey results, the TVA Network had an audience share of 31% during the period; its audience share again exceeded that of its two main rivals, Radio-Canada (15%) and TQS (13%), combined.
     On July 6, 2005, TVA Group repurchased 3,449,199 Class B Non Voting Shares for a cash consideration of $76.0 million under its substantial issuer bid dated May 19, 2005. The share repurchase was financed using TVA Group’s revolving credit facility, which was increased by $65.0 million to $160.0 million during the second quarter of 2005 pursuant to an amendment to the credit agreement. During the 12-month period ended December 31, 2005, a total of 3,739,599 Class B Non-Voting Shares were repurchased under TVA Group’s share repurchase and cancellation program and under its substantial issuer bid. As a result of these repurchases, Quebecor Media’s interest in TVA Group increased by 5.5 percentage points, from 39.7% on January 1, 2005 to 45.2% as of December 31, 2005.
     On May 12, 2005, the TVA Network signed a new five-year agreement with the Just for Laughs Group granting TVA Group exclusive broadcasting rights to content from the humour production company until 2010.
     On February 21, 2005, TVA Group launched argent , the first French-language all-business channel in North America. The service carries business, financial, economic and market news.
Leisure and Entertainment segment
     In 2005, the Leisure and Entertainment segment’s revenues totalled $255.4 million, a $13.7 million (5.7%) increase from $241.7 million in 2004. The Books division’s revenues increased by 17.6% due to the strong performance of all the publishing houses in the Éditions Quebecor Média family, which released a number of best-selling titles in 2005, and the strong results of academic publisher CEC Publishing Inc., which we refer to as CEC Publishing. Archambault Group’s revenues rose 3.3% in comparison with the previous year. Retail sales grew by 9.3% as a result of improved sales of books and videos, combined with the impact of the addition of three new stores in Gatineau, Boucherville and Québec City in 2005. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in distribution revenues as a result of delays in the marketing and sales of CDs by some artists.

81


Table of Contents

     The segment’s operating income was $27.0 million in 2005, compared with $22.7 million in 2004. The $4.3 million (18.9%) increase was mainly attributable to the Books segment and was due primarily to the increase in the segment’s revenues. The positive impact on operating income of strong retail sales at Archambault Group was more than offset by the negative impact of delays in realizing distribution revenues.
     In the fourth quarter of 2005, the revenues of the Leisure and Entertainment segment totalled $87.7 million, compared with $81.0 million in the same period of 2004, an increase of $6.7 million (8.3%). Archambault Group’s revenues grew by 5.8%, mainly because of the addition of the three new stores, while the Books segment’s revenues increased by 28.9%, primarily as a result of sales of bestsellers. The segment’s operating income increased by $3.5 million (43.2%) to $11.6 million, primarily as a result of the higher revenues.
     In December 2005, Quebecor Media closed the acquisition of Sogides for cash consideration of $24.0 million, and an additional contingent amount of $5.0 million payable upon on the satisfaction of specific conditions in 2008. Sogides is a major Québec book publishing and distribution group which owns the publishing houses Les Éditions de l’Homme, Le Jour, éditeur, Les Éditions Utilis, Les Presses Libres and Le Groupe Ville-Marie Littérature (which includes l’Hexagone, VLB Éditeur and Typo), and the distributor Messageries A.D.P., which distributes more than 120 Québec and foreign publishing houses. With this acquisition, Quebecor Media will be able to offer a more complete selection of Québec books and promote Québec writers in Europe through the Sogides network on that continent.
     Archambault Group opened three retail locations selling cultural and entertainment products during 2005: one store was opened in Gatineau in February, another in Boucherville, on Montréal’s South Shore, in October, and the third in the Galeries de la Capitale in Québec City in December. The addition of the three outlets brings the total number of stores in the Archambault chain to 15.
     The Books segment benefited from strong bookstore sales by a number of best-selling titles in 2005, including Briser le silence , a biography of Nathalie Simard by Michel Vastel, published by Les Éditions Libre Expression (221,000 copies sold); Les aliments contre le cancer by Dr. Richard Béliveau, published by Les Éditions du Trécarré (141,000 copies); Les recettes de Janette by Janette Bertrand, published by Les Éditions Libre Expression (125,000 copies); Le Guide de l’auto , published by Les Éditions du Trécarré (123,000 copies); and En toutes lettres , a biography of Jacques Demers by Mario Leclerc, published by Les Éditions Internationales Alain Stanké (68,000 copies).
Business Telecommunications segment
     In 2005, Videotron Telecom reported revenues of $102.1 million, compared with $78.6 million in 2004, a $23.5 million (29.9%) increase due mainly to a $10.7 million increase in revenues from telephone services, generated primarily by the IP-based telephone service Videotron has been offering since January 2005; a $6.2 million increase in server hosting and management revenues under the outsourcing contract with Quebecor World; a $4.2 million increase in revenues from network solutions; and a $1.5 million increase in Internet revenues.
     Operating income increased by $8.7 million (38.5%) to $31.3 million in 2005, compared with $22.6 million in 2004. The additional revenues generated by the residential telephone service and the outsourcing contract signed with Quebecor World in July 2004 had a positive impact on operating income.
     In the fourth quarter of 2005, Videotron Telecom’s revenues grew by $6.9 million (30.7%) to $29.4 million, mainly because of a $4.2 million increase in revenues from telephone services and a $2.0 million increase in revenues from network solutions. Operating income decreased by $0.7 million (-6.2%) from $11.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2004 to $10.6 million in the same period of 2005, mainly because of the impact of the reversal of certain reserves in 2004, after a favourable settlement of a dispute over access rights to office buildings in Ontario.
Internet/Portals segment
     The revenues of the Internet/Portals segment totalled $50.0 million in 2005, a $15.5 million (44.9%) increase from $34.5 million in 2004. The revenues of the Progisia Informatique consulting division increased by 83.5% in 2005, largely because of work done for Quebecor Media subsidiaries. At the general-interest portals, revenues grew by 53.1%,

82


Table of Contents

primarily as a result of strong revenues from advertising sales and other sources, including site creation, keyword sales and e-commerce services. Revenues increased by 18.3% at the special-interest portals, due primarily to revenue growth at jobboom.com.
     Operating income more than doubled from $4.5 million in 2004 to $10.5 million in 2005. The $6.0 million (133.3%) increase was due primarily to the increase in revenues.
     In the fourth quarter of 2005, Canoe’s revenues totalled $14.4 million, compared with $10.4 million in the same period of 2004. The performance of the Progisia Informatique subsidiary and the general-interest portals accounted for most of the $4.0 million (38.5%) increase. Operating income more than tripled to $3.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2005, compared with $1.2 million in the same period of 2004, mainly because of the increase in revenues.
     In 2005, Canoe expanded its family of portals with the launch of micasa.ca , a site for buying and selling real estate. After its official launch in September 2005, micasa.ca quickly became the most popular real estate site in Québec with 536,000 unique visitors (source: comScore MediaMetrix, “All locations,” September 2005). The micasa.ca site is Québec’s only complete real estate site intended for both agents and the public.
     During 2005, Canoe launched a new version of its La Toile du Québec ( toile.com ) site, a new Webfin Argent site, in collaboration with TVA Group’s argent digital specialty channel, the Défi Santé site, and the French-language Canoë Santé site. Canoe also launched Web sites for Sun Media’s three free dailies, 24 heures Montréal Métropolitain mc in Montréal and 24 Hours in Toronto and Vancouver, and created six new sites for the English-language urban dailies published by Sun Media. Canoe also developed and launched the site for the third season of the TVA Network’s Star Académie series. Finally, Canoe launched other value-added services and enriched the content of both its general-interest and special-interest portals.
Unrestricted Subsidiary
     Nurun, in the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment, has been designated as the Company’s only Unrestricted Subsidiary under the indentures governing its Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes.
Interactive Technologies and Communications segment
     In 2005, the revenues of the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment amounted to $65.1 million, compared with $51.9 million in 2004. The $13.2 million (25.4%) increase was due to the recruitment of new customers in the government market, as well as in North America and Europe, increased sales to existing customers, and the contribution of Atlanta-based Ant Farm Interactive llc (“Ant Farm Interactive”), acquired in April 2004.
     The segment’s operating income increased by $1.6 million (69.6%) from $2.3 million in 2004 to $3.9 million in 2005, mainly because of revenue growth resulting from business development and the acquisition of Ant Farm Interactive, which more than offset increases in some operating costs.
     In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment’s revenues were $16.2 million, a $1.5 million (10.2%) increase from $14.7 million in the same period of 2004. The improvement was due mainly to new customers in government markets and in Europe. The segment’s operating income was substantially unchanged at $0.8 million.
     On September 28, 2005, Nurun signed a letter of intent to acquire China Interactive, a Chinese interactive marketing firm. The closing of the transaction was announced on January 23, 2006. The acquisition will further expand Nurun’s ability to deliver all its services to customers the world over, including the high-potential Asian market. With an experienced executive team of local Chinese marketing and design professionals, China Interactive fulfills a need in a high-growth and value-added sector. Since 2000, China Interactive has worked with many prestigious companies and organizations such as Pepsi, L’Oréal, FAW-VW Audi, FAW-VW Volkswagen, Chivas Regal, Malibu, JCDecaux and Philips.

83


Table of Contents

     In May 2005, Nurun made a $1.3 million payment in connection with the acquisition of Ant Farm Interactive in 2004. The payment was in consideration of the achievement of performance targets.
     On February 24, 2005, Nurun announced a normal course issuer bid in order to repurchase up to 1,665,883 Common Shares for cancellation on the open market (or approximately 5% of Nurun’s issued and outstanding Common Shares) between March 1, 2005 and February 28, 2006. During the 12-month period ended December 31, 2005, a total of 377,600 Common Shares were repurchased for a cash consideration of $0.8 million. The repurchases increased Quebecor Media’s interest in Nurun by 0.6 percentage points, from 57.3% as of January 1, 2005 to 57.9% as of December 31, 2005.
     In March 2005, Nurun sold its remaining 9.6% interest in Mindready Solutions Inc. (“Mindready Solutions”) for a cash consideration of $0.4 million. The purchaser held an option, which expired June 27, 2005, to buy the 1.2 million shares Nurun still held in Mindready Solutions for $1.165 per share, less the special cash distribution of $1.1 million paid to Nurun on August 18, 2004. Nurun also received $3.4 million in final payment of the 6.75 million Common Shares of Mindready Solutions sold by Nurun under the partial takeover bid that closed May 27, 2004.
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2003
     Quebecor Media recorded revenues of $2.46 billion in 2004, an increase of $164.3 million (7.1%). All of the Company’s business segments without exception reported higher revenues: revenues rose $66.6 million (8.3%) in the Cable segment, $42.2 million (5.0%) in the Newspapers segment, $36.7 million (17.9%) in the Leisure and Entertainment segment, $17.1 million (5.0%) in the Broadcasting segment, $7.1 million (15.8%) in the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment, $6.3 million (22.3%) in the Internet/Portals segment, and $0.9 million (1.2%) in the Business Telecommunications segment.
     Operating income grew $85.4 million (14.0%) in 2004 from $611.8 million to $697.2 million, mainly because of a $65.9 million (23.9%) increase in operating income in the Cable segment due primarily to customer base growth and the increased profitability of the segment’s services. Higher operating income was also recorded by the Business Telecommunications segment ($8.2 million or 56.9%), Leisure and Entertainment segment ($8.0 million or 54.4%), Newspapers segment ($3.0 million or 1.3%), Internet/Portal segment ($1.4 million or 45.2%), and Interactive Technologies and Communications segment ($1.2 million or 109.1%), more than offsetting a decrease in one segment, Broadcasting ($1.0 million or -1.2%).
     Quebecor Media’s net income was $88.2 million in 2004, compared with $203.9 million in the previous year. Excluding unusual items, including a $153.7 million gain recognized in 2003 on the repurchase of the Preferred Shares held by The Carlyle Group in Videotron Telecom, net income rose by $26.2 million (45.5%) in 2004, mainly because of the increase in operating income, which was partially offset by higher financial expenses and income tax expense.
     The amortization charge was relatively stable at $225.9 million in 2004, compared with $226.6 million in 2003.
     Financial expenses totalled $314.6 million in 2004, compared with $300.1 million in 2003. The $14.5 million increase reflects the recording of a $6.8 million loss on the value of a financial instrument which ceased to be effective (according to the criteria established under accounting standards) and a $1.2 million foreign-exchange loss on the unhedged portion of the long-term debt, compared with recognition of a $22.0 million gain in 2003. The impact of these factors was partially offset by a decrease in financial expenses resulting from lower debt levels and other factors.
     Quebecor Media recorded a $2.8 million charge (including $2 million in the Business Telecommunications segment) for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges in the 2004 fiscal year, compared with $1.8 million in 2003.
     The Company recorded a gain on disposal of businesses and other assets of $9.3 million in 2004 resulting mainly from the transfer of Sun Media’s 29.9% interest in CP24 as consideration in respect to the acquisition of television station Toronto 1 (now Sun TV). In 2003, a $1.1 million loss was recorded for this item.

84


Table of Contents

     In 2004, the Company recorded a $4.8 million loss on debt refinancing and on the repurchase of Preferred Shares of a subsidiary resulting from recognition of financial instruments at fair value following refinancing by Videotron in October 2004. In 2003, the Company recorded a net gain on debt refinancing of $144.1 million, including a gain of $153.7 million, without any tax consequences, realized on the repurchase of the Preferred Shares held by The Carlyle Group in Videotron Telecom, and a gain of $7.5 million on the refinancing of Sun Media in February 2003, which were partially offset by a $17.1 million loss related to the refinancing of Videotron in October 2003.
     Income tax expense increased by $49.9 million in 2004, mainly as a result of higher pre-tax income (excluding the $153.7 million net gain, without any tax consequences) and the recognition in 2003 of previously unrecorded tax benefits totalling $45.0 million, compare with $23.7 million in 2004.
Cable segment
     The Cable segment recorded revenues of $871.6 million in 2004, a $66.6 million (8.3%) increase. Internet access services and the illico Digital TV service, excluding related services, realized revenue increases of $39.2 million and $52.5 million for growth rates of 21.4% and 60.9%, respectively, more than compensating for lower revenues from analog cable television and other services. The combined revenues of all cable television services increased by $17.9 million (3.2%).
     The customer base for Videotron’s cable Internet access and illico Digital TV services grew by 96,300 (23.7%) and 92,800 (38.5%) respectively in 2004 to 502,600 and 333,700. Videotron recorded a net gain of 28,400 customers for all its cable television services combined in 2004, after posting a net loss of 7,000 customers in 2003. Videotron’s net monthly ARPU rose 6.5% to $46.50 in 2004 compared with $43.68 in 2003.
     The Cable segment generated total operating income of $341.2 million. The $65.9 million (23.9%) increase was due primarily to the increase in the customer base, higher rates, lower operating costs, lower bandwidth costs because of the renegotiation of the service agreement with Videotron Telecom, and the reversal of reserves for legal disputes concerning copyrights and royalties. These favourable factors more than offset the impact on profitability of decreases in other revenues and increases in some operating expenses, including advertising and promotion costs. The segment’s operating margin, stated as a percentage, increased to 39.1% in 2004 compared with 34.2% in the previous year.
     Le SuperClub Vidéotron registered revenues of $48.3 million. The $8.0 million (19.8%) increase was mainly due to the favourable impact of the acquisition of Jumbo Entertainment. Higher royalties and annual fees, strong results at the Microplay tm video game stores, and higher retail revenues were also factors. Le SuperClub Vidéotron generated operating income of $13.2 million in 2004. The $3.9 million (41.9%) increase was mainly due to the recognition in 2003 of a charge related to the shortening of the amortization period for videocassettes, as well as the impact of the acquisition of Jumbo Entertainment and the higher revenues.
     The Cable segment generated free cash flow from operations of $189.0 million in 2004 compared with $88.7 million in 2003, a $100.3 million increase. The additional $135.0 million contribution from operating activities (including $65.9 million from higher operating income and $64.2 million from decreased use of funds for non-cash balances related to operations) more than offset the $32.8 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment related to network expansion and upgrading programs, and the development of new services.
     In 2004, Videotron twice upgraded file transfer speeds on its High-Speed and Extreme High-Speed Internet services. These services now support download speeds of 5.1 mbps and 6.5 mbps respectively, faster by 65% and 63% than the previous speeds of 3.1 mbps and 4.0 mbps.
Newspapers segment
     The Newspapers segment’s revenues increased by $42.2 million (5.0%) to $888.1 million in 2004, primarily as a result of increases of 5.5% in advertising revenues, 3.0% in circulation revenues and 7.7% in distribution revenues. The favourable impact of the acquisition of the assets of Annex Publishing & Printing Inc. (“Annex Publishing & Printing”), which closed in November 2003, accounted for $13.0 million of the increase in revenues in 2004. Operating income rose

85


Table of Contents

$3.0 million (1.3%) to $227.8 million in 2004. The performance of the urban dailies and community newspapers, combined with the acquisition of Annex Publishing & Printing, more than offset the $7.1 million increase in the operating losses of the free dailies 24 heures Montréal Métropolitain mc in Montréal and 24 Hours in Toronto. The launch of the Toronto paper in 2003 and the introduction of a new concept for the Montréal paper accounted for the larger losses.
     In 2004, Sun Media generated $159.2 million in free cash flow from operations, compared with $211.0 million in 2003, a $51.8 million decrease. The change in non-cash balances related to operations translated into a $9.7 million injection in 2004, whereas it generated $25.2 million in 2003, a negative variation of $34.9 million. The decline in free cash flow from operations was also due to current income tax credits received in 2003.
Broadcasting segment
     The Broadcasting segment generated revenues of $358.0 million in 2004, a $17.1 million (5.0%) increase. Revenues from broadcasting operations grew by $25.6 million, primarily as a result of higher advertising revenues, which more than offset a decrease in revenues from distribution and publishing operations. Operating income was $80.5 million compared with $81.5 million in the 2003 fiscal year. The impact of the increase in revenues was more than offset by higher operating costs and the investments made in the Toronto 1 (now Sun TV) television station, the launch of the Mystère digital specialty channel in October 2004, and two new magazines. On December 2, 2004, TVA Group and Sun Media closed the acquisition of the analog television station Toronto 1 to position Quebecor Media strategically in the Toronto market, the largest television market in Canada and one of the largest advertising markets in North America.
Leisure and Entertainment segment
     The Leisure and Entertainment segment recorded total revenues of $241.7 million in 2004, an increase of $36.7 million (17.9%). The revenues of Archambault Group rose 14.3% on the strength of a 25.6% increase in revenues from distribution and recording operations and an 8.9% increase in retail sales. Higher figures recorded for CEC Publishing due to the increase in the Company’s interest in the business from 50% to 100% and the favourable impact of the education reform on Québec in book sales were also a factor in the higher revenues. The Leisure and Entertainment segment generated total operating income of $22.7 million in 2004, an increase of $8.0 million (54.4%), resulting from the increased interest in CEC Publishing and the improved profitability of Archambault Group. In November 2004, Archambaul Group announced a partnership with Warner Music France to launch Groupe Archambault France S.A.S., a new producer, publisher and distributor of cultural content in Europe.
Business Telecommunications segment
     The Business Telecommunications segment increased its revenues by $0.9 million (1.2%) to $78.6 million in 2004. A decrease in revenues from traditional services was offset by an outsourcing breakthrough with the signing of a major contract with Quebecor World to host and manage servers and communications software for North America and to provide other services. The contract generated $9.2 million in revenues in the second half of 2004, which more than made up for the decrease in revenues caused by the renegotiation of the service agreement with Videotron and other factors. Operating income increased $8.2 million (56.9%) to $22.6 million in 2004. The impact on operating profits of the outsourcing contract with Quebecor World more than offset decreases in other services. For the year as a whole, Videotron Telecom recorded higher gross margins, realized economies through work-force reductions, and achieved a favourable settlement of a dispute over access rights to office buildings in Ontario, thus reversing a reserve held for that purpose. In 2003, operating income was affected by the recognition of dispute settlement costs.
Interactive Technologies and Communications segment
     The revenues of the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment increased by $7.1 million (15.8%) to $51.9 million in 2004, mainly as a result of the impact of the acquisition of Ant Farm Interactive in April 2004 and higher revenues at most offices because of new contracts. The segment’s operating income more than doubled from $1.1 million in 2003 to $2.3 million in 2004 due to the increase in revenues and better cost control. In May 2004, in response to a partial takeover bid for Mindready Solutions, Nurun sold its interest in the subsidiary. In April 2004, Nurun closed the acquisition of Ant Farm Interactive, an interactive marketing agency located in Atlanta (Georgia).

86


Table of Contents

Internet/Portals segment
     In 2004, the revenues of the Internet/Portals segment totalled $34.5 million, a $6.3 million (22.3%) increase. Revenues from the special-interest portals, Progisia Informatique and the general-interest portals grew by $3.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.2 million respectively. Canoe’s operating income rose by $1.4 million (45.2%) to $4.5 million in 2004, largely as a result of the strong performance of its general-and special-interest portals, particularly jobboom.com . In 2004, Quebecor Media acquired all of the outstanding Multiple Voting Shares and Subordinate Voting Shares of Netgraphe Inc. (“Netgraphe”) through a wholly owned subsidiary. Netgraphe was subsequently delisted from the Toronto Stock Exchange.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources and Uses of Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company’s primary sources of liquidity and capital resources are:
    funds from operations; and
 
    access to unused portions of its credit facilities.
The Company’s principal liquidity and capital resource requirements consist of:
    capital expenditures to grow or upgrade its fixed assets;
 
    servicing and repayment of debt, and servicing of other contractual obligations; and
 
    business acquisitions.
      Operating Activities
     Cash flows from continuing operating activities amounted to $471.4 million, compared with $499.9 million in 2004, a $28.5 million decrease. The net change in non-cash balances related to operations used funds in the amount of $32.2 million in 2005, whereas it provided funds of $38.6 million in 2004. The unfavourable variance of $70.8 million more than offset the favourable impact of the increase in operating income and the decrease in interest on the long-term debt.
     At December 31, 2005, working capital was negative $109.1 million, compared with negative $21.9 million at the end of 2004, an unfavourable variance of $87.2 million resulting mainly from the use of temporary investments for investing and financing activities, an increase in dividends payable, and an increase in the additional amount payable.
     In 2004, cash flow provided by continuing operating activities totalled $499.9 million, an increase of $135.1 million from $364.8 million in 2003 due primarily to the $85.4 million rise in operating income and the positive contribution of non-cash balances related to operations, which generated funds of $38.6 million in 2004 and used funds in the amount of $17.5 million in 2003.
     At the end of the 2004 fiscal year, working capital was negative $21.9 million, compared with positive $52.9 million at the same point in 2003. The $74.8 million difference was mainly due to the use of funds to pay down long- term debt and to make prepayments on cross-currency swap agreements, as well as an increase in the additional amount payable to The Carlyle Group (see “— Contractual Obligations—The Carlyle Group” below).
      Financing Activities
     During the 2005 financial year, Quebecor Media’s consolidated debt (excluding the additional amount payable to The Carlyle Group) was reduced by $2.9 million.

87


Table of Contents

     During the third quarter of 2005, Videotron closed a private placement of Senior Notes. The $205.1 million net proceeds were used, along with Quebecor Media’s cash assets, primarily to finance the repurchase of Senior Notes issued by the CF Cable TV subsidiary with a book value of $93.1 million, and to finance the repurchase of its Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes with a book value of $167.7 million by Quebecor Media. TVA Group drew down $72.2 million on its revolving credit facility to finance the repurchase of its shares. The net increase in debt caused by the transactions described above and the effect of discount amortization were more than offset by the favourable impact of the exchange rate on the debt denominated in a foreign currency. The decrease in debt related to changes in the exchange rate was however offset by an equal increase in the value of the cross-currency swap agreements entered under “Other liabilities.”
     Because of the increase in the negative fair value of certain cross-currency swap agreements during 2005, Quebecor Media had to make prepayments totalling $75.9 million. These prepayments were financed from Quebecor Media’s cash assets and were applied against other liabilities related to the cross-currency swap agreements.
     On January 6, 2006, Quebecor Media signed an agreement for a long-term credit facility for the Canadian dollar equivalent of 59.4 million euros relating to the purchase of six rotary presses by Quebecor Media in 2005.
     On January 17, 2006, Quebecor Media closed a major refinancing of its long-term debt. The refinancing comprised two primary stages: (i) the issuance of US$525.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 2016 (the net interest rate in Canadian dollars, considering the cross-currency swap agreements, is 7.39%); and (ii) refinancing of Quebecor Media’s credit facilities through new senior secured credit facilities comprised of a $125.0 million term loan A, maturing in January 2011, a US$350.0 million term loan B, maturing in January 2013, and a five-year $100.0 million revolving credit facility. The proceeds from the issuance of Quebecor Media’s new Senior Notes, the full drawings of its term loan A and term loan B, and amounts received from its subsidiaries ($251.7 million from Videotron, drawn on its existing revolving credit facilities and its cash and cash equivalents, and $40.0 million from Sun Media, drawn on a new credit facility), were used to finance the repurchase of substantially all of Quebecor Media’s existing notes, which will have the effect of reducing Quebecor Media’s annual financial expenses by nearly $80.0 million. Quebecor Media will recognize a loss on settlement of debt estimated at $206.0 million, net of income tax, including the amount by which the disbursements exceed the book value of the Notes and the cross-currency swap agreements, and the write-down of deferred financial expenses. The Senior Notes due 2016 were offered and sold on a private placement basis.
     On September 16, 2005, Videotron successfully closed a private offering of US$175.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6 3/8% Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, which were sold at a discount (99.5%) and result in an effective yield of 6.44% (the net interest rate in Canadian dollars, taking into account cross-currency swap agreements, is 6.05%). The net proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes totalled US$174.1 million ($205.1 million), before transaction fees of $3.8 million. These Notes were offered and sold on a private placement basis. Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Videotron filed a registration statement with respect to an exchange offer under which these privately placed notes were exchanged for notes registered with the SEC. Videotron completed this exchange offer in February 2006.
     On July 19, 2005, Quebecor Media, pursuant to partial tender offers announced June 20, 2005, purchased US$128.2 million in aggregate principal amount of its Senior Notes and US$12.1 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of its Discount Notes, bearing interest at 11.125% and 13.750%, respectively. Quebecor Media paid a cash consideration of $215.3 million to purchase these notes, including the redemption premium and the cost of settlement of the cross-currency swap agreements. Quebecor Media therefore recognized a $60.8 million loss on settlement of debt in the third quarter of 2005, including the amount by which the disbursements exceeded the book value of the Notes and the cross-currency swap agreements, as well as the write-down of deferred financial expenses. The refinancing enabled Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries to take advantage of more advantageous interest rates.
     On July 15, 2005, Videotron repurchased all the outstanding 9 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2007 issued by its CF Cable TV subsidiary for cash consideration of $99.3 million, including the cost of terminating the related cross-currency swap agreements. In connection with this transaction, Videotron recognized a $0.8 million gain on settlement of debt in the third quarter of 2005.

88


Table of Contents

     In the second quarter of 2005, TVA Group amended the credit agreement governing its revolving credit facility. The maturity date was extended to June 15, 2010, and the amount of the facility was increased by $65.0 million to $160.0 million.
     During the 2004 financial year, Quebecor Media’s consolidated long-term debt and consolidated bank debt (excluding the additional amount payable to The Carlyle Group) were reduced by $212.2 million.
     The Company made net debt repayments totalling $163.8 million in 2004, including mandatory payments of $37.5 million and $3.5 million by Videotron and Sun Media respectively. As well, voluntary net repayments of bank credit facilities in the amount of $97.0 million and $25.8 million were made by Quebecor Media and Sun Media respectively. As a result of the issuance of new Senior Notes by Videotron on November 19, 2004, its debt level increased by $78.1 million as of that date. The positive impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the value of the debt denominated in foreign currency, partially offset by the effect of the amortization of discounts on the face value of debt, also contributed to debt reduction.
     Because of the appreciation of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar, the Company had to make prepayments of $123.6 million in 2003 and $197.7 million in 2004 under its cross-currency swap agreements. These prepayments were financed from the Company’s cash assets and credit facilities, and were applied against other liabilities related to the cross-currency swap agreements.
     On November 19, 2004, Videotron closed a private offering of US$315.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2014 and amended the terms of its credit facilities. The new Notes formed a single series with the US$335.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes issued in October 2003. The new Notes were sold at a 5% premium to their face amount, resulting in gross proceeds of approximately US$331.0 million before accrued interest, and an effective interest rate of 6.15%.
     The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes were used to repay in full Videotron’s term loan of approximately $318.1 million and to pay a $54.6 million dividend to Quebecor Media. Concurrent with this offering, Videotron also amended the terms of its credit facilities to increase its revolving credit facility by $350.0 million to $450.0 million, increase its capacity to make future distributions to Quebecor Media, and extend the maturity of its revolving credit facility to 2009.
     On October 12, 2004, Sun Media’s credit facility was amended to reduce the interest rates applicable on U.S. dollar advances made under its term loan B credit facility by 0.25% per year, with the possibility of a further reduction under certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2004, the aggregate amount outstanding under the term loan B credit facility was $241.6 million. This reduction followed a similar reduction on December 2, 2003, whereby Sun Media’s credit facility was also amended to reduce the interest rates applicable on U.S. dollar advances made under its term loan “B” credit facility by 0.25% per year.
      Investing Activities
     Additions to property, plant and equipment and business acquisitions, including buyouts of minority interests, totalled $426.0 million in 2005, compared with $293.6 million in 2004, a $132.4 million increase.
     Additions to property, plant and equipment amounted to $315.5 million in 2005, compared with $181.1 million in 2004. The $134.4 million increase was mainly due to instalment payments made under contracts to acquire six new presses, which will be used primarily to print Le Journal de Montréal , The Toronto Sun and The London Free Press , as well as investments by Videotron in its network, including investments made in connection with the cable telephony project, and investments in the Archambault chain of stores.
     Business acquisitions (including buyouts of minority interest) decreased by $2.0 million from $112.5 million in 2004 to $110.5 million in 2005.

89


Table of Contents

     In the fourth quarter of 2005, Quebecor Media acquired Sogides for cash consideration of $24.0 million, and an additional contingent amount of $5.0 million payable upon on the satisfaction of specific conditions in 2008. In 2005, TVA Group repurchased 3,739,599 Class B Non-Voting Shares for a cash consideration of $81.9 million.
     Additions to property, plant and equipment and business acquisitions, including buyouts of minority interests, increased by $86.2 million from $207.4 million in 2003 to $293.6 million in 2004.
     Additions to property, plant and equipment were $181.1 million in 2004, compared with $131.2 million in 2003. The $49.9 million increase was mainly related to ongoing network expansion and upgrading programs and the development of new services in the Cable segment.
     Business acquisitions (including buyouts of minority interest) amounted to $112.5 million in 2004, compared with $76.2 million in 2003. Major acquisitions closed in 2004 included the purchase of Sun TV for $43.2 million, the buyout of minority interests in Netgraphe for a cash consideration of $25.2 million and in TVA Group for $41.0 million, and the acquisition of Jumbo Entertainment for a cash consideration of $7.2 million and of Ant Farm Interactive for $5.4 million in cash and other considerations.
Contractual Obligations
     As of December 31, 2005, material contractual obligations included future payments under long-term debt arrangements, operating lease arrangements and capital asset purchases and other commitments. These obligations are summarized in Table 7 below and are described in notes 14 and 19 to Quebecor Media’s audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 17 of this annual report. The obligations listed in Table 7 do not reflect the impact of the refinancing carried out by Quebecor Media on January 17, 2006.
Table 7: Contractual obligations
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                                         
            Less than                     5 years  
    Total     1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     and more  
 
Long-term debt
  $ 2,533.2     $ 2.7     $ 5.4     $ 330.1     $ 2,195.0  
Interest payments(1)
    1,492.4       167.6       464.0       425.8       435.0  
Operating leases
    188.3       38.8       58.8       39.6       51.1  
Capital asset purchases and other commitments
    143.1       94.1       44.1       4.9        
 
Total contractual obligations
  $ 4,357.0     $ 303.2     $ 572.3     $ 800.4     $ 2,681.1  
 
     
(1)   Estimate of interest to be paid on long-term debt based on the interest rates and foreign exchange rate as at December 31, 2005.
     On August 24, 2005, Quebecor Media announced an investment of more than $110.0 million to relocate and modernize the Journal de Montréal printing plant. The newspaper will acquire three new presses and state-of-the-art shipping and inserting equipment, representing a commitment of $42.9 million at December 31, 2005.
     On August 29, 2005, Quebecor Media and Quebecor World also announced the creation of a partnership to operate a new printing plant in Islington, in the Greater Toronto Area. The $110.0 million plant will facilitate consolidating some of Quebecor World’s printing operations in Ontario and strengthen convergence between Quebecor Media’s Toronto media properties. The new plant should be fully operational by 2007. The new jointly operated entity will acquire three new presses under commitments totalling $31.8 million as of December 31, 2005.
     Newsprint represents a significant input and component of operating costs for the Newspapers segment. The segment sources its newsprint needs through one newsprint producer. The long-term supply agreement with this producer expired on December 31, 2005, although it has continued to supply newsprint to us while we negotiating the extension of of this agreement through December 31, 2006. The agreement provides for discounts from prevailing market prices and

90


Table of Contents

include a minimum annual purchase commitment of 15,000 metric tonnes of newsprint. In 2005, our newspaper operations used approximately 150,000 metric tonnes of newsprint.
     The Broadcasting segment has commitments to invest $62.5 million over an eight-year period in the Canadian television industry and the Canadian telecommunications industry in order to promote television content and the development of communications. As at December 31, 2005, the remaining balance to be invested in coming years amounted to $18.7 million.
The Carlyle Group
     On December 22, 2003, Quebecor Media closed an agreement to acquire all the Preferred Shares held by The Carlyle Group in 3662527 Canada Inc., the parent company of Videotron Telecom, for consideration with an estimated value of $125.0 million at closing. On the same date, a $55.0 million payment was made to The Carlyle Group. The additional amount payable, which is adjusted based on the value of Quebecor Media’s Common Shares, has been payable on demand since December 15, 2004, and matures on December 15, 2008.
     The value of this additional amount payable to The Carlyle Group fluctuates based on the market value of Quebecor Media’s common shares. Until Quebecor Media is listed on a stock exchange, the value of the additional amount payable is based on a formula established in the acquisition agreement. At the date of the transaction, both parties had agreed to an initial value of $70.0 million. As at December 31, 2005, the additional amount payable was valued at $111.5 million ($101.4 million as at December 31, 2004). The change in the amount payable is recorded as a financial expense in the statement of income. If Quebecor Media files a prospectus for an initial public offering, the holder has the right to require Quebecor Media to pay the additional amount payable by delivering 3,740,682 Quebecor Media Common Shares and an additional number of Common Shares determined by the amount of dividends paid by Quebecor Media on its Common Shares. Quebecor Media holds an option to pay the additional amount payable in cash, for a period of 30 days following each June 15 in 2007 and 2008.
     See also note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements included under Item 17 of this annual report.
Financial Instruments
     The Company uses a number of financial instruments, mainly cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, temporary investments, long-term investments, bank indebtedness, trade payables, accrued liabilities, dividends payable and long-term debt. The carrying amount of these financial instruments, except for temporary investments, long-term investments and long-term debt, approximates their fair value due to their short-term nature. The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on discounted cash flows using period-end market yields of similar instruments with the same maturity. The fair value of temporary investments and long-term investments is based on market value.
     The Company uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices.
     Quebecor Media has entered into foreign exchange forward contracts and cross-currency swap agreements to hedge foreign currency risk exposure on all of its U.S. dollar-denominated long-term debt. Quebecor Media also uses interest rate swaps in order to manage the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on its long-term debt.
     Quebecor Media has also entered into currency forward contracts in order to hedge the planned purchase, in U.S. dollars, of digital set-top boxes and modems in 2005 and for other purposes. Quebecor Media also entered into currency forward contracts in order to hedge the contractual instalments, in euros and Swiss francs, of its investment in printing presses and related equipment.

91


Table of Contents

     During the second quarter of 2004, Quebecor Media determined that one of its cross-currency interest rate swap agreements had ceased to be an effective hedge (according to the criteria established by accounting standards). Consequently, Quebecor Media ceased to use hedge accounting for this derivative instrument. The instrument has a notional value of US$155.0 million, covers the period 2008 to 2013, and has a nominal annual interest rate of 7 5/8%, and an effective annual interest rate equal to the three-month bankers’ acceptance rate plus 3.7%. Management believes that this cross-currency interest rate swap agreement remains suitable to Quebecor Media’s needs, based on current economic criteria.
     In 2005, Quebecor Media recorded total losses on derivative financial instruments of $82.5 million ($191.1 million in 2004 and $351.9 million in 2003), outweighing gains of $78.1 million on the hedged instruments ($183.1 million in 2004 and $373.9 million in 2003), for a net loss of $4.4 million (net loss of $8.0 million in 2004 and net gain of $22.0 million in 2003). The net loss in 2005 related mainly to fluctuations in the fair value of a cross-currency swap agreement entered into by Sun Media that had ceased to be effective (according to criteria established by accounting standards), partially offset by gains recognized by Videotron on an interest rate swap agreement and a currency forward contract. The net loss in 2004 was mainly due to the recording of a $30.2 million loss on the value of a financial instrument that had ceased to be effective (according to accounting standards) and of financial instruments that were not designated as hedges, as well as a $22.2 million foreign-exchange gain on the unhedged portion of the long-term debt. In 2003, the Company recorded a $22.0 million gain on the unhedged portion of the long-term debt.
     Some of Quebecor Media’s cross-currency swap agreements are subject to a floor limit on negative fair value, below which Quebecor Media can be required to make prepayments to reduce the lender’s exposure. The prepayments are offset by equal reductions in Quebecor Media’s future payments under the agreements. The portion of the reduction in commitments related to interest payments is accounted for as a reduction in financial expenses. Prepayments are applied against liabilities related to derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet. All the cross-currency swap agreements subject to a floor limit on negative fair market value were closed out as part of the refinancing carried out on January 17, 2006.
     Due to the increase in the negative fair value of certain cross-currency swap agreements during 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company had to make prepayments totalling $75.9 million $197.7 million and $123.6 million respectively. These prepayments were financed from Quebecor Media’s cash assets and credit facilities.
     In addition, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date or at any time, from an anniversary date of the transaction to maturity, at the then fair market value.

92


Table of Contents

     The fair value of derivative financial instruments is estimated using period-end market rates and it reflects what the Company would receive or pay if the instruments were terminated on those dates ( see Table 8 ). The information in the table below does not show the effects of the Refinancing Plan carried out by the Company on January 17, 2006.
Table 8: Quebecor Media Inc.
Fair value of derivative financial instruments

(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                         
As at December 31, 2005  
    Notional     Carrying amount   Fair value of  
    value     of asset (liability)   asset (liability)  
 
Derivative financial instruments
                       
Interest rate swap agreements
  $ 95.0  CAD   $     (0.9 )   $     (0.9 )
Foreign exchange forward contracts
                       
in US$
    8.8  US$         (0.2 )
in EUR
    40.6  EUR           (1.7 )
in CHF
    13.2  CHF           (0.1 )
Cross-currency interest rate swap agreements
  $ 2,099.0  US$   $(248.5 )   $(582.9 )
 
Financial Position
     As of December 31, 2005, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries had cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments with remaining maturities greater than three months totalling $90.7 million. The Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries also had available unused lines of credit of $600.0 million, for total available liquid assets of $690.7 million.
     At December 31, 2005, consolidated debt, excluding the additional amount payable to The Carlyle Group, totalled $2.55 billion. Quebecor Media’s long-term debt included Videotron’s $971.7 million debt, Sun Media’s $466.3 million debt, TVA Group’s $119.4 million debt, and Senior Notes in an aggregate amount of $988.1 million.
     In 2005, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared dividends totalling $105.0 million, of which $45.0 million was paid to shareholders in the course of the year 2005 and $60.0 million in January 2006. In 2005, Quebecor Media received aggregate dividends of $210.0 million from Videotron and $169.7 million from Sun Media indirectly.
     Management believes that cash flows from continuing operating activities and available sources of financing should be sufficient to cover cash requirements for capital investment, working capital, interest payments, mandatory debt repayment, pension plan contributions and dividends. The Company has access to cash flows generated by its subsidiaries through dividends and cash advances paid by the private subsidiaries and through the dividends paid by the subsidiaries listed on the Stock Exchange, including TVA Group. The Company also has access to a maximum of $50.0 million from the revolving credit facility of its Newspapers segment subsidiary and a minimum $50.0 million from the credit facility of its Cable segment subsidiary. The Cable segment subsidiary may also borrow in order pay dividends to the Company, subject to certain restrictions.
     Pursuant to its financing agreements, the Company and its subsidiaries are required to maintain certain financial ratios. The key indicators listed in these agreements include the debt service coverage ratio and the debt ratio (long-term debt over operating income). As of December 31, 2005, the Company was in compliance with all required financial ratios.

93


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions
     The following describes some transactions in which the Company and its directors, executive officers and affiliates are involved. The Company believes that each of the transactions described below was on terms no less favourable to Quebecor Media than could have been obtained from independent third parties.
Management Arrangements
     Quebecor Inc. has entered into management arrangements with Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries. Under these management arrangements, Quebecor, Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries provide mutual management services on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of our executive officers who also serve as executive officers of Quebecor Inc. In 2005, Quebecor Media received a total of $3.0 million in management fees from Quebecor, the same amount as in 2004.
     In 2005, Quebecor Media also paid aggregate management and guarantee fees of $1.2 million and $1.0 million respectively ($1.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in 2004) to its shareholders, Quebecor and CDP Capital. The guarantee fees related to Quebecor Media’s $135.0 million credit facility (reduced to $75.0 million in June 2005 and repaid and terminated in January 2006), which was guaranteed by each of Quebecor and CDP Capital in proportion to their respective interest in Quebecor Media. An annual fee equivalent to 1.0% of the credit facility was payable to the guarantors in this respect.
Lease Arrangements
     Quebecor and other related parties lease office spaces to Quebecor Media. In 2005, the aggregate rent expense paid to Quebecor and other related parties was $2.6 million, compared with $3.7 million for 2004.
Commercial Printing and Other Services
     Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries have incurred expenses for commercial printing and other services and have earned revenue for advertising and other services from Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor, and from another affiliated company. The aggregate purchases from Quebecor World and the affiliated company were $88.4 million in 2005, while in 2004, such purchases amounted to $75.1 million, in the aggregate. The 2005 total revenues from Quebecor World and the affiliated company were $21.5 million, compared to $11.1 million in 2004. Quebecor Media conducts all of its business with Quebecor World and the affiliated company on a commercial, arms-length basis and records the transactions at the exchange value.
     In 2004, Quebecor World reached an agreement with Videotron Telecom, Business Telecommunications segment, to outsource its information technology infrastructure in North America for a period of seven years. As part of this agreement, Videotron Telecom purchased some of Quebecor World’s information technology infrastructure equipment at a cost of $3.0 million. The outsourcing services to Quebecor World are estimated to generate revenues of approximately $18.1 million annually. Both the price of the equipment transferred and the revenues of the outsourcing services have been accounted for at the exchange value. The transfer of the equipment was completed in December 2004.
     In the first quarter of 2005, Quebecor Media acquired certain assets of Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor, for cash consideration of $3.3 million ($1.4 million paid in cash and an estimated balance payable of $1.9 million). The transaction was recorded at the book value of the transferred assets.
     In August 2005, we announced the creation of a new entity to be co-owned by Quebecor Media (75%) and Quebecor World (25%) to operate a new printing facility in Islington, in the Greater Toronto Area. This facility will serve customers of both Quebecor Media and Quebecor World. The new facility is expected to be fully operational by 2007.

94


Table of Contents

Tax benefit transactions
     During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, some of the Company’s subsidiaries acquired tax benefits amounting to $13.7 million and $12.9 million respectively from Quebecor World, a company under common control. Of this amount, $13.4 million and $12.9 million were recorded as income taxes receivable in 2003 and 2004 respectively, while $0.3 million was recorded as long-term future income tax assets in 2003. These transactions allowed the Company to realize gains of $2.1 million and $0.1 million respectively (net of non-controlling interest), which are recorded as contributed surplus. Additional tax benefits of $8.0 million will be recognized in the statement of income as a reduction in income tax expense when the new deduction multiple applied on the tax benefits bought in 2003 and 2004 will be officially enacted. However, if the new deduction multiple does not become enacted, $6.0 million will be recorded as contributed surplus since the amount paid to Quebecor World will be recovered by an equal amount.
     On December 14, 2005, the Company entered into a tax consolidation transaction by which the Company has transferred $192.0 million in capital losses to its parent company for a cash consideration of $15.9 million. In addition, in 2006, the parent company will transfer $75.0 million of non-capital losses to the Company in exchange for a cash consideration of $16.3 million. Cash considerations have been negotiated on an arms-length basis between the parties and represent the fair value of the tax deductions being transferred. As a result of these transactions, the Company has recorded a reduction of $15.9 million in income tax expense for 2005 and expects to reduce its income tax expense by $8.5 million in the future.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Guarantees
     In the normal course of business, Quebecor Media enters into numerous agreements containing guarantees. The major guarantees provided by Quebecor Media are described below.
      Operating lease agreements
     The Company has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of certain assets under operating leases with expiry dates between 2006 and 2010 to the benefit of the lessor. Should the Company terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of the lease terms) and should the fair value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Company must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the Company has provided guarantees to the lessor of certain premises leases, with expiry dates through 2016. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Company must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor. As at December 31, 2005, the maximum exposure with respect to these guarantees is $16.9 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet since the Company does not expect to make any payments pertaining to these guarantees.
      Business and asset disposals
     In the sale of all or part of a business or an asset, in addition to possible indemnification relating to failure to perform covenants and breach of representations or warranties, the Company may agree to indemnify against claims related to its past conduct of the business. Typically, the term and amount of such indemnification will be limited by the agreement. The nature of these indemnification agreements prevents the Company from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay to guaranteed parties. Also, in connection with the sale of Mindready Solutions, the Company has guaranteed that company’s commitments related to a lease of premises that expires in 2011 up to a maximum amount of $1.0 million. The Company has not accrued any amount in respect of these items in the consolidated balance sheet.
      Long-term debt
     Under the terms of their respective U.S. indebtedness, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries have agreed to indemnify their respective lenders against changes in withholding taxes. These indemnifications extend for the term of the indebtedness and do not have a limit on the maximum potential liability. The nature of the indemnification agreements

95


Table of Contents

prevents the Company from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay lenders. Should such amounts become payable, the Company and its subsidiaries would have the option of repaying those debts. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these indemnifications.
      Outsourcing companies and suppliers
     In the normal course of its operations, the Company enters into contractual agreements with outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Company agrees to provide indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Company provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Company from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these indemnifications.
Seasonality
     Quebecor Media’s business is sensitive to general economic cycles and may be adversely affected by the cyclical nature of the markets Quebecor Media serves, as well as by local, regional, national and global economic conditions. In addition, because Quebecor Media’s operations are labour intensive, its cost structure is highly fixed. During periods of economic contraction, revenue may decrease while the cost structure remains stable, resulting in decreased earnings. In any given year, this seasonality could adversely affect Quebecor Media’s cash flows and operating results.
Risks and uncertainties
     Quebecor Media operates in the communications and media industries, which entails a variety of risk factors and uncertainties. Quebecor Media’s operating environment and financial results may be materially affected by the risks and uncertainties outlined below.
Labour agreements
     As of December 31, 2005, approximately 41% of Quebecor Media’s employees were represented by labour agreements. Through its subsidiaries, Quebecor Media is currently a party to 78 collective bargaining agreements. As of December 31, 2005:
    Videotron’s 4 collective bargaining agreements, representing 2,199, or 100%, of its unionized employees, have been recently renewed and are scheduled to expire on respective dates between December 2009 and August 2011;
 
    20 of Sun Media’s collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 388, or 19%, of its unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these 20 collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006. Furthermore, eight of Sun Media’s collective bargaining agreements, covering 484 employees, expire in 2006, while Sun Media’s 21 other collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 1,137 unionized employees, are scheduled to expire on respective dates between December 2007 and June 2010;
 
    12 of TVA Group’s 15 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 379, or 41%, of its unionized employees, will expire between April 2007 and the end of December 2008, one of its collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 516, or 56%, of its unionized employees, will expire at the end of December 2006 and two collective bargaining agreements, representing 26, or 3%, of its employees, have expired and negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements will be undertaken in 2006. A group of 53 employees is currently in the process of being unionized;
 
    three of our other collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 126, or 13%, of our other unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006. Another seven of our collective bargaining agreements,

96


Table of Contents

      representing approximately 859, or 87%, of our other unionized employees, expire at various dates between the end of December 2006 and March 2010.
     We have had significant labor disputes in the past, which have disrupted our operations, resulted in damages to our network or our equipment and impaired our operating results. We cannot predict the outcome of our current or future negotiations relating to union representation or the renewal of our collective bargaining agreements, nor can we assure you that we will not experience work stoppages, strikes, property damage or other forms of labor protests pending the outcome of any future negotiations. If our unionized workers engage in a strike or if there is any other form of work stoppage, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations, damages to our property and service interruption, which could adversely affect our business, assets, financial position and results of operations. Even if we do not experience strikes or other forms of labor protests, the outcome of labor negotiations could negatively impact our operating results.
Contingencies
     On March 13, 2002, an action was filed in the Superior Court of Québec by Investissement Novacap inc., Telus Québec Inc. and Paul Girard against Videotron, in which the plaintiffs allege that Videotron wrongfully terminated its obligations under a share purchase agreement entered into in August 2000. The plaintiffs are seeking damages totaling approximately $26 million. Videotron’s management believes that the suit is not justified and intends to vigorously defend its case.
     In 1999, Regional Cablesystems Inc. (now Persona Communications Inc.) initiated an arbitration with Videotron in which it is seeking an amount of $8.6 million as reduction of the purchase price of the shares of Northern Cable Holdings Limited sold to Regional Cablesystems Inc. by a subsidiary of Videotron in 1998. A settlement in principle has been reached subject to finalization of the settlement documentation.
     In addition, a number of other legal proceedings against Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries are currently pending. In the opinion of the management of Quebecor Media, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our results, liquidity or financial position. We also carry insurance coverage in such amounts that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Credit Risks
     Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to Quebecor Media’s diverse operations and large customer base. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had no significant concentration of credit risk. The Company believes that the diversity of its product mix and customer base reduces its credit risk, as well as the impact of any change in its local markets or product-line demand.
     Quebecor Media is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties in connection with its cross-currency and interest rate swap agreements. The Company does not obtain collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk, but it mitigates this risk by dealing only with major Canadian and U.S. financial institutions and, accordingly, do not anticipate loss for non-performance.
Financial Risks
     In the normal course of business, Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices. Quebecor Media manages this exposure through staggered maturities and an optimal balance of fixed and variable rate debt. As of December 31, 2005, the weighted average term of Quebecor Media’s consolidated debt was approximately 6.6 years. The debt comprises approximately 66% fixed-rate debt and 34% floating-rate debt. These figures do not reflect the impact of the refinancing that Quebecor Media completed on January 17, 2006.
     As at December 31, 2005, Quebecor Media, Videotron and Sun Media were using derivative financial instruments to manage their exchange rate and interest rate exposure. While these agreements expose Quebecor Media and subsidiaries to the risk of non-performance by a third party, Quebecor Media and subsidiaries believe that the possibility of incurring such loss is remote due to the creditworthiness of the parties with whom they deal. Quebecor Media does not hold or issue

97


Table of Contents

any derivative financial instruments for trading purposes and subscribes to a financial risk-management policy. These financial derivatives are described under “Financial Instruments” above.
Foreign Currency Risk
     Most of Quebecor Media revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in Canadian dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on our debt must be paid in U.S. dollars. The Company has entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of its U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations.
Interest Rate Risk
     The Company’s revolving and term bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) bankers’ acceptances rate (BA), (ii) London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), and (iii) bank prime rate (Prime). Quebecor Media Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011, as well as the Senior Notes issued by Videotron and the Senior Notes issued by Sun Media, bear interest at fixed rates. The Company has entered into various interest rate swap agreements ( see Table 9 ) and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements ( see Table 10 ) in order to manage its cash flows and fair value risk exposure to changes in interest rates.
Table 9: Interest Rate Swaps
As at December 31, 2005

(in millions of dollars)
                         
      Notional     Pay/     Fixed   Floating
Maturity     amount     receive     rate           rate
 
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
                       
May 2006
  $ 90.0     Pay fixed/
receive floating
    5.41 %   Bankers’ acceptance
3 months
 
                       
September 2007
  $ 5.0     Pay fixed/     3.75 %   Bankers’ acceptance
 
          receive floating           3 months
 

98


Table of Contents

Table 10: Cross-currency Interest Rate Swaps
As at December 31, 2005

(in millions of dollars)
                                         
                                    Exchange rate  
                                    of interest  
                    Annual     Annual     and capital  
                    effective     nominal     payments per  
    Period     Notional     interest     interest     CDN dollar for  
    covered     amount     rate     rate     one US dollar  
 
Quebecor Media Inc.
                                       
Senior Notes
    2001 to 2011     US$ 586.8       11.98 %     11.125 %     1.5255  
 
                                       
Senior Discount Notes
    2001 to 2011     US$ 282.9       14.60 %     13.75 %     1.58221 (1)
 
                                       
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
                                   
Senior Notes
    2004 to 2014     US$ 190.0       Bankers’       6.875 %     1.2000  
 
                    acceptance                  
 
                    3 months                  
 
                    + 2.80 %                
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2004 to 2014     US$ 125.0       7.45 %     6.875 %     1.1950  
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2014     US$ 200.0       Bankers’       6.875 %     1.3425  
 
                    acceptance                  
 
                    3 months                  
 
                    + 2.73 %                
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2014     US$ 135.0       7.66 %     6.875 %     1.3425  
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2005 to 2015     US$ 175.0       5.98 %     6.375 %     1.1781  
 
                                       
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2008     US$ 155.0       8.17 %     7.625 %     1.5227  
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2008 to 2013     US$ 155.0       Bankers’       7.625 %     1.5227  
 
                    acceptance                  
 
                    3 months                  
 
                    + 3.70 %                
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2013     US$ 50.0       Bankers’       7.625 %     1.5227  
 
                    acceptance                  
 
                    3 months                  
 
                    + 3.70 %                
 
                                       
Term-loan “B” credit facility
    2003 to 2009     US$ 199.3     Bankers’   LIBOR       1.5175  
 
                    acceptance       + 2.00 %        
 
                    3 months                  
 
                    + 2.48 %                
 
     
(1)   As per the agreement, the exchange rate includes an exchange fee.
Commodity Price Risk
     Through its Newspapers operations, the Company was party to a long-term supply contract with a newsprint producer pursuant to which it benefited from a volume discount from prevailing market prices. Management mitigates this commodity price risk through centralized purchases in order to benefit from volume rebates based on total consumption

99


Table of Contents

requirements. This newsprint agreement expired on December 31, 2005, although the supplier has continued to supply newsprint to the Company as it negotiates an extension of the supply agreement.
     The Company may also in the future enter into forward commodity price contracts or other hedging arrangements that limit its exposure to fluctuations in the price of newsprint.
Fair value of financial instruments
     Table 11 below provides information on the carrying value and fair value of derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates and foreign currencies as of the year shown.
Table 11: Carrying value and fair value
As at December 31, 2005

(in millions of dollars)
                                 
    2004       2005      
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying        
    value     value     value     Fair value  
 
Quebecor Media Inc.
                               
Long-term debt(1)
    (1,140.7 )     (1,332.9 )     (988.1 )     (1,078.8 )
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
    (3.9 )     (241.9 )     (21.5 )     (261.3 )
Foreign forward exchange contract
                      (1.8 )
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
                               
Long-term debt(1)
    (888.9 )     (901.1 )     (971.7 )     (967.4 )
Interest rate swaps
    (4.6 )     (4.6 )     (0.9 )     (0.9 )
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
    (45.5 )     (72.3 )     (73.7 )     (135.0 )
Foreign exchange forward contract
    (8.4 )     (8.4 )           (0.2 )
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries
                               
Long-term debt(1)
    (484.3 )     (507.7 )     (466.3 )     (476.1 )
Cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contract
    (147.4 )     (169.8 )     (154.1 )     (186.5 )
 
                               
TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries
                               
Long-term debt
    (34.9 )     (34.9 )     (107.1 )     (107.1 )
 
     
(1)      Including current portion.
Material limitations
     Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market information about the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgement and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Principal repayments
     As of December 31, 2005, the aggregate amount of minimum principal payments required in each of the next five years and thereafter, based on borrowing levels as at that date, are as follows:
         
Twelve month period ending December 31, (1)
       
2006
  $ 2.7  
2007
    2.7  
2008
    2.7  
2009
    223.0  
2010
    107.1  
2011 and thereafter
  $ 2,195.0  
 
(1)   Does not reflect the impact of the refinancing that the Company completed on January 17, 2006.

100


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Revenue Recognition
           Cable Segment
     The Cable segment provides services under arrangement with multiple deliverables, comprising a separate unit of accounting for subscriber services (connecting fees and operating services) and a separate unit of accounting for the sale of equipment to subscribers.
     The Cable segment’s connection fee revenues are deferred and recognized as revenues over the estimated average 30-month period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to connection fees, in an amount not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same 30-month period. Operating revenues from cable and other services, such as Internet and telephony access, are recognized when services are provided. Revenues from sales of equipment to subscribers and equipment costs are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered. Revenues from video rentals are recorded as revenue when services are provided. Promotion offers are accounted for as a reduction in the related service revenue when customers take advantage of offers.
           Newspapers segment
     Revenues of the Newspapers segment, derived from circulation and advertising from publishing activities, are recognized when the publication is delivered. Revenues from the distribution of publications and products are recognized on delivery, net of provisions for estimated returns. Revenues from commercial printing contracts are recognized once the product is delivered.
           Broadcasting segment
     Revenues of the Broadcasting segment derived from the sale of advertising airtime are recognized when the advertising has been broadcast. Revenues derived from circulation and advertising from publishing activities are recognized in accordance with the revenue recognition policy used by the Newspaper segment for its publishing activities. Revenues derived from specialty television channels are recognized on a monthly basis at the time the service is rendered.
     Revenues derived from the sale and distribution of films and from television program rights are recognized when the following conditions are met: (a) persuasive evidence of a sale or a licensing agreement with a customer exists and is provided solely by a contract or other legally enforceable documentation that sets forth, at a minimum (i) the licence period, (ii) the film or group of films affected, (iii) the consideration to be received for the rights transferred; (b) the film is complete and has been delivered or is available for delivery; (c) the licence period of the arrangement has begun and the customer can begin its exploitation, exhibition, or sale; (d) the arrangement fee is fixed or determinable; (e) the collection of the arrangement fee is reasonably assured. Theatrical revenues are recognized over the presentation period and when all of the above conditions are met. Theatrical revenues are based on a percentage of revenues generated by movie theatres. Revenues generated from video are recognized at the time of delivery of the videocassettes and dvd s, less a provision for future returns, or are accounted for based on a percentage of retail sales and when the aforementioned conditions are met.
           Leisure and Entertainment segment
     Revenues derived from retail stores, book publishing and distribution activities are recognized upon delivery of the products, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of return.

101


Table of Contents

Goodwill
     Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test is carried out in two steps.
     In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared with its carrying amount. To determine the fair value of the reporting unit, the Company uses a combination of valuation methods, including discounted future cash flows, operating income multiples, and market price.
     The discounted cash flows method involves the use of estimates such as the amount and timing of the cash flows, expected variations in the amount or timing of those cash flows, the time value of money as represented by a risk-free interest rate, and the risk premium associated with the asset or liability.
     The operating income multiples method calls for the fair value of enterprises with comparable and observable economic characteristics being available, as well as recent operating income multiples.
     The market price method must take into account the fact that the price of an individual share may not be representative of the fair value of the business unit as a whole, due to factors such as synergies, control premium and temporary market price fluctuations.
     Determining the fair value of a reporting unit, therefore, is based on management’s judgement and is reliant on estimates and assumptions.
     When the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is carried out. The fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared with its carrying amount in order to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any.
     The fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as a business combination. The Company allocates the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of the unit, whether or not recognized separately, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value over the amounts assigned to the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities is the fair value of goodwill.
     The judgement used in determining the fair value of the reporting unit and in allocating this fair value to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit may affect the value of the goodwill impairment to be recorded.
     The last impairment tests carried out by the Company indicated that goodwill was not impaired, based on the assumptions and estimates used. The net book value of goodwill at December 31, 2005 was $3.9 billion.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
     The Company reviews the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets with the projected undiscounted future cash flows associated with the asset or group of assets when events indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Examples of such events and changes include a significant decrease in the market price of an asset, the decommissioning of an asset, assets rendered idle after a plant shutdown, costs that significantly exceed the amount initially estimated for the acquisition or construction of an asset, and operating or cash flow losses associated with the use of an asset. In accordance with Section 3063 of the CICA Handbook , Impairment of Long-Lived Assets , an impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets held for use exceeds the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows expected from its use or disposal. The amount by which the asset’s or group of asset’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value is recognized as an impairment loss. The Company estimates future cash flows based on historical performance as well as on assumptions as to the future economic environment, pricing and volume. Quoted market prices are used as the basis for fair value measurement.

102


Table of Contents

     The Company does not believe that the value of any of its long-lived assets was impaired in 2005. Should the assumptions and estimates prove inaccurate, an impairment loss may have to be charged against future results.
Derivative Financial Instruments
     The Company uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company does not hold or use any derivative instruments for trading purposes. The Company documents all relationships between derivatives and hedged items, its strategy for using hedges and its risk-management objective. The Company assesses the effectiveness of derivatives when the hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.
     The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge anticipated foreign-denominated equipment purchases. Under hedge accounting, foreign exchange translation gains and losses are recognized as an adjustment to the cost of property, plant and equipment when the transaction is recorded. The portion of the forward premium or discount on the contract relating to the period prior to consummation of the transaction is also recognized as an adjustment to the cost of property, plant and equipment when the transaction is recorded.
     The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts and cross-currency swaps to hedge some of its long-term debt. Under hedge accounting, foreign exchange translation gains and losses are recorded under other assets or other liabilities. The fees on forward foreign exchange contracts and on cross-currency swaps are recognized as an adjustment to interest expenses over the term of the agreement.
     The Company also enters into interest rate swaps in order to manage the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on its long-term debt. These swap agreements require the periodic exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount on which the payments are based. The Company designates its interest rate hedge agreements as hedges of the interest cost on the underlying debt. Interest expense on the debt is adjusted to include the payments made or received under the interest rate swaps on an accrual basis.
     Some of the Company’s cross-currency swap agreements are subject to a floor limit on negative fair market value, below which the Company can be required to make prepayments to reduce the lenders’ exposure. Such prepayments are reimbursed by reductions in the Company’s future payments under the agreements. The portion of these reimbursements related to interest is accounted for as a reduction in financial expenses. The prepayments are presented on the balance sheet as a reduction in the liability of the derivative instrument.
     Realized and unrealized gains or losses associated with derivative instruments that have been terminated or that cease to be effective prior to maturity, are deferred under other current or non-current assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and recognized in income in the period in which the underlying hedged transaction is recognized. In the event a designated hedged item is sold, extinguished or matures prior to the termination of the related derivative instrument, any realized or unrealized gain or loss on such derivative instrument is recognized in income.
     Derivative instruments that are ineffective or that are not designated as a hedge are reported on a market-to-market basis in the consolidated financial statements. Any change in the fair value of these derivative instruments is recorded in income.
Pension Plans and Postretirement Benefits
     The Company offers defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution pension plans to some of its employees. The Company’s policy is to maintain its contribution at a level sufficient to cover benefits. Actuarial valuations of the Company’s numerous pension plans were performed at different dates in the last three years and the next required valuations will be performed at various dates over the next three years. Pension plan assets are measured at fair value and consist of equities and corporate and government fixed-income securities.
     The Company’s obligations with respect to postretirement benefits are assessed on the basis of a number of economic and demographic assumptions, which are established with the assistance of the Company’s actuaries. Key

103


Table of Contents

assumptions relate to the discount rate, the expected return on the plan’s assets, the rate of increase in compensation, and health care costs.
     The Company considers the assumptions used to be reasonable in view of the information available at this time. However, variances from these assumptions could have a material impact on the costs and obligations of pension plans and postretirement benefits in future periods.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
     The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover anticipated losses from customers who are unable to pay their debts. The allowance is reviewed periodically and is based on an analysis of specific significant accounts outstanding, the age of the receivable, customer creditworthiness, and historical collection experience.
Business Combinations
     Business acquisitions are accounted for by the purchase method. Under this accounting method, the purchase price is allocated to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the sum of the values ascribed to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities is recorded as goodwill. The judgements made in determining the estimated fair value and the expected useful life of each acquired asset, and the estimated fair value of each assumed liability, can significantly impact net income, because, among other things, of the impact of the useful lives of the acquired assets, which may vary from projections. Also, future income taxes on temporary differences between the book and tax value of most of the assets are recorded in the purchase price equation, while no future income taxes are recorded on the difference between the book value and the tax value of goodwill. Consequently, to the extent that greater value is ascribed to long-lived than to shorter-lived assets under the purchase method, less amortization may be recorded in a given period.
     Determining the fair value of certain acquired assets and liabilities requires judgement and involves complete reliance on estimates and assumptions. The Company primarily uses the discounted future cash flows approach to estimate the value of acquired intangible assets.
     The estimates and assumptions used in the allocation of the purchase price at the date of acquisition may also have an impact on the amount of goodwill impairment to be recognized, if any, after the date of acquisition, as discussed above under “Goodwill.”
Future Income Taxes
     The Company is required to assess the ultimate realization of future income tax assets generated from temporary differences between the book basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities and losses carried forward into the future. This assessment is judgemental in nature and is dependent on assumptions and estimates as to the availability and character of future taxable income. The ultimate amount of future income tax assets realized could be slightly different from that recorded, since it is influenced by the Company’s future operating results.
     The Company is at all times under audit by various tax authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which management has established a reserve is audited and resolved. The number of years between each tax audit varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. Management believes that its estimates are reasonable and reflect the probable outcome of known tax contingencies, although the final outcome is difficult to predict.
Changes in Accounting Policies
     The Company makes changes to its accounting policies in order to conform to new Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (“CICA”) accounting standards.

104


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition and revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables
     In 2004, the Cable segment reviewed and adopted a new accounting policy regarding the period in which reconnection related revenues and expenses are recognized, based on Abstracts EIC-141 and EIC-142, released by CICA’s Emerging Issues Committee. The Company adopted the new accounting policy on a prospective basis, without restatement of financial results for prior periods.
     Since January 1, 2004, installation revenues in the Cable segment have been deferred and recognized under revenues over 30 months, which is the estimated average period customers remain connected to the network. Direct and incremental reconnection related costs, of an amount not exceeding the revenues, are now deferred and recognized under operating expenses over the same 30-month period. Previously, reconnection expenses and direct and incremental costs were immediately recognized under revenues and operating expenses. This change in accounting policy had no effect on the reported amounts of operating income and net income.
Hedging relationships
     In June 2003, the CICA issued amendments to Accounting Guideline 13 (“AcG-13”), Hedging Relationships . The amendments clarify certain requirements and provide additional guidance related to the identification, designation and documentation of hedging relationships, as well as the assessment of the effectiveness of hedging relationships. The requirements of the guideline are applicable to all hedging relationships in effect for financial periods beginning on or after July 1, 2003. Retroactive application is not permitted. All hedging relationships must be assessed as of the beginning of the first year of application to determine whether the hedging criteria in the guideline are met. Hedge accounting is to be discontinued for any hedging relationship that does not meet all the requirements of the guideline. The Company adopted the new standards as of January 1, 2004.
Subscriber equipment and hook-up costs
     In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company revised its accounting for equipment sales to subscribers and hook-up costs. Until the end of the third quarter of 2003, the cost of subsidies granted subscribers on equipment sold was capitalized and amortized over three years on a straight-line basis, and the cost of reconnecting subscribers, which included material, direct labour and certain overhead charges, was capitalized to fixed assets and depreciated over three or four years on a straight-line basis.
     The Company has changed its accounting policies in order to expense as incurred the costs of subscriber subsidies and the costs of reconnecting subscribers. These changes have been applied retroactively.
Stock based compensation
     Effective January 1, 2003, TVA Group, Nurun and Netgraphe changed the method of accounting for stock option plans and decided to adopt the fair value method on a prospective basis for employee stock option awards. Employee stock option awards granted, modified or settled prior to January 1, 2003 are not recognized according to the fair value method but according to the settlement method. Thus, the fair value method is applied only to employee stock options granted after December 31, 2002.
     On October 15, 2004, TVA Group amended its stock option plan and the stock option awards agreement for all participants, effective as of that date. Under the amended plan, all awards may now be settled in cash or other assets, at the employee’s option. Since October 15, 2004, the compensation cost related to employee stock awards has therefore been recorded in operating expenses and based on the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of the underlying shares between the award date (the date of the stock option plan amendment for all options granted prior to October 15, 2004) and the valuation date trigger a change in the assessed compensation cost.
Recent Accounting Developments in Canada

105


Table of Contents

     In June 2005, the CICA issued Section 3831, Non-Monetary Transactions . This revised standard requires all non-monetary transactions to be measured at fair value, subject to certain restrictions. This revised standard is effective for non-monetary transactions initiated in fiscal periods beginning on or after January 1, 2006.
     In December 2005, the CICA issued EIC-159 Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations , which clarifies the timing of liability recognition for conditional obligations associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset in accordance with Section 3110 of the CICA Handbook . The accounting treatment stipulated in this EIC is to be applied retroactively, with restatement of prior periods, to all interim and annual financial statements for periods ended after March 31, 2006. This EIC will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
     In 2005, CICA published Section 3855, Financial Instruments — Recognition and Measurement , Section 3865, Hedges , and Section 1530, Comprehensive Income .
     Section 3855 stipulates standards governing when and in what amount a financial instrument is to be recorded on the balance sheet. Financial instruments are to be recognized at fair value in some cases, at cost-based value in others. The section also stipulates standards for reporting gains and losses on financial instruments.
     Section 3865 is an optional application that allows entities to apply treatments other than those provided under Section 3855 to eligible operations they choose to designate, for accounting purposes, as being part of a hedging relationship. It expands on the guidance in AcG-13, Hedging Relationships , and Section 1650, Foreign Currency Translation , specifying the application of hedge accounting and the information that is to be reported by the entity.
     Section 1530 stipulates a new requirement that certain gains and losses be temporarily accumulated outside net income and recognized in other comprehensive income.
     New standards in Sections 3855, 3865 and 1530 will become effective for interim and annual financial statements relating to fiscal years beginning on or after October 1, 2006. The Company is currently assessing the impact that these new standards will have on its financial statements prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The Company believes, however, that these new standards are similar to those currently used for U.S. GAAP purposes.
Recent Accounting Developments in the United States
     In June 2005, FASB issued Statement No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections . This Statement is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. FAS 154 requires retroactive application for changes in accounting principles, unless it is unpracticable to determine either the cumulative effect or the period-specific effects of the change.
     In March 2005, FASB issued FIN 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations , which will take effect no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. FIN 47 clarifies the term “conditional asset retirement obligation” and refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional upon a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN 47 also discusses the uncertainty surrounding the timing and/or method of settlement of a conditional asset retirement obligation which should be factored into the measurement of a liability.
     In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123(R), which establishes standards for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services. This standard requires an issuer to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. This eliminates the exception to account for such awards using the intrinsic method previously allowable under Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25. In March 2005, the SEC released Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 107, Share-Based Payment , which expresses views of the SEC Staff about the application of SFAS 123(R). In April 2005, the SEC issued a ruling that SFAS 123(R) will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after June 15, 2005. The Company previously adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and is currently assessing the future impact of the revised statement.

106


Table of Contents

     In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets (SFAS 153), which eliminates the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 will be effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company will apply the new standard from January 1, 2006.
     In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151, Inventory Costs (SFAS 151), which clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material. SFAS 151 will be effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company believes that this statement will not have an impact on its financial statements.

107


Table of Contents

ITEM 6 — DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
Directors and Senior Management
     The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and senior executive officers at March 1, 2006
         
Name and Municipality of Residence   Age   Position
Serge Gouin
Outremont, Québec
  62   Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the
Compensation Committee
Jean La Couture, FCA(1)
  59   Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee
Montréal, Québec
       
André Delisle (1)
  59   Director
Montréal, Québec
       
A. Michel Lavigne, FCA (1)(2)
  55   Director
Brossard, Québec
       
Samuel Minzberg (2)
  56   Director
Westmount, Québec
       
The Right Honourable Brian
       
Mulroney P.C., C.C., LL.D.
  66   Director
Westmount, Québec
       
Jean Neveu (2)
  64   Director
Longueuil, Québec
       
Érik Péladeau
  49   Director and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
Rosemère, Québec
       
Pierre Karl Péladeau
  43   Director
Montréal, Québec
       
Normand Provost
  51   Director
Longueuil, Québec
       
Pierre Francoeur
  53   President and Chief Operating Officer
Ste-Adèle, Québec
       
Luc Lavoie
  49   Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs
Montréal, Québec
       
Mark D’Souza
  45   Vice President, Finance
Beaconsfield, Québec
       
Sylvain Chamberland
  43   Vice President, Business/Media Development
Ile Dupas, Québec
       
Richard Soly
  68   Executive Vice President, Marketing & Content
Montréal, Québec
       
Louis St-Arnaud
  59   Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary
Mont-Saint-Hilaire, Québec
       
Bruno Péloquin
  41   Senior Vice President, Strategic Development, Customer Relations
Montréal, Québec
       
Pierre Lampron
  59   Vice President, Institutional Relations
Outremont, Québec
       
Michel Ethier
  51   Vice President, Taxation
Montréal, Québec
       
Jean-François Pruneau
  35   Treasurer
Repentigny, Québec
       
Jean-François Richard
  47   Vice President, Advertising Convergence
Kirkland, Québec
       

108


Table of Contents

         
Name and Municipality of Residence   Age   Position
Denis Sabourin
  45   Vice President and Corporate Controller
Kirkland, Québec
       
Claudine Tremblay
  52   Senior Director, Corporate Secretariat and Assistant Secretary
Nuns’ Island, Québec
       
Edouard G. Trépanier
  55   Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Boucherville, Québec
       
Sylvie Cordeau
  41   Vice President, Communications
Verdun, Québec
       
 
(1)   Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(2)   Member of the Compensation Committee.
      Serge Gouin , Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Gouin has been a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since May 25, 2001, and he re-assumed the position of Chairman of the Board of Directors in May 2005, having also held that position from January 2003 to March 2004. Mr. Gouin also re-assumed the position of Chairman of our Compensation Committee in February 2006, having also held that position from May 2003 to May 2004. Mr. Gouin served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media Inc. from March 2004 until May 2005. Mr. Gouin has served as a Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation since July 2001 and May 2004, respectively. Mr. Gouin was an Advisory Director of Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. from 1998 to 2003. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Gouin served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Le Groupe Videotron ltée. in Montréal. From 1987 to 1991, Mr. Gouin was President and Chief Executive Officer of TVA Group Inc. Mr. Gouin is also a member of the Board of Directors of Cott Corporation, Onex Corporation, Cossette Communication Group Inc. and TVA Group Inc.
      Jean La Couture, FCA, Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. La Couture has been a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. and the Chairman of its Audit Committee since May 5, 2003 and he has also been a Director and the Chairman of the Audit Committee of each of Sun Media Corporation and Videotron Ltd. since June 2003 and October 2003, respectively. Mr. La Couture, a Fellow Chartered Accountant, is President of Huis Clos Ltée, a management and mediation firm. He also acts as President for the “ Regroupement des assureurs de personnes à charte du Québec (RACQ)” since August 1995. From 1972 to 1994, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of three organizations, including The Guarantee Company of North America, a Canadian specialty line insurance company from 1990 to 1994. Mr. La Couture also serves as Director of several corporations, including Quebecor Inc., Groupe Pomerleau (a Québec-based construction company) and two of our subsidiaries, Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation. He is Chairman of the Board of Innergex Power Trust, Capital Desbog Inc., Americ Disc Inc. and Maestro (a real estate capital fund).
      André Delisle, Director and member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Delisle has served as a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. and a member of its Audit Committee since October 31, 2005. Since that date, he has also served as a Director and a member of the Audit Committee of each of Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation. From August 2000 until July 2003, Mr. Delisle acted as an Assistant General Manager and Treasurer of the City of Montréal. He previously acted as internal consultant for the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec from February 1998 until August 2000. From 1982 through 1997, he worked for Hydro-Québec and the Québec Department of Finance, mainly in the capacity of Chief Financial Officer (Hydro-Québec) or Assistant Deputy Minister (Department of Finance). Mr. Delisle is a member of the Institute of Corporate Directors, a member of the Association of Québec Economists and a member of the Barreau du Québec .
      A. Michel Lavigne , FCA, Director and member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee. Mr. Lavigne has served as a Director and member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee of Quebecor Media Inc. since June 30, 2005. Since that date, Mr. Lavigne has also served as a Director and member of the Audit Committee of each of Videotron Ltd., Sun Media Corporation and TVA Group Inc. Mr. Lavigne is also a Director of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec , as well as the Chairman of the Board of each of Primary Energy Recycling Corporation and Teraxion Inc. Until May 2005, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton in Montréal, Québec, Chairman of the Board of Grant Thornton Canada and was a member of the Board

109


Table of Contents

of Governors of Grant Thornton International. Mr. Lavigne is a Fellow Chartered Accountant of the Ordre des comptables agréés du Québec and a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants. He received his certification in Administrative Sciences from the École des Hautes Études Commerciales (HEC) in Montréal, Québec in 1972. Mr. Lavigne is active in many charitable and cultural organisations.
      Samuel Minzberg , Director and member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Minzberg has been a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since June 2002 and is a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Minzberg is a partner with Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP. From January 1998 to December 2002, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Claridge Inc., a management and holding company, on behalf of the Charles R. Bronfman Family. Until December 1997 he was a partner and Chairman of Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg (Montréal). He also serves as a Director of HSBC Bank Canada and Reitmans (Canada) Limited. Mr. Minzberg received a B.A., B.C.L. and LL.B from McGill University.
      The Right Honourable Brian Mulroney , P.C., C.C., LL.D, Director. Mr. Mulroney has been a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since January 31, 2001. Mr. Mulroney has also served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor World Inc. since April 2002. Mr. Mulroney served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Sun Media Corporation from January 2000 to June 2001. Since 1993, Mr. Mulroney has been a Senior Partner with the law firm of Ogilvy Renault LLP in Montréal, Québec. Prior to that, Mr. Mulroney was the Prime Minister of Canada from 1984 until 1993. Mr. Mulroney practiced law in Montréal and served as President of the Iron Ore Company of Canada before entering politics in 1983. Mr. Mulroney serves as a Director of a number of public corporations including Quebecor Inc., Quebecor World Inc., Barrick Gold Corporation, Trizec Properties, Inc., and Archer Daniels Midland Company.
      Jean Neveu , Director. Mr. Neveu has been a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since January 2001. Mr. Neveu was also Chairman of our Compensation Committee from May 2004 to February 2006. Mr. Neveu has been a Director of Quebecor Inc. since 1988 and its Chairman since 1999. Mr. Neveu has also been a Director and the Chairman of TVA Group Inc. since 2001 and a Director of Quebecor World Inc. since 1989. He joined Quebecor Inc. in 1969 as Controller and held several different management positions before leaving in 1979 to join a major magazine publisher and distributor. In 1988, Mr. Neveu returned to Quebecor Inc. as its Vice President, Dailies and later became Senior Vice President. In December 1997, he was appointed to the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Inc., a position he has held until 1999. In April 1999, he was appointed Chairman of Quebecor Inc. In addition, Mr. Neveu served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor World Inc. from 1989 to 1997 and as its Chairman from 1997 to 2002. He also served as Quebecor World’s interim President and Chief Executive Officer from March 2003 to March 2004.
      Érik Péladeau , Director and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Péladeau has been a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since January 29, 2001. He re-assumed the position of Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media Inc. since March 30, 2005, having also held that position from January 2001 to March 12, 2004. Mr. Péladeau served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media Inc. from March 12, 2004 to March 30, 2005. Mr. Péladeau is currently Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Inc., a position he has held since April 1999, Executive Vice President of Quebecor Inc., a position he has held since March 2005, Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor World Inc., a position he has held since October 2001, and Chairman of the Board of Group Lelys Inc. Mr. Péladeau has worked in the Quebecor group of companies for 25 years. In November 1984, Mr. Péladeau left the Quebecor group of companies to start Group Lelys Inc., a printing plant specializing in labels. In 1988, he returned to Quebecor Inc. as Assistant Vice President for its printing division and has held several other management positions since then. Mr. Péladeau is a member of several boards, including the Board of Directors of Quebecor World Inc. Érik Péladeau is the brother of Pierre Karl Péladeau.
      Pierre Karl Péladeau , Director. Mr. Péladeau has been a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since August 18, 2000. From August 18, 2000 to March 12, 2004, Mr. Péladeau also served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media Inc. Mr. Péladeau is President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Inc. and President and Chief Excecutive Officer of Quebecor World Inc. Mr. Péladeau joined Quebecor Inc.’s communications division in 1985 as Assistant to the President. Since then, he has occupied various positions in the Quebecor group of companies. In 1994, Mr. Péladeau helped establish Quebecor Printing Europe and, as its President, oversaw its growth in France, the

110


Table of Contents

United Kingdom, Spain and Germany to become one of Europe’s largest printers by 1997. In 1997, Mr. Péladeau became Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Quebecor Printing Inc. (which has since become Quebecor World Inc.). In 1999, Mr. Péladeau became President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Inc. Mr. Péladeau was also the President and Chief Executive Officer of Videotron Ltd. from July 2001 until June 2003. Mr. Péladeau sits on the board of numerous Quebecor group companies and is active in many charitable and cultural organizations. Pierre Karl Péladeau is the brother of Érik Péladeau.
      Normand Provost , Director. Mr. Provost has been a Director of Quebecor Media since July 2004. Mr. Provost has served as Executive Vice President, Private Equity, of CDP Capital, a subsidiary of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec since November 2003. Mr. Provost joined the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec in 1980 and has held various management positions during his tenure, including President, Americas, of CDP Capital from 1995 to 2004. Mr. Provost is a member of the Leaders’ Networking Group of Québec and the Montréal Chamber of Commerce.
      Pierre Francoeur , President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Francoeur was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer in March 2005. Mr. Francoeur has also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Sun Media Corporation since May 2001, and as a Director of Sun Media Corporation since June 2001. From 1995 to March 2005, Mr. Francoeur was the Publisher and Chief Executive Officer of Le Journal de Montréal newspaper. From June 2000 to May 2001, Mr. Francoeur served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Sun Media Corporation. Mr. Francoeur first joined Le Journal de Montréal in 1979. In 1983, Mr. Francoeur left Le Journal de Montréal to found L’Hebdo de Laval , a weekly newspaper. In 1994, he returned to Le Journal de Montréal as Editor-in-Chief, and was appointed Publisher the following year. In April 1998, Mr. Francoeur was appointed Vice President, Dailies Division of Quebecor Communications Inc., and became President of the Dailies Division later that same year. Mr. Francoeur is a member of the Board of The Canadian Press.
      Luc Lavoie , Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs. Mr. Lavoie was appointed Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs, of Quebecor Media Inc. in March 2001. Mr. Lavoie is also Vice President, Corporate Affairs, of Quebecor Inc. He was previously the Executive Vice President of National Public Relations, first in its Ottawa office, which he helped launch, and then in its Montréal office. In that capacity, he advised executives and policy-makers across North America. Before joining National Public Relations, Mr. Lavoie was Canada’s Commissioner General to the 1992 Universal Exposition in Seville, Spain.
      Mark D’Souza , Vice President Finance. Mr. D’Souza was appointed Vice President Finance of Quebecor Media Inc. in October 2005. Since April 2002, Mr. D’Souza has also been a Vice President of Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation. Mr. D’Souza is also Vice President and Treasurer of Quebecor Inc. Mr. D’Souza served as Vice President and Treasurer of Quebecor Media Inc., Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation from April 2002 until September 2005. He was Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor World Europe from June 2000 to April 2002, and he was Vice President and Treasurer of Quebecor World from September 1997 to June 2000. Prior to joining the Quebecor group of companies, he served as Finance Director of Société Générale de Financement du Québec from March 1995 to September 1997, and served in corporate finance positions at the Royal Bank of Canada and the Union Bank of Switzerland from July 1989 to March 1995.
      Sylvain Chamberland , Vice President, Business/Media Development. Mr. Chamberland was appointed Vice President, Business/Media Development in August, 2005. Before joining Quebecor Media Inc., Mr. Chamberland spent more than 14 years working for communication companies, including TVA Group Inc., where he held several high-ranking positions. He has served as Chief Executive Officer of Radiomedia, and more recently, he was an executive officer of the News Department of the national public television network.
      Richard Soly , Executive Vice President, Marketing and Content. Mr. Soly was appointed Executive Vice President, Marketing and Content of Quebecor Media Inc. in September 2002. Mr. Soly also continues to serve as President of le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée which he founded 15 years ago. Mr. Soly is a member of the Board of Directors of the Retail Counsel of Canada and Groupe les Ailes de la Mode, Governor of the Conseil québécois de la Franchise (CQF) (the Franchise Council of Québec) and Chairman of Groupe Archambault Inc.

111


Table of Contents

      Louis St-Arnaud , Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary. Mr. St-Arnaud has been the Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary of Quebecor Media Inc. since 2000. He was promoted to Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs, and Secretary in October 2004. Mr. St-Arnaud is also the Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary of Quebecor Inc. and Quebecor World. Mr. St-Arnaud has worked in the Quebecor group of companies, at his current position and in others, for the past nineteen years. Mr. St-Arnaud has been a member of the Barreau du Québec since 1971.
      Bruno Péloquin , Senior Vice President, Strategic Development, Customer Relations. Mr. Péloquin was appointed Senior Vice President, Strategic Development, Customer Relations on November 7, 2005. Prior to joining Quebecor Media Inc., he served as Vice President, Customer Relations and Operations from 1997 to 2005 for Microcell Telecommunications (Fido) and as Vice President, Operations from 1995 to 1997 for Diners Club/En Route. Previously, he held various positions in sales, operations and business development for United Parcel Service Limited.
      Pierre Lampron , Vice President, Institutional Relations. Mr. Lampron was appointed to this position in June 2004. Mr. Lampron joined the TVA Group Inc. in 2000 as President of TVA International. Prior to this appointment, he served as President of TV5-America from 1999 to 2000. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Lampron served as President of Société de développement des entreprises culturelles (SODEC), a public organization involved in the financing of cultural industries in Québec.
      Michel Ethier , Vice President, Taxation. Mr. Ethier was appointed Vice President, Taxation of Quebecor Media Inc. in March 2004. Mr. Ethier is also Vice President, Taxation, of Quebecor Inc. From 1988 to 2000, Mr. Ethier was Director, Taxation of Le Groupe Videotron ltée. Following the purchase of Le Groupe Videotron ltée by Quebecor Media Inc. in October 2000, Mr. Ethier became Senior Director, Taxation of Quebecor Media Inc. From 1983 to 1988, Mr. Ethier was Senior Tax Advisor of Gaz Metropolitain Inc. and from 1978 to 1983, he was, successively, auditor and tax specialist for Coopers & Lybrand, Chartered Accountants. Mr. Ethier has been a member of the Canadian Institute of the Chartered Accountants since 1980.
      Jean-François Pruneau , Treasurer. Mr. Pruneau has served as Treasurer of Quebecor Media Inc. since October 31, 2005. In addition, Mr. Pruneau has also served as Treasurer of Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation since the same date. He also serves as Treasurer of various subsidiaries of Quebecor Media Inc. Before being appointed Treasurer of Quebecor Media Inc., Mr. Pruneau successively served as Director, Finance and Assistant Treasurer — Corporate Finance of Quebecor Media Inc. Before joining Quebecor Media Inc. in May 2001, Mr. Pruneau was Associate Director of BCE Media from 1999 to 2001. From 1997 to 1999, he served as Corporate Finance Officer at Canadian National Railway. He has been a member of the CFA Institute, formerly the Association for Investment Management and Research, since 2000.
      Jean-François Richard , Vice President, Advertising Convergence. Mr. Richard was appointed as Vice President, Advertising Convergence of Quebecor Media Inc. in January 2005. Prior to joining Quebecor Media Inc., Mr. Richard served, from August 2002 to May 2004, as Vice President Marketing and Image of Boutique Jacob Inc. From December 1997 to March 2002, Mr. Richard served in various marketing and communications positions at Bell Canada.
      Denis Sabourin , Vice President and Corporate Controller. Mr. Sabourin was appointed Vice President and Corporate Controller of Quebecor Media Inc. in March 2004. Before that date, he held the position of Senior Manager, Control. Mr. Sabourin is also Vice President and Corporate Controller of Quebecor Inc. Prior to joining Quebecor Media Inc., Mr. Sabourin served as corporate controller of Compagnie Unimédia (previously known as Unimédia Inc.) from 1994 to 2001 and as Operating Controller for the Hotel Group Auberges des Gouverneurs Inc. from 1990 to 1994. He also spent seven years with Samson Bélair/Deloitte & Touche, Chartered Accountants. Mr. Sabourin has been a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants since 1984.
      Claudine Tremblay , Senior Director, Corporate Secretariat and Assistant Secretary. Ms. Tremblay has been Assistant Secretary of Quebecor Media Inc. since its inception and is also currently Senior Director, Corporate Secretariat for Quebecor Media Inc., Quebecor World and Quebecor Inc. Since August 1987, Ms. Tremblay has been Assistant

112


Table of Contents

Secretary of Quebecor Inc. She also serves as either Secretary or Assistant Secretary of various subsidiaries of Quebecor Inc. and, since December 2004, Ms. Tremblay serves as Corporate Secretary of TVA Group Inc. Ms. Tremblay was Assistant Secretary and Administrative Assistant at the National Bank of Canada from 1979 to 1987. She has also been a member of the Chambre des Notaires du Québec since 1977.
      Edouard G. Trépanier , Vice President, Regulatory Affairs. Mr. Trépanier was appointed as the Vice President, Regulatory Affairs of Quebecor Media Inc. in March 2002. He also serves as Vice President, Regulatory Affairs of Videotron Ltd. Mr. Trépanier was Director, Regulatory Affairs of Groupe Vidéotron from 1994 to 2001. Prior to joining Groupe Vidéotron in 1994, Mr. Trépanier held several positions at the CRTC, including Interim General Director of Operations, Pay-television and Specialty Services. Prior to joining the CRTC, Mr. Trépanier worked as a television producer for TVA Group Inc., Rogers Communications Inc. and the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation in Ottawa. Mr. Trépanier is and has been a member of the boards of numerous broadcast industry organizations.
      Sylvie Cordeau , Vice President, Communications. Ms. Cordeau was appointed Vice President, Communications of Quebecor Media Inc. as of March 14, 2003. She is responsible for communications for the Quebecor Media Inc. group of companies. She also remains involved in the corporate communications and the philanthropic activities of Quebecor Inc. Ms. Cordeau has worked in the Quebecor group of companies in various management positions for the past ten years. Prior to her appointment as Vice President, Communications, Ms. Cordeau was Executive Adviser, Office of the President of Quebecor Inc. Ms. Cordeau is a member of the Barreau du Québec and holds a Master’s Degree in International and European Law from the Université Catholique de Louvain in Belgium.
Board of Directors
     In accordance with our charter, our Board of Directors may consist of at least one director and no more than 20 directors. Our Board of Directors presently consists of ten directors. Each director serves a one-year term and holds office until the next annual general shareholders’ meeting or until the election of his or her successor, unless he or she resigns or his or her office becomes vacant by reason of death, removal or other cause. Pursuant to a Consolidated and Amended Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2000, as amended, among Quebecor, certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of Quebecor, Capital CDPQ and Quebecor Media, our Board of Directors is comprised of nominees of each of Quebecor and of Capital CDPQ. In May 2003, our shareholders, acting by written resolution, increased the size of our Board of Directors to ten directors from nine, and established that Quebecor would be entitled to nominate six directors and Capital CDPQ would be entitled to nominate four directors. See “— Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” below for a description of the Consolidated and Amended Shareholders Agreement and the shareholders’ resolution increasing the size of the Board of Directors to ten.
Board Practices
     Reference is made to “— Directors and Senior Management” above for the current term of office, if applicable, and the period during which our directors and senior management have served in that office.
      Audit Committee
     In 2003, we formed an Audit Committee, which is currently composed of three directors, namely Messrs. Jean La Couture, André Delisle and A. Michel Lavigne. Mr. La Couture is the Chairman of our Audit Committee and our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under SEC rules. See “Item 16A — Audit Committee Financial Expert.” Our Board of Directors adopted the mandate of our Audit Committee in light of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in overseeing our financial controls and reporting. Our Audit Committee also oversees our compliance with financial covenants and legal and regulatory requirements governing financial disclosure matters and financial risk management.
     The current mandate of our Audit Committee provides, among other things, that our Audit Committee reviews our annual and quarterly financial statements before they are submitted to our Board of Directors, as well as the financial information contained in our annual reports on Form 20-F, our management’s discussion and analysis of financial conditions and results of operations, our quarterly reports furnished to the SEC under cover of Form 6-K and other documents

113


Table of Contents

containing similar information before their public disclosure or filing with regulatory authorities; reviews our accounting policies and practices; and discusses with our independent auditors the scope of their audit and reviews their recommendations and the responses of our management to their recommendations. Our Audit Committee is also responsible for ensuring that we have in place adequate and efficient internal control and management information systems to monitor our financial information and to ensure that our transactions with related parties are made on terms that are fair for us. Our Audit Committee pre-approves all audit services and permitted non-audit services and pre-approves all the fees pertaining to those services that are payable to our independent auditors, and it submits the appropriate recommendations to our Board of Directors in connection with these services and fees. Our Audit Committee also reviews the scope of the audit and the results of the examinations conducted by our internal audit department. In addition, our Audit Committee recommends the appointment of our independent auditors, subject to our shareholders’ approval. It also reviews and approves our Code of Ethics for its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller, principal financial officer and other persons performing similar functions.
      Compensation Committee
     Our Compensation Committee is composed of Messrs. Serge Gouin, A. Michel Lavigne and Samuel Minzberg. Mr. Gouin is the Chairman of our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee was formed with the mandate to examine and decide upon the global compensation and benefits policies of us and those of our subsidiaries, and to formulate appropriate recommendations to the Board of Directors, among other things, concerning long-term compensation in the form of stock option grants. Our Compensation Committee is also responsible for the review, on an annual basis, of the compensation of our directors.
Compensation
Compensation of Directors
     Our directors who are also employees of Quebecor Media are not entitled to receive any additional compensation for serving as our Directors. Since January 1, 2006, each Director is entitled to receive an annual director’s fee of $25,000 from Quebecor Media. Directors are also entitled to receive an attendance fee of $1,500 for each Board or committee meeting attended (other than the Audit Committee) and an attendance fee of $2,000 for each Audit Committee meeting attended, each payable quarterly. The President of our Audit Committee receives additional fees of $9,000 per year and the President of our Compensation Committee receives additional fees of $5,000 per year. All of our Directors are reimbursed for travel and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending board meetings. Mr. Jean Neveu, who serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of our parent company, Quebecor, receives compensation from Quebecor and does not receive from us any annual fees or attendance fees. In addition, Mr. Neveu’s compensation is not subject to the Directors’ Deferred Stock Unit Plan, which we refer to as the DSUP plan. Mr. Serge Gouin, who serves as Chairman of the Board of Quebecor Media, receives compensation from us for acting in such capacity.
     During the financial year ended December 31, 2005, nine Directors (which includes the former Directors François Laurin and Jean-Louis Mongrain, who resigned on May 13, 2005 and June 30, 2005, respectively) earned an aggregate compensation of $301,332, which amount includes their annual fees and attendance fees. None of our directors have service contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.
     In addition to the compensation described above, our directors who are also Directors of Quebecor (other than Mr. Neveu), namely Jean La Couture, The Right Honourable Brian Mulroney, Érik Péladeau and Pierre Karl Péladeau, participate in the DSUP plan. Under this plan, each beneficiary receives a portion of his or her compensation in the form of units, such portion representing at least 50% of the annual retainer of $37,500. Subject to certain conditions, each beneficiary may elect to receive in the form of units any percentage, up to 100%, of the total fees payable for his or her services as a director, including the balance of the annual retainer, meeting attendance fees and any other fees payable to the director. Since January 1, 2004 and March 12, 2004, respectively, Erik Péladeau and Pierre Karl Péladeau no longer receive compensation in the form of units for serving as directors of Quebecor.
     Under the DSUP plan, beneficiaries are credited, on the last day of each fiscal quarter of Quebecor, a number of units determined on the basis of the amounts payable to such director in respect of such fiscal quarter, divided by the value of

114


Table of Contents

a unit. The value of a unit means the weighted average trading price of the Class B Shares of Quebecor on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the five trading days immediately preceding such date. The units take the form of a credit to the account of the director, who may not convert such units into cash as long as he or she remains a director.
     Under the DSUP plan, all of the units credited to the beneficiary are redeemed by Quebecor and the value of these units are paid when the director ceases to serve as a director of Quebecor. For purposes of redemption of units, the value of a unit corresponds to the market value of a Class B Shares at the redemption date, being the closing price of the Class B Shares on The Toronto Stock Exchange on the last trading day preceding such date.
     Units entitle the holders thereof to dividends which will be paid in the form of additional units at the same rate as applicable to dividends paid on the Class B Shares.
     No units held by directors of Quebecor Media who also sit on the Board of Directors of Quebecor were redeemed in 2005.
     As of December 31, 2005, Jean La Couture held 2,543 units, the Right Honourable Brian Mulroney held 10,466 units, Érik Péladeau held 3,685 units and Pierre Karl Péladeau held 6,172 units under the DSUP plan.
   Compensation of Executive Officers
     Compensation of our senior executive officers is composed primarily of base salary and the payment of cash bonuses. Cash bonuses are generally tied to the achievement of financial performance indicators and personal objectives, and they may vary from 25% to 75% of base salary depending upon the level of responsibilities of the senior executive officer. Our executive compensation package is also complemented by long-term incentives in the form of options to purchase our common shares to be issued pursuant to Quebecor Media’s Stock Option Plan.
     For the financial year ended December 31, 2005, thirteen senior executive officers (excluding senior executive officers of our subsidiaries) received aggregate compensation of $4,504,100 for services they rendered in all capacities during 2005, which amount includes the base salary, bonuses, benefits in kind and deferred compensation paid to such senior executive officers.
   Quebecor Media’s Stock Option Plan
     On January 29, 2002, we established a stock option plan to attract, retain and motivate our directors, executive officers and key contributors, as well as those of our subsidiaries, including Videotron and Sun Media. The Compensation Committee is responsible for the administration of this stock option plan and, as such, designates the participants under the stock option plan and determines the number of options granted, the vesting schedule, the expiration date and any other terms and conditions relating to the options.
     Under this stock option plan, 6,185,714 Quebecor Media Common Shares (representing 5% of all of the outstanding shares of Quebecor Media) have been set aside for officers, senior employees and other key employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries. Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of 10 years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be, the fair market value of the Common Shares of Quebecor Media at the date of grant, as determined by our Board of Directors (if the Common Shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a stock exchange at the time of the grant) or the trading price of the Common Shares of Quebecor Media on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of grant. Unless authorized by our Compensation Committee in the context of a change of control, no options may be exercised by an optionee if the shares of Quebecor Media have not been listed on a recognized stock exchange. At December 31, 2007, if the shares of Quebecor Media have not been so listed, optionees may exercise, between January 1 and January 31 of each year, starting January 1, 2008, their right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the fair market value, as determined by our Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options. Except under specific circumstances, and unless our Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by our Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on

115


Table of Contents

the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Pursuant to the terms of this plan, no optionee may hold options representing more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Quebecor Media.
     As of December 31, 2005, an aggregate total of 3,228,321 options to purchase common shares of Quebecor Media have been granted to employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, at a weighted average exercise price of $18.90 per share, as determined by Quebecor Media’s compensation committee in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Quebecor Media stock option plan. Of that number, 1,172,398 options to purchase common shares of Quebecor Media have been granted to executive officers of Quebecor Media, at a weighted average exercise price of $19.89 per share.
     During the year ended December 31, 2005, an aggregate total of 255,630 options to purchase common shares of Quebecor Media have been granted to employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, at a weighted average exercise price of $28.96 per share, as determined by Quebecor Media’s compensation committee in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Quebecor Media stock option plan. Of that number, 154,206 options to purchase common shares of Quebecor Media have been granted to executive officers of Quebecor Media, at a weighted average exercise price of $29.63 per share. For more information on this stock option plan, see note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
   Quebecor Inc.’s Stock Option Plan
     Under a stock option plan established by Quebecor, 6,500,000 Quebecor Class B Shares have been set aside for officers, senior employees and other key employees of Quebecor and its subsidiaries, including Quebecor Media. The exercise price of each option is equal to the weighted average trading price of Quebecor Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the last five trading days immediately preceding the grant of the option. Each option may be exercised during a period not exceeding 10 years from the date granted. Options usually vest as follows: 1 / 3 after one year, 2 / 3 after two years, and 100% three years after the original grant. Holders of options under Quebecor stock option plan have the choice, when they want to exercise their options, to acquire Quebecor Class B Shares at the corresponding option exercise price or to receive a cash payment from Quebecor equivalent to the difference between the market value of the underlying shares and the exercise price of the option. Quebecor believes that employees may choose to receive cash payments on the exercise of stock options. The Board of Directors of Quebecor may, at its discretion, affix different vesting periods at the time of each grant.
     During the financial year ended December 31, 2005, no options to purchase Quebecor Class B Shares were granted to senior executive officers of Quebecor Media or any of its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2005, a total of 250,000 options to purchase Quebecor Class B Shares, at a weighted average exercise price of $32.11 per share, were held by three senior executive officers of Quebecor Media, of which 235,000 options were originally granted to two of these senior executive officers in respect of their responsibilities within Quebecor. The closing sale price of the Quebecor Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange on December 30, 2005, was $25.65 per share.
   Pension Benefits
     Quebecor Media maintains a pension plan for its non-unionized employees and those of its subsidiaries. The pension plan provides higher pension benefits to eligible executive officers than the pension benefits provided to other employees, such higher pension benefits being equal to 2% of the average salary over the best five consecutive years of salary (including bonuses), multiplied by the number of years of membership in the plan as an executive officer. The pension so calculated is payable at the normal retirement age, which is 65 years of age, or sooner at the election of the executive officer, and, from age 61, without early retirement reduction. In addition, the pension may be deferred, but not beyond the age limit under the provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), in which case the pension is adjusted to take into account the delay in payment thereof in relation to the normal retirement age. The maximum pension payable under such pension plan is as prescribed by the Income Tax Act (Canada) and is based on a maximum salary of $105,550. An executive officer contributes to the plan an amount equal to 5% of his or her salary up to a maximum of $5,278 in respect of 2006.
     In addition, Videotron maintains a pension plan for its non-unionized employees. The plan provides pension benefits

116


Table of Contents

equal to 2% of salary (excluding bonuses) for each year of membership in the plan. The pension so calculated is payable at the normal retirement age, which is 65 years of age, or sooner at the election of the executive officer, subject to an early retirement reduction. In addition, the pension may be deferred, but not beyond the age limit under the provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), in which case the pension is adjusted to take into account the delay in payment thereof in relation to the normal retirement age. The maximum pension payable under such pension plan is as prescribed by the Income Tax Act (Canada) and corresponds to a maximum salary of $105,550. An executive officer contributes to the plan an amount equal to 5% of his or her salary up to a maximum of $3,500 per year.
     The total amount contributed or accrued by Quebecor Media in 2005 to provide the pension benefits was $18.1 million on a consolidated basis. For a description of the amount set aside or accrued for pension plans and post-retirement benefits by Quebecor Media see note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements included under Item 17 of this annual report.
     The table below indicates the annual pension benefits that would be payable at the normal retirement age of 65 years:
                                         
    Years of Membership  
Compensation   10     15     20     25     30  
$105,550 or more
  $ 21,110     $ 31,665     $ 42,220     $ 52,775     $ 63,330  
   Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan for Designated Executives
     In addition to the pension plans in force, Quebecor and Quebecor Media (through Videotron’s plan) provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain designated executives. Nine senior executive officers of Quebecor Media are participants under the Quebecor plan and one senior executive officer of Quebecor Media is a participant under the Videotron plan.
     The pensions of the nine senior executive officers who participate in the Quebecor plan is equal, for each year of membership under the plan to 2% of the difference between their respective average salaries (including bonuses) for the best five consecutive years and the maximum salary under the pension plan. The pension is payable for life without reduction from age 61. In case of death after retirement and from the date of death, the plan provides for the payment of a pension to the eligible surviving spouse representing 50% of the retiree’s pension and payable for up to 10 years.
     As of December 31, 2005, one senior executive officer of Quebecor Media had a credited service of approximately 19 years while the eight other senior executive officers had credited service of less than five years.
     The pension of the senior executive officer who participates in Videotron’s plan is calculated as 2% of the difference between his average salary (excluding bonuses) for the best five consecutive years and the maximum salary under the pension plan multiplied by his years of membership under the plan. The pension so calculated is payable at the normal retirement age, which is 65 years of age, or sooner at the election of the executive officer, subject to an early retirement reduction. In case of death after retirement and from the date of death, the plan provides for the payment of a pension to the eligible surviving spouse representing 60% of the retiree’s pension. As of December 31, 2005, such senior executive officer had a credited service of approximately 16 years.

117


Table of Contents

     The table below indicates the annual pension benefits that would be payable under both Quebecor’s and Videotron’s plans at the normal retirement age of 65 years:
                                         
    Years of Credited Service  
Compensation   10     15     20     25     30  
$   200,000
  $ 18,890     $ 28,335     $ 37,780     $ 47,225     $ 56,670  
$   300,000
  $ 38,890     $ 58,335     $ 77,780     $ 97,225     $ 116,670  
$   400,000
  $ 58,890     $ 88,335     $ 117,780     $ 147,225     $ 176,670  
$   500,000
  $ 78,890     $ 118,335     $ 157,780     $ 197,225     $ 236,670  
$   600,000
  $ 98,890     $ 148,335     $ 197,780     $ 247,225     $ 296,670  
$   800,000
  $ 138,890     $ 208,335     $ 277,780     $ 347,225     $ 416,670  
$1,000,000
  $ 178,890     $ 268,335     $ 357,780     $ 447,225     $ 536,670  
$1,200,000
  $ 218,890     $ 328,335     $ 437,780     $ 547,225     $ 656,670  
Liability Insurance
     Quebecor carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers, as well as for the directors and officers of its subsidiaries, including Quebecor Media and certain associated companies, against certain liabilities incurred by them in such capacity. These policies are subject to customary deductibles and exceptions. The premiums in respect of this insurance are entirely paid by Quebecor.
Employees
     At December 31, 2005, we had 14,527 employees on a consolidated basis. At December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, we had approximately 13,000 and 12,500 employees, respectively. A number of our employees work part-time. The following table sets forth certain information relating to our employees in each of our operating segments as of December 31, 2005:
                         
    Total number   Number of employees under   Number of
Operations   of employees   collective agreements   collective agreements
Cable
    3,344       2,199       4  
Newspapers
    6,083       2,009       49  
Broadcasting
    1,512       921       15  
Leisure and Entertainment
    1,615       335       7  
Business Telecommunications
    444       152       2  
Interactive Technologies and Communications
    553       0       0  
Internet / Portals
    303       0       0  
Others
    673       498       1  
 
                       
 
Total
    14,527       6,114       78  
 
                       
     As of December 31, 2005, approximately 41% of our employees on a consolidated basis were represented by collective bargaining agreements. Through our subsidiaries, we are currently a party to 78 collective bargaining agreements. As of December 31, 2005:
    Videotron’s 4 collective bargaining agreements, representing 2,199, or 100%, of its unionized employees, have been recently renewed and are scheduled to expire on respective dates between December 2009 and August 2011;
 
    20 of Sun Media’s collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 388, or 19%, of its unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these 20 collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006. Furthermore, eight of Sun Media’s collective bargaining agreements, covering 484 employees, expire in 2006, while Sun Media’s 21 other collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 1,137 unionized employees, are scheduled to expire on respective dates between December 2007 and June 2010;
 
    12 of TVA Group’s 15 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 379, or 41%, of its unionized employees, will expire between April 2007 and the end of December 2008, one of its collective

118


Table of Contents

      bargaining agreements, representing approximately 516, or 56%, of its unionized employees, will expire at the end of December 2006 and two collective bargaining agreements, representing 26, or 3%, of its employees, have expired and negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements will be undertaken in 2006. A group of 53 employees is currently in the process of being unionized;
 
    three of our other collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 126, or 13%, of our other unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006. Another seven of our collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 859, or 87%, of our other unionized employees, expire at various dates between the end of December 2006 and March 2010.
Share Ownership
     Except as disclosed under “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” of this annual report, none of our equity securities are held by any of our directors or senior executive officers. For a description of Quebecor Media’s stock option plan, see “— Compensation” above.

119


Table of Contents

ITEM 7 — MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Major Shareholders
     As of December 31, 2005, Quebecor held, directly and indirectly, 67,636,713 common shares of our company, representing a 54.72% voting and equity interest in us. The remaining 45.28% voting and equity interest, or 55,966,094 common shares, was held by Capital CDPQ. The primary assets of Quebecor, a communications holding company, are its interests in us and in Quebecor World. Capital CDPQ is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec , Canada’s largest pension fund manager, with approximately $215 billion in assets under management. Capital CDPQ specializes in financing for companies in the telecommunications, media and cultural industry sectors.
     To the knowledge of our directors and officers, the only person who beneficially owns or exercises control or direction over more than 10% of the shares of any class of voting shares of Quebecor is Les Placements Péladeau Inc., a corporation controlled by Fiducie Spéciale Pierre Péladeau, a trust constituted for the benefit of Messrs. Erik Péladeau and Pierre Karl Péladeau. As of December 31, 2005, Les Placements Péladeau Inc. held, directly and indirectly, a total of 17,465,264 Quebecor Class A Shares and 19,800 Quebecor Class B Shares, representing approximately 27.19% of the outstanding equity shares of Quebecor and approximately 66.53% of the voting rights attached to all outstanding Quebecor shares.
Consolidated and Amended Shareholders’ Agreement
     We entered into a shareholders’ agreement, dated October 23, 2000, with Quebecor, Capital CDPQ and certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, as consolidated and amended by a shareholders’ agreement dated December 11, 2000, which sets forth the rights and obligations of Quebecor and Capital CDPQ as our shareholders. Except as specifically provided in the shareholders’ agreement, the rights thereunder apply only to shareholders holding at least 10% of our equity shares, which we refer to as QMI Shares, on a fully-diluted basis.
     The shareholders’ agreement provides, among other things, for:
  (a)   standard rights of first refusal with respect to certain transfers of QMI Shares;
 
  (b)   standard preemptive rights which permit shareholders to maintain their respective holdings of QMI Shares on a fully diluted basis in the event of issuances of additional QMI Shares or our convertible securities;
 
  (c)   rights of representation on our Board of Directors in proportion to shareholdings, with Quebecor initially having five nominees (now six nominees) and Capital CDPQ having four nominees to our Board of Directors;
 
  (d)   consent rights in certain circumstances with respect to matters relating to us and our non-reporting issuer (public) subsidiaries, including (1) a substantial change in the nature of our business and our subsidiaries taken as a whole, (2) an amendment to our articles or certain of our subsidiaries, (3) the merger or amalgamation of us or certain of our subsidiaries with a person other than an affiliate, (4) the issuance by us or certain of our subsidiaries of shares or of securities convertible into shares except in the event of an initial public offering of QMI Shares, (5) any transaction having a value of more than $75,000,000, other than the sale of goods and services in the normal course of business, (6) a business acquisition in a business sector unrelated to sectors in which we and certain of our subsidiaries are involved, and (7) in respect of capital expenditures in excess of certain amounts for each of the first five years of our operations;
 
  (e)   standard rights of first refusal in favor of Capital CDPQ with respect to the sale of all or substantially all of the shares or assets of TVA Group or Videotron;
 
  (f)   so long as Capital CDPQ holds at least 22.5% of the QMI Shares on a fully diluted basis, if the Péladeau family (as defined in the shareholders’ agreement) ceases to control Quebecor, Capital CDPQ shall have at its option either a “call” on Quebecor’s interest in us at fair market value, or a “put” right in respect of Capital CDPQ’s interest in us to Quebecor or its new controlling shareholder at fair market value, provided that the

120


Table of Contents

      “call” right shall not apply if the Péladeau family (as defined in the shareholders’ agreement) has offered a standard right of first refusal on its Quebecor control block to Capital CDPQ before selling control of Quebecor, and all of the above-mentioned rights shall cease to apply five years following the approval by the CRTC of the acquisition by us of Videotron; and
 
  (g)   a non-competition covenant by Quebecor in respect of it and its affiliates pursuant to which Quebecor and its affiliates shall not compete with QMI and its subsidiaries in their areas of activity so long as Quebecor has “ de jure ” or “ de facto ” control of us, subject to certain limited exceptions.
     The shareholders’ agreement provides that once we become a reporting issuer and have a 20% public “float” of QMI Shares, certain provisions of the shareholders’ agreement will cease to apply, including the consent rights described under subsections (d)(4) and (f) in the description of the shareholders’ agreement above.
     In a separate letter agreement, dated December 11, 2000, Quebecor and Capital CDPQ agreed, subject to applicable laws, fiduciary obligations and existing agreements, to attempt to apply the same board representation and consent rights as set forth in the shareholders agreement to our reporting issuer (public) subsidiaries so long as Capital CDPQ holds at least 20% of the QMI Shares on a fully-diluted basis or, in the case of TVA Group only, 10%.
     On May 5, 2003, our Board of Directors, by resolution, increased the total number of directors on our Board of Directors from nine to ten and determined that the tenth director would be a nominee of Quebecor. Following the resolution, our Board of Directors consists of ten directors, of which six are nominees of Quebecor and four are nominees of Capital CDPQ. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Directors and Senior Management.”
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
     The following describes some transactions in which we and our directors, executive officers and affiliates are involved. We believe that each of the transactions described below was on terms no less favorable to us than could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.
   Management Arrangements
     Quebecor Inc. has entered into management arrangements with Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries. Under these management arrangements, Quebecor, Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries provide mutual management services on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of our executive officers who also serve as executive officers of Quebecor Inc. In 2005, Quebecor Media received a total of $3.0 million in management fees from Quebecor, the same amount as in 2004.
     In 2005, Quebecor Media also paid aggregate management and guarantee fees of $1.2 million and $1.0 million respectively ($1.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in 2004) to its shareholders, Quebecor and CDP Capital. The guarantee fees related to Quebecor Media’s $135.0 million credit facility (reduced to $75.0 million in June 2005 and repaid and terminated in January 2006), which was guaranteed by each of Quebecor and CDP Capital in proportion to their respective interest in Quebecor Media. An annual fee equivalent to 1.0% of the credit facility was payable to the guarantors in this respect.
   Lease Arrangements
     Quebecor and other related parties lease office spaces to Quebecor Media. In 2005, the aggregate rent expense paid to Quebecor and other related parties was $2.6 million, compared with $3.7 million for 2004.
   Commercial Printing and Other Services
     Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries have incurred expenses for commercial printing and other services and have earned revenue for application/server hosting, advertising and other services from Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor, and from another affiliated company. The aggregate purchases from Quebecor World and the

121


Table of Contents

affiliated company were $88.4 million in 2005, while, in 2004, such purchases amounted to $75.1 million, in the aggregate. The 2005 total revenues from Quebecor World and the affiliated company were $21.5 million, compared to $11.1 million in 2004. Quebecor Media conducts all of its business with Quebecor World and the affiliated company on a commercial, arms-length basis and records the transactions at the exchange value.
     In 2004, Quebecor World reached an agreement with Videotron Telecom, Business Telecommunications segment, to outsource its information technology infrastructure in North America for a period of seven years. As part of this agreement, Videotron Telecom purchased some of Quebecor World’s information technology infrastructure equipment at a cost of $3.0 million. The outsourcing services to Quebecor World are estimated to generate revenues of approximately $18.1 million annually. Both the price of the equipment transferred and the revenues of the outsourcing services have been accounted for at the exchange value. The transfer of the equipment was completed in December 2004.
     In the first quarter of 2005, Quebecor Media acquired certain assets of Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor, for cash consideration of $3.3 million ($1.4 million paid in cash and an estimated balance payable of $1.9 million). The transaction was recorded at the book value of the transferred assets.
     In August 2005, we announced the creation of a new entity to be co-owned by Quebecor Media (75%) and Quebecor World (25%) to operate a new printing facility in Islington, in the Greater Toronto Area. This facility will serve customers of both Quebecor Media and Quebecor World. The new facility is expected to be fully operational by 2007.
   Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec
      Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec and its subsidiary Capital CDPQ may from time to time have equity interests in, or be creditors of, our subsidiaries, including TVA Group and Nurun.
   Tax Consolidation Transactions
     Unlike corporations in the United States, corporations in Canada are not permitted to file consolidated tax returns. As a result, Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries have entered into certain tax consolidation transactions pursuant to which Quebecor Media typically issues preferred shares to its subsidiaries and correspondingly acquires convertible debt obligations or subordinated loans of these subsidiaries. As a result of such transactions, Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries recognize significant income tax benefits.
      Issuance and Redemption of Convertible Obligations and Investments in Quebecor Media Preferred Shares
     In July 2001, Sun Media and its subsidiaries issued a $1.6 billion convertible obligation to Quebecor Media, and used the proceeds to invest in $1.6 billion of the Quebecor Media preferred shares for tax consolidation purposes. In November 2002, Sun Media and its subsidiaries issued a new convertible obligation to Quebecor Media in the amount of $350.0 million, and used the proceeds to invest in $350.0 million of Quebecor Media preferred shares. In July 2003, Sun Media and its subsidiaries redeemed $360.0 million and in January 2004, Sun Media and its subsidiaries redeemed another $450.0 million of the convertible obligations, using the proceeds from the redemption of Quebecor Media preferred shares.
     In January 2005, Sun Media and its subsidiaries received a further $150.0 million for its investment in the Quebecor Media preferred shares and used the proceeds to redeem $150.0 million of its convertible obligations. In addition, Sun Media and its subsidiaries issued a new convertible obligation to Quebecor Media in the amount of $255.0 million and used the proceeds from the issuance to invest in an additional $255.0 million of Quebecor Media preferred shares.
      Issuance of Subordinated Loans and Investments in Quebecor Media Preferred Shares
     In January 2004, Archambault Group issued a $70.0 million subordinated loan to Quebecor Media and used the proceeds to invest in $70.0 millions of the Quebecor Media preferred shares for tax consolidation purposes. In April 2005,

122


Table of Contents

Archambault Group issued a $55.0 million subordinated loan to Quebecor Media and used the proceeds to invest in $55.0 million of Quebecor Media preferred shares for tax consolidation purposes.
     In June 2004 and October 2004, CEC Publishing issued an aggregate $200.0 million subordinated loan to Quebecor Media and used the proceeds to invest an aggregate of $200.0 million in Quebecor Media’s preferred shares for tax consolidation purposes. In August 2005, CEC Publishing reimbursed $184.0 million of the loan and Quebecor Media redeemed $184.0 million of preferred shares.
     In March 2005, Telexperts Quebecor Inc., a subsidiary of Quebecor Media, issued a $6.95 million subordinated loan to Quebecor Media and used the proceeds to invest in $6.95 million of Quebecor Media preferred shares for tax consolidation purposes.
      Other Income Tax Transactions
     During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, some of the Company’s subsidiaries acquired tax benefits amounting to $13.7 million and $12.9 million, respectively, from Quebecor World, a company under common control. Of this amount, $13.4 million and $12.9 million were recorded as income taxes receivable in 2003 and 2004 respectively, while $0.3 million was recorded as long-term future income tax assets in 2003. These transactions allowed the Company to realize gains of $2.1 million and $0.1 million respectively (net of non-controlling interest), which are recorded as contributed surplus. Additional tax benefits of $8.0 million will be recognized in the statement of income as a reduction in income tax expense when the new deduction multiple applied on the tax benefits bought in 2003 and 2004 will be officially enacted. However, if the new deduction multiple does not become enacted, $6.0 million will be recorded as contributed surplus since the amount paid to Quebecor World will be recovered by an equal amount.
     On December 14, 2005, the Company entered into a tax consolidation transaction by which the Company has transferred $192.0 million in capital losses to its parent company for a cash consideration of $15.9 million. In addition, in 2006, the parent company will transfer $75.0 million of non-capital losses to the Company in exchange for a cash consideration of $16.3 million. Cash considerations have been negotiated on an arms-length basis between the parties and represent the fair value of the tax deductions being transferred. As a result of these transactions, the Company has recorded a reduction of $15.9 million in income tax expense for 2005 and expects to reduce its income tax expense by $8.5 million in the future.
Interests of Experts and Counsel
     Not applicable.
ITEM 8 — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
     The consolidated balance sheets of Quebecor Media as at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Quebecor Media for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, as well as the auditors’ report thereon, are presented at Item 17 of this annual report.
Legal Proceedings
     We are involved from time to time in various claims and lawsuits incidental to the conduct of our business in the ordinary course.
     On March 13, 2002, an action was filed in the Superior Court of Québec by Investissement Novacap inc., Telus Québec Inc. and Paul Girard against Videotron, in which the plaintiffs allege that Videotron wrongfully terminated its obligations under a share purchase agreement entered into in August 2000. The plaintiffs are seeking damages totaling approximately $26 million. Videotron’s management believes that the suit is not justified and intends to vigorously defend its case.

123


Table of Contents

     In 1999, Regional Cablesystems Inc. (now Persona Communications Inc.) initiated an arbitration with Videotron in which it is seeking an amount of $8.6 million as reduction of the purchase price of the shares of Northern Cable Holdings Limited sold to Regional Cablesystems Inc. by a subsidiary of Videotron in 1998. A settlement in principle has been reached subject to finalization of the settlement documentation.
     In addition, a number of other legal proceedings against Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries are currently pending. In the opinion of the management of Quebecor Media, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our results, liquidity or financial position. We also carry insurance coverage in such amounts that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Dividend Policy and Dividends
   Dividend Policies and Payments
     Our authorized share capital consists of common shares and Cumulative First Preferred Shares, consisting of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares, Series D Shares and Series F Shares, as well as Preferred Shares, Series E. As of December 31, 2005, our issued and outstanding share capital was as follows:
    123,602,807 common shares outstanding, of which 67,636,713 were held by Quebecor and 55,966,094 were held by Capital CDPQ;
 
    990,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A, outstanding, which were held by Sun Media, Bowes Publishers Limited and Sun Media (Toronto) Corporation;
 
    147,950 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C, outstanding, which were held by Archambault Group and CEC Publishing of the Leisure and Entertainment segment; and
 
    255,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F, outstanding, which Series F Shares were held by subsidiaries of Sun Media.
     Holders of our common shares are entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Shares, to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors shall determine. In 2005, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared aggregate dividends of $105.0 million, of which $45.0 million was paid to shareholders in 2005 and $60.0 million was paid in January 2006. We currently expect, to the extent permitted by our Articles of Incorporation, the terms of our indebtedness and applicable law, to continue to pay dividends to our shareholders or reduce paid-up capital in the future.
     Holders of our Series A Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 12.5% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series A Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on January 14 and July 14 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series A Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
     Holders of our Series B Shares are entitled to receive a cash dividend, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The dividend shall be payable only upon conversion of the Series B Shares into Common Shares. Dividends are determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with our Articles of Incorporation.
     Holders of our Series C Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 11.25% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series C Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series C Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
     Holders of our Series D Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 11.0% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series D Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series D Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series D Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

124


Table of Contents

     The holders of our Series E Shares are entitled to receive a maximum non-cumulative preferred monthly dividend at a rate of 1.25% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Series E Shares when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The Series E Shares rank senior to the common shares but junior to the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares.
     Holders of our Series F Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 10.85% per annum per share. The dividends declared on the Series F Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on January 14 and July 14 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
Significant Changes
     Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report (including under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Subsequent Events”), there has been no significant change in our financial position since December 31, 2005.
ITEM 9 — THE OFFER AND LISTING
Offer and Listing Details
     Not applicable.
Plan of Distribution
     Not applicable.
Markets
   Outstanding Notes
     In July 2001, we issued US$715.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 and US$295.0 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2011 in private placement transactions. In October 2001 we completed an exchange offer pursuant to which we exchanged our unregistered 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 and 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2011 for SEC – registered 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 and 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2011. Both the Senior Notes and the Senior Discount Notes are unsecured, and each are due July 15, 2011, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year except that, in the case of the Senior Discount Notes, interest will accrue, up to July 15, 2006, in the form of an increase in the accreted value, representing amortization of original issue discount of such Senior Discount Notes.
     On July 19, 2005, pursuant to portion tender offers announced on June 20, 2005, we purchased US$128.2 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes and US$12.1 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of our Discount Notes, bearing interest at 11.125% and 13.750%, respectively. Quebecor Media paid a cash consideration of $215.3 million to purchase these notes, including the redemption premium and the cost of settlement of the cross-currency swap agreements.
     On December 16, 2005, as part of our refinancing plan, we announced tender offers and consent solicitations pursuant to which we offered to repurchase and retire any and all of our outstanding 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 and 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2011. Upon the completion of these tender offers in January 2006, we repurchased US$561.6 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes due 2011 (representing 95.7% of the Senior Notes due 2011 outstanding) and US$275.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of Senior Discount Notes due 2011 (representing 97.4% of the Senior Discount Notes due 2011 outstanding). We intend to redeem any remaining outstanding Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011 on July 15, 2006 at a price equal to 105.563% of the principal amount of such Senior Notes and 106.875% of the principal amount at maturity of such Senior Discount Notes, pursuant to the terms of the respective indentures governing the notes.
     Through a private placement that closed on January 17, 2006, we issued US$525.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016. In connection with the issuance of our 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016, we have agreed to use our best efforts to complete a registered exchange offer pursuant to which our unregistered 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 are exchanged for SEC-registered notes evidencing the same continuing indebtedness and having substantially

125


Table of Contents

identical terms. Our 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 are unsecured and each are due March 15, 2016, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year.
     There is currently no established trading market for our 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011, 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2011 or our 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for any series of our outstanding notes, the ability of the holders of any such notes to sell them or the prices at which any such sales may be made. We have not and do not presently intend to apply for a listing of any series of our outstanding notes or on any automated dealer quotation system. The record holder of our Senior Notes due 2011, Senior Discount Notes due 2011 and Senior Notes due 2016 is Cede & Co., a nominee of The Depository Trust Company.
Selling Shareholders
     Not applicable.
Dilution
     Not applicable.
Expenses of the Issuer
     Not applicable.
ITEM 10 — ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Share Capital
     In addition to our common shares, our authorized share capital is comprised of our Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A, or Series A Shares; Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B, or Series B Shares; Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C, or Series C Shares; Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D, or Series D Shares; Preferred Shares, Series E, or Series E Shares; and Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F, or Series F Shares.
     As of December 31, 2005, Sun Media and its subsidiaries, collectively, held 990,000 of our Series A Shares, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding Series A Shares. These shares were issued pursuant to transactions that consolidate tax losses within the Quebecor Media group. The Series A Shares are non-voting shares. Holders of Series A Shares are entitled to a cumulative annual dividend of 12.5% per share. Holders may require us to redeem the Series A Shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series A Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. The first issue of Series A Shares occurred in July 2001 and subsequent transactions have resulted in the current shareholding.
     As of December 31, 2005, there were no issued and outstanding Series B Shares.
     As of December 31, 2005, 9101-0835 Québec Inc., one of our indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries, held 147,950 of our Series C Shares, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding Series C Shares. These shares were issued pursuant to transactions that consolidate tax losses within the Quebecor Media group. The Series C Shares are non-voting shares. Holders of Series C Shares are entitled to a cumulative annual dividend of 11.25% per share. Holders may require us to redeem the Series C Shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series C Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. The first issue of Series C Shares occurred in January 2004 and subsequent transactions have resulted in the current shareholding.
     As of December 31, 2005, there were no issued and outstanding Series D Shares, all of which were redeemed in December 2004.
     As of December 31, 2005, there were no issued and outstanding Series E Shares, one share of which class was

126


Table of Contents

issued and then redeemed in November 2004.
     As of December 31, 2005, subsidiaries of Sun Media, collectively, held 255,000 of our Series F Shares, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding Series F Shares. These shares were issued pursuant to transactions that consolidate tax losses within the Quebecor Media group. The Series F Shares are non-voting shares. Holders of Series F Shares are entitled to a cumulative annual dividend of 10.85% per share. Holders may require us to redeem the Series F Shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series F Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. The Series F Shares were issued in January 2005.
Memorandum and Articles of Association
     Our Articles of Incorporation and the various Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation filed by us are incorporated by reference from our registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2001 (Registration No. 333-13792). In addition, (a) the Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, which were filed on February 3, 2003, are included as Exhibit 1.2 to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 which was filed with the SEC on March 31, 2003 and (b) the Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, which were filed on December 5, 2003 and January 16, 2004, are included as Exhibits 1.4 and 1.5 to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 which was filed with the SEC on March 31, 2004. The Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, which were filed on November 24, 2004, are included in this annual report as an exhibit. The Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media and the various Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation filed by Quebecor Media are collectively referred to as the “Articles.” The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Articles and our bylaws.
         
1.
      We were incorporated, in Canada, under Part IA of the Companies Act (Québec) (the “Companies Act”) as 9093-9687 Québec Inc. on August 8, 2000 under registration number 1149501992. On August 18, 2000, a Certificate of Amendment was filed to change our name to Media Acquisition Inc. Our name was further changed to Quebecor Media Inc. on September 26, 2000. Our Articles do not describe our object and purpose.
 
       
2 .
  (a)   Our by-laws provide that we may transact business with one or more of our directors or with any firm of which one or more of our directors are members or employees or with any corporation or association of which one or more of our directors are shareholders, directors, officers or employees. The director who has an interest in the transaction shall disclose his interest to us and to the other directors and shall abstain from discussing and voting on the transaction, except if his vote is required to bind us in respect of the transaction.
 
       
 
  (b)   Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain provisions with respect to directors’ power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to determine their remuneration.
 
       
 
  (c)   Subject to any restriction which may from time to time be included in the Articles or our by-laws, or the terms, rights or restrictions of any of our shares or securities outstanding, the directors may authorize us to borrow money and obtain advances upon the credit of our company, from any bank, corporation, firm, association or person, upon such terms and conditions, in all respects, as they think fit. The directors may authorize the issuance of bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of our company, and may authorize the pledge or sale of the same upon such terms and conditions, in all respects, as they think fit. The directors are also authorized to hypothecate the property, undertaking and assets, movable or immovable, of our company to secure payment for any bonds or other evidences of indebtedness or otherwise give guarantees to secure the payment of loans.
     Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain any provision with respect to (d) the retirement of directors under an age limit requirement or (e) the number of shares, if any, required for the qualification of directors
         
3.
      The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to our Common Shares, Cumulative First Preferred Shares (consisting of the Series A Shares, the Series B Shares, the Series C Shares, the Series D Shares and the Series F Shares) and our Preferred Shares, Series E are set forth below:

127


Table of Contents

   Common Shares
  (a)   Dividend rights : Subject to the rights of the holders of our Preferred Shares, each common share shall be entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors shall determine.
 
  (b)   Voting rights : The holders of our common shares shall be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of our shareholders and to attend and vote on all matters to be voted on by our shareholders, except at meetings at which only the holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each common share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.
 
  (c)   Rights to share in our profits : Other than as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive dividends as determined by our Board of Directors) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of our common shares are entitled to participation in our remaining property and assets available for distribution in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
 
  (d)   Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of our common shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares, to participate equally, share for share, in our remaining property and assets available for distribution to our shareholders, without preference or distinction.
 
  (e)   Redemption provisions : None
 
  (f)   Sinking fund provisions : None
 
  (g)   Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media : Our by-laws provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Companies Act (Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. Our directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.
 
  (h)   Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of common shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of shares : None
     For a description of the Consolidated and Amended Shareholders’ Agreement among the holders of our common stock, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” in this annual report.
   Cumulative First Preferred Shares
     Our Board of Directors may issue Cumulative First Preferred Shares at any time and from time to time in one or more series. Unless the Articles otherwise provide, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of each series shall rank on parity with the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of every other series with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of our assets in the event of our liquidation or dissolution. Unless the Articles otherwise provide, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority over our common shares and any other class of our shares, with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of our assets in the event of liquidation or dissolution.
     As long as there are Cumulative First Preferred Shares outstanding, we shall not, unless consented to by the holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares and upon compliance with the provisions of the Companies Act (Québec), (a) create any other class of shares ranking pari passu or in priority to any outstanding series of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, (b) voluntarily liquidate or dissolve our company or execute any decrease of capital involving the distribution of assets on any other shares of our capital stock or (c) repeal, amend or otherwise alter any provisions of the Articles relating to any series of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares.

128


Table of Contents

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (Series A Shares)
(a)   Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 12.5% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series A Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
 
(b)   Voting rights : Holders of Series A Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay semi-annual dividends on the Series A Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series A Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.
 
(c)   Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series A Shares are entitled to receive a 12.5% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series A Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series A Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
 
(d)   Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series A Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
 
(e)   Redemption provisions : Holders of Series A Shares may require us to redeem the Series A preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series A Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
 
(f)   Sinking fund provisions : None.
 
(g)   Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Companies Act (Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.
 
(h)   Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series A Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.
Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (Series B Shares)
(a)   Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive a single dividend, payable in cash, in an amount to be determined by our Board of Directors in accordance with the Articles, which dividend, once determined by our Board of Directors, shall be paid on the date of conversion of the Series B Shares into our common shares. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series B Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series B Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
 
(b)   Voting rights : Holders of Series B Shares, as such, shall not be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders, unless we shall have failed to pay the dividend due to such holders. In that event and only for so long as the said dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series B Shares shall be

129


Table of Contents

    entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series B Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.
(c)   Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series B Shares are entitled to receive the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of the Series B Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1.00 per Series B Share and the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above in the event of liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
 
(d)   Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1.00 per Series B Share held and the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above.
 
(e)   Redemption provisions : Holders of Series B Shares may require us to redeem the Series B Shares at any time at a price of $1.00 per share plus the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series B Shares at a price of $1.00 per share plus the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above.
 
(f)   Sinking fund provisions: None.
 
(g)   Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Companies Act (Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.
 
(h)   Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series B Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.
Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (Series C Shares)
(a)   Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 11.25% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series C Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
 
(b)   Voting rights : Holders of Series C Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain dividends on the Series C Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series C Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.
 
(c)   Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series C Shares are entitled to receive a 11.25% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series C Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series C Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
 
(d)   Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or

130


Table of Contents

    involuntarily, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series C Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
(e)   Redemption provisions : Holders of Series C Shares may require us to redeem the Series C preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at its option, redeem the Series C Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
 
(f)   Sinking fund provisions : None.
 
(g)   Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Companies Act (Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.
 
(h)   Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series C Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.
Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (Series D Shares)
(a)   Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 11.0% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series D Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series D Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
 
(b)   Voting rights: Holders of Series D Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain dividends on the Series D Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series D Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.
 
(c)   Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series D Shares are entitled to receive a 11.0% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series D Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series D Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
 
(d)   Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series D Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
 
(e)   Redemption provisions : Holders of Series D Shares may require us to redeem the Series D preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at its option, redeem the Series D Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
 
(f)   Sinking fund provisions : None.

131


Table of Contents

(g)   Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Companies Act (Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.
 
(h)   Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series D Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.
Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (Series F Shares)
(a)   Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative semi-annual dividends at the rate of 10.85% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
 
(b)   Voting rights : Holders of Series F Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay eight semi-annual dividends on the Series F Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series F Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.
 
(c)   Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (holders of Series F Shares are entitled to receive a 10.85% cumulative preferential semi-annual dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series F Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
 
(d)   Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
 
(e)   Redemption provisions : Holders of Series F Shares may require us to redeem the Series F preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series F Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
 
(f)   Sinking fund provisions : None.
 
(g)   Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media : Our by-laws provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Companies Act (Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.
 
(h)   Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series F Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

132


Table of Contents

Preferred Shares, Series E (Series E Shares)
  (a)   Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series E Shares shall be entitled to receive a maximum non-cumulative preferential monthly dividend at the rate of 1.25% per share per month, which dividend shall be calculated based on the redemption price (the amount equal to the aggregate consideration for such share). The Series E Shares rank senior to the common shares but junior to the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares.
 
  (b)   Voting rights : Holders of Series E Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders.
 
  (c)   Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series E Shares are entitled to receive a 1.25% maximum non-cumulative preferential monthly dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series E Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, but subsequent to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares, an amount equal to the redemption price of the Series E Shares and the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares referred to in paragraph (a) above), none.
 
  (d)   Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series E Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, but subsequent to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares, an amount equal to the redemption price of the Series E Shares held and the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares referred to in paragraph (a) above.
 
  (e)   Redemption provisions : Holders of Series E Shares may require us to redeem the Series E preferred shares at any time at a price equal to the redemption price plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid up to the date of redemption. The redemption price shall be equal to the aggregate consideration received for such share.
 
  (f)   Sinking fund provisions : None.
 
  (g)   Liability to capital calls by us: Our by-laws provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Companies Act (Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.
 
  (h)   Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series E Shares : None.
4.   For a description of the action necessary to change the rights of holders of our Cumulative First Preferred Shares, see “Section 3. Cumulative First Preferred Shares” above. As regards our Preferred Shares, Series E, we will not, unless consented to by the holders of the Series E Shares and upon compliance with the provisions of the Companies Act (Québec), repeal, amend or otherwise alter any provisions of the Articles relating to the Series E Shares. Under the general provisions of the Companies Act (Québec), (i) our Articles may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds ( 2 / 3 ) of the vote cast by the shareholders at a special meeting, and (ii) our by-laws may be amended by our directors and ratified by a majority of the vote cast by the shareholders at a meeting called for such purpose.
 
5.   Our by-laws provide that the annual meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such time, on such date and at such place as the Board of Directors determines from time to time. Annual meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by order of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, or, provided they are directors of our company, by the president or any vice president. Special general meetings of the shareholders shall be held at

133


Table of Contents

    such time, on such date and at such place as the Board of Directors determines from time to time. Special general meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by order of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, or, provided they are directors of our company, by the president or any vice president.
 
    For any general meeting, our by-laws provide that a notice specifying the date, time and place of the meeting and the items to be discussed at the meeting must be sent to each shareholder entitled to vote at that meeting (at the address indicated in our books) at least twenty-one (21) days before the date of such a meeting. If the convening of any meeting of shareholders is a matter of urgency, notice of a meeting may be given not less than 48 hours before such meeting is to be held.
 
    The Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the President, if he is a director or, in his absence, one of the Vice Presidents who is a director of our company shall preside at all meetings of shareholders. If all of the aforesaid officers are absent or decline to act, the persons present and entitled to vote may choose one of their number to act as chairman of the meeting.
 
    Our by-laws provide that the holders of not less than 50.1% of the outstanding shares of our share capital carrying rights to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for any meeting of our shareholders.
 
6.   There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles or other constituent documents on the right of nonresidents or foreign owners to hold or vote shares, other than as provided in the Investment Canada Act (Canada). The Investment Canada Act requires “non-Canadian” (as defined in the Investment Canada Act ) (Canada) individuals, governments, corporations and other entities who wish to acquire control of a “Canadian business” (as defined in the Investment Canada Act (Canada)) to file either an application for review (when certain asset value thresholds are met) or a post closing notification with the Director of Investments appointed under the Investment Canada Act (Canada), unless a specific exemption applies. The Investment Canada Act (Canada) requires that, when an acquisition of control of a Canadian business by a “non-Canadian” is subject to review, it must be approved by the Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act (Canada) on the basis that the Minister is satisfied that the acquisition is “likely to be of net benefit to Canada,” having regard to criteria set forth in the Investment Canada Act (Canada).
 
7.   The Articles provide that none of our shares may be transferred without the consent of the directors expressed in a resolution duly adopted by them. In addition, the total number of shareholders of our company is limited to fifty, exclusive of present or former employees of our company or a subsidiary.
 
    A register of transfers containing the date and particulars of all transfers of shares of our share capital shall be kept either at our head office or at another of our offices or at such other place in the Province of Québec as may be determined, from time to time, by the Board of Directors.
 
8.   Not applicable.
 
9.   Not applicable.
 
10.   Not applicable.
Material Contracts
     The following is a summary of each material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years preceding publication of this annual report.
  (a)   Indenture relating to US$525,000,000 of our 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

134


Table of Contents

      On January 17, 2006, we issued US$525,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and are due on March 15, 2016. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2006. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in these indentures. These indentures contain customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.
 
      In connection with the issuance of these notes, we have agreed to file, within 120 days after the issue date of the notes, a registration statement relating to the exchange of these privately placed notes for publicly registered exchange notes with substantially identical terms evidencing the same continuing indebtedness. We have also agreed to use our best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective within 210 days after the issue date of the notes and to consummate the exchange offer with 255 days after the issue date of the notes.
 
  (b)   Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and among Quebecor Media Inc., as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
 
      On January 17, 2006, in connection with our refinancing plan, we entered into Senior Secured Credit Facilities comprised of (i) a 5-year $100.0 million revolving credit facility that matures in January 2011, (ii) a 5-year $125.0 million term loan A that matures in January 2011, and (iii) a 7-year US$350.0 million term loan B facility that matures in January 2013. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also include an uncommitted $350 million incremental facility that may be available to us, subject to compliance at all times with all financial covenants, absence of default and lenders being willing to fund the incremental amount. This incremental facility will have a term to be agreed with the lenders, although the maturity of borrowings under the incremental facility will be required to have a maturity falling on or extending beyond the maturity of the term loan B facility. We may draw Letters of Credit under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The proceeds of the term loan A and term loan B were used to refinance existing debt. The proceeds of our revolving facility may be used for our general corporate purposes.
 
      Borrowings under the revolving credit facility, term loan A and term loan B bear interest at the Canadian prime rate, the U.S. prime rate, the bankers’ acceptance rate or LIBOR, plus, in each case, an applicable margin.
 
      Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are repayable in full in January 2011. Borrowings under our term loan A facility are repayable in full in January 2011 and borrowing under our term loan B facility are repayable in full in January 2013. We are also required to make specified quarterly repayments of amounts borrowed under the term loan A and term loan B.
 
      Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of our movable property and first-ranking pledges of all of the shares (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) of Sun Media and Videotron.
 
      The senior secured credit facilities contain customary covenants that restrict and limit our ability to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, the senior secured credit facilities contain customary financial covenants. The senior secured credit facilities contain customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest,

135


Table of Contents

      the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, and the occurrence of a change of control.
  (c)   Indenture relating to US$650,000,000 of Videotron’s 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Vidéotron Ltée, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now Wells Fargo Bank, National Association) as trustee, as supplemented.
 
      On October 8, 2003, Videotron issued US$335.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 and, on November 19, 2004, Videotron issued an additional US$315.0 million in aggregate principal amount of these notes, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now Wells Fargo Bank, National Association), as trustee. These notes are unsecured and are due January 15, 2014. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on July 15, 2004. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. The notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing (other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency) the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.
 
  (d)   Indenture relating to US$175,000,000 of Videotron’s 6 3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron Ltée, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.
 
      On September 16, 2005, Videotron issued US$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6 3 / 8 Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and are due on December 15, 2015. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2005. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.
 
  (e)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2004, by and among Vidéotron Ltée, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as lenders, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent.
 
      On November 19, 2004, concurrently with the closing of the private placement of a new series of Videotron’s 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014, Videotron amended and restated its credit agreement, dated as of November 28, 2000, by executing and delivering the seventh amending agreement to its credit agreement. Pursuant to this amendment, Videotron’s amended and restated credit agreement provides for a $450.0 million revolving credit facility maturing in 2009. The proceeds of Videotron’s revolving credit facility are to be used for Videotron’s general corporate purposes, including for distributions to Videotron’s shareholder in certain circumstances.
 
      Borrowings under Videotron’s amended and restated credit facility bear interest at the Canadian prime rate, the bankers’ acceptance rate or LIBOR, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. Borrowings under Videotron’s revolving credit facility are repayable in full in November 2009.
 
      Borrowings under this amended and restated credit facility and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec or security interest (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of

136


Table of Contents

      Videotron’s current and future assets, as well as those of the guarantors party thereto, including most but not all of Videotron’s subsidiaries (the “Videotron Group”), guarantees of all the members of the Videotron Group, pledges of the shares of Videotron and the members of the Videotron Group, and other security.
      This amended and restated credit facility contains customary covenants that restrict and limit the ability of Videotron and the members of the Videotron Group to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, this amended and restated credit facility contains customary financial covenants. It also contains customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest, the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Videotron and the members of the Videotron Group, and the occurrence of a change of control.
 
  (f)   Indenture relating to US$205,000,000 of Sun Media’s 7 5 / 8 % Senior Notes due February 15, 2013, dated as of February 7, 2003 by and among Sun Media Corporation, the guarantors party thereto, and National City Bank, as trustee, as supplemented.
 
      On February 7, 2003 Sun Media issued US$205.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7 5 / 8 % Senior Notes due February 15, 2013 under an Indenture, dated as of February 7, 2003, as supplemented, by and among Sun Media, the guarantors party thereto, and National City Bank, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and are due February 15, 2013. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on August 15, 2003. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Sun Media’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Sun Media’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Sun Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Sun Media’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.
 
  (g)   Credit Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2003, by and among Sun Media Corporation, the guarantors party thereto, Banc of America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse First Boston Canada, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as amended.
 
      On February 7, 2003, as part of the refinancing of its indebtedness, Sun Media entered into a secured credit facility consisting of a five-year revolving credit facility of $75.0 million and a six-year term loan B of US$230.0 million. In connection with Quebecor Media’s refinancing plan completed in January 2006, Sun Media’s credit facility was amended for the addition of a $40.0 million term loan C.
 
      Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are repayable in full in February 2008. Borrowings under the term loan B and term loan C facilities are repayable in full in February 2009. Sun Media is also required to make specified quarterly repayments of amounts borrowed under the term loan B and term loan C facilities.
 
      Borrowings under the term loan B facility are in US dollars and bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility and the term loan C facility are in Canadian dollars and bear interest at the Canadian prime rate or the bankers’ acceptance rate plus an applicable margin. The proceeds of the term loan B and and term loan C were used to refinance existing debt and for permitted distributions to Sun Media’s shareholder. The proceeds of Sun Media’s revolving facility may be used for general corporate purposes including distributions to Sun Media’s shareholder in certain circumstances.
 
      Borrowings under this amended and restated credit facility and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of Sun Media’s current and future assets, as well as those of the guarantors party thereto, including most, but not all, of Sun Media’s subsidiaries (the “Sun Media Group”), guarantees of all the members of the Sun Media Group, pledges of shares of the members of the Sun Media Group, and other security.

137


Table of Contents

      This credit facility contains customary covenants that restrict and limit the ability of Sun Media and its subsidiaries to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, this credit facility contains customary financial covenants. This credit facility also contains customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest, the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Sun Media and members of the Sun Media Group, and the occurrence of a change of control.
 
  (h)   Indenture relating to US$715,000,000 of our 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2011, dated as of July 6, 2001, by and between Quebecor Media Inc. and National City Bank (now U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services), as trustee, as amended, and Indenture relating to US$295,000,000 of our 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due July 15, 2011, dated as of July 6, 2001, by and between Quebecor Media Inc. and National City Bank (now U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services), as trustee, as amended.
 
      We issued US$715.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 and US$295.0 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2011 under two separate indentures, each dated as of July 6, 2001, by and between us and National City Bank (now U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services), as trustee. These notes are unsecured and are due on July 15, 2011. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July of each year.
 
      On December 16, 2005, we announced tender offers and consent solicitations pursuant to which we offered to repurchase and retire any and all of our outstanding 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011 and 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2011 and sought consents to eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants contained in the indentures governing these notes. On December 30, 2005, we announced that we had obtained the requisite majority consents to amend the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011, thereby removing the principal restrictive covenants and certain events of default in respect of these notes. These amendments became effective on January 17, 2006 upon our purchase of the tendered Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011. In these tender offers, we repurchased US$561.6 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2011 (representing 95.7% of the Senior Notes due 2011 outstanding) and US$275.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of Senior Discount Notes due 2011 (representing 97.4% of the Senior Discount Notes due 2011 outstanding). We intend to redeem any remaining outstanding Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011 on July 15, 2006 at a price equal to 105.563% of the principal amount of such Senior Notes and 106.875% of the principal amount at maturity of such Senior Discount Notes, pursuant to the terms of the respective indentures governing these notes.
 
  (i)   Share Purchase Agreement dated December 22, 2003 between Carlyle VTL Holdings, L.P. and Carlyle Partners III (Videotron), L.P., and Quebecor Media Inc. and 9101-0827 Québec Inc. relating to the purchase 9101-0827 Québec Inc. of 5,000 Class C Preferred Shares of 3662527 Canada Inc., as amended by a First Amendment to Share Purchase Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004.
 
      On December 22, 2003, 9101-0827 Québec Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media entered into an agreement with Carlyle VTL Holdings, L.P. and Carlyle Partners III (Videotron), L.P. (collectively “Carlyle”) to purchase the 5,000 Class C Preferred Shares held by Carlyle in 3662527 Canada Inc., the parent company of Videotron Télécom Ltd., Quebecor Media’s business telecommunications venture. The acquisition was made for a purchase price with a value estimated at approximately $125 million at closing. A payment of $55 million was made to Carlyle at closing on December 22, 2003. The balance of the purchase price is subject to variation on the basis of the valuation of the common shares of Quebecor Media and is payable on demand at any time after December 15, 2004, but no later than December 15, 2008. If the Company files a prospectus for an initial public offering, the holder has the right to require the Company to pay the additional amount payable by delivering 3,740,682 Common Shares of the Company. The Company holds an option to pay this additional amount in cash, at its fair value for a period of 30 days following each of June 15, 2007 and June 15, 2008. Quebecor Media may, under certain conditions and if its shares are publicly

138


Table of Contents

      traded at that time, pay the deferred purchase price by delivering 3,740,682 common shares to Carlyle (123,602,807 common shares of QMI were outstanding as of December 22, 2003).
Exchange Controls
     There are currently no laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in Canada that restricts the export or import of capital, or affects the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of the Company’s securities, other than withholding tax requirements.
     There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles of Incorporation or other charter documents of the Company on the right of a non-resident to hold voting shares of the Company, other than as provided by the Investment Canada Act, as amended (the “Act”), as amended by the North American Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act (Canada), and the World Trade Organization (WTO) Agreement Implementation Act. The Act requires notification and, in certain cases, advance review and approval by the Government of Canada of the acquisition by a “non-Canadian” of “control of a Canadian business,” all as defined in the Act. Generally, the threshold for review will be higher in monetary terms for a member of the WTO or NAFTA.
     In addition, there are regulations related to the ownership and control of Canadian broadcast undertakings. See “Item 4 — Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulation.”
Taxation
   Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
     The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the 7 3 / 4 % notes due 2016 by a U.S. Holder (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax effects. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings and judicial decisions now in effect. All of these are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations.
     This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular U.S. Holders in light of their specific circumstances (for example, U.S. Holders subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code) or to holders that may be subject to special rules under U.S. federal income tax law, including:
    dealers in stocks, securities or currencies;
 
    securities traders that use a mark-to-market accounting method;
 
    banks and financial institutions;
 
    insurance companies;
 
    tax-exempt organizations;
 
    persons holding notes as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle;
 
    persons deemed to sell notes under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;
 
    persons who or that are, or may become, subject to the expatriation provisions of the Code;
 
    persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; and
 
    direct, indirect or constructive owners of 10% or more of our outstanding voting shares.

139


Table of Contents

     The summary also does not discuss any aspect of state, local or foreign law, or U.S. federal estate and gift tax law as applicable to U.S. Holders. In addition, this discussion is limited to U.S. Holders purchasing the notes for cash at original issue at their “issue price” within the meaning of the Code (i.e., the first price at which a substantial amount of the notes are sold to the public for cash). Moreover, the discussion is limited to U.S. Holders who purchase and hold the notes as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).
     For purposes of this summary, “U.S. Holder” means the beneficial holder of a note who or that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:
    an individual citizen or resident alien of the United States;
 
    a corporation or other entity treated as such formed in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
    a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or if a valid election is in effect to be treated as a U.S. person.
     We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes or that any such position will not be sustained.
     If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partner should consult its own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the partnership purchasing, owning and disposing of the notes.
      To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that the United States tax advice contained herein: (i) is written in connection with the promotion or marketing by Quebecor Media Inc. of the transactions or matters addressed herein, and (ii) is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding United States tax penalties. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

     PROSPECTIVE U.S. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED BELOW TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS.
      Interest on the Notes
     Payments of stated interest on the notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time that such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Interest on the notes will constitute income from sources outside the United States and generally, with certain exceptions, for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2006, will be “passive income” (or, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, “passive category income”), which is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a U.S. Holder under the federal income tax laws.
     In certain circumstances we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes. According to U.S. Treasury regulations, the possibility that any such payments in excess of stated interest or principal will be made will not affect the amount of interest income a U.S. Holder recognizes if there is only a remote chance as of the date the notes were issued that such payments will be made. We believe the likelihood that we will be obligated to make any such

140


Table of Contents

payments is remote. Therefore, we do not intend to treat the potential payment of additional amounts pursuant to the provisions related to changes in Canadian laws or regulations applicable to tax-related withholdings or deductions, the registration rights provisions, the optional redemption or change of control provisions as part of the yield to maturity of the notes. Our determination that these contingencies are remote is binding on a U.S. Holder unless such holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS and if the IRS were to challenge this determination, a U.S. Holder may be required to accrue income on its notes in excess of stated interest and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of a note before the resolution of the contingencies. In the event a contingency occurs, it would affect the amount and timing of the income recognized by a U.S. Holder. If we pay additional amounts on the notes, U.S. Holders will be required to recognize such amounts as income.
      Sale, Exchange or Retirement of a Note
     A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange (other than for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, as discussed below, or a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note, equal to the difference, if any, between:
    the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received (less any portion allocable to the payment of accrued interest not previously included in income, which amount will be taxable as ordinary interest income); and
 
    the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the notes.
     Any such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the note has been held or deemed held for more than one year at the time of the disposition. Net capital gains of noncorporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, may be taxed at lower rates than items of ordinary income. The ability of a U.S. Holder to offset capital losses against ordinary income is limited. Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of a note generally will be treated as income from sources within the United States or loss allocable to income from sources within the United States. Any loss attributable to accrued but unpaid interest will be allocated against income of the same category and source as the interest on the notes unless certain exceptions apply. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in a note will generally equal the U.S. Holder’s cost therefor, less any principal payments received by such holder.
      Exchange of Notes Into Exchange Notes
     The exchange of a note for an exchange note by a U.S. Holder pursuant to the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. Holder will not recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt of an exchange note and a U.S. Holder will be required to continue to include interest on the exchange note in gross income in the manner and to the extent described herein. A U.S. Holder’s holding period for an exchange note will include the holding period for the original note exchanged therefor, and such U.S. Holder’s basis in the exchange note immediately after the exchange will be the same as such U.S. Holder’s basis in such original note immediately before the exchange.
      Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
     A U.S. Holder of the notes may be subject to “backup withholding” with respect to certain “reportable payments,” including interest payments and, under certain circumstances, principal payments on the notes or upon the receipt of proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of such notes. These backup withholding rules apply if the U.S. Holder, among other things:
    fails to furnish a social security number or other taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) certified under penalty of perjury within a reasonable time after the request for the TIN;]
 
    furnishes an incorrect TIN;
 
    is notified by the IRS that is has failed to report properly interest or dividends; or

141


Table of Contents

    under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalties of perjury, that the TIN furnished is the correct number and that such holder is not subject to backup withholding.
     A U.S. Holder that does not provide us with its correct TIN also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount withheld from a payment to a U.S. Holder under the backup withholding rules is creditable against the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not apply, however, with respect to payments made to certain exempt U.S. Holders, including corporations and tax-exempt organizations, provided their exemptions from backup withholding are properly established.
     We will report to the U.S. Holders of notes and to the IRS the amount of any “reportable payments” for each calendar year and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to these payments.
Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-Residents of Canada
     The following summary fairly describes the main Canadian federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you invest in the notes and, for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada), which we refer to as the Act, you hold such notes as capital property. Generally, a note will be considered to be capital property to a holder provided the holder does not hold the note in the course of carrying on a business and has not acquired the note in one or more transactions considered to be an adventure or concerns in the nature of trade. This summary is based on the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended, or the Convention, the relevant provisions of the Act and the Regulations thereunder, or the Regulations, as in force on the date hereof, and counsel’s understanding of the administrative practices of the Canada Revenue Agency. It assumes that the specific proposals to amend the Act and the Regulations publicly announced by the Minister of Finance of Canada prior to the date of this prospectus are enacted in their present form, but the Act or the Regulations may not be amended as proposed or at all. This summary does not address provincial, territorial or foreign income tax considerations. Changes in the law or administrative practices or future court decisions may affect your tax treatment.
 
     The following commentary is generally applicable to a holder who, at all times for purposes of the Act, deals at arm’s length with us and is neither an insurer who carries on an insurance business in Canada nor an authorized foreign bank and who, for the purposes of the Convention and the Act, is not and is not deemed to be a resident of Canada during any taxation year in which it owns the notes and does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold the notes in the course of carrying on a business in Canada, who we refer to as a Non-Resident Holder.
      Interest Payments
     A Non-Resident Holder will not be subject to tax (including withholding tax) under the Act on interest, principal or premium on the notes.
      Dispositions
     Gains realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of notes by a Non-Resident Holder will not be subject to tax under the Act.

  The preceding discussions of federal income tax consequences is for general information only and is not legal or tax advice. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax advisor as to particular tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of the notes, including the applicability and effect of any state, provincial, local or foreign tax laws, and of any proposed changes in applicable laws .
Dividends and Paying Agents
     Not applicable.

142


Table of Contents

Statement by Experts
     Not applicable.
Documents on Display
     We file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy this information at the public reference room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549, or obtain copies of this information by mail from the public reference room at prescribed rates. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers like us who file electronically with the SEC. The URL of that website is http://www.sec.gov.
     In addition, you may obtain a copy of the documents to which we refer you in this annual report without charge upon written or oral request to: Quebecor Media Inc., 612 Saint-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, Attention: Investor Relations. Our telephone number is (514) 380-1999.
Subsidiary Information
     Not applicable.

143


Table of Contents

ITEM 11 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
     We use certain financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts, to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk exposures. These instruments are used solely to manage the financial risks associated with our obligations and are not used for trading or speculation purposes. While these agreements expose Quebecor Media and subsidiaries to the risk of non-performance by a third party, Quebecor Media and subsidiaries believe that the possibility of incurring such loss is remote due to the creditworthiness of the parties with whom they deal. Quebecor Media subscribes to a financial risk-management policy.
Foreign currency risk
     Most of Quebecor Media revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in Canadian dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on our debt must be paid in U.S. dollars. The Company has entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of its U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations.
Interest rate risk
     The Company’s revolving and term bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) bankers’ acceptances rate (BA), (ii) London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), and (iii) bank prime rate (Prime). Quebecor Media Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011, as well as the Senior Notes issued by Videotron and the Senior Notes issued by Sun Media, bear interest at fixed rates. The Company has entered into various interest rate swap agreements and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage its cash flows and fair value risk exposures to changes in interest rates.
Interest Rate Swaps
As at December 31, 2005

(in millions of dollars)
                                 
    Notional     Pay/   Fixed     Floating
Maturity   amount     receive   rate     rate
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
                               
May 2006
  $ 90.0     Pay fixed/     5.41 %   Bankers’ acceptance
 
          receive floating           3 months
September 2007
  $ 5.0     Pay fixed/     3.75 %   Bankers’ acceptance
 
          receive floating           3 months
 

144


Table of Contents

Cross-currency Interest Rate Swaps
As at December 31, 2005

(in millions of dollars)
                                         
                    Annual     Annual     Exchange rate of  
                    effective     nominal     interest and capital  
    Period     Notional     interest     interest     payments per CDN  
    covered     amount     rate     rate     for one US dollar  
 
Quebecor Media Inc.
                                       
Senior Notes
    2001 to 2011     US$ 586.8       11.98 %     11.125 %     1.5255  
 
                                       
Senior Discount Notes
    2001 to 2011     US$ 282.9       14.60 %     13.75 %     1.5822 (1)
 
                                       
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
                                       
Senior Notes
    2004 to 2014     US$ 190.0     Bankers’       6.875 %     1.2000  
 
                  acceptance                  
 
                  3 months                  
 
                    + 2.80 %                
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2004 to 2014     US$ 125.0       7.45 %     6.875 %     1.1950  
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2014     US$ 200.0     Bankers’       6.875 %     1.3425  
 
                  acceptance                  
 
                  3 months                  
 
                    + 2.73 %                
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2014     US$ 135.0       7.66 %     6.875 %     1.3425  
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2005 to 2015     US$ 175.0       5.98 %     6.375 %     1.1781  
 
                                       
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2008     US$ 155.0       8.17 %     7.625 %     1.5227  
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2008 to 2013     US$ 155.0     Bankers’       7.625 %     1.5227  
 
                  acceptance                    
 
                  3 months                  
 
                    + 3.70 %                
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2013     US$ 50.0     Bankers’       7.625 %     1.5227  
 
                  acceptance                  
 
                  3 months                  
 
                    + 3.70 %                
 
                                       
Term-loan “B” credit facility
    2003 to 2009     US$ 199.3     Bankers’     LIBOR       1.5175  
 
                  acceptance       + 2.00 %        
 
                  3 months                  
 
                    + 2.48 %                
 
 
(1)   As per the agreement, the exchange rate includes an exchange fee.
Commodity Price risk
     Through its Newspapers operations, the Company was party to a long-term supply contract with a newsprint producer pursuant to which it benefited from a volume discount from prevailing market prices. Management mitigates this commodity price risk through centralized purchases in order to benefit from volume rebates based on total consumption requirements. This newsprint agreement expired on December 31, 2005, although the supplier has continued to supply newsprint to the Company as it negotiates an extension of the supply agreement.

145


Table of Contents

     The Company may also in the future enter into forward commodity price contracts or other hedging arrangements that limit its exposure to fluctuations in the price of newsprint.
Credit risk
     Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to Quebecor Media’s diverse operations and large customer base. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had no significant concentration of credit risk. The Company believes that the diversity of its product mix and customer base reduces its credit risk, as well as the impact of any change in its local markets or product-line demand.
     Quebecor Media is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties in connection with its cross-currency swap agreements, interest rate swap agreements and its foreign exchange forward contracts. The Company does not obtain collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk, but it mitigates this risk by dealing only with major Canadian and U.S. financial institutions and, accordingly, do not anticipate loss for non-performance.
Fair value of financial instruments
     The table below provides information on the carrying value and fair value of derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates and foreign currencies as of the year shown.
Carrying value and fair value
As at December 31, 2005

(in millions of dollars)
                                 
    2004     2005  
 
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying        
    value     value     value     Fair value  
 
 
Quebecor Media Inc.
                               
Long-term debt(1)
    (1,140.7 )     (1,332.9 )     (988.1 )     (1,078.8 )
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
    (3.9 )     (241.9 )     (21.5 )     (261.3 )
Foreign forward exchange contract
                      (1.8 )
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
                               
Long-term debt(1)
    (888.9 )     (901.1 )     (971.7 )     (967.4 )
Interest rate swaps
    (4.6 )     (4.6 )     (0.9 )     (0.9 )
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
    (45.5 )     (72.3 )     (73.7 )     (135.0 )
Foreign exchange forward contract
    (8.4 )     (8.4 )           (0.2 )
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries
                               
Long-term debt(1)
    (484.3 )     (507.7 )     (466.3 )     (476.1 )
Cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contract
    (147.4 )     (169.8 )     (154.1 )     (186.5 )
 
                               
TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries
                               
Long-term debt
    (34.9 )     (34.9 )     (107.1 )     (107.1 )
 
 
(1)   Including current portion.
Material limitations
     Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market information about the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgement and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Principal repayments

146


Table of Contents

     As of December 31, 2005, the aggregate amount of minimum principal payments required in each of the next five years and thereafter, based on borrowing levels as at that date, are as follows:
         
Twelve month period ending December 31, (1)        
2006
  $ 2.7  
2007
    2.7  
2008
    2.7  
2009
    223.0  
2010
    107.1  
2011 and thereafter
  $ 2,195.0  
 
(1)   Does not reflect the impact of the refinancing that the Company completed on January 17, 2006.
ITEM 12 — DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
     Not applicable.

147


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 13 — DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
     A. None.
     B. Not applicable.
ITEM 14 — MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders
     These have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders.
Use of Proceeds
     Not applicable.
ITEM 15 — CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
     As at the end of the period covered by this report, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, together with members of our senior management, have carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined (in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within specified time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
     There have occurred no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 16 [RESERVED]
ITEM 16A — AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
     Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “audit committee financial expert” (as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F) serving on our Audit Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “independent” director, as defined under SEC rules.
ITEM 16B — CODE OF ETHICS
     We have adopted a code of ethics (as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F) that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, controller and persons performing similar functions. We have filed a copy of this code of ethics as an exhibit to this annual report on Form 20-F.

148


Table of Contents

ITEM 16C — PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
     KPMG LLP has served as our independent public accountant for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, for which audited financial statements appear in this annual report on Form 20-F.
     The Audit Committee establishes the independent auditors’ compensation. In 2003, the Audit Committee pre-approved all audit services, determining which non-audit services the independent auditors are prohibited from providing, and authorizing permitted non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors; however, only to the extent those services are permitted by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Canadian law. For each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, none of the non-audit services described below were approved by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors pursuant to the “de minimis exception” to the pre-approval requirement for non-audit services. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the aggregate fees billed by KPMG LLP and its affiliates are as follows:
                 
    2004     2005  
Audit Fees (1)
  $ 2,157,149     $ 2,422,696  
Audit-related Fees (2)
    435,497       462,030  
Tax Fees (3)
    250,679       186,447  
All Other Fees (4)
    214,993       349,125  
Total
  $ 3,058,318     $ 3,420,298  
 
(1)   Audit Fees consist of fees approved for the annual audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and quarterly reviews of interim financial statements of the Company with the SEC, including required assistance or services that only the external auditor reasonably can provide and accounting consultations on specific issues.
 
(2)   Audit-related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are traditionally performed by the external auditor, and include consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards on proposed transactions, review of security controls and operational effectiveness of systems, due diligence or accounting work related to acquisitions; employee benefit plan audits, internal control reviews and audit or attestation services not required by statute or regulation and audit and attestation services required by statute or regulation, such as comfort letters and consents, SEC prospectus and registration statements, other filings and other offerings, including annual reports and SEC forms, statutory audits, and reports on internal controls required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or other regulations.
 
(3)   Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including tax consultations, such as assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, transfer pricing, and requests for advance tax rulings or technical interpretations.
 
(4)   All Other Fees include fees billed for forensic accounting, assistance with respect to internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures.
ITEM 16D EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
     Not applicable.
ITEM 16E PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
     Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 17 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Our audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, including the notes

149


Table of Contents

thereto and together with the auditor’s report thereon, are included in this annual report beginning on page F-1.
ITEM 18 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     Not applicable.
ITEM 19 — EXHIBITS
EXHIBITS
     The following documents are filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F:
Exhibit            
Number           Description
 
1.1         Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Quebecor Media Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
1.2           Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed February 3, 2003 (translation) (incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 which was filed on March 31, 2003).
 
1.3           By-laws of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Quebecor Media Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
1.4           Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed December 5, 2003 (translation) (incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 which was filed on March 31, 2004).
 
1.5           Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed January 16, 2004 (translation) (incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 which was filed on March 31, 2004).
 
1.6           Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed November 26, 2004 (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.6 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, which was filed on March 31, 2005).
 
1.7           By-law number 2004-1 of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.7 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, which was filed on March 31, 2005).
 
1.8           By-law number 2004-2 of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.8 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, which was filed on March 31, 2005).
 
1.9           Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media Inc., as of January 14, 2005 (translation).
 
1.10         By-law number 2005-1 of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation).
 
2.1           Form of 11 1 / 8 % Senior Note due 2011 (included in Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.3 below) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Quebecor Media Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
2.2           Form of 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Note due 2011 (included in Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.4 below) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Quebecor Media Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
2.3           11 1 / 8 % Senior Note Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2001, by and between Quebecor Media Inc. and National City Bank, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Quebecor Media Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
2.4
          13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Note Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2001, by and between Quebecor Media Inc. and National City Bank, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Quebecor Media Inc.’s

150


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit            
Number           Description
 
 
          Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
2.5
 
        First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2005, to the Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2001, relating to Quebecor Media Inc.’s 11 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011, by and between Quebecor Media Inc. and U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services (as successor to National City Bank), as trustee.
 
2.6
 
        First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2005, to the Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2001, relating to Quebecor Media Inc.’s 13 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes due 2011,, by and between Quebecor Media Inc. and U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services (as successor to National City Bank), as trustee.
 
2.7
 
        Form of 7 3 / 4 % Senior Note due 2016 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.8 below).
 
2.8
 
        7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
 
2.9
 
        Form of Sun Media Corporation 7 5 / 8 % Senior Note due 2013 (included in Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.10 below) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2 to Sun Media Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated April 10, 2003, Registration Statement No. 333-103998).
 
2.10
 
        Indenture relating to Sun Media Corporation 7 5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013, dated as of February 7, 2003, among Sun Media Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto, and National City Bank, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Sun Media Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated April 10, 2003, Registration Statement No. 333-103998).
 
2.11
 
        Sun Media Corporation First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2004, by and among Sun Media Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto, and U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services (formerly National City Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of Sun Media Corporation’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 24, 2005).
 
2.12
 
        Form of Vidéotron Ltée 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 8, 2004, Registration Statement No. 333-110697).
 
2.13
 
        Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 6 7 / 8 % Vidéotron Ltée Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 8, 2004, Registration Statement No. 333-110697).
 
2.14
 
        Indenture relating to Vidéotron Ltée 6 7 / 8 % Notes due 2014, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Vidéotron Ltée, the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Vidéotron Ltée’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 8, 2004, Registration Statement No. 333-110697).
 
2.15
 
        Vidéotron Ltée First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2004, by and among Vidéotron Ltée, SuperClub Videotron Canada inc., Les Propriétés SuperClub inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 18, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-121032).
 
2.16
 
        Form of Videotron Ltée 6 3 / 8 % Senior Note due 2015 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.18 below).
 
2.17
 
        Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of Vidéotron Ltée’s 6 3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 (included as Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.18 below).
 
2.18
 
        Indenture relating to Vidéotron Ltée 6 3 / 8 % Senior Notes, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and between Videotron Ltée, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Vidéotron Ltée’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated October 14, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-128998).
 
3.1
 
        Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 11, 2000 by and among Quebecor Inc., Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) and Quebecor Media, together with a summary thereof in the English language (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 9.1 to Quebecor Media Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
3.2
 
        Letter Agreement dated December 11, 2000 between Quebecor Inc. and Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 9.2 to Quebecor Media Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001 Registration Statement 333-13792).
 
3.3
 
        Written Resolution adopted by the Shareholders of Quebecor Media Inc. on May 5, 2003 relating to the increase in the size of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation) (incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended

151


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit            
Number           Description  
 
 
          December 31, 2003 which was filed on March 31, 2004).
 
4.1
 
        Lease Agreement dated November 24, 1993 between Le Groupe Videotron Ltée and National Bank of Canada for the property located at 300 Viger Avenue East, Montréal, Province of Québec, Canada, together with a summary thereof in the English language (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Quebecor Media Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
4.2
 
        Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and among Quebecor Media Inc., as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
 
4.3
 
        Credit Agreement dated as of February 7, 2003 among Sun Media Corporation, as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, as arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto, as lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Sun Media Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated April 10, 2003, Registration Statement No. 333-103998).
 
4.4
 
        First Amending Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2003, amending the Credit Agreement dated as of February 7, 2003 among Sun Media Corporation, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston Canada and the lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Sun Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, filed on March 30, 2004).
 
4.5
 
        Second Amending Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2004, amending the Credit Agreement dated as of February 7, 2003 among Sun Media Corporation, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston Canada and the lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Sun Media Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 24, 2005, Commission file No. 333-6690).
 
4.6
 
        Third Amending Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, amending the Credit Agreement dated as of February 7, 2003, as amended, among Sun Media Corporation, Banc of America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse First Boston Canada, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of Sun Media Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 21, 2006, Commission file no. 333-6690).
 
4.7
 
        Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2000 among Vidéotron Ltée, RBC Dominion Securities Inc., Royal Bank of Canada and the co-arrangers and lenders thereto, together with the First Amending Agreement dated as of January 5, 2001 and the Second Amending Agreement dated as of June 29, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Quebecor Media Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
4.8
 
        Sixth Amending Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2003, to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2000, among Vidéotron Ltée, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by Le SuperClub Vidéotron Ltée, Groupe de Divertissement SuperClub inc., Videotron (1998) ltée, CF Cable TV Inc., Videotron (Regional) Ltd, Télé-Câble Charlevoix (1997) inc., Videotron TVN inc. and Câblage QMI inc., as guarantors and by Quebecor Media Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Vidéotron Ltée’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 8, 2004, Registration Statement No. 333-110697).
 
4.9
 
        Seventh Amending Agreement dated as of November 19, 2004 to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2000, among Vidéotron Ltée, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by Le SuperClub Vidéotron Ltée, Groupe de Divertissement SuperClub inc., Videotron (1998) ltée, CF Cable TV Inc., Videotron (Regional) Ltd., 9139-3256 Québec inc., Videotron TVN inc., Les Propriétés SuperClub inc. and SuperClub Videotron Canada inc., as guarantors (the “Guarantors”), and by Quebecor Media Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Vidéotron Ltée’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 18, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-121032).
 
4.10
 
        Form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement entered into as of November 28, 2000, as amended by a First Amending Agreement dated as of January 5, 2001, as Second Amending Agreement dated as of June 29, 2001, a Third Amending Agreement dated December 12, 2001 and accepted by the Lenders as of December 21, 2001, a Fourth Amending Agreement dated as of December 23, 2002, a Fifth Amending Agreement dated as of March 24, 2003, a Sixth Amending Agreement dated as of October 8, 2003 and a

152


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit            
Number           Description
 
 
          Seventh Amending Agreement dated as of November 19, 2004, among Vidéotron Ltée, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto (incorporated by reference to Schedule 2 to Exhibit 10.2 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 18, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-121032).
 
4.11
 
        Form of Guarantee under the Vidéotron Ltée Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule D of Exhibit 10.5 to Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
4.12
 
        Form of Share Pledge of the shares of Vidéotron Ltée and of the guarantors of the Vidéotron Ltée Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule E of Exhibit 10.5 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
 
4.13
 
        Share Purchase Agreement dated December 22, 2003 between Carlyle VTL Holdings, L.P. and Carlyle Partners III (Videotron), L.P., and Quebecor Media Inc. and 9101-0827 Québec Inc. relating to the purchase 9101-0827 Québec Inc. of 5,000 Class C Preferred Shares of 3662527 Canada Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed on March 31, 2004).
 
4.14
 
        First Amendment to Share Purchase Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between Carlyle VTL Holdings, L.P. and Carlyle Partners III (Videotron), L.P. and Quebecor Media Inc. and 9101-0827 Québec Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 31, 2005).
 
7.1
 
        Statement regarding calculation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
 
8.1
 
        Subsidiaries of Quebecor Media Inc.
 
11.1
 
        Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.1 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 which was filed on March 31, 2004).
 
12.1
 
        Certification of Pierre Francoeur, President and Chief Operating Officer of Quebecor Media Inc., pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
12.2
 
        Certification of Mark D’Souza, Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial Officer) of Quebecor Media Inc., pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
13.1
 
        Certification of Pierre Francoeur, President and Chief Operating Officer of Quebecor Media Inc., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
13.2
 
        Certification of Mark D’Souza, Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial Officer) of Quebecor Media Inc., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

153


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE
     The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
         
  QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark D’Souza    
    Name:   Mark D’Souza    
    Title:   Vice President, Finance   
 
Dated: March 29, 2006

154


 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
     
  F-2 
 
   
Financial Statements
   
 
   
  F-3
 
   
  F-4
 
   
  F-5
 
   
  F-7
 
   
  F-9
 
   
  F-12

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
to the Board of Directors and to the shareholders of Quebecor Media Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Quebecor Media Inc. and its subsidiaries as at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.
Canadian generally accepted accounting principles vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Chartered Accountants
Montreal, Canada
February 10, 2006

F-2


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Revenues
  $ 2,298.1     $ 2,462.4     $ 2,702.9  
 
                       
Cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses
    (1,686.3 )     (1,765.2 )     (1,969.3 )
Amortization
    (226.6 )     (225.9 )     (231.9 )
Financial expenses (note 2)
    (300.1 )     (314.6 )     (285.3 )
Reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges (note 3)
    (1.8 )     (2.8 )     0.2  
Gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary (note 4)
    144.1       (4.8 )     (60.0 )
(Loss) gain on sale of businesses and other assets
    (1.1 )     9.3       0.1  
Write-down of goodwill (note 12)
    (0.5 )            
 
Income before income taxes
    225.8       158.4       156.7  
 
                       
Income taxes (note 6)
    (12.5 )     37.4       44.0  
 
 
    238.3       121.0       112.7  
 
                       
Non-controlling interest
    (34.6 )     (31.7 )     (16.2 )
 
Income from continuing operations
    203.7       89.3       96.5  
 
                       
Income (loss) from discontinued operations (note 7)
    0.2       (1.1 )      
 
Net income
  $ 203.9     $ 88.2     $ 96.5  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of shareholders’ equity
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                                         
          Contributed             Translation     Total shareholder’s  
    Capital Stock     surplus     Deficit     adjustment     equity  
 
Balance as at December 31, 2002
  $ 1,341.8     $ 3,214.6     $ (2,801.7 )   $ (2.8 )   $ 1,751.9  
Issuance of new shares (note 17)
    431.9                         431.9  
Purchase of tax credits from a company under common control
          6.0                   6.0  
Net income
                203.9             203.9  
Translation adjustment
                      1.3       1.3  
 
Balance as at December 31, 2003
    1,773.7       3,220.6       (2,597.8 )     (1.5 )     2,395.0  
Purchase of tax credits from a company under common control
          (3.8 )                 (3.8 )
Dividends
                (20.0 )           (20.0 )
Net income
                88.2             88.2  
Translation adjustment
                      0.5       0.5  
 
Balance as at December 31, 2004
    1,773.7       3,216.8       (2,529.6 )     (1.0 )     2,459.9  
Dividends
                (105.0 )           (105.0 )
Net income
                96.5             96.5  
Translation adjustment
                      (1.3 )     (1.3 )
 
Balance as at December 31, 2005
  $ 1,773.7     $ 3,216.8     $ (2,538.1 )   $ (2.3 )   $ 2,450.1  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Cash flows related to operations:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 203.7     $ 89.3     $ 96.5  
Adjustments for:
                       
Amortization of property, plant and equipment
    215.1       218.1       225.3  
Amortization of deferred charges and write-down of goodwill
    12.0       7.8       6.6  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and of long-term debt discount
    53.7       56.9       62.7  
(Gain) loss on ineffective derivative instruments and on foreign currency translation on unhedged long-term debt
    (22.0 )     8.0       4.4  
Loss on revaluation of the additional amount payable (note 13)
    4.5       26.9       10.1  
Loss (gain) on sale of businesses, other assets and property, plant and equipment
    20.3       3.1       (1.7 )
(Gain) loss on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary (note 4)
    (144.1 )     4.8       60.0  
Future income taxes
    (28.0 )     16.5       25.0  
Non-controlling interest
    34.6       31.7       16.2  
Interest on redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary
    24.5              
Other
    8.0       (1.8 )     (1.5 )
 
 
    382.3       461.3       503.6  
Net change in non-cash balances related to operations
    (17.5 )     38.6       (32.2 )
 
Cash flows provided by continuing operations
    364.8       499.9       471.4  
Cash flows (used in) provided by discontinued operations
    (1.2 )     0.6        
 
Cash flows provided by operations
    363.6       500.5       471.4  
 
                       
Cash flows related to financing activities:
                       
Net (decrease) increase in bank indebtedness
    (8.9 )     (4.2 )     12.3  
Net borrowings under revolving bank facilities
    70.1       (86.4 )     72.2  
Issuance of long-term debt, net of financing fees
    1,553.2       389.5       200.9  
Repayments of long-term debt and unwinding of hedging contracts
    (2,053.3 )     (384.9 )     (318.9 )
Net increase in prepayments under cross-currency swap agreements
    (118.1 )     (184.4 )     (34.1 )
Repayments under an interest rate swap
                (3.6 )
Dividends
          (20.0 )     (45.0 )
Dividends paid to non-controlling shareholders
    (5.4 )     (5.0 )     (5.2 )
Issuance of capital stock by subsidiaries
    1.2       2.6        
Repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary (note 4)
    (55.0 )            
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock
    431.9              
 
Cash flows used in financing activities
    (184.3 )     (292.8 )     (121.4 )
 
 
Sub-total, balance carried forward
  $ 179.3     $ 207.7     $ 350.0  

F-5


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ( continued )
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Sub-total, balance brought forward
  $ 179.3     $ 207.7     $ 350.0  
 
                       
Cash flows related to investing activities:
                       
Business acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents (note 5)
    (76.2 )     (112.5 )     (110.5 )
Proceed from disposal of businesses, net of cash and cash equivalents disposed (notes 5 and 7)
    24.7       (7.8 )     4.3  
Additions to property, plant and equipment
    (131.2 )     (181.1 )     (315.5 )
Net (increase) decrease in temporary investments
    (106.8 )     94.5       59.1  
Proceeds from disposal of assets
    4.3       7.5       5.5  
Decrease (increase) in advances receivable from parent company
    26.1             (15.9 )
Proceeds from disposal of tax deductions to the parent company
                15.9  
Other
    (3.3 )     (3.7 )     (3.6 )
 
Cash flows used in investing activities
    (262.4 )     (203.1 )     (360.7 )
 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (83.1 )     4.6       (10.7 )
 
                       
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies
    (1.6 )     0.6       (0.7 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    188.3       103.6       108.8  
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 103.6     $ 108.8     $ 97.4  
 
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents consist of:
                       
Cash
  $ 43.0     $ 8.0     $ 14.9  
Cash equivalents
    60.6       100.8       82.5  
 
 
  $ 103.6     $ 108.8     $ 97.4  
 
 
                       
Additional information on the consolidated statements of cash flows:
                       
 
Changes in non-cash balances related to operations (net of effect of business acquisitions and disposals):
                       
Accounts receivable
  $ 11.9     $ (10.9 )   $ (57.6 )
Inventories and investments in televisual products and movies
    15.9       5.3       (20.3 )
Accounts payable and accrued charges
    (85.2 )     15.0       43.7  
Other
    39.9       29.2       2.0  
 
 
  $ (17.5 )   $ 38.6     $ (32.2 )
 
 
                       
Non-cash transaction related to financing activities:
                       
Issuance of additional amount payable
  $ 70.0     $     $  
 
 
                       
Cash interest payments
  $ 236.4     $ 239.6     $ 230.5  
Cash payments (net of refunds) for income taxes
    (20.9 )     8.8       13.5  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Assets
               
Current assets :
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 108.8     $ 97.4  
Temporary investments (market value of $99.7 million in 2004 and $40.6 million in 2005)
    99.7       40.6  
Accounts receivable (note 8)
    342.9       415.7  
Income taxes
    24.2       9.3  
Advances receivable from parent company and companies under common control
          15.6  
Inventories and investments in televisual products and movies (note 9)
    134.7       155.5  
Prepaid expenses
    21.4       22.4  
Future income taxes (note 6)
    70.6       98.7  
 
 
    802.3       855.2  
 
               
Long-term investments (market value of $13.0 million in 2004 and $11.2 million in 2005)
    13.0       11.2  
Property, plant and equipment (note 10)
    1,522.1       1,631.5  
Future income taxes (note 6)
    80.8       57.5  
Other assets (note 11)
    240.0       248.2  
Goodwill (note 12)
    3,851.0       3,871.9  
 
 
  $ 6,509.2     $ 6,675.5  
 

F-7


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
consolidated balance sheets ( continued )
December 31, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
 
               
Current liabilities:
               
Bank indebtedness
  $     $ 12.7  
Accounts payable and accrued charges
    546.2       608.8  
Deferred revenue
    143.7       155.2  
Income taxes
    13.4       13.4  
Dividends payable
          60.0  
Advances payable to parent company and companies under common control
    16.7        
Additional amount payable (note 13)
    101.4       111.5  
Current portion of long-term debt (note 14)
    2.8       2.7  
 
 
    824.2       964.3  
 
               
Long-term debt (note 14)
    2,546.0       2,530.5  
Other liabilities (note 15)
    297.0       359.3  
Future income taxes (note 6)
    189.4       227.0  
Non-controlling interest (note 16)
    192.7       144.3  
 
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Capital stock (note 17)
    1,773.7       1,773.7  
Contributed surplus
    3,216.8       3,216.8  
Deficit
    (2,529.6 )     (2,538.1 )
Translation adjustment
    (1.0 )     (2.3 )
 
 
    2,459.9       2,450.1  
Commitments and contingencies (note 19)
               
Guarantees (note 20)
               
Subsequent events (note 24)
               
 
 
  $ 6,509.2     $ 6,675.5  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
On behalf of the Board of Directors,
     
/s/ Serge Gouin 
  /s/ Jean La Couture 
 
   
Serge Gouin, Chairman of the Board
  Jean La Couture, Director

F-8


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Segmented Information
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”) operates in the following industry segments: Cable, Newspapers, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, Business Telecommunications, Interactive Technologies and Communications and Internet/Portals. The Cable segment offers television distribution, Internet and telephony services in Canada and operates in the rental of videocassettes, digital video discs (“DVD” units) and games. The Newspapers segment includes the printing, publishing and distribution of daily and weekly newspapers in Canada. The Broadcasting segment operates French- and English-language general-interest television networks, specialized television networks, magazine publishing and movie distribution in Canada. The Leisure and Entertainment segment, which has operations solely in Canada, combines book publishing and distribution, and music production and distribution. The Business Telecommunications segment operates in Canada and offers enterprises, through its network, business-to-business connections, Internet connections, Website hosting and telephone services. The Interactive Technologies and Communications segment offers e-commerce solutions through a combination of strategies, technology integration, IP solutions and creativity on the Internet and is active in Canada, the United States and Europe. The Internet/Portals segment operates Internet sites in Canada, including French- and English-language portals and specialized sites.
These segments are managed separately since they all require specific market strategies. The Company assesses the performance of each segment based on income before amortization, financial expenses, reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges, gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary, (loss) gain on sale of businesses and other assets and write-down of goodwill.
The accounting policies of each segment are the same as the accounting policies used for the consolidated financial statements.
Segment income includes income from sales to third parties and inter-segment sales. Transactions between segments are negotiated and measured as if they were transactions between unrelated parties.
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Revenues:
                       
Cable
  $ 805.0     $ 871.6     $ 1,002.0  
Newspapers
    845.9       888.1       915.6  
Broadcasting
    340.9       358.0       401.4  
Leisure and Entertainment
    205.0       241.7       255.4  
Business Telecommunications
    77.7       78.6       102.1  
Interactive Technologies and Communications
    44.8       51.9       65.1  
Internet/Portals
    28.2       34.5       50.0  
Head Office and inter-segment
    (49.4 )     (62.0 )     (88.7 )
 
 
  $ 2,298.1     $ 2,462.4     $ 2,702.9  
 

F-9


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Segmented Information (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Income before amortization, financial expenses, reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges, gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary, (loss) gain on sale of businesses and other assets and write-down of goodwill:
                       
 
                       
Cable
  $ 275.3     $ 341.2     $ 382.0  
Newspapers
    224.8       227.8       222.2  
Broadcasting
    81.5       80.5       53.0  
Leisure and Entertainment
    14.7       22.7       27.0  
Business Telecommunications
    14.4       22.6       31.3  
Interactive Technologies and Communications
    1.1       2.3       3.9  
Internet/Portals
    3.1       4.5       10.5  
 
 
    614.9       701.6       729.9  
General corporate (expenses) revenues
    (3.1 )     (4.4 )     3.7  
 
 
  $ 611.8     $ 697.2     $ 733.6  
 
 
                       
 
    2003       2004       2005  
 
Amortization:
                       
Cable
  $ 141.8     $ 143.5     $ 145.2  
Newspapers
    27.6       26.0       30.3  
Broadcasting
    12.2       11.9       13.7  
Leisure and Entertainment
    4.1       5.6       4.3  
Business Telecommunications
    35.9       33.6       34.5  
Interactive Technologies and Communications
    2.4       1.7       1.7  
Internet/Portals
    1.3       0.7       0.8  
Head Office
    1.3       2.9       1.4  
 
 
  $ 226.6     $ 225.9     $ 231.9  
 
 
                       
 
    2003       2004       2005  
 
Additions to property, plant and equipment:
                       
Cable
  $ 90.3     $ 123.1     $ 191.8  
Newspapers
    14.3       18.8       74.0  
Broadcasting
    5.7       10.1       12.9  
Leisure and Entertainment
    1.3       3.3       7.9  
Business Telecommunications
    17.9       21.4       23.8  
Interactive Technologies and Communications
    0.9       1.2       1.4  
Internet/Portals
    0.3       0.8       0.7  
Head Office
    0.5       2.4       3.0  
 
 
  $ 131.2     $ 181.1     $ 315.5  
 

F-10


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Segmented Information (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Assets:
               
Cable
  $ 3,912.7     $ 3,986.2  
Newspapers
    1,443.4       1,503.5  
Broadcasting
    549.7       585.3  
Leisure and Entertainment
    126.7       183.1  
Business Telecommunications
    266.3       265.5  
Interactive Technologies and Communications
    64.3       71.0  
Internet/Portals
    57.5       59.0  
Head Office
    88.6       21.9  
 
 
  $ 6,509.2     $ 6,675.5  
 

F-11


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
     The Company is incorporated under the laws of Quebec and is a subsidiary of Quebecor Inc.
1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The significant differences between generally accepted accounting principles in Canada and in the United States are described in note 25.
  (a)   Basis of presentation:
 
      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”) and all its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.
 
      Certain comparative figures for the years 2003 and 2004 have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
  (b)   Foreign currency translation:
 
      Financial statements of self-sustaining foreign operations are translated using the rate in effect at the balance sheet date for asset and liability items, and using the average exchange rates during the year for revenues and expenses. Adjustments arising from this translation are deferred and recorded in translation adjustment and are included in income only when a reduction in the investment in these foreign operations is realized.
 
      Other foreign currency transactions are translated using the temporal method. Translation gains and losses are included in financial expenses.
 
  (c)   Use of estimates:
 
      The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related amounts of revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Significant areas requiring the use of management estimates relate to the determination of pension and other employee benefits, key economic assumptions used in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts, the provision for obsolescence, the allowance for sales returns, reserves for the restructuring of operations, the useful life of assets for amortization and evaluation of expected future cash flows to be generated by assets, the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, implied fair value of goodwill, provisions for income taxes and determination of future income tax assets and liabilities, and the determination of fair value of financial instruments. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
  (d)   Impairment of long-lived assets:
 
      The Company reviews, when a triggering event occurs, the carrying values of its long-lived assets by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets to the expected future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset or group of assets. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets held for use exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected from its use and eventual disposition. The impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, based on quoted market prices, when available, or on the estimated present value of future cash flows.

F-12


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED):
  (e)   Revenue recognition:
 
      The Company recognizes its operating revenues when the following criteria are met:
 
      persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
 
    delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;
 
    the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
 
    the collection of the sale is reasonably assured.
 
      The portion of unearned revenue is recorded under “Deferred revenue” when customers are invoiced.
 
      Revenue recognition policies for each of the Company’s main segments are as follows:
 
      Cable segment
 
      The Cable segment provides services under arrangement with multiple deliverables comprised of a separate unit of accounting for subscriber services (connecting fees and operating services) and a separate unit of accounting for sales of equipment to subscribers.
 
      Connection fee revenues of the Cable segment are deferred and recognized as revenues over the estimated average thirty-month period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to connection fees, in an amount not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same thirty-month period. Operating revenue from cable and other services, such as Internet access and telephony, is recognized when services are provided. Revenue from sales of equipment to subscribers and costs of equipment are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered. Revenues from video rentals are recorded as revenue when services are provided. Promotion offers are accounted for as a reduction in the related service revenue when customers take advantage of the offer.
 
      Newspapers segment
 
      Revenues of the Newspapers segment, derived from circulation and advertising from publishing activities, are recognized in accordance with the revenue recognition policy used by the Newspaper segment for its publishing activities. Revenue from the distribution of publications and products is recognized upon delivery, net of provisions for estimated returns. Revenue from commercial printing contracts is recognized once the product is delivered.
 
      Broadcasting segment
 
      Revenues of the Broadcasting segment derived from the sale of advertising airtime are recognized when the advertising has been broadcast. Revenues derived from circulation and advertising from publishing activities are recognized when publication is delivered. Revenues derived from specialty television channels are recognized on a monthly basis at the time the service is rendered.
 
      Revenues derived from the sale and distribution of film and from television program rights are recognized when the following conditions are met: (a) persuasive evidence of a sale or a licensing agreement with a customer exists and is provided solely by a contract or other legally enforceable documentation that sets forth, at a minimum (i) the licence period, (ii) the film or group of films affected, (iii) the consideration to be received for the rights transferred; (b) the film is complete and has been delivered or is available for delivery; (c) the licence period of the arrangement has begun and the customer can begin its exploitation, exhibition, or sale; (d) the arrangement fee is fixed or determinable; (e) the collection of the arrangement fee is reasonably assured.

F-13


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
  (e)   Revenue recognition (continued):
 
      Broadcasting segment (continued)
 
      Theatrical revenues are recognized over the period of presentation and when all of the above conditions are met. Theatrical revenues are based on a percentage of revenues generated by movie theatres. Revenues generated from video are recognized at the time of delivery of the videocassettes and DVDs, less a provision for future returns, or are accounted for based on a percentage of retail sales and when the aforementioned conditions are met.
 
      Leisure and Entertainment segment
 
      Revenues derived from retail stores, book publishing and distribution activities are recognized upon delivery of the products, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment historical rate of return.
  (f)   Barter transactions:
 
      In the normal course of operations, the Newspapers, the Broadcasting and the Internet/Portals segments offer advertising in exchange for goods and services. Revenues thus earned and expenses incurred are accounted for on the basis of the fair value of the goods and services obtained.
 
      For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recorded $17.7 million of barter advertising ($16.3 million in 2003 and $13.1 million in 2004).
  (g)   Cash and cash equivalents:
 
      Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments purchased three months or less from maturity and are stated at cost, which approximates market value. As at December 31, 2005, these highly liquid investments consist of commercial paper and bankers’ acceptance bearing interest from 3.24% to 3.32% and maturing in January 2006.
  (h)   Temporary investments:
 
      Temporary investments are recorded at the lower of cost and market value. Temporary investments consist of commercial paper bearing interest from 3.33% to 3.40% and maturing between April and May 2006.
  (i)   Trade receivable:
 
      The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends.
  (j)   Tax credits and government assistance
 
      The Broadcasting and Leisure and Entertainment segments have access to several government programs designed to support production and distribution of televisual products and movies and magazine and book publishing in Canada. The financial aid for production is accounted for as reduction in expenses in compliance with the subsidiary’s accounting policy for the recognition of revenue from completed televisual products and movies. The financial aid for broadcast rights is applied against investments in televisual products or used directly to reduce operating expenses during the year. The financial aid for magazine and book publishing is accounted for in revenues when the conditions for acquiring the government assistance are met.

F-14


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
  (j)   Tax credits and government assistance (continued):
 
      The Interactive Technologies and Communications and Leisure and Entertainment segments receive tax credits mainly related to their research and development activities and publishing activities. These tax credits are accounted for using the cost reduction method. Under this method, tax credits related to eligible expenses are accounted for as a reduction in related costs, whether they are capitalized or expensed, in the year the expenses are incurred, as long as there is reasonable assurance of their realization.
 
  (k)   Inventories:
 
      Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined by the first-in, first-out method or the weighted-average cost method, and net realizable value. Net realizable value represents the market value for all inventories, except for raw materials and supplies, for which it is replacement cost. Work in process is valued at the pro-rata billing value of the work completed.
 
  (l)   Investments in televisual products and movies:
  (i)   Programs produced and productions in progress
 
      Programs produced and productions in progress related to broadcast activities are accounted for at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes direct charges for goods and services and the share of labour and general expenses relating to each production. The cost of each program is charged to cost of sales when the program is broadcasted or when a loss can be estimated.
  (ii)   Broadcast rights
 
      Broadcast rights are essentially contractual rights allowing limited or unlimited broadcast of televisual products or movies. The Broadcasting segment records an asset for the broadcast rights acquired and a liability for obligations incurred under a licence agreement when the broadcast licence period begins and all of the following conditions have been met: the cost of each program, movies or series is known or can be reasonably determined; the programs, movies or series have been accepted in accordance with the conditions of the broadcast licence agreement; the programs, movies or series are available for the first showing or telecast.
 
      Amounts paid for broadcast rights before all of the above conditions are met are recorded as prepaid broadcast rights.
 
      Broadcast rights are classified as short or long term, based on management’s estimates of the broadcast period. These rights are amortized upon the broadcast of televisual products and movies over the contract period, based on the estimated number of showings, using an amortization method based on future revenues. This amortization is presented in cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses. Broadcast rights are valued at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. Broadcast rights payable are classified as current or long-term liabilities based on the payment terms included in the licence.

F-15


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
  (l)   Investment in televisual products and movies (continued):
  (iii)   Distribution rights:
 
      Distribution rights relate to the distribution of televisual products and movies. The costs include costs for movies acquisition rights and other operating costs incurred, which provide future economic benefits. The net realizable value of distribution rights represents the Broadcasting segment’s share of future estimated revenues to be derived, net of future costs. The Broadcasting segment records an asset and a liability for the distribution rights and obligations incurred under a licence agreement when the televisual product and movie has been accepted in accordance with the conditions of the licence agreement, the televisual product or movie is available for broadcast and the cost of the licence is known or can be reasonably estimated.
 
      Amounts paid for distribution rights prior to the conditions of recording the asset being met are recorded as prepaid distribution rights. Distribution rights are amortized using the individual film forecast computation method based on actual revenues realized over total expected revenues.
 
      Estimates of revenues related to television products and movies are examined periodically by Broadcasting segment management and revised as necessary. The value of unamortized costs is reduced to net realizable value, as necessary, based on this assessment. The amortization of distribution rights is presented in cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses.
  (m)   Income taxes:
 
      The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, future income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Future income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on future income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment or substantive enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded if the realization of future income tax assets is not considered “more likely than not.”
  (n)   Long-term investments:
 
      Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the proportionate consolidation method. Joint ventures represent a negligible portion of the Company’s operations. Investments in companies subject to significant influence are accounted for by the equity method. Portfolio investments are accounted for by the cost method. Carrying values of investments recorded for by the equity or cost method are reduced to estimated market values if there is other than a temporary decline in the value of the investment.
  (o)   Property, plant and equipment:
 
      Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of government grants and investment tax credits. Cost represents acquisition or construction costs, including preparation, installation and testing charges and interest incurred with respect to the property, plant and equipment until they are ready for commercial production. In the case of projects to construct and connect receiving and distribution networks of cable, cost includes equipment, direct labour and direct overhead costs. Projects under development may also be comprised of advances for equipment under construction. Expenditures for additions, improvements and replacements are capitalized, whereas maintenance and repair expenditures are charged to cost of sales.

F-16


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
  (o)   Property, plant and equipment (continued):
 
      Amortization is principally calculated on the straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:
         
       
Asset
  Estimated useful life  
 
Buildings
    25 to 40 years  
Machinery and equipment
    3 to 20 years  
Receiving, distribution and telecommunications networks
    3 to 20 years  
 
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease.
The Company does not record an asset retirement obligation in connection with its cable distribution networks. The Company expects to renew all of its agreements with utility companies to access their support structures in the future, making the retirement date of these assets undeterminable.
  (p)   Goodwill and other intangible assets:
 
      Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, are not amortized.
 
      Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test is carried out in two steps. In the first step, the carrying amount of the reporting unit is compared to its fair value. When the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, then the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not to be impaired and the second step is not required. The second step of the impairment test is carried out when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, in which case the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to its carrying amount to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. When the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess and is presented as a separate item in the income statement before discontinued operations.
 
      Intangible assets acquired, such as broadcasting licences, that have an indefinite useful life, are also tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test compares the carrying amount of the intangible asset to its fair value, and an impairment loss is recognized in the statement of income for the excess, if any.
 
      Intangible assets with definite useful lives, such as customer relationships and non-competition agreements, are amortized over their useful life using the straight-line method over a period of three to ten years.
 
  (q)   Deferred start-up costs and financing fees:
 
      Deferred start-up costs are recorded at cost and include development costs related to new specialty services and pre-operating expenditures and are amortized when commercial operations begin using the straight-line method over periods of three to five years. Financing fees related to long-term financing are amortized using the interest rate method and the straight-line method over the term of the related long-term debt.

F-17


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
  (r)   Stock-based compensation:
 
      The compensation cost attributable to stock-based awards to employees that call for settlement in cash or other assets, at the option of the employee, is recognized in operating expenses over the vesting period. Changes in the intrinsic value of the stock options awards between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the measurement of the liability and compensation cost. Other stock options awards to employees are measured based on the fair value of the options at the grant date and a compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the options, with a corresponding increase to additional paid-in capital. When the stock options are exercised, capital stock is credited by the sum of the consideration paid, together with the related portion previously recorded to paid-in capital.
 
      In the case of the employee share purchase plans of Company’s subsidiaries, the contribution paid by the subsidiaries on behalf of their employees is considered a compensation expense. The contribution paid by employees for the purchase of shares is credited to the subsidiary’s capital stock.
 
  (s)   Derivative financial instruments:
 
      The Company uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company does not hold or use any derivative instruments for trading purposes. The Company documents all relationships between derivatives and hedged items, its strategy for using hedges and its risk-management objective. The Company assesses the effectiveness of derivatives when the hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.
 
      The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge anticipated foreign-denominated equipment purchases. Under hedge accounting, foreign exchange translation gains and losses are recognized as an adjustment to the cost of property, plant and equipment, when the transaction is recorded. The portion of the forward premium or discount on the contract relating to the period prior to consummation of the transaction is also recognized as an adjustment to the cost of property, plant and equipment, when the transaction is recorded.
 
      The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts and cross-currency swaps to hedge some of its long-term debt. Under hedge accounting, foreign exchange translation gains and losses are recorded under other assets or other liabilities. The fees on forward foreign exchange contracts and on cross-currency swaps are recognized as an adjustment to interest expenses over the term of the agreement.
 
      The Company also enters into interest rate swaps in order to manage the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on its long-term debt. These swap agreements require the periodic exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount on which the payments are based. The Company designates its interest rate hedge agreements as hedges of the interest cost on the underlying debt. Interest expense on the debt is adjusted to include the payments made or received under the interest rate swaps on an accrual basis.
 
      Some of the Company’s cross-currency swap agreements are subject to a floor limit on negative fair market value, below which the Company can be required to make prepayments to reduce the lenders’ exposure. Such prepayments are reimbursed by reductions in the Company’s future payments under the agreements. The portion of these reimbursements related to interest is accounted for as a reduction in financial expenses. The prepayments are presented on the balance sheet as a reduction in the liability of the derivative instrument.
 
      Realized and unrealized gains or losses associated with derivative instruments, that have been terminated or cease to be effective prior to maturity, are deferred under other current or non-current assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and recognized in income in the period in which the underlying hedged transaction is recognized. In the event a designated hedged item is sold, extinguished or matures prior to the termination of the related derivative instrument, any realized or unrealized gain or loss on such derivative instrument is recognized in income.

F-18


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
  (s)   Derivative financial instruments (continued):
 
      Derivative instruments that are ineffective or that are not designated as an hedge are reported on a market-to-market basis in the consolidated financial statements. Any change in the fair value of these derivative instruments is recorded in income.
 
  (t)   Pension plans and postretirement benefits:
  (i)   Pension plans:
 
      The Company offers defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution pension plans to some of its employees. Defined benefit pension plan costs are determined using actuarial methods and are funded through contributions determined in accordance with the projected benefit method pro-rated on service, which incorporates management’s best estimate of future salary levels, other cost escalations, retirement ages of employees and other actuarial factors. Pension plan expense is charged to operations and includes:
 
    Cost of pension plan benefits provided in exchange for employee services rendered during the year;
 
    Amortization of the initial net transition asset, prior service costs and amendments on a straight-line basis over the expected average remaining service period of the active employee group covered by the plans; and
 
    Interest cost of pension plan obligations, expected return on pension fund assets, and amortization of cumulative unrecognized net actuarial gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the accrued benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets over the expected average remaining service period of the active employee group covered by the plans.
 
      When an event gives rise to both a curtailment and a settlement, the curtailment is accounted for prior to the settlement.
 
      Actuarial gains and losses arise from the difference between the actual long-term rate of return on plan assets for a period and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for that period or from changes in actuarial assumptions used to determine the accrued benefit obligation.
 
      The Company uses the fair value at year-end to evaluate plan assets for the purpose of calculating the expected return on plan assets.
 
  (ii)   Postretirement benefits:
 
      The Company offers health, life and dental insurance plans to some of its retired employees. The Company accrues the cost of postretirement benefits, other than pensions. These benefits are funded by the Company as they become due. The Company amortizes the cumulative unrecognized net actuarial gains and losses in excess of 10% of the accrued benefit obligation over the expected average remaining service life of the active employee group covered by the plans.

F-19


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
2. FINANCIAL EXPENSES:
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Interest on long-term debt
  $ 242.0     $ 224.1     $ 212.7  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and long-term debt discount
    53.7       56.9       62.7  
(Gain) loss on ineffective derivative instruments and on foreign currency translation on unhedged long-term debt
    (22.0 )     8.0       4.4  
Loss on revaluation of the additional amount payable
    4.5       26.9       10.1  
Interest on redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary
    27.5              
Other
    0.6       3.6       0.9  
Investment income
    (6.2 )     (4.9 )     (4.5 )
 
 
  $ 300.1     $ 314.6     $ 286.3  
 
                       
Interest capitalized to the cost of property, plant and equipment
                (1.0 )
 
 
  $ 300.1     $ 314.6     $ 285.3  
 
3. RESERVE FOR RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS, IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS AND OTHER SPECIAL CHARGES:
    2003
 
    During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company and its subsidiaries recorded asset write-downs totalling $1.3 million and severance costs and other restructuring charges of $0.5 million.
 
    2004
 
    During the year ended December 31, 2004, a write-down of deferred costs of $0.8 million in the Broadcasting segment, and an additional charge of $2.0 million in the Business Telecommunications segment for the settlement of a litigation related to the 2001 operations restructuring program were recorded.
 
    2005
 
    During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Broadcasting segment recorded a net reversal of $0.2 million related to restructuring initiatives of prior years.

F-20


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
4.   GAIN (LOSS) ON DEBT REFINANCING AND ON REPURCHASE OF REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES OF A SUBSIDIARY:
  (a)   Quebecor Media Inc.
 
      As a result of the repurchase of a portion of its Notes on July 19, 2005, the Company recorded a loss of $60.8 million, comprised of the excess of the consideration paid over the carrying value of the Notes and of the hedging contracts, and the write-off of related deferred financing costs. The Company repurchased US$128.2 and US$12.1 million in aggregate principal amounts of its Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes (note 14(ii) and (iii)), bearing interest at 11.125% and 13.750% respectively, pursuant to the tender offers announced on June 20, 2005. Under these offers, the total consideration was a fixed price of US$1,112.50 per US$1,000 principal amount for each Senior Note and a fixed price of US$1,007.50 per US$1,000 principal amount at maturity for each Discount Note, which includes an early tender premium in the amount of US$30.00 per US$1,000 of principal (or principal amount at maturity, in the case of the Discount Notes). The Company paid cash considerations totalling $215.3 million for the repurchase of the Notes, including the premiums and disbursements for unwinding hedging contracts
 
  (b)   Videotron Ltd.:
 
      On October 8, 2003, net proceeds from the issuance of a first series of the 6.875% Senior Notes (note 14(vi)) were used to repay Videotron Ltd.’s term-loan credit facilities “A” and “B”, in place as at December 31, 2002, as well as amounts outstanding on its revolving credit facilities. As a result of the debt refinancing, Videotron Ltd. recorded a loss of $17.1 million, comprised of a loss on the unwinding of hedging contracts and the write-off of deferred financing costs.
 
      On November 19, 2004, the net proceeds from the issuance of a second series of the 6.875% Senior Notes (note 14(vi)) were used to repay in full Videotron Ltd.’s term loan credit facility “C” in place as at December 31, 2003. As a result of the refinancing of the term loan, Videotron Ltd. recorded a loss of $4.8 million, comprised of a loss of $4.6 million on the marked-to-market of a derivative instrument and the write-off of $0.2 million in deferred financing costs.
 
      On July 15, 2005, Videotron Ltd., Cable segment, repurchased the entire aggregate principal amount of its subsidiary, CF Cable TV Inc., Senior Secured First Priority Notes, which bore interest at 9.125% and were due in 2007, for a total cash consideration of $99.3 million. The repurchase resulted in a gain of $0.8 million including the cost of unwinding a hedging contract.
 
  (c)   Sun Media Corporation:
 
      On February 7, 2003, net proceeds from the issuance of the 7.625% Senior Notes (note 14(x)) and from the new credit facilities were used to reimburse, in their entirety, the Senior Bank Credit facility of Sun Media Corporation and the two series of Senior Subordinated Notes at December 31, 2002. As a result of the debt refinancing, Sun Media Corporation recorded a net gain of $7.5 million in 2003, comprised of a cash gain of $10.3 million from unwinding hedging contracts, offset by the write-off of related deferred financing costs.
 
  (d)   Videotron Telecom Ltd.:
 
      On December 22, 2003, the Company repurchased the redeemable preferred shares issued by Videotron Telecom Ltd., Business Telecommunications segment, for a cash consideration of $55.0 million and an additional amount payable of $70.0 million (see note 13). As the carrying value of these preferred shares, classified as a liability instrument, was $278.7 million at the date of the transaction, a gain of $153.7 million was recorded in the consolidated statement of income.

F-21


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
5.   BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS:
 
    Business acquisitions:
 
    During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the Company acquired or increased its interest in several businesses and has accounted for these by the purchase method. Certain purchase price allocations are preliminary and should be finalized as soon as Company’s management has gathered all the significant information believed to be available and considered necessary. The results of operations of these businesses have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from their date of acquisition.
 
    2003
    A total of 1,452,200 Class B Non-Voting Common Shares of TVA Group Inc. were repurchased for a cash consideration of $25.8 million, resulting in additional goodwill of $5.9 million.
 
    On October 15, 2003, Quebecor Media Inc. increased its interest in CEC Publishing Inc., Leisure and Entertainment segment, from 50% to 100%, for a cash consideration of $15.0 million, resulting in a preliminary additional goodwill of $9.4 million, which was reduced by $5.5 million in 2004 when the purchase price allocation was finalized.
 
    On November 3, 2003, Sun Media Corporation, Newspapers segment, completed the acquisition of the newspaper operations of Annex Publishing & Printing Inc. for a cash consideration of $34.2 million, subject to certain purchase equation adjustments, resulting in additional goodwill of $20.8 million. The newspaper operations are located in Southern Ontario and include two daily newspapers, one semi-weekly and six weekly publications, two shopping guides, as well as a commercial printing operation.
 
    Other businesses were acquired for cash considerations totalling $3.6 million, resulting in additional goodwill of $0.1 million.
2004
    A total of 1,892,500 Class B non-voting Common Shares of TVA Group Inc. were repurchased for a cash consideration of $41.0 million, resulting in additional goodwill of $10.2 million.
 
    All minority interests in Canoe Inc., Internet/Portals segment, directly owned by minority shareholders, were acquired for a cash consideration of $25.2 million, resulting in additional goodwill of $4.8 million.
 
    On December 2, 2004, TVA Group Inc. and Sun Media Corporation, two subsidiaries of the Company, completed the acquisition of Sun TV (formerly Toronto 1). The purchase price paid at the closing was $43.2 million, $32.4 million of which was paid in cash by TVA Group Inc. for its 75% interest in Sun TV. Sun Media Corporation paid $2.8 million in cash and transferred to CHUM Limited its 29.9% interest in CablePulse24 (CP24), a 24-hour news station in Toronto, for its 25% interest in Sun TV. In December 2005, TVA Group Inc. and Sun Media Corporation recorded a balance payable of $3.6 million in respect with the final purchase price adjustment. The acquisition resulted in a preliminary goodwill of $11.2 million, which was reduced by $0.5 million in 2005 when the purchase price allocation was finalized. Also, the transfer of Sun Media Corporation’s interest in CP24 to CHUM Limited resulted in a gain on disposal of $8.0 million.
 
    Other businesses were acquired for cash considerations totalling $13.3 million, resulting in additional goodwill of $8.8 million.

F-22


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
5.   BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS (continued):
 
    Business acquisitions (continued):
 
    2005
    A total of 3,739,599 Class B non-voting Common Shares of TVA Group Inc., Broadcasting segment, were repurchased for a cash consideration of $81.9 million, resulting in an additional goodwill of $22.3 million on a preliminary basis.
 
    On December 12, 2005, the Company acquired Sogides Ltée, a major book publishing and distribution group in Quebec, for a cash consideration of $24.0 million and an additional contingent payment of $5.0 million based on the achievement of specific conditions in 2008. This acquisition resulted in an additional goodwill of $7.8 million on a preliminary basis.
 
    Other businesses were acquired for cash considerations totalling $4.6 million and the operating assets of the community newspaper Beauport Express, resulting in additional goodwill of $3.5 million.
Business acquisitions are summarized as follows:
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Assets acquired:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2.4     $ 2.2     $  
Non-cash current operating assets
    10.0       11.4       20.5  
Property, plant and equipment
    2.6       15.5       4.6  
Other assets
    22.8       32.8       6.3  
Future income taxes
          20.3        
Goodwill
    30.7       35.0       33.1  
Non-controlling interest
    23.3       31.8       60.3  
 
 
    91.8       149.0       124.8  
 
                       
Liabilities assumed:
                       
Bank indebtness
                (0.4 )
Non-cash current operating liabilities
    (5.9 )     (15.2 )     (7.1 )
Other liabilities
    (0.1 )            
Future income taxes
    (7.2 )     (11.1 )     (2.1 )
 
 
    (13.2 )     (26.3 )     (9.6 )
 
Net assets acquired at fair value
  $ 78.6     $ 122.7     $ 115.2  
 
 
                       
Consideration:
                       
Cash
  $ 78.6     $ 114.7     $ 110.5  
Balance payable
                3.6  
Community newspaper (Beauport Express)
                1.1  
Investment in CP24
          8.0        
 
 
  $ 78.6     $ 122.7     $ 115.2  
 
Business disposals
    In 2003 and 2005, the Company sold businesses for cash considerations of $2.0 million and $0.5 million, resulting in a loss on disposal of $1.1 million and a gain on disposal of $0.1 million, respectively.

F-23


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
6.   INCOME TAXES:
 
    Income taxes on continuing operations are as follows:
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Current
  $ 15.5     $ 20.9     $ 19.0  
Future
    (28.0 )     16.5       25.0  
 
 
  $ (12.5 )   $ 37.4     $ 44.0  
 
The following table reconciles the difference between the domestic statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate of the Company and its subsidiaries:
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Statutory tax rate
    33.1 %     31.0 %     31.0 %
 
                       
Increase (reduction) resulting from:
                       
Effect of provincial and foreign tax rates differences
          0.2       (0.2 )
Effect of non-deductible charges and/or tax rate deductions
    2.7       4.4       4.2  
Change in valuation allowance
    (20.0 )     (6.3 )     (4.8 )
Change in future income tax balances due to a tax rate increase
                7.6  
Tax consolidation transaction with the parent company
                (10.1 )
Other
    (0.1 )     (5.7 )     0.4  
 
Effective tax rate before the following items
    15.7       23.6       28.1  
 
                       
Effect of the non-taxable net gain on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares
    (21.2 )            
 
Effective tax rate
    (5.5 )%     23.6 %     28.1 %
 

F-24


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
6.   INCOME TAXES (continued):
 
    The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s net future income tax liabilities are as follows:
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Loss carryforwards
  $ 257.1     $ 296.0  
Accounts payable and accrued charges
    32.3       32.2  
Property, plant and equipment
    (235.8 )     (226.0 )
Goodwill and other assets
    (21.3 )     (33.2 )
Deferred charges
    (7.1 )     (13.3 )
Other
    19.2       25.8  
 
 
    44.4       81.5  
Valuation allowance
    (82.4 )     (152.3 )
 
Net future income tax liabilities
  $ (38.0 )   $ (70.8 )
 
The current and long-term future income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Future income tax assets:
               
Current
  $ 70.6     $ 98.7  
Long-term
    80.8       57.5  
 
 
               
 
    151.4       156.2  
Future income tax liabilities:
               
Long-term
    (189.4 )     (227.0 )
 
Net future income tax liabilities
  $ (38.0 )   $ (70.8 )
 
The net change in the total valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2005, is due mainly to the realization of a capital loss of approximately $400.0 million resulting from a subsidiary being wound-up in 2005 and for which, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance of $76.0 million.
Subsequent recognition of tax benefits relating to the valuation allowance as at December 31, 2005 will be entirely reported in the consolidated statement of income.
As at December 31, 2005, the Company had loss carryforwards for income tax purposes including $482.0 million available to reduce future taxable income, of which $462.0 million will expired from 2006 to 2025 and $20.0 million that can be carried forward indefinitely, and $679.0 million available to reduce future capital gains that can be carried forward indefinitely.

F-25


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
6.   INCOME TAXES (continued):
 
    During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, some of the Company’s subsidiaries acquired tax benefits amounting to $13.7 million and $12.9 million, respectively, from Quebecor World Inc., a company under common control. Of this amount, $13.4 million and $12.9 million were recorded as income taxes receivable in 2003 and 2004, respectively, while $0.3 million was recorded as long-term future income tax assets in 2003. These transactions allowed the Company to realize gains of $2.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively (net of non-controlling interest) which are recorded as contributed surplus. Additional tax benefits of $8.0 million will be recognized into the statement of income as a reduction of income taxes expenses when the new deduction multiple applied on the tax benefits bought in 2003 and 2004 will be officially enacted. However, if the new deduction multiple does not become enacted, $6.0 million will be recorded as contributed surplus since the amount paid to Quebecor World Inc. will be recovered by an equal amount.
 
    On December 14, 2005, the Company entered into a tax consolidation transaction by which the Company has transferred to its parent company $192.0 million of capital losses for a cash consideration of $15.9 million. In addition, in 2006, the parent company will transfer to the Company $75.0 million of non-capital losses in exchange of a cash consideration of $16.3 million. Cash considerations have been negotiated on an arms-length basis between the parties and represent the fair value of tax deductions being transferred. As a result of these transactions, the Company has recorded a reduction of $15.9 million of its income tax expense in 2005 and expects to reduce its income tax expense by $8.5 million in the future.
 
    The Company has not recognized a future income tax liability for the undistributed earnings of its subsidiaries in the current or prior years since the Company does not expect to sell or repatriate funds from those investments. Any such liability cannot reasonably be determined at the present time.
 
7.   DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:
 
    On March 14, 2003, Nurun Inc. closed the sale of its interest in Nurun Technologies S.A. for a cash consideration of $0.3 million, resulting in a loss on disposal of $0.1 million (net of income taxes and non-controlling interest).
 
    On May 5 and 8, 2003, Sun Media Corporation, Newspapers segment, concluded the sale of its operating businesses in Florida and British Columbia for a total cash consideration of $22.4 million, resulting in a gain on disposal of $0.3 million (net of income taxes and non-controlling interest). These operations included 13 weekly publications as well as commercial printing operations.
 
    On May 25, 2004, in response to a partial takeover bid for Mindready Solutions Inc., 6.75 million Common Shares of Mindready Solutions Inc. held by Nurun Inc., Interactive Technologies and Communications segment, were sold for a cash consideration of $7.8 million, of which $4.4 million was received on the closing date of the bid and the balance of $3.4 million in February 2005. In March 2005, Nurun Inc. sold its 9.6% remaining interest in Mindready Solutions Inc. for cash proceeds of $0.4 million. The sale resulted in a loss on disposal of $0.3 million (net of income taxes and non-controlling interest).
 
    The results of the disposed businesses were reclassified and disclosed in the consolidated statements of income as “Income (loss) from discontinued operations”, while the cash flows related to the operations of the disposed businesses were reclassified and disclosed in the consolidated statements of cash flows as “Cash flows provided by (used in) discontinued operations”.

F-26


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
7.   DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (continued) :
 
    The following tables provide additional financial information related to the operations from the above discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004.
 
    Combined and consolidated statements of income
                 
    2003     2004  
 
Revenues
  $ 29.5     $ 8.0  
 
               
Cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses
    (29.0 )     (9.7 )
Amortization
    (1.1 )     (0.3 )
Financial income
          0.2  
Reserve for restructuring of operations
    0.2        
 
Loss before income taxes
    (0.4 )     (1.8 )
Income taxes
    0.3       0.1  
 
 
    (0.7 )     (1.9 )
 
               
Non-controlling interest
    0.6       1.1  
Gain (loss) on disposal of businesses (net of income taxes and of non-controlling interest)
    0.3       (0.3 )
 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
  $ 0.2     $ (1.1 )
 
8.   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Trade
  $ 310.0     $ 360.5  
Other
    32.9       55.2  
 
 
  $ 342.9     $ 415.7  
 
9.   INVENTORIES AND INVESTMENTS IN TELEVISUAL PRODUCTS AND MOVIES:
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Raw materials and supplies
  $ 35.2     $ 32.0  
Work in process
    7.5       9.7  
Finished goods
    56.2       68.7  
Investments in televisual products and movies
    35.8       45.1  
 
 
  $ 134.7     $ 155.5  
 

F-27


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
10.   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
                         
                    2004  
            Accumulated        
    Cost     amortization     Net amount  
 
Land
  $ 33.0     $     $ 33.0  
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    169.9       33.5       136.4  
Machinery and equipment
    710.1       397.7       312.4  
Receiving, distribution and telecommunication networks
    1,384.2       359.2       1,025.0  
Projects under development
    15.3             15.3  
 
 
  $ 2,312.5     $ 790.4     $ 1,522.1  
 
                         
                    2005  
            Accumulated        
    Cost     amortization     Net amount  
 
Land
  $ 32.7     $     $ 32.7  
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    179.6       44.9       134.7  
Machinery and equipment
    818.3       476.2       342.1  
Receiving, distribution and telecommunication networks
    1,521.8       478.1       1,043.7  
Projects under development
    78.3             78.3  
 
 
  $ 2,630.7     $ 999.2     $ 1,631.5  
 
11.   OTHER ASSETS:
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Broadcasting licenses
  $ 109.7     $ 109.3  
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization
    49.2       42.6  
Investments in televisual products and movies
    22.3       28.0  
Customer relationships and non-competition agreements, net of accumulated amortization
    20.9       21.9  
Deferred connection costs
    9.4       15.5  
Deferred asset related to the discontinuation of hedge accounting
    12.5       11.7  
Deferred pension charge (note 23)
    8.1       8.2  
Other
    7.9       11.0  
 
 
  $ 240.0     $ 248.2  
 

F-28


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
12.   GOODWILL:
 
    For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill were as follows:
                                                 
                                            2003  
                                    Adjustment of        
    Balance as at     Business                     purchase price     Balance as at  
    December 31,     acquisitions     Discontinued             allocation and     December 31,  
    2002     (disposals)     operations     Write-down     other     2003  
 
Cable
  $ 2,662.7     $     $     $     $ (1.6 )   $ 2,661.1  
Newspapers
    1,000.1       20.8       (10.1 )                 1,010.8  
Broadcasting
    158.6       6.7                   (0.3 )     165.0  
Leisure and Entertainment
    34.9       8.7                         43.6  
Business Telecommunications
    0.9       (0.9 )                        
Internet/Portals
    26.2                   (0.5 )           25.7  
 
Total
  $ 3,883.4     $ 35.3     $ (10.1 )   $ (0.5 )   $ (1.9 )   $ 3,906.2  
 
 
                                             
                                 
                        2004  
                    Adjustment of        
    Balance as at     Business     purchase price     Balance as at  
    December 31,     acquisitions     allocation and     December 31,  
    2003     (disposals)     other     2004  
 
Cable
  $ 2,661.1     $ 5.2     $ (84.5 ) 1   $ 2,581.8  
Newspapers
    1,010.8       0.4             1,011.2  
Broadcasting
    165.0       20.3             185.3  
Leisure and Entertainment
    43.6       1.0       (5.5 )     39.1  
Interactive Technologies and Communications
          2.8       0.3       3.1  
Internet/Portals
    25.7       4.8             30.5  
 
Total
  $ 3,906.2     $ 34.5     $ (89.7 )   $ 3,851.0  
 

F-29


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
12.   GOODWILL (continued):
                                 
                            2005  
                    Adjustment of        
    Balance as at     Business     purchase price     Balance as at  
    December 31,     acquisitions     allocation and     December 31,  
    2004     (disposals)     other     2005  
 
Cable
  $ 2,581.8     $     $     $ 2,581.8  
Newspapers
    1,011.2       1.0       (10.2 ) 1     1,002.0  
Broadcasting
    185.3       22.3       (0.5 )     207.1  
Leisure and Entertainment
    39.1       7.8             46.9  
Interactive Technologies and Communications
    3.1       1.3       (0.8 )     3.6  
Internet/Portals
    30.5                   30.5  
 
Total
  $ 3,851.0     $ 32.4     $ (11.5 )   $ 3,871.9  
 
     
1   Recognition of tax benefits not recognized as at the business acquisition date.
13.   ADDITIONAL AMOUNT PAYABLE:
 
    The value of the additional amount payable resulting from the repurchase of the redeemable preferred shares (note 4 (d)) fluctuates based on the market value of the Company’s Common Shares. Until the Company is listed on a stock exchange, the value of the additional amount payable is based on a formula established in the agreement. At the date of the transaction, both parties had agreed to an initial value of $70.0 million. As at December 31, 2005, the additional amount payable is valued at $111.5 million ($101.4 million as at December 31, 2004). Change in the amount payable is recorded as a financial expense in the statement of income. The additional amount payable matures on December 15, 2008. The holder has the right to require payment at any time since December 15, 2004. If the Company files a prospectus for an initial public offering, the holder has the right to require the Company to pay the additional amount payable by delivering 3,740,682 Common Shares of the Company, adjusted to take into account certain shareholders’ equity transactions. The Company holds an option to pay this additional amount in cash, for a period of 30 days following each of June 15, 2007 and June 15, 2008. The Company may, under certain conditions and if its shares are publicly traded at that time, pay the additional amount by delivering 3,740,682 Common Shares to the holder.

F-30


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
14.   LONG-TERM DEBT:
                                 
    Effective                    
    interest rate as at     Year of              
    December 31, 2005     maturity     2004     2005  
 
Quebecor Media Inc.:
                               
Credit facility (i)
            2007     $     $  
Senior Notes (ii)
    11.50 %     2011       844.7       672.0  
Senior Discount Notes (iii)
    13.75 %     2011       296.0       316.1  
 
 
                    1,140.7       988.1  
 
                               
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries (iv):
                               
Credit facility (v)
            2009              
Senior Notes (vi)
    6.59 %     2014       796.6       769.2  
Senior Notes (vii)
    6.44 %     2015             202.5  
Senior Secured First Priority Notes (viii)
    7.59 %     2007       92.3        
 
 
                    888.9       971.7  
 
                               
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries (iv):
                               
Credit facilities (ix)
    6.24 %     2008-2009       241.6       231.1  
Senior Notes (x)
    7.88 %     2013       242.7       235.2  
 
 
                    484.3       466.3  
 
                               
TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries (iv):
                               
Revolving bank loan (xi)
    4.02 %     2010       34.9       107.1  
 
 
                    2,548.8       2,533.2  
 
                               
Less current portion:
                               
 
                               
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries
                    2.8       2.7  
 
 
                  $ 2,546.0     $ 2,530.5  
 
     
(i)   The credit facility of $75.0 million ($135.0 million in 2004), available for general liquidity purposes, is a one-year revolving credit facility that can be extended on a yearly basis, which was refinanced in January 2006 (see note 24). The credit facility is secured by a first ranking moveable hypothec on all tangible and intangible assets, current and future, of the Company. As at December 31, 2005, the carrying value of assets guaranteeing the credit facility is $6,675.5 million. The credit facility in aggregate is secured by the Company’s shareholders. The borrowed amounts bear interest at floating rates based on bankers’ acceptance rate or bank prime rate. As at December 31, 2005, no amount was drawn on the credit facility.
 
(ii)   The Senior Notes, for a principal amount of US$586.8 million, net of the partial repurchase in July 2005 (see note 4 (a)) were issued at discount for net proceeds of US$573.8 million. These notes bear interest at a rate of 11.125%, payable semi-annually, since January 15, 2002. Notes contain certain restrictions for the Company, including limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness. The notes are unsecured and are redeemable at the option of the Company at a decreasing premium, commencing on July 15, 2006. The Company has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the Senior Notes by using a cross-currency interest rate swap, under which all payments were set in Canadian dollars. On January 17, 2006, the Company repurchased US$561.6 million in aggregate principal amounts of the notes (note 24).

F-31


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
14.   LONG-TERM DEBT (continued):
  (iii)   The Senior Discount Notes, for a principal amount of US$282.9 million, net of the partial repurchase in July 2005 (see note 4(a)), were issued at discount for net proceeds of US$145.0 million. These notes bear interest at a rate of 13.75%, payable semi-annually, commencing January 15, 2007. Notes contain certain restrictions for the Company, including limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness. The notes are unsecured and are redeemable at the option of the Company at a decreasing premium, commencing on July 15, 2006. The Company has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the Senior Discount Notes by using a cross-currency interest rate swap agreement, under which all payments were set in Canadian dollars. On January 17, 2006, the Company repurchased US$275.6 million in aggregate principal amounts at maturity of the notes (note 24).
 
  (iv)   The debt of these subsidiaries is non-recourse to the parent company, Quebecor Media Inc.
 
  (v)   The credit facility of $450.0 million is a revolving credit facility maturing in November 2009 and bears interest at bankers’ acceptance or LIBOR rates, plus a margin, depending on Videotron Ltd.’s leverage ratio. The credit facility is secured by a first ranking hypothec on the universality of all tangible and intangible assets, current and future, of Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries. As at December 31, 2005, the carrying value of assets guaranteeing the credit facility of Videotron Ltd. was $3,986.2 million. The credit facility contains covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios and some restrictions on the payment of dividends and asset acquisitions and dispositions. As at December 31, 2005, no amount was drawn on the credit facility.
 
  (vi)   In October 2003, a first series of Senior Notes was issued at discount for net proceeds of US$331.9 million, before issuance fees of US$5.7 million. In November 2004, a second series of Senior Notes was sold at premium on their face amount of US$315.0 million resulting in gross proceeds of US$331.0 million before accrued interest and issuance fees of US$6.2 million. These notes bear interest at a rate of 6.875%, payable every six months on January 15 and July 15, and mature in January 2014. The notes contain certain restrictions for Videotron Ltd., including limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness, and are unsecured. Videotron Ltd. has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the Senior Notes by using cross-currency interest rate swaps, under which all payments were set in Canadian dollars. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after January 15, 2009, with a premium.
 
  (vii)   On September 16, 2005, Senior Notes were issued at discount for net proceeds of US$174.1 million, before issuance fees of $3.8 million. These Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.375% payable every six months on December 15 and June 15, and mature on December 15, 2015. The Notes contain certain restrictions for Videotron Ltd., including limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness, and are unsecured. Videotron Ltd. has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the Senior Notes by using cross-currency interest rate swaps, under which all payments were set in Canadian dollars. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 15, 2010, with a premium.
 
  (viii)   The Senior Secured First Priority Notes were repurchased on July 15, 2005 (note 4 (b)).

F-32


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
14.   LONG-TERM DEBT (continued):
  (ix)   The bank credit facilities comprise a revolving credit facility amounting to $75.0 million, maturing in 2008, and a term loan “B” credit facility amounting to US$230.0 million, excluding issuance fees of US$0.5 million, maturing in 2009, and are collateralized by liens on all of the property and assets of Sun Media Corporation and its operating subsidiaries, now owned or hereafter acquired. The bank credit facilities contain covenants that restrict the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions, as well as financial ratios. As at December 31, 2005, the carrying value of assets guaranteeing the bank credit facilities was $ 1,503.5 million. Any amount borrowed under the revolving credit facility bears interest at Canadian bankers’ acceptance and/or Canadian prime rate plus an applicable margin determined by financial ratios. On October 12, 2004, the bank credit facilities were amended such that advances under the term loan “B” credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% per annum, or at U.S. prime rate plus a margin of 1.00% per annum, with the possibility of such margins being reduced under certain circumstances. Sun Media Corporation has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the term B loan by using cross-currency interest rate swaps, under which all payments were set in Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 2005, no amount had been drawn on the revolving credit facility, while the term loan “B” credit facility was in use for an amount of US$198.7 million.
 
  (x)   The Senior Notes were issued at discount for net proceeds of US$201.5 million, before issuance fees of US$4.1 million. These notes bear interest at a rate of 7.625% and mature in 2013. The notes contain certain restrictions for Sun Media Corporation, including limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness, and are unsecured. The Senior Notes are guaranteed by specific subsidiaries of Sun Media Corporation Inc. Sun Media Corporation has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the Senior Notes by using cross-currency interest rate swaps and a foreign exchange forward contract, under which all payments were set in Canadian dollars. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after February 15, 2008, with a premium.
 
  (xi)   The credit agreement amended in 2005, consists of a revolving term bank loan of a maximum of $160.0 million ($65.0 million in 2004), bearing interest at the prime rate of a Canadian chartered bank or bankers’ acceptances rates, plus a variable margin determined by certain financial ratios. In 2005, the revolving term loan maturity was extended until June 15, 2010. The credit facility contains certain restrictions, including the obligation to maintain certain financial ratios.
Certain debts of the Company and its subsidiaries contain restrictions to pay dividends. On December 31, 2005, the Company and its subsidiaries were in compliance with all debt covenants.
Principal repayments on long-term debt over the next years are as follows:
         
2006
  $ 2.7  
2007
    2.7  
2008
    2.7  
2009
    223.0  
2010
    107.1  
2011 and thereafter
    2,195.0  

F-33


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
15.   OTHER LIABILITIES:
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Cross-currency interest-rate swap agreements and other derivative instruments
  $ 209.8     $ 261.0  
Accrued stock-based compensation
    22.0       32.8  
Deferred revenues
    16.0       23.4  
Accrued post-retirement benefits liability (note 23)
    29.5       30.3  
Accrued pension benefit liability (note 23)
    12.3       7.2  
Other
    7.4       4.6  
 
 
  $ 297.0     $ 359.3  
 
16.   NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST:
 
    Non-controlling interest includes the interest of non-controlling shareholders in the participating shares of the Company’s subsidiaries. As at December 31, 2005, the most significant non-controlling interests were as follows:
                 
            Non-controlling  
Subsidiary   Segment     interest  
 
TVA Group Inc.
  Broadcasting     54.77 %
Nurun Inc.
  Interactive Technologies and Communications     42.10 %
 
17.   CAPITAL STOCK:
  (a)   Authorized capital stock:
 
      An unlimited number of Common Shares, without par value;
 
      An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, without par value; the number of preferred shares in each series and the related characteristics, rights and privileges are to be determined by the Board of Directors prior to each issue;
    An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (“Preferred A Shares”), carrying a 12.5% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Company;
 
    An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (“Preferred B Shares”), carrying a fixed cumulative preferential dividend generally equivalent to the Company’s credit facility interest rate, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Company
 
    An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (“Preferred C Shares”), carrying an 11.25% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Company;
 
    An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (“Preferred D Shares”), carrying an 11.00% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Company;

F-34


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
17.   CAPITAL STOCK (continued):
  (a)   Authorized capital stock (continued):
    An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (“Preferred F Shares”), carrying a 10.85% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Company.
An unlimited number of Preferred Shares, Series E (“Preferred E Shares”), carrying a non-cumulative dividend subsequent to the holders of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Company.
  (b)   Issued capital stock:
                                 
    Common Shares     Preferred B Shares  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
 
Balance as at December 31, 2002
    95,131,972       1,341.8              
Issuance of new shares
    14,221,664       215.8       216,145,684       216.1  
Conversion of Preferred B Shares into Common Shares
    14,249,171       216.1       (216,145,684 )     (216.1 )
 
Balance as at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
    123,602,807     $ 1,773.7           $  
 
      As at December 31, 2005, Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries, Newspaper segment, owned 990,000 Preferred A Shares (1,140,000 Preferred A Shares in 2004) and 255,000 Preferred F Shares, for a total amount of $1,245.0 million (1,140.0 million in 2004), and 9101-0835 Quebec Inc., Leisure and Entertainment segment, owned 147,950 Preferred C Shares (270,000 Preferred C Shares in 2004) for an amount of $147.9 million (270.0 million in 2004). These shares are eliminated on consolidation.
 
  (c)   Transactions during the year:
 
      2003
 
      At the beginning of 2003, the Company issued 216,145,684 Preferred B Shares, for a cash consideration of $216.1 million.
 
      On April 22, 2003, all of the issued and outstanding Preferred B Shares were converted into 14,249,171 Common Shares. On the same day, the Company issued 14,221,664 Common Shares for a cash consideration of $215.8 million.
 
      A dividend of $3.0 million was declared on the Preferred B Shares on April 22, 2003 and paid in July 2003. This amount is recorded in financial expenses in the consolidated statements of income, since the Preferred B Shares were classified as a liability while outstanding.
 
      During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company redeemed 360,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A, for an amount of $360.0 million owned by its wholly owned subsidiary, Sun Media Corporation.

F-35


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
17.   CAPITAL STOCK (continued):
  (c)   Transactions during the year (continued):
 
    2004
 
      On January 14, 2004, the Company redeemed 450,000 Preferred A Shares owned by its wholly owned subsidiary, Sun Media Corporation, Newspapers segment, for an amount of $450.0 million.
 
      On January 16, June 1 and October 7, 2004, the Company issued 70,000, 100,000 and 100,000 Preferred C Shares respectively, for a total amount of $270.0 million, to its indirectly wholly owned subsidiary, 9101-0835 Québec Inc., Leisure and Entertainment segment.
 
      On January 16, 2004, the Company issued 1,100,000 Preferred D Shares, for an amount of $1,100.0 million, to its indirectly wholly owned subsidiary, Vidéotron (1998) ltée, Cable segment. On December 16, 2004, the Company redeemed the shares for an amount of $1,100.0 million.
 
      On November 30, 2004, the Company issued one Preferred E share, for an amount of $3.6 million to its wholly owned subsidiary, Sun Media Corporation, Newspapers segment. On the same day, the Company redeemed the shares for an amount of $3.6 million.
 
      2005
 
      On January 14, 2005, the Company redeemed 150,000 Preferred A Shares for an amount of $150.0 million from Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries, Newspaper segment, and issued 255,000 Preferred F Shares for an amount of $255.0 million to Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries.
 
      On March 9, 2005 and April 29, 2005, the Company issued 61,950 Preferred C Shares to 9101-0835 Quebec inc., Leisure and Entertainment segment, for a total amount of $61.9 million. On August 2, 2005, the Company redeemed 184,000 Preferred C Shares for an amount of $184.0 million.
18.   SHARE PURCHASE PLANS:
  (a)   Quebecor Media Inc. stock option plan:
 
      Under a stock option plan established by the Company, 6,185,714 Common Shares of the Company were set aside for officers, senior employees and other key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of 10 years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be, the fair market value of the Common Shares of Quebecor Media Inc. at the date of grant, as determined by its Board of Directors (if the Common Shares of Quebecor Media Inc. are not listed on a stock exchange at the time of the grant) or the trading price of the Common Shares of the Company on the stock exchanges where such shares are listed at the time of grant. Unless authorized by the the Company Compensation Committee in the context of a change of control, no options may be exercised by an optionee if the shares of the Company have not been listed on a recognized stock exchange. On December 31, 2007, if the shares of the Company have not been so listed, optionees may exercise, between January 1 and January 31 of each year, starting January 1 st , 2008, their right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options. Except under specific circumstances, and unless the Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant.

F-36


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
18.   SHARE PURCHASE PLANS (continued):
  (a)   Quebecor Media Inc. stock option plan (continued):
 
      The following table gives summary information on outstanding options granted as at December 31, 2004 and 2005:
                                 
            2004             2005  
            Weighted average             Weighted average  
    Options     exercise price     Options     exercise price  
 
Balance at beginning of year
    2,607,537     $ 16.93       3,135,040     $ 17.99  
Granted
    663,930       21.84       255,630       28.96  
Cancelled
    (136,427 )     16.48       (162,349 )     17.13  
 
Balance at end of year
    3,135,040     $ 17.99       3,228,321     $ 18.90  
 
 
                               
Vested options at end of year
    268,282     $ 16.51       939,965     $ 17.20  
 
The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as at December 31, 2005:
                                 
            Outstanding options             Vested options  
            Weighted average             Weighted average  
Range of exercise price   Number     years to maturity     Number     exercise price  
 
$   15.19 to 21.77
    2,921,392       7.0       936,335     $ 17.18  
21.77 to 31.55
    306,929       9.2       3,630       22.98  
 
$  15.19 to 31.55
    3,228,321       7.2       939,965     $ 17.20  
 
      For the year ended December 31, 2005, a charge of $10.8 million related to the plan is included in income ($6.6 million in 2003 and 15.1 million in 2004).

F-37


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
18.   SHARE PURCHASE PLANS (continued):
  (b)   TVA Group Inc. plans:
  (i)   Stock option plan for senior executives
 
      Under this stock option plan, 1,400,000 Class B shares of TVA Group Inc. have been set aside for senior executives of TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries. The terms and the conditions of options granted are determined by TVA Group Inc.’s Compensation Committee. The subscription price of an option cannot be less than the closing price of Class B             shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange the day before the option is granted. Options granted under the plan may generally vest over a five-year period on the basis of 25% each year, starting on the second anniversary of the grant. The term of an option cannot exceed 10 years. Holders of options under the plan have the choice, at the time of exercising their options, to opt to receive from TVA Group Inc. a cash payment equal to the number of shares corresponding to the options exercised, multiplied by the difference between the market value and the purchase price of the shares under the option. The market value is defined by the average closing market price of the Class B share for the last five trading days preceding the date on which the option was exercised.
 
      The following table gives details on changes to outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005:
                                 
            2004             2005  
            Weighted average           Weighted average  
    Options     exercise price     Options     exercise price  
 
Balance at beginning of year   300,300     $ 16.55     215,000     $ $19.81  
Granted
    126,500       20.75       115,630       20.85  
Exercised
    (161,800 )     16.52       (6,000 )     14.00  
Cancelled
    (50,000 )     13.24       (14,453 )     20.85  
 
Balance at end of year
    215,000     $ 19.81       310,177     $ 20.27  
 
 
                               
Vested options at end of year
    73,500     $ 19.39       72,500     $ 18.50  
 
The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as at December 31, 2005:
                                         
            Outstanding options                     Vested options  
                    Weighted             Weighted  
            Weighted     average             average  
Range of           average years     exercise             exercise  
exercise price   Number     to maturity     price     Number     price  
 
$14.00 to 18.85
    47,500       4.7     $ 15.85       47,500     $ 15.85  
18.86 to 25.50
    262,677       8.5       21.06       25,000       23.52  
 
$14.00 to 25.50
    310,177       7.9     $ 20.27       72,500     $ 18.50  
 

F-38


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
18.   SHARE PURCHASE PLANS (continued):
  (b)   TVA Group Inc. plans (continued):
  (i)   Stock option plan for senior executives (continued)
 
      Had the vested options been exercised as at December 31, 2005, Quebecor Media Inc.’s interest in TVA Group Inc. would have decreased from 45.23% to 45.11% (39.73% to 39.64% as at December 31, 2004).
 
      A reversal of $0.1 million of the compensation cost was recorded for the TVA Group Inc. plan for the year ended December 31, 2005 (none in 2003 and a charge of $0.2 million in 2004).
 
  (ii)   Share purchase plan for executives and employees
 
      In 1998, TVA Group Inc. introduced a share purchase plan relating to 375,000 TVA Group Inc. Class B shares for its executives and a share purchase plan relating to 375,000 TVA Group Inc. Class B shares for its employees. The plans provide that participants can acquire shares on certain terms related to their salary. The shares can be acquired at a price equal to 90% of the average closing market price of TVA Group Inc. Class B shares. The plans also provide financing terms free of interest. No Class B shares were issued under the plans during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. The remaining balance that may be issued under the share purchase plan for executives is 332,643 TVA Group Inc. Class B shares as at December 31, 2004 and 2005. The remaining balance that may be issued under the share purchase plan for employees is 229,753 TVA Group Inc. Class B shares as at December 31, 2004 and 2005.
 
  (iii)   Deferred share unit plan
 
      In 2000, TVA Group Inc. introduced a long-term profit sharing plan for certain members of senior management of TVA Group Inc., and its subsidiaries. The deferred share units (“DSU”s) are redeemable only upon termination of the participant’s employment. The redemption price is payable in cash or, at TVA Group Inc.’s discretion, in Class B shares of TVA Group Inc. or by a combination of cash and shares. Under this plan, a maximum of 25,000 Class B shares of TVA Group Inc. can be issued. No DSUs were issued under this plan during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005.

F-39


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
19.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
  (a)   Leases:
 
      The Company rents premises and equipment under operating leases and has entered into long-term commitments to purchase services, capital equipment, and distribution and broadcasting rights that call for total future payments of $331.4 million. The minimum payments for the coming years are as follows:
                 
        Other  
      Leases     commitments    
 
2006
  $ 38.8     $ 94.1  
2007
    32.1       36.6  
2008
    26.7       7.5  
2009
    21.9       4.9  
2010
    17.7        
2011 and thereafter
    51.1        
 
      Operating lease rentals amounted to $40.9 million, $35.1 million and $42.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
 
  (b)   Long-term agreement:
 
      Newsprint represents a significant component of operating costs for the Newspapers segment. Sun Media Corporation uses one newsprint manufacturer to supply its requirements, and has entered into a long-term agreement with this supplier which expired December 31, 2005. The Company is currently renegotiating the contract for the period ending December 31, 2006 under principally the same terms and conditions. The terms of the expired agreement provide the Company with an ongoing discount to market prices and commit Sun Media Corporation to purchase an annual minimum of 15,000 tonnes of newsprint exclusively from this supplier.
 
  (c)   Other commitments:
 
      The Broadcasting segment has commitments to invest $62.5 million over an eight-year period ending in 2012 in the Canadian TV industry and in the Canadian communications industry to promote Canadian TV content and the development of communications. As at December 31, 2005, $18.7 million remained to be invested.
 
  (d)   Contingencies:
 
      On March 13, 2002, legal action was initiated by the shareholders of a cable company against Videotron Ltd., Cable segment. They contend that Videotron Ltd. did not honor its commitment related to a stock purchase agreement signed in August 2000. The plaintiffs are requesting compensation totaling $26.0 million. Videotron Ltd.’s management claims the suit is not justified and intends to vigorously defend its case in Court.
 
      A number of other legal proceedings against the Company and its subsidiaries are still outstanding. In the opinion of the management of the Company and its subsidiaries, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results or its financial position.

F-40


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
20.   GUARANTEES:
 
    In the normal course of business, the Company enters into numerous agreements containing guarantees including the following:
 
    Operating leases:
 
    The Company has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of certain assets under operating leases with expiry dates between 2006 and 2010 to the benefit of the lessor. Should the Company terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of these lease term) and should the fair value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Company must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the Company has provided guarantees to the lessor of certain premise leases, with expiry dates through 2016. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Company must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor. As at December 31, 2005, the maximum exposure with respect to these guarantees is $16.9 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet since the Company does not expect to make any payments pertaining to these guarantees.
 
    Business and asset disposals:
 
    In the sale of all or part of a business or an asset, in addition to possible indemnification relating to failure to perform covenants and breach of representations or warranties, the Company may agree to indemnify against claims related to its past conduct of the business. Typically, the term and amount of such indemnification will be limited by the agreement. The nature of these indemnification agreements prevents the Company from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay to guaranteed parties. Also, in connection with the sale of Mindready Solutions Inc., the Company has guaranteed, up to a maximum amount of $1.0 million, that company’s commitments related to a lease of premises that expires in 2011. The Company has not accrued any amount in respect of these items in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
    Long-term debt:
 
    Under the terms of their respective U.S. indebtedness, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries have agreed to indemnify their respective lenders against changes in withholding taxes. These indemnifications extend for the term of the indebtedness and do not have a limit on the maximum potential liability. The nature of the indemnification agreement prevents the Company from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay to lenders. Should such amounts become payable, the Company and its subsidiaries would have the option of repaying those debts. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these indemnifications.
 
    Outsourcing companies and suppliers:
 
    In the normal course of its operations, the Company enters into contractual agreements with outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Company agrees to provide indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Company provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Company from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these indemnifications.

F-41


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
21.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
 
    The Company is exposed to risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and is also subject to risks relating to interest rate fluctuations. To reduce these risks, the Company and its subsidiaries use derivative financial instruments. None of these instruments are held or issued for speculative purposes.
  (a)   Description of derivative financial instruments:
  (i)   Foreign exchange forward contracts:
                         
            Average     Notional  
Currencies (sold/bought)   Maturing     exchange rate     amount  
 
Quebecor Media Inc.
                       
$/Euro
  August 2007       1.4310     $ 58.1  
$/CHF
  February 2007       0.9050       11.9  
 
                       
Sun Media Corporation
                       
$/ US$
  February 15, 2013       1.5227       312.2  
 
                       
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries:
                       
$/ US$
  Less than 1 year       1.1790       10.4  
 

F-42


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
21.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED):
  (a)   Description of derivative financial instruments (continued):
  (ii)   Cross-currency interest rate swaps:
                                         
                                    Exchange rate  
                                    of interest  
                    Annual     Annual     and capital  
                    effective     nominal     payments per  
    Period     Notional     interest     interest     CDN dollar for  
    covered     amount     rate     rate     one US dollar  
Quebecor Media Inc.:
                                       
Senior Notes
    2001 to 2011     US$ 586.8       11.98 %     11.125 %     1.5255  
 
                                       
Senior Discount Notes
    2001 to 2011     US$ 282.9       14.60 %     13.75 %     1.5822 (1)
 
                                       
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries :
                                       
Senior Notes
    2004 to 2014     US$ 190.0     Bankers’       6.875 %     1.2000  
 
                  acceptances                  
 
                  3 months                  
 
                  plus 2.80 %                
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2004 to 2014     US$ 125.0       7.45 %     6.875 %     1.1950  
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2014     US$ 200.0     Bankers’       6.875 %     1.3425  
 
                  acceptances                  
 
                  3 months                  
 
                  plus 2.73 %                
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2014     US$ 135.0       7.66 %     6.875 %     1.3425  
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2005 to 2015     US$ 175.0       5.98 %     6.375 %     1.1781  
 
                                       
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries:
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2008     US$ 155.0       8.17 %     7.625 %     1.5227  
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2008 to 2013     US$ 155.0     Bankers’       7.625 %     1.5227  
 
                  acceptances                  
 
                  3 months                  
 
                  plus 3.70 %                
 
                                       
Senior Notes
    2003 to 2013     US$ 50.0     Bankers’       7.625 %     1.5227  
 
                  acceptances                  
 
                  3 months                  
 
                  plus 3.70 %                
 
                                       
Term-loan B credit
    2003 to 2009     US$ 199.3     Bankers’     LIBOR     1.5175  
facility
                  acceptances     plus 2.00 %        
                  3 months              
                  plus 2.48 %          
 
1   As per the agreement, the exchange rate includes an exchange fee.

F-43


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
21.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued):
  (a)   Description of derivative financial instruments (continued):
  (ii)   Cross-currency interest rate swaps (continued):
 
      Some of these cross-currency swap agreements are subject to a ceiling on negative fair market value, below which the Company may be required to make prepayments to limit the exposure of the counterparties. Such prepayments are offset by equal reductions in the Company.’s commitments under the agreements. Because of the appreciation of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar, the Company was required to make prepayments of $197.7 million in 2004 and $75.9 million in 2005. These prepayments were financed from the Company’s available cash and from its existing credit facilities. As part of the refinancing of its debts on January 17, 2006 (see note 24), the Company settled these existing cross-currency swap agreements and entered into new hedging contracts under which the Company is not required to make prepayments in the future.
 
      Also, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Company and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date or at any time, from an anniversary date of the transaction to maturity, at the then-market value.
 
  (iii)   Interest-rate swaps:
 
      Videotron Ltd. has entered into interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate exposure and has committed to exchange, at specific intervals, the difference between the fixed and floating interest rates calculated by reference to the notional amounts.
 
      The amounts of outstanding contracts as at December 31, 2005 by Videotron Ltd. are shown in the table below:
                                 
    Notional     Pay/   Fixed     Floating
Maturity   amount     receive   rate     rate
 
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
                               
May 2006
  $ 90.0     Pay fixed/     5.41 %   Bankers’ acceptance
 
          receive floating           3 months
 
                               
September 2007
  $ 5.0     Pay fixed/     3.75 %   Bankers’ acceptance
 
          receive floating           3 months
 
  (b)   Fair value of financial instruments:
 
      The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, temporary investments, accounts receivable, bank indebtedness, accounts payable and accrued charges, dividend payable, advances receivable from parent company and companies under common control and the additional amount payable approximates their fair value since these items will be realized or paid within one year or are due on demand.

F-44


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
21. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued):
  (b)   Fair value of financial instruments (continued):
 
      Financial instruments with a fair value that is different from their carrying amount as at December 31, 2004 and 2005 are as follows:
                                 
    2004   2005  
    Carrying             Carrying        
    value     Fair value     value     Fair value  
 
Quebecor Media Inc.
                               
Long-term debt
    (1,140.7 )     (1,332.9 )     (988.1 )     (1,078.8 )
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
    (3.9 )     (241.9 )     (21.5 )     (261.3 )
Foreign forward exchange contracts
                      (1.8 )
 
                               
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
                               
Long-term debt
    (888.9 )     (901.1 )     (971.7 )     (967.4 )
Interest rate swaps
    (4.6 )     (4.6 )     (0.9 )     (0.9 )
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
    (45.5 )     (72.3 )     (73.7 )     (135.0 )
Foreign exchange forward contract
    (8.4 )     (8.4 )           (0.2 )
 
                               
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries
                               
Long-term debt 1
    (484.3 )     (507.7 )     (466.3 )     (476.1 )
Cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contract
    (147.4 )     (169.8 )     (154.1 )     (186.5 )
 
                               
TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries
                               
Long-term debt
    (34.9 )     (34.9 )     (107.1 )     (107.1 )
 
 
 
1   Including current portion
      The fair value of the financial liabilities are estimated based on discounted cash flows using year-end market yields or market value of similar instruments with the same maturity. The fair value of the derivative financial instruments is estimated using year-end market rates, and reflects the amount the Company would receive or pay if the instruments were closed out at those dates.
 
  (c)   Credit risk management:
 
      The Company is exposed to credit losses resulting from defaults by counterparties when using financial instruments.
 
      When the Company enters into derivative contracts, the counterparties are international and Canadian banks that have a minimum credit rating of A- from Standard & Poor’s or A3 from Moody’s and are subject to concentration limits. The Company does not foresee any failure by counterparties in meeting their obligations.
 
      In the normal course of business, the Company continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As at December 31, 2005, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Company’s consolidated trade receivables. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends.

F-45


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
21. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued):
  (c)   Credit risk management (continued):
 
      The Company believes that the product-line diversity of its customer base is instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Company does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.
22. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
During the year, the Company made purchases and incurred rent charges from companies under common control and from an affiliated company in the amount of $88.4 million ($78.9 million in 2003 and $75.1 million in 2004), included in the cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses. The Company made sales to companies under common control and to an affiliated company in the amount of $21.5 million ($2.6 million in 2003 and $11.1 million in 2004). These transactions were concluded and accounted for at the exchange value.
In 2005, the Company acquired certain assets from Quebecor World Inc., a company under common control, for a cash consideration of $3.3 million. The transaction was recorded at the carrying value of the assets transferred.
In 2004, Videotron Telecom Ltd., Business Telecommunications segment, purchased some of the Quebecor World Inc.’s information technology (IT) infrastructure equipment of Quebecor World Inc., a company under common control, at a cost of $3.0 million as part of an IT outsourcing long-term agreement signed between the parties. Both the price of the equipment transferred and revenues from this outsourcing agreement are accounted for at the exchange value.
Quebecor Inc. (the “parent company”) has entered into management arrangements with the Company. Under these management arrangements, the parent company and the Company provide each other management services on a cost reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of the Company’s executive officers who also serve as executive officers of the parent company. Also, in connection with the Company’s credit facility, which is secured by the Company’s shareholders, an annual security fee equivalent to 1% of the credit facility is charged to the Company by its shareholders. In 2005, the Company received a net amount of $3.0 million, which is included as a reduction in selling and administrative expenses ($3.0 million in 2003 and 2004). The Company has incurred management and security fees of $2.2 million ($1.1 million in 2003 and $1.8 million in 2004) with the shareholders. In addition, the Company incurred rent expenses with a subsidiary of a shareholder and with a shareholder of the parent company for an amount of $2.6 million ($3.6 million in 2003 and $3.7 million in 2004).
During the year ended December 31, 2005, Nurun Inc., Interactive Technologies and Communications segment, received interest of $0.8 million ($1.0 million in 2003 and $0.7 million in 2004) from Quebecor Inc. As at December 31, 2005, cash and cash equivalents totalling $22.3 million ($25.1 million as at December 31, 2004) have been invested on a revolving basis in Quebecor Inc. under the terms of an agreement for the consolidation of bank operations. These advances on demand bear interest at prime rate less 1.4%.
23. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS:
The Company maintains various flat-benefit plans and various final-pay plans with indexation features from none to 2%. Also, the Company’s policy is to maintain its contribution at a level sufficient to cover benefits. Actuarial valuations of the Company’s numerous pension plans were performed once at least in the last three years and the next required valuations will be performed at least over the next three years.
The Company provides postretirement benefits to eligible employees. The costs of these benefits, which are principally health care, are accounted for during the employee’s active service period.

F-46


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
23. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS:
The following tables give a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, and a statement of the funded status as at those dates:
                                 
            Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
    2004     2005     2004     2005  
 
Change in benefit obligations:
                               
Benefit obligations at beginning of year
  $ 410.8     $ 444.9     $ 28.6     $ 35.5  
Service costs
    11.9       15.3       1.5       1.8  
Interest costs
    26.2       27.7       1.9       2.2  
Plan participants’ contributions
    7.3       10.4              
Actuarial loss
    6.6       68.7       2.6       4.5  
Benefits and settlements paid
    (18.2 )     (16.7 )     (1.0 )     (1.2 )
Plan amendments
    0.3       5.6                
Curtailment gain
                      (2.4 )
Other
                1.9        
 
Benefit obligations at end of year
  $ 444.9     $ 555.9     $ 35.5     $ 40.4  
 
                                 
            Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
    2004     2005     2004     2005  
 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 377.1     $ 421.8     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
    38.6       47.2              
Employer contributions
    17.0       18.1       1.0       1.2  
Plan participants’ contributions
    7.3       10.4              
Benefits and settlements paid
    (18.2 )     (16.7 )     (1.0 )     (1.2 )
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 421.8     $ 480.8     $     $  
 
    The plan assets are comprised of:
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Equity securities
    53.2 %     55.8 %
Debt securities
    45.5       43.4  
Other
    1.3       0.8  
 
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %
 

F-47


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
23. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued):
As at December 31, 2005, plan assets included shares of the parent company and of a company under common control representing an amount of $2.7 million ($2.1 million as at December 31, 2004).
                                 
            Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
    2004     2005     2004     2005  
 
Reconciliation of funded status:
                               
Excess of benefit obligations over fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ (23.1 )   $ (75.1 )   $ (35.5 )   $ (40.4 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    27.4       81.1       7.3       11.2  
Unrecognized net transition (asset) obligation
    (6.2 )     (5.7 )     0.6       0.5  
Unrecognized prior service cost (benefit)
    14.1       18.1       (1.9 )     (1.6 )
Valuation allowance
    (16.4 )     (17.4 )            
 
Net amount recognized
  $ (4.2 )   $ 1.0     $ (29.5 )   $ (30.3 )
 
Included in the above benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets at year-end are the following amounts in respect of plans that are not fully funded:
                                 
    Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
    2004     2005     2004     2005  
 
Benefit obligations
  $ (272.7 )   $ (549.5 )     $(35.5 )   $ (40.4 )
Fair value of plan assets
    240.6       473.6              
 
Funded status — plan deficit
  $ (32.1 )   $ (75.9 )     $(35.5 )   $ (40.4 )
 
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:
                                 
    Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
    2004     2005     2004     2005  
 
Accrued benefit liability
  $ (12.3 )   $ (7.2 )   $ (29.5 )   $ (30.3 )
Deferred pension charge
    8.1       8.2              
 
Net amount recognized
  $ (4.2 )   $ 1.0     $ (29.5 )   $ (30.3 )
 

F-48


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
23. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued):
Components of the net benefit costs are as follows:
                                                 
            Pension benefits             Postretirement benefits  
    2003     2004     2005     2003     2004     2005  
 
Service costs
  $ 8.1     $ 11.9     $ 15.3     $ 1.3     $ 1.5     $ 1.8  
Interest costs
    24.2       26.2       27.7       1.9       1.9       2.2  
Actual return on plan assets
    (56.4 )     (38.6 )     (47.2 )                  
Current actuarial loss
    30.4       6.6       68.7       0.9       2.6       4.5  
Current prior service costs (benefits)
    2.3       0.3       5.6       (0.3 )            
Curtailment (gain) loss and other
    (0.2 )                       1.9       (1.6 )
 
Elements of net benefit costs before adjustments to recognize the long-term nature and valuation allowance
    8.4       6.4       70.1       3.8       7.9       6.9  
Difference between actual and expected return on plan assets
    31.7       9.2       15.1                    
Deferral of amounts arising during the period:
                                               
Actuarial gain
    (30.4 )     (6.6 )     (68.7 )     (0.9 )     (2.6 )     (4.5 )
Prior service costs
    (2.3 )     (0.3 )     (5.6 )     0.3              
Amortization of previously deferred amounts:
                                               
Net actuarial loss
    0.8       1.3       (0.2 )     0.2             (0.1 )
Prior service costs (benefits)
    1.2       1.2       1.6       (0.3 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )
Transitional obligations
    (0.5 )     (0.5 )     (0.5 )     0.1       0.1       0.1  
Other
    0.4                                
 
Total adjustments to recognize the long-term nature of benefit costs
    0.9       4.3       (58.3 )     (0.6 )     (2.8 )     (4.8 )
Valuation allowance
    1.1       2.6       1.0                    
 
Net benefit costs
  $ 10.4     $ 13.3     $ 12.8     $ 3.2     $ 5.1     $ 2.1  
 
The expense related to defined contribution pension plans amounted to $9.7 million ($8.7 million in 2003 and $10.3 million in 2004).
Also, the total cash amount paid or payable for employee future benefits for all plans, consisting of cash contributed by the Company to its funded pension plans, cash payment directly to beneficiaries for its unfunded other benefit plans and cash contributed to its defined contribution plans, totalled $29.0 million in 2005 ($23.2 million in 2003 and $28.3 million in 2004).

F-49


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
23. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued):
The weighted average rates used in the measurement of the Company’s benefit obligations as at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and current periodic costs are as follows:
                                                 
            Pension benefits             Postretirement benefits  
    2003     2004     2005     2003     2004     2005  
 
Benefit obligations
                                               
Rates as at year-end:
                                               
Discount rate
    6.25 %     6.00 %     5.00 %     6.25 %     6.00 %     5.00 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.50       3.50       3.50       3.50       3.50       3.50  
 
                                               
Current periodic costs
                                               
Rates as at preceding year-end:
                                               
Discount rate
    6.75 %     6.25 %     6.00 %     6.75 %     6.25 %     6.00 %
Expected return on plan assets 1
    7.75       7.75       7.50                    
Rate of compensation increase
    3.78       3.50       3.50       3.78       3.50       3.50  
 
 
1   After management and professional fees
The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations was 7.8% at the end of 2005. The cost, as per an estimate, is expected to decrease gradually for the next 7 years to 5.0% and remain at that level thereafter. A one-percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend would have the following effects:
                 
    Postretirement
benefits
 
    1%     1%  
Sensitivity analysis   increase     decrease  
 
Effect on service and interest costs
  $ 0.9     $ (0.8 )
Effect on benefit obligations
    8.6       (6.6 )
 

F-50


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
24.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On January 17, 2006, the Company issued new Senior Notes of US$525.0 million in aggregate principal amount, bearing interest at 7.75% and maturing in March 2016. In addition, the Company refinanced its credit facilities through the execution of a $125.0 million term loan A credit facility, maturing in January 2011, a US$350.0 million term loan B credit facility, maturing in January 2013 and a $100.0 million five-year revolving credit facility. Funds from new Senior Notes and new term loans A and B credit facilities, in addition to borrowings from Videotron Ltd. existing revolving credit facility and a new credit facility of Sun Media, were used to repurchase US$561.6 in aggregate principal amounts of the Company’s 11.125% Senior Notes and US$275.6 million in aggregate principal amounts at maturity of the Company’s outstanding 13.75% Senior Discount Notes pursuant to tenders offers announced December 16, 2005. In the tender offers, the total consideration per US$1,000 principal amount of Senior Notes was US$1,083.49 and the total consideration per US$1,000 principal amount at maturity of Senior Discount Notes was US$1,042.64, which includes a tender premium of US$30.00 per US$1,000 of principal, or principal amount at maturity, in the case of the Discount Notes, in respect of Notes tendered on or prior to December 30, 2005. As a result, the Company will record an estimated loss of $332.0 million comprised of the excess of the consideration paid of $1.3 billion, including disbursements for unwinding hedging contracts, over the carrying value of the Notes and of the hedging contracts, and the write-off of deferred financing costs.

F-51


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.   SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES:
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP in Canada, which differ in some respects from those applicable in the United States. The following tables set forth the impact of material differences between GAAP in Canada and in the United States on the Company’s consolidated financial statements:
  (a)   Consolidated statements of income:
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Net income, as reported in the consolidated statements of income per GAAP in Canada
  $ 203.9     $ 88.2     $ 96.5  
Adjustments:
                       
Development, pre-operating and start-up costs (i)
    3.2       (2.1 )     (1.3 )
Pension and postretirement benefits (ii)
    (0.4 )     0.9       2.1  
Change in fair value and ineffective portion of derivative instruments (iii)
    (167.5 )     6.6       11.3  
Income taxes (iv) (v)
    1.3       (4.4 )     31.1  
Non-monetary transactions (vi)
                1.5  
Gain on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary (vii)
    (153.7 )            
Other
    16.7       6.9        
 
Net (loss) income, as adjusted per GAAP in the United States (in Canadian dollars)
  $ (96.5 )   $ 96.1     $ 141.2  
 
  (b)   Comprehensive (loss) income:
The application of GAAP in the United States requires the disclosure of comprehensive loss in a separate financial statement, which includes net income as well as revenues, charges, gains and losses recorded directly to equity. The details of the comprehensive loss are as follows:
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Net (loss) income, as adjusted per GAAP in the United States
  $ (96.5 )   $ 96.1     $ 141.2  
Derivative instruments (iii)
    (63.9 )     (105.7 )     (22.0 )
Pension and post-retirement benefits (ii)
    (0.1 )     (4.4 )     (18.8 )
Translation adjustment 1
    1.3       0.5       (1.3 )
Income taxes (iv)
    3.5       2.2       73.3  
 
Comprehensive (loss) income per GAAP in the United States
  $ (155.7 )   $ (11.3 )   $ 172.4  
 
1   Change for the year.

F-52


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.   SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
  (b)   Comprehensive (loss) income (continued):
Accumulated other comprehensive loss as at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is as follows:
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Derivative instruments (iii)
  $ (48.7 )   $ (154.4 )   $ (176.4 )
Pension and post-retirement benefits (ii)
    (7.0 )     (11.4 )     (30.2 )
Translation adjustment
    (1.5 )     (1.0 )     (2.3 )
Income taxes (iv)
    2.3       4.5       77.8  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at end of year
  $ (54.9 )   $ (162.3 )   $ (131.1 )
 
  (c)   Consolidated balance sheets:
                                 
    2004   2005  
 
    Canada     United States     Canada     United States  
 
Goodwill
    3,851.0       3,846.3       3,871.9       3,868.0  
Future income tax assets
    80.8       81.7       57.5       57.5  
Other assets
    240.0       214.7       248.2       240.7  
Long-term debt
    (2,546.0 )     (2,512.1 )     (2,530.5 )     (2,465.8 )
Other liabilities
    (297.0 )     (541.5 )     (359.3 )     (684.5 )
Future income tax liabilities
    (189.4 )     (189.0 )     (227.0 )     (103.8 )
Non-controlling interest
    (192.7 )     (194.9 )     (144.3 )     (144.0 )
Contributed surplus (v)(vii)
    (3,216.8 )     (3,370.5 )     (3,216.8 )     (3,386.4 )
Deficit
    2,529.6       2,763.5       2,538.1       2,727.3  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    1.0       162.3       2.3       131.1  
 
 
(i)   Under GAAP in Canada, certain development and pre-operating costs that satisfy specified criteria for recoverability are deferred and amortized. Also, under GAAP in Canada, certain start-up costs incurred in connection with various projects have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheets under the item “Other assets”, and are amortized over a period not exceeding five years. Under GAAP in the United States, these costs must be included in income as incurred.

F-53


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.   SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
  (c)   Consolidated balance sheets (continued):
  (ii)   Under GAAP in Canada, when a defined benefit plan gives rise to an accrued benefit asset, a company must recognize a valuation allowance for the excess of the adjusted benefit asset over the expected future benefit to be realized from the plan asset. GAAP in the United States does not provide for a valuation allowance against pension assets.
 
      Under GAAP in the United States, if the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of a pension plan’s assets, the Company is required to recognize a minimum accrued liability equal to the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation, which is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss.
 
      Further differences result from the different transition rules and timing of the adoption of the current standards in Canada and in the United States for pension and postretirement benefits.
 
  (iii)   Under GAAP in United States, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.133, ‘‘Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities’’ (SFAS 133) establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities and requires that all derivatives be recorded as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value. In accordance with SFAS 133, for derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges, such as certain cross-currency interest rate swaps of Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are substantially offset in the statement of income by changes in the fair value of the hedged item. For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, such as the Company’s cross-currency interest rate swaps and certain cross-currency interest rate swaps or forward exchange contracts of Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation, the effective portion of any hedge is reported in other comprehensive income (loss) until it is recognized in income during the same period in which the hedged item affects income, while the current ineffective portion of hedges is recognized in the statement of income each period.
 
      Under GAAP in Canada, derivative financial instruments are accounted for on an accrual basis. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are deferred and recognized in income in the same period and in the same financial statement category as the income or expense arising from the corresponding hedged positions.
 
      Further differences result from the different transition rules and timing of the adoption of the current standards in Canada and in the United States for derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting.
 
  (iv)   This adjustment represents the tax impact of United States GAAP adjustments. Furthermore, the Company concluded, in 2005, that the realization of future income tax assets related to its derivative financial instruments was now considered “more likely than not”. Consequently, the tax benefits were recognized in the statement of income and in the statement of comprehensive income.
 
  (v)   In 2005, the Company entered into a tax consolidation transaction by which the Company has transferred to its parent company capital losses for a cash consideration of $15.9 million (note 6). Under GAAP in Canada, the transaction was recorded in accordance with CICA Handbook 3840, Related Party Transactions, and resulted in a reduction of $15.9 million of the Company’s income tax expense. Under GAAP in the United States, since this transaction related to an asset transfer from a subsidiary to its parent company, the difference between the carrying value of the tax benefits transferred and the cash consideration received has been recognized in contributed surplus.

F-54


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.   SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
  (c)   Consolidated balance sheets (continued):
  (vi)   In April 2005, Sun Media Corporation, Newspaper segment, exchanged a community publication for another community publication. Under U.S GAAP, this exchange of businesses is recorded in accordance with FASB Statement No. 141, Business Combinations and the cost of the purchase should be determined as the fair value of the consideration given or the fair value of the net assets or equity interest received, whichever is more reliably measurable. Under Canadian GAAP, since this exchange of businesses is a non-monetary transaction, it is accounted for in accordance with CICA Handbook 3830, Non-monetary Transactions, and recorded at the carrying value of the asset or service given up in the exchange adjusted by any monetary consideration received or given.
 
      Accordingly, under US GAAP, this transaction resulted in a gain on disposal of a publication and also resulted in an increase of the purchase price of the publication acquired.
 
  (vii)   Under GAAP in Canada, the gain on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary is included in income. Under GAAP in the United States, any such gain would be included in contributed surplus.

F-55


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.   SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
  (d)   Additional disclosures required under GAAP in the United States:
  (i)   Pension plans
The expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption is selected by first identifying the expected range of long-term rates of return for each major asset class. Expected long-term rates of return are developed based on long-term historical averages and current expectations of future returns. In addition, consideration is given to the extent active management is employed in each class and to inflation rates. A single expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is then calculated by weighting each asset class.
The Company’s investment strategy for plan assets takes into account a number of factors, including the time horizon of the pension plans’ obligations and the investment risk. For each of the plans, an allocation range by asset class is developed whereby a mix of equities and fixed-income investments is used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets. Third party investment managers are employed to invest assets in both passively-indexed and actively-managed strategies and investment risk is monitored on an ongoing basis.
The expected employer contributions to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefits plans will be $24.5 million in 2006 and the expected benefit payments over the next years will be as follows:
         
 
2006
  $ 19.6  
2007
    19.3  
2008
    20.5  
2009
    21.3  
2010
    23.1  
2011-2015
    143.2  
 
Under GAAP in the United States, the amount of accumulated benefit obligation related to pension and post-retirement benefits plans must be disclosed. As at December 31, 2004 and 2005, the accumulated benefit obligation for all plans was of $411.1 million and $505.2 million, respectively; while the accumulated benefit obligation related to plans that are not fully funded was $247.3 million and $499.2 million as at the same respective dates.
  (ii)   Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
      Under GAAP in the United States, allowance for doubtful accounts must be disclosed. Accordingly, allowance for doubtful accounts, which is recorded in reduction of accounts receivable amounted to $17.3 million and $19.8 million as at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
 
  (iii)   Accrued liabilities
 
      Under GAAP in the United States, items which comprise more than 5% of total current liabilities must be disclosed separately. Accrued interest expenses of $99.9 million and $82.6 million and employees’ salaries and dues of $91.2 million and $101.7 million as at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, are included in accounts payable and accrued charges.

F-56


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.   SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
  (d)   Additional disclosures required under GAAP in the United States (continued):
  (iv)   Statement of cash flows
 
      The disclosure of a subtotal of the amount of cash flows provided by operations before net change in non-cash balances related to operations in the consolidated statement of cash flows is permitted under GAAP in Canada while it is not allowed by GAAP in the United States.
 
  (v)   Advertising cost
 
      Under GAAP in the United States and GAAP in Canada, advertising costs are expensed as incurred and amounted to $49.3 million, $54.4 million and $65.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
 
  (vi)   Under GAAP in the United States, cost of sales and other expenses must be disclosed separately in the statement of income.
 
      These costs are as follows:
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Cost of sales
  $ 1,092.9     $ 1,130.2     $ 1,233.8  
General, selling and administrative expenses
    593.4       635.0       735.5  
 
 
  $ 1,686.3     $ 1,765.2     $ 1,969.3  
 
  (vii)   Derivative instruments
 
      Under GAAP in the United States, the amount of ineffectiveness related to fair value and cash flow hedges must be disclosed separately. The Company recorded ineffectiveness gains related to its fair value hedges of $8.4 million and $15.1 million in 2004 and 2005, respectively, and an ineffectiveness loss of $7.8 million in 2003. The Company recorded ineffectiveness losses for its cash flow hedges of $4.7 million, $0.6 million and $ 15.1 million in 2003, 2004 and 2005.
 
      The reconciliation of the beginning and ending accumulated comprehensive derivative gain (loss) related to cash flow hedges is as follows:
         
 
Accumulated comprehensive derivative gain as at December 31, 2002
  $ 15.2  
Reclassification to income
    (15.2 )
Effective portion of hedges
    (48.7 )
 
Accumulated comprehensive derivative loss as at December 31, 2003
    (48.7 )
Reclassification to income
    0.3  
Effective portion of hedges
    (106.0 )
 
Accumulated comprehensive derivative loss as at December 31, 2004
    (154.4 )
Reclassification to income
    29.2  
Effective portion of hedges
    (51.2 )
 
Accumulated comprehensive derivative loss as at December 31, 2005
  $ (176.4 )
 
The Company will reclassify an estimated loss of $140.0 million (and the related income taxes of $54.2 million) from the statement of other comprehensive loss to the statement of income as a result of the repurchase of its Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes in January 2006 (note 24).

F-57


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.   SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
  (d)   Additional disclosures required under GAAP in the United States (continued):
  (viii)   Restrictions of dividends payments
 
      Substantially all of the assets of the Company are restricted net assets of subsidiaries subject to restrictions which limit the payment of dividends.
26.   NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY:
 
    The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission requires that the non-consolidated financial statements of the parent company be presented when its subsidiaries have restrictions that may limit the amount of cash that can be paid to the parent company.
 
    The Company has access to the cash flow generated by its subsidiaries by way of dividends declared by its public subsidiaries and dividends and advances from its private subsidiaries. However, some of the Company’s subsidiaries have restrictions, based on contractual debt obligations and corporate solvency tests, regarding the amounts of dividends and advances that could be paid to the Company. The non-consolidated and condensed financial statements of the Company prepared under Canadian GAAP are as follows:
 
    Non-consolidated and condensed statements of income
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Revenues
                       
Management fees
  $ 17.1     $ 20.4     $ 30.0  
Interest on loan to subsidiaries
    5.5       6.0       6.9  
Other
    20.1       20.8       28.0  
 
 
    42.7       47.2       64.9  
Expenses
                       
General and administrative
    (40.5 )     (46.4 )     (53.7 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (1.7 )     (1.4 )     (1.2 )
Financial
    (181.2 )     (181.0 )     (171.3 )
 
Loss before undernoted items
    (180.7 )     (181.6 )     (161.3 )
Gain on disposal of investments
          1.4        
Loss on debt refinancing
                (60.8 )
 
Loss before income taxes
    (180.7 )     (180.2 )     (222.1 )
Income taxes
    (28.2 )     (48.2 )     (24.9 )
 
 
    (152.5 )     (132.0 )     (197.2 )
Equity income from subsidiaries
    356.4       220.2       293.7  
 
Net income
  $ 203.9     $ 88.2     $ 96.5  
 

F-58


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
26.   NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY (continued):
 
    Non-consolidated and condensed statements of cash flows
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Cash flows related to operations
                       
Net income
  $ 203.9     $ 88.2     $ 96.5  
Amortization of plant, property and equipment
    1.7       1.4       1.2  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and of long term debt discount
    48.3       55.0       61.2  
Gain on disposal of investments
          (1.4 )      
Loss on debt refinancing
                60.8  
Future income taxes
    (29.4 )     (48.5 )     (25.7 )
Excess (shortage) of equity distribution over equity income from subsidiaries
    57.0       (76.1 )     (111.2 )
Net change in non-cash balances related to operations
    (83.5 )     9.4       (29.7 )
 
Cash flows provided by operations
    198.0       28.0       53.1  
 
                       
Cash flows related to financing activities
                       
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable preferred shares
    431.9       1,370.0       316.9  
Repurchases of redeemable preferred shares
    (360.0 )     (1,550.0 )     (334.0 )
Net borrowings (repayments) of revolving credit facilities
    97.0       (97.0 )      
Repayments of long-term debt and unwinding of hedging contracts
    (429.0 )           (215.7 )
Net increase in prepayments under cross-currency swap agreements
    (118.8 )     (184.4 )     (34.1 )
Dividends on common shares
          (20.0 )     (45.0 )
(Increase) decrease in advances to subsidiaries
    (150.2 )     180.0       (1.5 )
(Decrease) increase in advances from subsidiaries
    (1.2 )     74.3       (18.3 )
 
Cash flows used in financing activities
    (530.9 )     (227.1 )     (331.7 )
 
                       
Cash flows related to investing activities
                       
Net acquisitions of investments in subsidiaries
    (17.7 )     (26.3 )     (39.9 )
Dividends received in excess of accumulated equity income from subsidiaries
    20.0       205.2       210.0  
Proceeds from disposal of investments in subsidiaries
    361.0              
Proceeds from disposal of tax deductions to a subsidiary
                35.2  
Net (increase) decrease in temporary investments
    (18.4 )     (59.9 )     78.4  
Other
    3.7       1.4       (1.6 )
 
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
    348.6       120.4       282.1  
 
                       
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    16.3       (78.7 )     3.5  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    76.9       93.2       14.5  
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 93.2     $ 14.5     $ 18.0  
 

F-59


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
26.   NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY (continued):
 
    Non-consolidated and condensed balance sheets
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Assets
               
Current assets
  $ 221.5     $ 153.6  
Advances to subsidiaries
    157.3       175.9  
Investments in subsidiaries
    3,684.2       3,372.9  
Convertible obligation and notes receivable — subsidiaries
    1,410.0       1,392.9  
Other assets
    71.7       84.8  
 
 
  $ 5,544.7     $ 5,180.1  
 
 
               
Liabilities and Shareholders’ equity
               
Current liabilities
  $ 144.1     $ 207.8  
Long-term debt
    1,140.7       988.2  
Advances from subsidiaries
    354.4       77.7  
Other liabilities
    35.6       63.4  
Redeemable preferred shares issued to subsidiaries
    1,410.0       1,392.9  
Shareholders’ equity
    2,459.9       2,450.1  
 
 
  $ 5,544.7     $ 5,180.1  
 
27.   RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES:
 
    The Company is subject to certain reporting requirements pursuant to the indentures governing the Company’s Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes issued in July 2001. The financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries must be disclosed separately from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, as shown in the following condensed and consolidated statements of income and balance sheets.
 
    Following the acquisition in September 2004 of all minority interests directly owned by minority shareholders of Canoe Inc., the Company decided to reassign Canoe Inc. as a “Restricted Subsidiary.” Accordingly, the Company reclassified the figures for the previous periods to reflect this change. As at December 31, 2005, the only designated Unrestricted Subsidiary is Nurun Inc. Moreover, the gain an disposal on the Company’s investment in Mircocell Telecommunications in 2004, has been included in the condensed and consolidated statements of income of the Unrestricted Subsidiary.

F-60


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
27.   RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES (continued):
 
    Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company:
 
    Condensed and consolidated statements of income
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Revenues
  $ 2,253.3     $ 2,411.5     $ 2,637.8  
 
                       
Cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses
    (1,642.6 )     (1,716.6 )     (1,908.1 )
Amortization
    (224.2 )     (224.2 )     (230.2 )
Financial expenses
    (299.9 )     (315.1 )     (286.1 )
Reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets, and other special charges
    (0.8 )     (2.8 )     0.2  
Gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary
    144.1       (4.8 )     (60.0 )
(Loss) gain on sale of businesses and other assets
    (1.1 )     8.0       0.1  
Write-down of goodwill
    (0.5 )            
 
Income before income taxes
    228.3       156.0       153.7  
Income taxes (credit)
    (12.9 )     37.2       44.7  
 
 
    241.2       118.8       109.0  
Non-controlling interest
    (35.6 )     (31.4 )     (14.6 )
 
Income from continuing operations
    205.6       87.4       94.4  
Income from discontinued operations
    0.7              
 
Net income
  $ 206.3     $ 87.4     $ 94.4  
 
Income before amortization, financial expenses, reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges, gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary, (loss) gain on sale of businesses and other assets, and write-down of goodwill:
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Cable
  $ 275.3     $ 341.2     $ 382.0  
Newspapers
    224.8       227.8       222.2  
Broadcasting
    81.5       80.5       53.0  
Leisure and Entertainment
    14.7       22.7       27.0  
Business Telecommunications
    14.4       22.6       31.3  
Internet/Portals
    3.1       4.5       10.5  
 
 
    613.8       699.3       726.0  
General corporate expenses
    (3.1 )     (4.4 )     3.7  
 
 
  $ 610.7     $ 694.9     $ 729.7  
 

F-61


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
27.   RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES (continued):
 
    Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company:
 
    Condensed and consolidated balance sheets
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Assets
               
Current assets
  $ 747.9     $ 794.0  
Property, plant and equipment
    1,519.0       1,628.6  
Other assets
    329.7       313.3  
Goodwill
    3,847.9       3,868.3  
 
 
    6,444.5       6,604.2  
Liabilities
               
Current liabilities
    810.7       946.8  
Long-term debt
    2,546.0       2,530.5  
Other liabilities
    486.4       586.3  
Non-controlling interest
    169.0       118.8  
 
 
    4,012.1       4,182.4  
 
Net investment in Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company
  $ 2,432.4     $ 2,421.8  
 

F-62


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
27.   RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES (continued):
 
    Unrestricted Subsidiary:
 
    Condensed and consolidated statements of income
                         
    2003     2004     2005  
 
Revenues
  $ 44.8     $ 51.9     $ 65.1  
 
                       
Cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses
    (43.7 )     (49.6 )     (61.2 )
Amortization
    (2.4 )     (1.7 )     (1.7 )
Financial (expenses) revenues
    (0.2 )     0.5       0.8  
Reserve for restructuring of operations
    (1.0 )            
Gain on disposal of a portfolio investment
          1.3        
 
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (2.5 )     2.4       3.0  
Income taxes
    0.4       0.2       (0.7 )
 
 
    (2.9 )     2.2       3.7  
Non-controlling interest
    1.0       (0.3 )     (1.6 )
 
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (1.9 )     1.9       2.1  
Loss from discontinued operations
    (0.5 )     (1.1 )      
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (2.4 )   $ 0.8     $ 2.1  
 
Condensed and consolidated balance sheets
                 
    2004     2005  
 
Assets
               
Current assets
  $ 54.4     $ 61.2  
Property, plant and equipment
    3.1       2.9  
Other assets
    4.1       3.6  
Goodwill
    3.1       3.6  
 
 
    64.7       71.3  
Liabilities
               
Current liabilities
    13.5       17.5  
Non-controlling interest
    23.7       25.5  
 
 
    37.2       43.0  
 
Net investment in Unrestricted Subsidiary
  $ 27.5     $ 28.3  
 

F-63

 

Exhibit 1.9
[TRANSLATION]
[Logo of Québec Registrar]
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
Companies Act, Part IA
(R.S.Q., c. C-38)
     
 
  I hereby certify that the company
 
   
 
  QUEBECOR MÉDIA INC.
 
   
 
  amended its articles on JANUARY 14, 2005 , under Part IA of the Companies Act , as indicated in the Articles of Amendment attached hereto.
                     
                     
 
[Seal of Québec Registrar]
    Filed in the register on
January 25, 2005 under registration number 1149501992
    [ Signed ]
Acting Enterprise Registrar
     
                     
 

 


 

[TRANSLATION]
     
   
Articles of Amendment
 
   
 
  Companies Act (R.S.Q., c.C-38, Part IA)
(QUEBEC LOGO)
                                                                                         
    Québec enterprise number
     
 
  NEQ     1       1       4       9       5       0       1       9       9       2  
1. Name            Enter the new name of the company, if changed, and enter the previous name in section 5.
or
Enter the current name, if you are keeping it, and write N.A. in section 5.

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. / QUEBECOR MÉDIA INC.
 
Mark and X in this box if you are apply for a designating number (numbered company) rather than a name o

2. The articles of the company are amended as follows:

The authorized share capital of the company, such as it was immediately prior to the filing of these articles of amendment, is hereby amended as follows:
i) by the creation of an unlimited number of a sixth series of preferred shares, namely series “F” shares, the rights, privileges, restrictions and terms of which are more fully described in Schedule 1 to these articles of amendment, which forms an integral part hereof.
3. Effective date (if later than that on which the articles of amendement are filed):

 Date following that of the filing date:
                                                                 
    Year   Month   Day
 
    2       0       0       5       0       1       1       4  
4. Amendment of articles under sections 123.140 and following of the Companies Act

Mark an X if the application for amendment is presented to correct an illegal or irregular element, or to include a provision required under the Companies Act :
  where the correction or insertion does not affect the rights of the shareholders or creditors (sec. 123.140);........ o
  where the correction or insertion may affect the rights of the shareholders or creditors — append copy of judgment (sec.. o 123.141).
Effective date (the amendment will be retroactive to the date of the certificate accompanying the articles being amended), unless these articles or the judgment provides for a later date)
5. Name prior to the amendment (if different than the one mentioned in section 1)

N/A
         
Do not write in this space
       
 
       
Québec (QUEBEC LOGO)   /s/ Serge Gouin
     
    Signature of Authorized Director
 
       
Filed on
       
Jan. 13, 2005
      If you need more space, attach an appendix in two copies,
THE ENTERPRISE REGISTRAR
      identify the relevant section, and number the pages, if any.
RETURN BOTH COPIES OF THIS FORM TOGETHER WITH YOUR PAYMENT.
DO NOT SEND BY FAX.
 

 


 

SCHEDULE 1
QUEBECOR MÉDIA INC. / QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
CUMULATIVE FIRST PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES F
In addition to the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (“Series F Shares”) shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:
1   Number of Series F Shares Available For Issue
 
    The Company shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series F Shares which shall carry the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions described herein and be designated as the “Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F”.
 
2   Dividends
 
    The holders of record of the Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Company, fixed cumulative preferential dividends at the rate of 10.85 % per share per annum, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of the Series F Shares. The said dividends shall be cumulative from the respective dates of issue of each Series F Share.
 
    For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever used in this Section 2, the expression “dividends at the rate of 10.85 % per share per annum” shall mean, in respect of Series F Shares, dividends computed at that rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding during the fiscal year in respect of which the computation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which such dividends are being accumulated. The directors of the Company may, however, in their discretion, prorate dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which dividends are being accumulated if such right of prorating was reserved by the Company at the time of the issue of such shares.
 
    All dividends declared on the Series F Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 14 th day of the months of January and July in each year, at such place as the directors of the Company may determine from time to time, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.
 
    The holders of Series F Shares shall only be entitled to receive the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
 
3   Liquidation
 
    In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Company or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of each Series F Share held and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 


 

- 2 -
4   Voting Rights
 
    Holders of Series F Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend or vote at, any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, unless the Company shall have failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Series F Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only for so long as any such dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series F Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.
 
5   Retraction Rights
 
    Each holder of Series F Shares shall be entitled, at its discretion, upon prior written notice of not less than one (1) business day to the Company, to require the Company to redeem all or part of such holder’s Series F Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Series F Shares of the certificate(s) representing such number of Series F Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occurs being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Series F Shares shall be considered redeemed and the Company shall pay to such holder of Series F Shares the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, in the manner described in Section 7. In the event the Company is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Series F Shares as of the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Series F Shares written notice thereof.
 
6   Redemption Rights
 
    The Company shall have the right, at its option, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time any of the Series F Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Series F Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus all dividends accumulated on such Series F Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid. In the case of partial redemption, the Series F Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all the Series F Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Series F Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in any other manner.
 
    The Company shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice to each then registered holder of Series F Shares, of the Company’s intention to redeem the same. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur, and in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Series F Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Series F Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Company’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Series F Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, have no right in or against the Company except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus all dividends accumulated on such Series F Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid, in the manner described in Section 7, on presentation and surrender of the certificate(s) representing such number of shares to be redeemed.
 
7   Redemption Price
 
    The Redemption Price of the Series F Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by

 


 

- 3 -
    certified cheque,bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian, for the purpose of this Section 7, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.
* * * * * * * * *

 

 

Exhibit 1.10
[Translation]
QUEBECOR MÉDIA INC.
(the « Company »)
BY-LAW AUTHORIZING THE CREATION OF PREFERRED SHARES SERIES “F”
By-Law No. 2005-1
1.   This By-Law authorizes the creation of a sixth series of cumulative first preferred shares, series « F », the rights, privileges, restrictions and terms of which are more fully described in Schedule 1 hereto, which forms an integral part hereof.
 
2.   Pursuant to this By-Law, each of the President and the Secretary of the Company is authorized and instructed and has the power to sign this By-Law for and on behalf of the Company, and their signature hereto shall be deemed conclusive evidence of the approval of this by-law by the Board of Directors and the shareholders of the Company.
 
3.   Pursuant to this by-law, any director or officer of the Company is hereby authorized and has the power to sign and deliver, for and on behalf of the Company, all such deeds, documents, contracts and agreements, to make any representation, to deliver or have delivered any certificate and to do such other acts and things as he or she may deem necessary, in his or her full discretion, to give effect to this by-law, including, without limitation, the filing of articles of amendment to give effect to the creation of the preferred shares, as provided in this by-law.
By-Law No. 2005-1, adopted on signed on January 14, 2005.
         
/s/ Serge Gouin
 
  /s/ Louis Saint-Arnaud
 
   
 
       
Name : Serge Gouin
  Name : Louis Saint-Arnaud    
Title : President
  Title : Secretary    

 


 

SCHEDULE 1
QUEBECOR MÉDIA INC. / QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
CUMULATIVE FIRST PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES F
In addition to the rights, privileages, condition and restrictions attaching to the Cumutative First Preferred Shares, the Cumutative First Prefered Shares,Series F (“Series F Shares”) shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:
1   Number of Series F Shares Available For Issue
 
    The Company shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series F Shares which shall carry the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions described herein and be designated as the “Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F”.
 
2   Dividends
 
    The holders of record of the Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Company, fixed cumulative preferential dividends at the rate of 10.85 % per share per annum, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of the Series F Shares. The said dividends shall be cumulative from the respective dates of issue of each Series F Share.
 
    For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever used in this Section 2, the expression “dividends at the rate of 10.85 % per share per annum” shall mean, in respect of Series F Shares, dividends computed at that rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding during the fiscal year in respect of which the computation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which such dividends are being accumulated. The directors of the Company may, however, in their discretion, prorate dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which dividends are being accumulated if such right of prorating was reserved by the Company at the time of the issue of such shares.
 
    All dividends declared on the Series F Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 14 th day of the months of January and July in each year, at such place as the directors of the Company may determine from time to time, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.
 
    The holders of Series F Shares shall only be entitled to receive the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F

 


 

    Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
 
3   Liquidation
 
    In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Company or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of each Series F Share held and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
 
4   Voting Rights
 
    Holders of Series F Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend or vote at, any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, unless the Company shall have failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Series F Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only for so long as any such dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series F Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.
 
5   Retraction Rights
 
    Each holder of Series F Shares shall be entitled, at its discretion, upon prior written notice of not less than one (1) business day to the Company, to require the Company to redeem all or part of such holder’s Series F Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Series F Shares of the certificate(s) representing such number of Series F Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occurs being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Series F Shares shall be considered redeemed and the Company shall pay to such holder of Series F Shares the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, in the manner described in Section 7. In the event the Company is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Series F Shares as of the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Series F Shares written notice thereof.
 
6   Redemption Rights
 
    The Company shall have the right, at its option, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time any of the Series F Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Series F Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus all dividends accumulated on such Series F Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid. In the case of partial redemption, the Series F Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all the Series F Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Series F Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in any other manner.

 


 

    The Company shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice to each then registered holder of Series F Shares, of the Company’s intention to redeem the same. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur, and in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Series F Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Series F Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Company’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Series F Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, have no right in or against the Company except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus all dividends accumulated on such Series F Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid, in the manner described in Section 7, on presentation and surrender of the certificate(s) representing such number of shares to be redeemed.
 
7   Redemption Price
 
    The Redemption Price of the Series F Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian, for the purpose of this Section 7, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.
* * * * * * * * *

 

 

Exhibit 2.5
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
US$715,000,000
11 1 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2011
 
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of December 30, 2005
 
U.S. Bank National Association
(successor to National City Bank)
Trustee
 

 


 

           FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of December 30, 2005, between Quebecor Media Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec (the " Company ”), and U.S. Bank National Association (as successor to National City Bank), as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
           WHEREAS , the Company and the Trustee are parties to an Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2001 (the “ Indenture ”), pursuant to which the Company issued $715,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 1/8% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “ Securities ”);
           WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend certain terms of the Indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding;
           WHEREAS , the Company has offered to purchase for cash all of the Securities (the “ Offer ”) and has solicited consents (the “ Solicitation ”) to certain amendments to the Indenture (the “ Proposed Amendments ”) pursuant to the Company’s Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated December 16, 2005;
           WHEREAS , the Company has obtained the written consent to the Proposed Amendments to the Indenture from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities; and
           WHEREAS , the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture have been duly authorized by the parties hereto, and all conditions and requirements necessary to make this instrument a valid and binding agreement have been duly performed and complied with;
           WHEREAS , the Trustee is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.07 of the Indenture in connection with the Trustee’s execution of this Supplemental Indenture.
           NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities, as follows:
ARTICLE I
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE
SECTION 1.01. Amendments.
          At such time as the Company delivers written notice to the Trustee that Securities representing at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer have been accepted for purchase:
          (a) Sections 4.07 through 4.17 shall be amended in their entirety to read as follows:
“Section 4.07 [Intentionally Omitted]

 


 

Section 4.08 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.09 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.10 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.11 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.12 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.13 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.14 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.15 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.16 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.17 [Intentionally Omitted]”
          (b) Section 5.01 shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
“Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets .
     The Company shall not directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless: (i) either (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory of Canada and (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
     In addition, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. This Section 5.01 shall not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.”
          (c) Section 6.01 shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
“Section 6.01 Events of Default .
     An “Event of Default” occurs if:

 


 

     (a) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
     (b) the Company defaults in the payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise;
     (c) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to comply with any of the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof;
     (d) [Intentionally Omitted];
     (e) [Intentionally Omitted];
     (f) [Intentionally Omitted];
     (g) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
     (i) commences a voluntary case,
     (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
     (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
     (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or
     (h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (i) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
     (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
     (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.”

 


 

          (d) All corresponding provisions in the Securities shall be amended as set forth in Clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 1.01; all references in the Indenture or the Securities to a provision deleted pursuant to the amendments set forth in Clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 1.01 shall be deleted in their entirety from the Indenture and the Securities, and any definitions used exclusively in the provisions of the Indenture deleted pursuant to the amendments set forth in Clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 1.01 shall be deleted in their entirety from the Indenture.
ARTICLE II
GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 2.01. Ratification.
          Except as hereby otherwise expressly provided, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and all the terms, provisions, and conditions thereof shall be and remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 2.02. Counterparts.
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
SECTION 2.03. This Supplemental Indenture is a Supplement to The Indenture.
          This Supplemental Indenture is executed as and shall constitute an indenture supplemental to the Indenture and shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Indenture.
SECTION 2.04. Governing Law .
          THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
SECTION 2.05. References to This Supplemental Indenture.
          Any and all notices, requests, certificates and other instruments executed and delivered after the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture may refer to the Indenture without making specific reference to this Supplemental Indenture, but nevertheless all such references shall include this Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.
SECTION 2.06. Effect of This Supplemental Indenture.
          The Indenture shall be deemed to be modified as herein provided, but except as modified hereby, the Indenture shall continue in full force and effect. The Indenture as modified hereby shall be read, taken, and construed as one and the same instrument.

 


 

SECTION 2.07. Severability.
          In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 2.08. Trust Indenture Act.
          If any provisions hereof limit, qualify, or conflict with any provisions of the TIA required under the TIA to be a part of and govern this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the TIA shall control. If any provision hereof modifies or excludes any provision of the TL& that pursuant to the TIA may be so modified or excluded, the provisions of the TIA as so modified or excluded hereby shall apply.
SECTION 2.09. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals .
          The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.
          In entering into this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee, whether or not elsewhere herein so provided.
SECTION 2.10. Effectiveness.
          This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective upon execution by the Company and the Trustee.

 


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.
             
    The Company:    
 
           
    QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Mark D’Souza     
    Name: Mark D’Souza
Title: Vice President, Finance
   
 
           
    Trustee:    
 
           
    U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Holly Pattison     
    Name: Holly Pattison
Title: Vice President
   

 

 

Exhibit 2.6
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
US$295,000,000
13 3 / 4 % SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2011
 
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of December 30, 2005
 
U.S. Bank National Association
(successor to National City Bank)
Trustee
 

 


 

           FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of December 30, 2005, between Quebecor Media Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “ Company ”), and U.S. Bank National Association (as successor to National City Bank), as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
           WHEREAS , the Company and the Trustee are parties to an Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2001 (the “ Indenture ”), pursuant to which the Company issued $295,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 13 3/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 (the “ Securities ”);
           WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend certain terms of the Indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding;
           WHEREAS , the Company has offered to purchase for cash all of the Securities (the “ Offer ”) and has solicited consents (the “ Solicitation ”) to certain amendments to the Indenture (the “ Proposed Amendments ”) pursuant to the Company’s Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated December 16, 2005;
           WHEREAS , the Company has obtained the written consent to the Proposed Amendments to the Indenture from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities; and
           WHEREAS , the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture have been duly authorized by the parties hereto, and all conditions and requirements necessary to make this instrument a valid and binding agreement have been duly performed and complied with;
           WHEREAS , the Trustee is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.07 of the Indenture in connection with the Trustee’s execution of this Supplemental Indenture.
           NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities, as follows:
ARTICLE I
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE
SECTION 1.01. Amendments.
          At such time as the Company delivers written notice to the Trustee that Securities representing at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer have been accepted for purchase:
          (a) Sections 4.07 through 4.17 shall be amended in their entirety to read as follows:
“Section 4.07 [Intentionally Omitted]

 


 

Section 4.08 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.09 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.10 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.11 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.12 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.13 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.14 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.15 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.16 [Intentionally Omitted]
Section 4.17 [Intentionally Omitted]”
          (b) Section 5.01 shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
“Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets .
     The Company shall not directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless: (i) either (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory of Canada and (ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
     In addition, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. This Section 5.01 shall not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.”
          (c) Section 6.01 shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:
“Section 6.01 Events of Default .
     An “Event of Default” occurs if:

 


 

     (a) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
     (b) the Company defaults in the payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise;
     (c) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to comply with any of the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof;
     (d) [Intentionally Omitted];
     (e) [Intentionally Omitted];
     (f) [Intentionally Omitted];
     (g) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
          (i) commences a voluntary case,
          (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
          (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
          (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
          (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or
     (h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
          (i) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
          (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
          (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.”

 


 

          (d) All corresponding provisions in the Securities shall be amended as set forth in Clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 1.01; all references in the Indenture or the Securities to a provision deleted pursuant to the amendments set forth in Clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 1.01 shall be deleted in their entirety from the Indenture and the Securities, and any definitions used exclusively in the provisions of the Indenture deleted pursuant to the amendments set forth in Clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 1.01 shall be deleted in their entirety from the Indenture.
ARTICLE II
GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 2.01. Ratification .
          Except as hereby otherwise expressly provided, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and all the terms, provisions, and conditions thereof shall be and remain in full force and effect.
SECTION 2.02. Counterparts.
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
SECTION 2.03. This Supplemental Indenture is a Supplement to The Indenture .
          This Supplemental Indenture is executed as and shall constitute an indenture supplemental to the Indenture and shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Indenture.
SECTION 2.04. Governing Law .
          THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
SECTION 2.05. References to This Supplemental Indenture .
          Any and all notices, requests, certificates and other instruments executed and delivered after the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture may refer to the Indenture without making specific reference to this Supplemental Indenture, but nevertheless all such references shall include this Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.
SECTION 2.06. Effect of This Supplemental Indenture .
          The Indenture shall be deemed to be modified as herein provided, but except as modified hereby, the Indenture shall continue in full force and effect. The Indenture as modified hereby shall be read, taken, and construed as one and the same instrument.

 


 

SECTION 2.07. Severability .
          In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 2.08. Trust Indenture Act .
          If any provisions hereof limit, qualify, or conflict with any provisions of the TIA required under the TIA to be a part of and govern this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the TIA shall control. If any provision hereof modifies or excludes any provision of the TL& that pursuant to the TIA may be so modified or excluded, the provisions of the TIA as so modified or excluded hereby shall apply.
SECTION 2.09. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals .
          The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.
          In entering into this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or affording protection to the Trustee, whether or not elsewhere herein so provided.
SECTION 2.10. Effectiveness .
          This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective upon execution by the Company and the Trustee.

 


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.
       
 
The Company:
 
 
   
 
 
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
 
 
   
 
 
By:  /s/ Mark D’Souza
 
 
Name: Mark D’Souza
 
 
Title: Vice President, Finance
 
 
   
 
 
Trustee:
 
 
   
 
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
   
 
 
By:  /s/ Holly Pattison
 
 
Name: Holly Pattison
 
 
Title: Vice President
 

 

 

Exhibit 2.8
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
US$525,000,000
7 3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2016
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of January 17, 2006
 
U.S. Bank National Association,
as Trustee

 


 

          This INDENTURE, dated as of January 17, 2006, is by and between QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “ Company ”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
          The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 (the “ Notes ”):
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01. Definitions .
          For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
          “ 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 144A.
          “ Accounts Receivable Entity ” means a Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Investment:
     (1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable;
     (2) that is designated pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company as an Accounts Receivable Entity;
     (3) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than any guarantee of Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (c) subjects any asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Indebtedness, “ Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness ”);
     (4) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction and fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and
     (5) with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof.
          “ Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is

 


 

incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
          “ Additional Notes ” means any Notes (other than Initial Notes and Exchange Notes and Notes issued under Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06 hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02, 2.15 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes or as an additional series.
          “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however , that beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.
          “ Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to a Note at any date of redemption, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such date of redemption of (1) the redemption price of such Note at March 15, 2011 (such redemption price being described under Section 3.07) plus (2) all remaining required interest payments due on such Note through March 15, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note.
          “ Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.
          “ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.
          “ Asset Acquisition ” means (a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person that constitute substantially all of an operating unit, a division or line of business of such Person or that is otherwise outside of the ordinary course of business.
          “ Asset Sale ” means:
     (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.18 and 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof; and
     (2) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or the sale of Equity Interests by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Restricted Subsidiary.
     Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:
     (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than US$10.0 million;
     (2) a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

2


 

     (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (4) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;
     (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;
     (6) sales of accounts receivables pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof, including cash in an amount equal to at least 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof;
     (7) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by an Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
     (8) any Tax Benefit Transaction;
     (9) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Public Subsidiary pursuant to any equity compensation plan approved in accordance with the rules and regulations of the primary stock exchange or quotation system on which the Capital Stock of such Public Subsidiary is listed or quoted; provided , however , that the aggregate Fair Market Value for all such issued Equity Interests shall not exceed US$5.0 million in any twelve-month period;
     (10) the issuance of Equity Interests of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, that after such issuance the Company’s ownership interests in such Restricted Subsidiary, whether directly or through its Restricted Subsidiaries, is at least equal to its ownership interests in such Restricted Subsidiary prior to such issuance; and
     (11) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.10 hereof.
          “ Attributable Debt ” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Back-to-Back Debt ” means any loans made or debt instruments issued as part of a Back-to-Back Transaction and in which each party to such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than a Quebecor Media Entity, executes or has executed a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .
          “ Back-to-Back Preferred Shares ” means Preferred Shares issued:
     (1) to a Quebecor Media Entity by an Affiliate of the Company (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, an Affiliate of such Quebecor Media Entity (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) has loaned on an unsecured basis to such Quebecor Media Entity, or an Affiliate of such Quebecor Media Entity (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) has subscribed for Preferred Shares of such Quebecor Media Entity in, an amount equal to the requisite subscription price for such Preferred Shares;
     (2) by a Quebecor Media Entity to one of its Affiliates (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Quebecor Media Entity has loaned an amount equal to the proceeds of such issuance to an Affiliate (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) on an unsecured basis; or

3


 

     (3) by a Quebecor Media Entity to one of its Affiliates (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Quebecor Media Entity has used the proceeds of such issuance to subscribe for Preferred Shares issued by an Affiliate (other than a Quebecor Media Entity);
in each case on terms whereby:
     (i) the aggregate redemption amount applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such Quebecor Media Entity is identical:
  (A)   in the case of (1) above, to the principal amount of the loan made or the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;
 
  (B)   in the case of (2) above, to the principal amount of the loan made to such Affiliate; or
 
  (C)   in the case of (3) above, to the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;
     (ii) the dividend payment date applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such Quebecor Media Entity shall:
  (A)   in the case of (1) above, be immediately prior to, or on the same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made or the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;
 
  (B)   in the case of (2) above, be immediately after, or on the same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made to such Affiliate; or
 
  (C)   in the case of (3) above, be immediately after, or on the same date as, the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;
     (iii) the amount of dividends provided for on any payment date in the share conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares issued:
  (A)   to a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (1) above, shall be equal to or in excess of the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made or the amount of dividends provided for in respect of the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;
 
  (B)   by a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (2) above, shall be less than or equal to the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made to such Affiliate; or
 
  (C)   by a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (3) above, shall be equal to the amount of dividends in respect of the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;
and provided that, in the case of Preferred Shares issued by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, each holder of such Preferred Shares under such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than such Restricted Subsidiary, executes or has executed a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.
          “ Back-to-Back Securities ” means Back-to-Back Preferred Shares or Back-to-Back Debt or both, as the context requires; provided that a Back-to-Back Security issued by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (A) shall provide that (i) such Restricted Subsidiary shall suspend any payment on such Back-to-Back Security until such Restricted Subsidiary receives payment on the corresponding Back-to-Back Security in an amount equal to or exceeding the amount to be paid on the Back-to-Back Security issued by such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) if the holder of such Back-to-Back Security is paid any amount on or with respect to such Back-to-Back Security by such

4


 

Restricted Subsidiary, then to the extent such amounts are paid out of proceeds in excess of the corresponding payment received by such Restricted Subsidiary on the corresponding Back-to-Back Security held by it, the holder of such Back-to-Back Security will hold such excess payment in trust for the benefit of such Restricted Subsidiary and will forthwith repay such payment to such Restricted Subsidiary and (B) may provide that, notwithstanding clause (A), such Restricted Subsidiary may make payment on such Back-to-Back Security if at the time of payment such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to make such payment under Section 4.10 hereof; provided that any payment made pursuant to this clause (B) which is otherwise prohibited under clause (A) would constitute a Restricted Payment.
          “ Back-to-Back Transaction ” means any of the transactions described under the definition of Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.
          “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or any other Canadian federal or provincial law or the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.
           “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have corresponding meanings.
          “ Board of Directors ” means:
     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;
     (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
     (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
          “ Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary (or individual performing comparable duties) of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.
          “ Canadian Taxing Authority ” means any federal, provincial, territorial or other Canadian government or any authority or agency therein having the power to tax.
          “ Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Capital Stock ” means:
     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

5


 

     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
          “ Capital Stock Sale Proceeds ” means the aggregate net cash proceeds (including cash received when non-cash proceeds have been converted into cash) received by the Company after the Issue Date:
     (1) as a contribution to the common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); or
     (2) from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests,
other than, in either (1) or (2), Equity Interests (or convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company.
          “ Cash Equivalents ” means:
     (1) United States dollars or Canadian dollars;
     (2) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth, territory or province of the United States of America or Canada, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated, at the time of acquisition, in the “R-1” category by the Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited;
     (3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million;
     (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 60 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
     (5) commercial paper having, at the time of acquisition, at least a “P-1” rating from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or at least an “A-1” rating from Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition or with respect to commercial paper in Canada, a rating, at the time of acquisition, in the “R-1” category by the Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited; and
     (6) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.
          “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:
     (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party;
     (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

6


 

     (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person, other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or
     (4) during any consecutive two-year period, the first day on which individuals who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company as of the beginning of such two-year period (together with any new directors who were nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the individuals who were members of such Board of Directors, or whose nomination or election was previously so approved at the beginning of such two-year period) cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.
          “ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.
          “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “ Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor entity thereto.
           “Commodity Price Agreement” means any commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements, forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements entered into for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping commodity price risk.
           “Company” means Quebecor Media Inc. and any successor thereto.
          “ Consolidated Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:
     (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents (i) an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period, or (ii) amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
     (4) solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred under Section 4.09(a), the amount of income or losses attributable to a non-controlling interest in a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, which was deducted and not added back in calculating Consolidated Net Income of such Person; minus
     (5) any interest and other payments made to Persons other than any Quebecor Media Entity in respect of Back-to-Back Securities to the extent such interest and other payments were not deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus
     (6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

7


 

          “ Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, without duplication, the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including (i) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all Preferred Shares of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, without duplication, the sum of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment Obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts, and other fees, and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), all calculated after taking into account the effect of all Hedging Obligations, (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon), (iv) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Shares of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, and (v) to the extent not included in clause (iv) above for purposes of GAAP, the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Interest and other payments on Back-to-Back Securities shall not be included as Consolidated Interest Expense.
          “ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that:
     (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included; provided , that the Net Income shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
     (2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10(a)(3)(a), the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (unless such approval has been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its equityholders;
     (3) the Net Income of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;
     (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;
     (5) the Net Income (or loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries; provided, however , that for purposes of Sections 4.10 hereof, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent it would otherwise be included under clause (1) of this definition; and

8


 

     (6) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, provided that such shares, options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holders thereof for Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in each case Disqualified Stock of the Company).
          “ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.
          “ Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders.
          “ Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities, or other debt arrangements (including, without limitation, under this Indenture), in each case with banks, other institutional lenders or investors, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including, to the extent Indebtedness, through the sales of accounts receivables to such lenders or investors or to an Accounts Receivable Entity) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.
          “ Currency Exchange Protection Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of protecting against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with any commercial bank or other financial institutions having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million at the time the Currency Exchange Protection Agreement is entered into.
          “ Custodian ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(c) hereof as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
          “ Debt to Cash Flow Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination (the “ Determination Date ”), the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company as of such Determination Date to (b) (i) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company’s cable segment as reported in its consolidated financial statements (the “ Cable Business ”) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to such Determination Date for which internal financial statements are available multiplied by four, provided , that if (A) in such fiscal quarter the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Cable Business was reduced by a cash restructuring expense and (B) no similar restructuring expense or other non-recurring cash expense was incurred by the Cable Business in the three fiscal quarters prior to such fiscal quarter, for the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Cable Business, such cash restructuring charge shall not be multiplied by four; plus (ii) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company, excluding the Cable Business, for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such Determination Date for which internal financial statements are available (each of the periods referenced to in clauses (i) and (ii), a “Measurement Period”), determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all acquisitions or dispositions of assets made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period through and including such Determination Date (including any related financing transactions) as if such acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period. For purposes of calculating Consolidated Cash Flow for each Measurement Period immediately prior to the relevant Determination Date, (i) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Determination Date (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during the applicable Measurement Period; (ii) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date (or would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during the applicable Measurement Period; (iii) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have in any manner (x) acquired through an Asset Acquisition or (y) disposed of (including by way of an Asset Sale or the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business) any

9


 

operating business during the applicable Measurement Period or after the end of such period and on or prior to such Determination Date, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP, as if, in the case of an Asset Acquisition, all such transactions (including any related financing transactions) had been consummated on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period, and, in the case of an Asset Sale or termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business, all such transactions (including any related financing transactions) had been consummated prior to the first day of the applicable Measurement Period; (iv) if (A) since the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding or has repaid any Indebtedness, or (B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is an incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Interest Expense for such Measurement Period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such incurrence or repayment as if such Indebtedness had been incurred or repaid on the first day of such period, provided that, in the event of any such repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Cash Flow for such period shall be calculated as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used to repay such Indebtedness; and (v) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for such floating rate of interest on the Determination Date had been the applicable base interest rate for the entire Measurement Period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of twelve months). For purposes of this definition, any pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, as such Regulation may be amended.
          “ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “ Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
          “ Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture
          “ Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (i) Back-to-Back Preferred Shares shall not constitute Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. The term “Disqualified Stock” shall also include any options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.
          “ Distribution Compliance Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
          “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

10


 

          “ Equity Offering ” means an offering by the Company of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company however designated and whether voting or non-voting or an equity contribution by a direct or indirect parent company to the common equity of the Company.
          “ Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear systems, and any successor thereto.
           “Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.
          “ Exchange Notes ” means Notes registered under the Securities Act to be exchanged for Notes not so registered, pursuant to and as set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to such an exchange.
          “ Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to an exchange of Notes registered under the Securities Act for Notes not so registered.
          “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid.
          “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any assets (including securities), the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction; provided, however , that if such assets have a Fair Market Value in excess of US$40.0 million, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, as set forth in a resolution, based upon (i) approval by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or (ii) an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada; provided , further , that no such resolution, approval or opinion shall be required in connection with any Back-to-Back Transaction.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect in Canada from time to time .
          “ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
          “ Global Notes ” means the global Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof.
          “ Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) and the payment for which the United States of America pledges its full faith and credit, and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.
          “ guarantee ” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person.
          “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement or Commodity Price Agreement.
          “ Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered, unless otherwise specified in this Indenture or such Note.

11


 

               “ Incur ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other Obligation of any Person, to create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become indirectly or directly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect of such Indebtedness or other Obligation.
               “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:
          (1) representing principal of and premium, if any, in respect of borrowed money;
          (2) representing principal of and premium, if any, evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
          (3) in respect of bankers’ acceptances;
          (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions entered into by such Person;
          (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;
          (6) representing the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the repayment of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (in each case, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends); or
          (7) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Hedging Obligations, Attributable Debt, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock) would appear as a liability upon the face of a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “ Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock. The term “Indebtedness” shall not include Back-to-Back Securities or Standard Securitization Undertakings.
               The amount of any Indebtedness described above in clauses (1) through (7) and in the preceding paragraph outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, and shall be:
          (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and
          (2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness;
provided , however , that if any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars is hedged or swapped through the maturity of such Indebtedness under a Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be adjusted to the extent of any positive or negative value (to the extent the Obligation

12


 

under such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement is not otherwise included as Indebtedness of such Person) of such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement.
               “ Indenture ” means this instrument, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with Article 9 hereof.
               “ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
               “ Initial Notes ” means US$525.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.
               “ Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
                “Interest Payment Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of each Note.
               “ Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of protecting against fluctuations in interest rates with any commercial bank or other financial institution having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million at the time the Interest Rate Agreement is entered into.
               “ Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans or other extensions of credit (including guarantees, but excluding advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business), advances (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP and include the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof.
               “ Issue Date ” means January 17, 2006.
               “ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in each of the City of New York, Montréal, the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or any other place of payment on the Notes are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.
               “ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

13


 

               “ Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal, or its electronic equivalent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes for use by such Holders in connection with an Exchange Offer.
               “ Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Shares dividends, excluding, however:
          (1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale (without regard to the $10.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
          (2) any extraordinary gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (or loss).
               “ Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (a) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, (b) any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, (c) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (d) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, or required to be paid as a result of such sale, (e) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP, and (f) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale.
               “ Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:
          (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) other than a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise other than by virtue of a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (c) constitutes the lender;
          (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit, upon notice, lapse of time or both, any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes ) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and
          (3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than set forth in clause (1) above.
               “ Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
               “ Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of the Company.

14


 

               “ Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.
               “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, an Affiliate of the Company or the Trustee.
               “ Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively, and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream.
               “ Permitted Business ” means the businesses conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, or anything related or ancillary thereto.
               “ Permitted Holders ” means one or more of the following persons or entities:
          (1) Quebecor Inc.;
          (2) any issue of the late Pierre Péladeau;
          (3) any trust having as its sole beneficiaries one or more of the persons listed in clause (2) above;
          (4) any corporation, partnership or other entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the persons or trusts referred to in clause (2) or (3) above; and
          (5) Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec, or any corporation, partnership or other entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec.
               “ Permitted Investments ” means:
          (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
          (2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;
          (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:
          (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;
          (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
               (c) such Person, which was formed solely for the purpose of acquiring assets of a Permitted Business, is upon acquisition of such assets obligated to convey or otherwise distribute assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having a Fair Market Value at least equal to the Investment of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Person (net of transaction expenses);
                provided , that, in each case, such Person’s primary business is, or the assets acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are used or useful in, a Permitted Business;
          (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

15


 

          (5) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company;
          (6) any Investment made in connection with Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates or commodity prices, or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;
          (7) payroll, travel and similar advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;
          (8) any Investment in connection with Back-to-Back Transactions;
          (9) any Investment existing on the Issue Date, and any Investment that is an extension, modification, renewal or reinvestment of such existing Investment, provided , that, the Fair Market Value of the new Investment does not exceed the Fair Market Value of the existing Investment at the time it is extended, modified, renewed or reinvested;
          (10) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an Accounts Receivable Entity or any Investment by an Accounts Receivable Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in an Accounts Receivable Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Equity Interest;
          (11) Investments in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business not to exceed US$50.0 million.
          (12) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) since the Issue Date, not to exceed US$100.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time.
               “ Permitted Liens ” means:
          (1) Liens on the assets of the Company securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of the Company under Credit Facilities, which Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof;
          (2) Liens in favor of the Company;
          (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company;
          (4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than such property;
          (5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

16


 

          (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;
          (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
          (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
          (9) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that any such Lien does not extend to or cover any property, Capital Stock or Indebtedness other than the property, shares or debt securing the Indebtedness so refunded, refinanced or extended;
          (10) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default;
          (11) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security;
          (12) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers’ acceptance, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other Liens of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, mechanics’, landlords’ or workmen’s compensation Liens and Liens in respect of insurance or benefits and other similar Liens), in each case exclusive of Obligations for the payment of borrowed money;
          (13) licenses, permits, reservations, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, licenses, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements for railways, sidewalks, public ways, sewers, drains, gas or oil pipelines, steam, gas and water mains or electric light and power, or telephone and telegraph or cable television conduits, poles, wires and cables, reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in any original grant from any governmental entity or other grant of real or immovable property, or any interest therein) and zoning land use and building restrictions, by-laws, regulations and ordinances of federal, provincial, regional, state, municipal and other governmental authorities in respect of real property not interfering, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the use of the affected real property for the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at such real property;
          (14) Liens of franchisors or other regulatory bodies arising in the ordinary course of business;
          (15) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;
          (16) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations and forward contracts, options, future contracts, future options or similar agreements or arrangements, including mark-to-market transactions designed solely to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities;
          (17) Liens consisting of any interest or title of licensor in the property subject to a license;
          (18) Liens arising from sales or other transfers of accounts receivable which are past due or otherwise doubtful of collection in the ordinary course of business;

17


 

          (19) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
          (20) Liens on Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary;
          (21) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the foregoing clauses (2) through (20); and
          (22) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company with respect to Obligations that do not exceed US$50.0 million at any one time outstanding.
               “ Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided, however, that:
          (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);
          (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
          (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
          (4) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes; and
          (5) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
               “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.
               “ Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same Indebtedness as that evidenced by such particular Note; and any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same Indebtedness as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note.
               “ Preferred Shares ” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock issued by such Person.
               “ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

18


 

               “ Public Subsidiary ” means any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that (1) is required to file reports pursuant to the Securities Act (Ontario) and/or is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act and (2) has Capital Stock listed or quoted on the Toronto Stock Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market.
               “ Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of an Accounts Receivable Entity to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Accounts Receivable Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables.
               “ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
               “ Qualified Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers to an Accounts Receivable Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or any other Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.
               “ Quebecor Media Entity ” means any of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
               “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company and the initial purchasers named therein, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes, or exchange such Additional Notes for registered notes, under the Securities Act.
               “ Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note.
               “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
               “ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 904.
               “ Related Party ” means:
          (1) any controlling shareholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder, or
          (2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holder and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).
               “ Replacement Assets ” means (1) non-current assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business; (2) if the Net Proceeds are from the sale of assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a

19


 

majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary; or (3) if the Net Proceeds are from the sale of assets or Equity Interests of a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the assets of a Permitted Business or the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business.
               “ Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
               “ Restricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend.
               “ Restricted Global Notes ” means 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.
               “ Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
               “ Restricted Payment ” means:
          (1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests in their capacity as such, other than dividends, payments or distributions (a) payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company or (b) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis);
          (2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company, of any Equity Interests of the Company, other than such Equity Interests of the Company held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
          (3) the making of any payment on or with respect to, or the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Back-to-Back Securities or Subordinated Indebtedness, except, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Back-to-Back Securities), a payment of interest at the Stated Maturity of such interest, or principal at or within one year of the Stated Maturity of principal, of such Subordinated Indebtedness; or
          (4) any Restricted Investment.
               “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
               “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
               “ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
               “ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
               “ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

20


 

                “sale and leaseback transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction involving any of the assets or properties of such Person whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby such Person sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which such Person intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred.
               “ Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.
               “ Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in any Registration Rights Agreement relating to registering Notes under the Securities Act.
               “ Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
               “ Special Interest ” has the meaning set forth in any Registration Rights Agreement and relating to amounts to be paid in the event the Company fails to satisfy certain conditions set forth therein. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “interest” shall include Special Interest, if any, with respect to the Notes.
               “ Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which are customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction.
               “ Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
               “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) that is, by its terms, expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes.
               “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:
          (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
          (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
               “ Tax ” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).
               “ Tax Benefit Transaction ” means, for so long as the Company is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Quebecor Inc., any transaction between a Quebecor Media Entity and Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates, the primary purpose of which is to create tax benefits for any Quebecor Media Entity or for Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates; provided , however , that not later than the date of any such transaction (1) if the Tax Benefit Transaction includes net consideration payable thereunder in excess of Cdn$10.0 million (or Cdn$25.0 million when aggregated with all other Tax Benefit Transactions in any 12-month period), the Quebecor Media Entity involved in the transaction obtains, or has obtained in connection with a previous similar Tax Benefit Transaction, a favorable tax

21


 

ruling from a competent tax authority or a favorable tax opinion from a nationally recognized Canadian law or accounting firm having a tax practice of national standing as to the tax efficiency of the transaction for such Quebecor Media Entity; (2) if the Tax Benefit Transaction includes net consideration payable thereunder in excess of Cdn$10.0 million (or Cdn$25.0 million when aggregated with all other Tax Benefit Transactions in any 12-month period), the Company delivers to the trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to the effect the transaction will not prejudice the Holders, which resolution shall be based upon (a) approval by a majority of the disinterested members of such Board of Directors or (b) an opinion as to the fairness to such Quebecor Media Entity of such transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada; (3) such transaction is set forth in writing; and (4) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company is not reduced after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available; provided , however , that if such transaction shall thereafter cease to satisfy the preceding requirements as a Tax Benefit Transaction, it shall thereafter cease to be a Tax Benefit Transaction for purposes of this Indenture and shall be deemed to have been effected as of such date and, if the transaction is not otherwise permitted by this Indenture as of such date, the Company will be in default under this Indenture if such transaction does not comply with the preceding requirements or is not otherwise unwound within 45 days of that date.
               “ TIA ” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.
               “ Treasury Rate ” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source for similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then remaining term of the Notes to March 15, 2011; provided , however , that if the then remaining term of the Notes to March 15, 2011 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate will be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the then remaining term of the Notes to March 15, 2011 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
               “ Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.
               “ Unrestricted Definitive Notes ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
               “ Unrestricted Global Notes ” means one or more Global Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.
               “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:
          (1) Nurun Inc.;
          (2) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated after the Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant thereto; and
          (3) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
               “ Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

22


 

               “ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
          (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by
          (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
               “ Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
Section 1.02. Other Definitions .
     
Term   Defined in Section
“Acceleration Notice”
  6.02
“Additional Amounts”
  4.20(a)(3)
“Affiliate Transaction”
  4.14(a)
“Asset Sale Offer”
  4.12(e)
“Authentication Order”
  2.02(d)
“Base Currency”
  11.13(a)
“Change of Control Offer”.
  4.18(a)
“Change of Control Amount”
  4.18(a)
“Covenant Defeasance”
  8.03
“DTC”
  2.03(b)
“Event of Default”
  6.01
“Excess Proceeds”
  4.12
“Excluded Holder”
  4.20(b)
“First Currency”
  11.14
“judgment currency”
  11.13(a)
“Legal Defeasance”
  8.02
“losses”
  7.07
“Offer Amount”
  3.09(b)(ii)
“Offer Period”
  3.09(c)
“Offer to Purchase”
  3.09(a)
“Paying Agent”
  2.03(a)
“Payment Default”
  6.01(v)(a)
“Permitted Debt”
  4.09(b)
“Purchase Date”
  3.09(c)
“rate(s) of exchange”
  11.13
“Registrar”
  2.03(a)
“Security Register”
  3.03
“Surviving Company”
  5.01(a)(1)
Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .
               (a) Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
               (b) The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
               “ indenture securities ” means the Notes;

23


 

               “ indenture security holder ” means a Holder of a Note;
               “ indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;
               “ indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and
                “obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.
               (c) All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings so assigned to them.
Section 1.04. Rules of Construction .
               (a) Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (iii) “or” is not exclusive;
     (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (v) all references in this instrument to “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed;
     (vi) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.
     (vii) “including” means “including without limitation;”
     (viii) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and
     (ix) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time thereunder.
ARTICLE 2.
THE NOTES
Section 2.01. Form and Dating .
               (a)  General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, exchange rule or usage in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of US$1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute a part of this Indenture, and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. To the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

24


 

               (b)  Form of Notes . Notes shall be issued initially in global form and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of interests therein. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
               (c)  Book-Entry Provisions . This Section 2.01(c) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary. Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
               (d)  Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication .
               (a) One Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature.
               (b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated by the Trustee, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.
               (c) A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
               (d) The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an " Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue.
               (e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as an Agent with respect to Holders.
Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent .
               (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may

25


 

change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
               (b) The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
               (c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby agrees so to initially act.
Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .
               The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for such funds. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all funds held by it as Paying Agent. The Paying Agent, except if the Paying Agent is the Company or a Subsidiary, shall not be liable for interest on any money received or held by it hereunder, and, if the Paying Agent is other than the Company or a Subsidiary, moneys held in trust by the Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law. Upon any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(viii) and (ix) hereof relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.05. Holder Lists .
               The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a).
Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange .
               (a)  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. The Company shall exchange Global Notes for Definitive Notes if: (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee a notice from the Depositary that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or that it has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; (2) the Company at its option determines that the Global Notes shall be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or (3) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in denominations of US$1,000 or integral multiples thereof and in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee in writing. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Except as provided above, every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), and beneficial interests in a Global Note may not be transferred and exchanged other than as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

26


 

               (b)  Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as applicable:
          (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Note may not be made to or for the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) (other than a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S)). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).
          (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A)(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) if permitted under Section 2.06(a) hereof, (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
          (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and
     (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
          (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a

27


 

Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
               If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above.
     (v) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.
               (c)  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .
     (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

28


 

     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in clauses (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, as applicable; or
     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,
the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
          (ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;

29


 

     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(c)(ii) the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder, and the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note.
     (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
               (d)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the

30


 

form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
          (A) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
          (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or
          (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, a 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, a Regulation S Global Note.
(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:
          (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to a Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes such certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;
          (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
          (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or
          (D) the Registrar receives the following:
          (1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
          (2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

31


 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
               Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel such Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
          (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
          (iv) Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited . An Unrestricted Definitive Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.
          (v) Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes . If any such exchange or transfer of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is effected pursuant to clause (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
               (e)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
          (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
          (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and
          (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

32


 

     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:
          (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes such certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;
          (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
          (C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or
          (D) the Registrar receives the following:
          (1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
          (2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of Section 2.06(e)(ii) the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such prior Restricted Definitive Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by such holder.
     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holders thereof.
               (f)  Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the applicable Restricted Global Notes (A) tendered for acceptance by Persons that make any and all certifications in the applicable Letters of Transmittal (or are deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement, and (B) accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and

33


 

(ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons who made the foregoing certification and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer, in each case evidencing the same continuing Indebtedness as the Notes exchanged therefor. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the holders of Restricted Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.
               (g)  Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
               (i)  Private Placement Legend .
     (A) Except as permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
               “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
               THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE, OR TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (ii) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”
     (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

34


 

              “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.
             UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
             (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
             (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .
     (i) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.18 and 9.05 hereof).
     (ii) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same Indebtedness, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
     (iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the date of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole

35


 

or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date (including a Regular Record Date) and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.
     (iv) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes, in each case regardless of any notice to the contrary.
     (v) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
     (vi) The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to enter into a letter of representation with the Depositary in the form provided by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.
Section 2.07. Replacement Notes .
          If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Company, the Holder of such Note shall provide indemnity sufficient, in the judgment of the Trustee or the Company, as applicable, to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer in connection with such replacement. If required by the Company, such Holder shall reimburse the Company for its reasonable expenses in connection with such replacement.
          Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 shall be the valid obligation of the Company evidencing the same Indebtedness as the destroyed, lost or stolen Note and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes .
          (a) The Notes outstanding at any time shall be the entire principal amount of Notes represented by all the Global Notes and Definitive Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those subject to reductions in beneficial interests effected by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note shall not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided, however, that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(c) hereof.
          (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
          (c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue.
          (d) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date, a Purchase Date or maturity date, funds sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
Section 2.09. Treasury Notes .
          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be

36


 

considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded.
Section 2.10. Temporary Notes .
          Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes or Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes, as applicable.
          Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.11. Cancellation .
          The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. Upon sole direction of the Company, the Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act or other applicable laws). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company from time to time upon request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest .
          If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
Section 2.13. CUSIP or ISIN Numbers .
          The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.
Section 2.14. Special Interest
          If Special Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and paragraph 1 of the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Special Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such interest is payable pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate or instruction or direction

37


 

from the Holders in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no Special Interest is payable. The foregoing shall not prejudice the rights of the Holders with respect to their entitlement to Special Interest as otherwise set forth in this Indenture or the Notes and pursuing any action against the Company directly or otherwise directing the Trustee to take any such action in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes. If the Company has paid Special Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of such payment.
Section 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes
          The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and rights under a related Registration Rights Agreement, if any. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including without limitation, directions, waivers, consents, redemptions and Offers to Purchase.
          With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board Resolution and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:
          (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;
          (b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number of such Additional Notes; provided, however, that no Additional Notes may be issued at a price that would cause such Additional Notes to have “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code; and
          (c) whether such Additional Notes shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.06 hereof relating to Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.
ARTICLE 3.
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee .
          If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .
          If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.
          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of US$1,000 or integral multiples of US$1,000, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not

38


 

an integral multiple of US$1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption .
          At least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such Holder’s address appearing in the securities register maintained in respect of the Notes by the Registrar (the “ Security Register ”).
          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
          (a) the redemption date;
          (b) the redemption price or if the redemption is made pursuant to Section 3.07(b) hereof a calculation of the redemption price;
          (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
          (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
          (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
          (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
          (g) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
          (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or ISIN numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
          At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however , that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice (in the name and at the expense of the Company) and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03.
Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption .
          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption shall become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.
Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .
          On or prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on the Business Day prior to any redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

39


 

          If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption in accordance with Section 2.08(d) hereof. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part .
          Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.
Section 3.07. Optional Redemption
          (a) Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to March 15, 2011. Beginning on March 15, 2011, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at once or over time, in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on March 15 of the years indicated below:
         
Redemption Year   Percentage  
2011
    103.875 %
2012
    102.583 %
2013
    101.292 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          (b) At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2009, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 107.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however , that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remain outstanding immediately following such redemption and (ii) any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of the date of closing of any such Equity Offering.
          (c) At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2011, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
          (d) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, provided that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than US$20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Company’s after-tax position, at its option, waive the Company’s

40


 

compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof with respect to such Holder’s Notes; provided, further , that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holder’s Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07(c).
             (e) Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption .
             Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 hereof, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to, or offers to purchase, the Notes.
Section 3.09. Offers To Purchase .
             (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (each, an “ Offer to Purchase ”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.
             (b) The Company shall commence the Offer to Purchase by sending, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice, the terms of which shall govern the Offer to Purchase, stating:
     (i) that the Offer to Purchase is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12 or 4.18, as the case may be, and, in the case of a Change of Control Offer, that a Change of Control has occurred, the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control, and that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.18 hereof;
     (ii) the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof (the “ Offer Amount ”), the purchase price, the Offer Period and the Purchase Date (each as defined below);
     (iii) except as provided in clause (ix), that all Notes timely tendered and not withdrawn shall be accepted for payment;
     (iv) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
     (v) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;
     (vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of US$1,000 only;
     (vii) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;
     (viii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note (or portions thereof) the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

41


 

     (ix) that, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of US$1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased);
     (x) that Holders whose Notes were purchased in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer)
     (xi) any other procedures that Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.
             (c) The Offer to Purchase shall remain open for a period of at least 30 days but no more than 60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Company shall purchase the Offer Amount or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
             (d) On or prior to the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:
     (i) accept for payment (on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary in connection with an Asset Sale Offer) the Offer Amount of Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered;
     (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Offer Amount in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
     (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.
             (e) The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any event not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes properly tendered and accepted by the Company for purchase the Purchase Amount for such Notes, and the Company shall promptly execute and issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order shall authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered provided, however, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of US$1,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Offer to Purchase on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
              (f) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.
             (g) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or other provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such conflict.

42


 

          (h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
ARTICLE 4.
COVENANTS
Section 4.01. Payment of Notes .
          The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay Special Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and this Indenture. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.
          The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.
          Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency .
          (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, NY, 10005, Mail Stop: EX-NY-WALL as such an office or agency. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
          (b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          (c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as one such office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03. Reports .
          (a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding the Company shall file with the Commission, and shall furnish to the Holders and the Trustee:

43


 

  (1)   within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, annual reports on Form 20-F or 40-F, as applicable, or any successor form; and
 
  (2)   (a) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, reports on Form 10-Q or any successor form, or (b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, reports on Form 6-K, or any successor form, which in each case, regardless of applicable requirements, shall, at a minimum, contain a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and, with respect to any such reports, a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP as permitted by the Commission for foreign private issuers.
          (b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate .
          (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
          (b) The Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §314(a)(2).
          (c) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05. Taxes .
          The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies, except such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.
Section 4.06. [Reserved.]
Section 4.07. Corporate Existence .
          Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, in accordance with the organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company.

44


 

Section 4.08. Payments for Consent .
          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares.
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Shares; provided, however, that the Company may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, or issue Disqualified Stock, and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, or issue Preferred Shares if the Company’s Debt to Cash Flow Ratio at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance as of such date and to the use of proceeds therefrom, taking into account any substantially concurrent transactions related to such incurrence, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period, would have been no greater than 6.0 to 1.0.
          (b) Paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09 shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or issuances of Preferred Shares (each such item being referred to herein as “ Permitted Debt ”):
  (1)   the Incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness and letters of credit under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company thereunder) not to exceed an aggregate of Cdn$1.25 billion, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company since the Issue Date to permanently repay Indebtedness under a Credit Facility (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;
 
  (2)   the Incurrence by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness;
 
  (3)   the Incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for such Initial Notes and in exchange for any Additional Notes;
 
  (4)   the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed US$100.0 million at any time outstanding;
 
  (5)   the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness, other than intercompany Indebtedness, that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under paragraph (a) or clauses (b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this Section 4.09;

45


 

  (6)   the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:
  (i)   if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, and
 
  (ii)   (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);
  (7)   the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock or the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Shares solely to or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Disqualified Stock by the Company or Preferred Shares by a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (7);
  (8)   the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes; provided, however , that, in the case of:
  (i)   any Interest Rate Agreement, the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligation does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligation relates; and
 
  (ii)   any Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, such Hedging Obligation does not increase the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;
  (9)   the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;
 
  (10)   the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in relation with the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (11)   the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to any Person under or in connection with any worker’s compensation, health, disability, employee benefits or equity compensation plan or property, casualty or liability insurance provided by such Person to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

46


 

  (12)   the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out obligations or other similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with a transaction permitted by this Indenture;
 
  (13)   Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness incurred by any Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
 
  (14)   the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness, the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock or the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Preferred Shares in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed US$100.0 million; and
 
  (15)   the issuance of Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or Disqualified Stock in connection with a Tax Benefit Transaction.
          (c) The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued) shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided that in each case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary as accrued.
          (d) The Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness, including Permitted Debt, that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, on substantially identical terms; provided, however , that no Indebtedness of the Company shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, solely by virtue of collateral or lack thereof.
          (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.
          (f) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (b)(1) through (15) above, or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its Incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture shall be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.09.
Section 4.10. Restricted Payments .
     (a) The Company shall not make, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment,
  (1)   no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and
 
  (2)   the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the

47


 

      applicable fiscal quarter, have been permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness, other than Permitted Debt, pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and
  (3)   such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments declared or made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11) of paragraph (b) below, shall not exceed, at the date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of:
  (a)   an amount equal to the Company’s Consolidated Cash Flow from the first date of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period, less 1.5 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense from the first date of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period (or, if such amount for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus
 
  (b)   an amount equal to 100% of Capital Stock Sale Proceeds, less any such Capital Stock Sale Proceeds used in connection with:
  (i)   an Investment made pursuant to clause (6) of the definition of “Permitted Investments;” or
 
  (ii)   an Incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(8) hereof; plus
  (c)   to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash (except to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow), the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment, less the cost of disposition, if any, and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus
 
  (d)   to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company designates any Unrestricted Subsidiary that was designated as such after the Issue Date as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (i) the aggregate fair market value of all Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) the then aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus
 
  (e)   Cdn$215.0 million.
  (b)   The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall not prohibit:
 
  (1)   so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date the dividend is declared, if at that date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however , that such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

48


 

  (2)   so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale, other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of its employees, of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (a)(3)(b) above;
 
  (3)   so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
 
  (4)   any payment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any one of the other of them;
 
  (5)   so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value by the Company of any Equity Interests of the Company held by any member of the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of (a) US$5.0 million in any fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding fiscal years) and (b) the Company’s liability under the Company’s stock option plans as of the Issue Date;
 
  (6)   payments of any kind made in connection with or in respect of Back-to-Back Securities; provided, however, that to the extent such payments shall be made to Affiliates of the Company (other than its Subsidiaries), all corresponding payments required to be paid by such Affiliates pursuant to the related Back-to-Back Securities shall be received, immediately prior to or concurrently with any such payments, by all applicable Quebecor Media Entities;
 
  (7)   so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, any Tax Benefit Transaction;
 
  (8)   so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, management fees or similar expenses payable to shareholders of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$2.0 million in any calendar year;
 
  (9)   (a) the payment of any dividend pursuant to the terms of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Shares of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided, that such dividend is included in the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense; and (b) the payment of principal at the Stated Maturity of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Shares of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided , that such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares was incurred or permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant contained in Section 4.09;
 
  (10)   the repurchase by any of the Company’s non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of its previously issued and outstanding Equity Interests for consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the repurchased Equity Interests;

49


 

  (11)   so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$50.0 million; and
 
  (12)   so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby and the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is no greater than 5.5 to 1.0 (calculated on a pro forma basis as if such payment, including any related financing transaction, had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period), the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, of Equity Interests of the Company held by Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec or any of its Affiliates.
          (c) The amount of any Restricted Payment, other than those effected in cash, shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.
          (d) For purposes of this Section 4.10, if (i) any Affiliate of the Company ceases to be the obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities and a Person other than an Affiliate of the Company becomes the obligor thereunder (or the issuer of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is an obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary other than by consolidation or merger with the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have made a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the accreted value of such Back-to-Back Debt (or the subscription price of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) at the time of the assumption thereof by such other Person or at the time such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary.
Section 4.11. Liens .
     The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind on any asset owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the Company has made or will make effective provision to secure the Notes equally and ratably with the obligations of the Company secured by such Lien for so long as such obligations are secured by such Lien.
Section 4.12. Asset Sales .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
  (1)   the Company, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and
 
  (2)   at least 75% of the consideration received in such Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents, Replacement Assets or a combination thereof. For purposes of this clause (3), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:
  (a)   any Indebtedness or other liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and Indebtedness that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability with respect to such Indebtedness or liabilities; and
 
  (b)   any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted within 90 days of

50


 

      the applicable Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in such conversion.
          (b) [Reserved] .
          (c) Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:
  (1)   (a) to permanently repay or reduce Indebtedness, other than Subordinated Indebtedness, of the Company and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; or (b) to permanently repay or reduce Indebtedness of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
  (2)   to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, all or substantially all of the assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and securities) of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that any such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing), and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period;
 
  (3)   to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, Voting Stock of a Person engaged in a Permitted Business from a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period; and provided, further, however , that (a) if the Net Proceeds are from the sale of assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect thereto, the Person so acquired becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) such acquisition is otherwise made in accordance with this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof;
 
  (4)   to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, previously issued and outstanding Voting Stock of a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (a) from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or (b) in a brokered transaction through the facilities of a stock exchange; provided, however , that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period;
 
  (5)   to make capital expenditures; or
 
  (6)   to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, other long-term assets (other than securities) that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period.
Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
          (d) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in paragraph (c) above shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.”
          (e) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds Cnd$100.0 million, the Company shall make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal

51


 

amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer and all Holders of Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for purchase in accordance with such Asset Sale Offer and this Indenture, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
          The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall be deemed not to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.
Section 4.13. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
  (1)   pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any liabilities owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
 
  (2)   make loans or advances, or guarantee any such loans or advances, to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
  (3)   transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.
          (b) The restrictions set forth in paragraph (a) above shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
  (1)   agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided, however , that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities, as in effect on the Issue Date; provided, further, however , that if such Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facility could not be amended, modified, restated, renewed, increased, supplemented, refunded, replaced or refinanced on commercially reasonable terms without the inclusion of dividend and other payment restrictions that are materially more restrictive than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facility (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary may amend, modify, restate, renew, increase, supplement, refund, replace or refinance such Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facility, provided, that the dividend and other payment restrictions contained therein will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

52


 

  (2)   this Indenture and the Notes;
 
  (3)   applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or under the terms of any permit or license issued under applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
 
  (4)   any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was Incurred or issued in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided, however , that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred at the time of such acquisition;
 
  (5)   customary non-assignment provisions in leases or other agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or rights or non-cash assets thereunder, including, without limitation, customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of intellectual property, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (6)   purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in clause (3) of paragraph (a) above;
 
  (7)   any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;
 
  (8)   Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however , that the dividend and other payment restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided, further, however , that if such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness could not be entered into on commercially reasonable terms without the inclusion of dividend and other payment restrictions that are materially more restrictive than those contained in the existing Indebtedness (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary may enter into such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, that the dividend and other payment restrictions contained therein will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);
 
  (9)   Liens securing Indebtedness that is permitted to be secured without also securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to any such Lien;
 
  (10)   provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (11)   customary provisions in joint venture agreements, shareholders’ agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (12)   customary restrictions imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (13)   Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of an Accounts Receivable Entity in connection with a Qualified

53


 

      Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Accounts Receivables Entity or the receivables which are subject to the Qualified Receivables Transaction; and
 
  (14)   any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if (a) the encumbrance or restriction applies only upon a payment or financial covenant default or event of default contained in such Indebtedness or agreement, (b) such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and (c) such encumbrance or restriction will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company).
Section 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates .
          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate, officer or director of the Company (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless:
  (1)   such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
 
  (2)   the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of US$40.0 million:
  (i)   a Board Resolution of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or
 
  (ii)   an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a financial point of view issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada.
          (b) The following items shall be deemed not to constitute Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) above:
  (1)   payments pursuant to any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, employee benefit plan or other compensation, indemnity, incentive or similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, which represent customary and reasonable consideration (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);
 
  (2)   transactions between or among the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
  (3)   transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person, provided such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than

54


 

      those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;
 
  (4)   payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;
 
  (5)   sales of Equity Interests of the Company, other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities, to Affiliates of the Company;
 
  (6)   any agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby, including pursuant to any amendment thereto, in any replacement agreement or arrangement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement or arrangement is not more disadvantageous to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
 
  (7)   Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof;
 
  (8)   Permitted Investments;
 
  (9)   Transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and
 
  (10)   any Tax Benefit Transaction.
Section 4.15. [Reserved] .
Section 4.16. [Reserved] .
Section 4.17. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .
          (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary:
  (1)   has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;
 
  (2)   does not own any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary, or hold any Liens on any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
  (3)   is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;
 
  (4)   is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;
 
  (5)   has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
  (6)   has at least one director on its Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

55


 

               (7) such designation would not cause a Default or Event of Default.
               (b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the provisions of paragraph (a) above and was permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Preferred Shares of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be issued and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Preferred Shares are not permitted to be issued or such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such Section.
               (c) If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and shall either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10(a) hereof or reduce the amount available for future Investments under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as the Company shall determine. Such designation shall be permitted only if such Investment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above.
               (d) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (i) such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period; (ii) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be made as of the time of such designation and such Investments shall only be permitted if such Investments would be permitted under the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and (iii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
Section 4.18. Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control .
               (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall, within 30 days of a Change of Control, make an offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. Each Holder shall have the right to accept such offer and require the Company to repurchase in whole or in part (equal to US$1,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer at a purchase price, in cash (the “ Change of Control Amount ”), equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date.
               (b) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes a Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.
Section 4.19. [Reserved] .
Section 4.20. Additional Amounts .
               (a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Company on or with respect to the Notes shall be made without withholding or deduction for any Taxes imposed by any Canadian Taxing Authority, unless required by law or the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant Canadian Taxing Authority. If the Company (or any other payor) is required to withhold or deduct any amount on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to any Notes that are outstanding on the date of the required payment, it shall:

56


 

  (1)   make such withholding or deduction;
 
  (2)   remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant government authority in accordance with applicable law;
 
  (3)   pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder after this withholding or deduction (including any deduction or withholding for Additional Amounts) will not be less than the amount the holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted;
 
  (4)   furnish to the Holders, within 30 days after the date the payment of any Taxes is due, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company;
 
  (5)   indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (other than an Excluded Holder, as defined in paragraph (b) below) for the amount of (a) any Taxes paid by each such Holder as a result of payments made on or with respect to the Notes, (b) any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising from or with respect to such payments and (c) any Taxes imposed with respect to any reimbursement under the foregoing clauses (a) or (b), but excluding any such Taxes that are in the nature of Taxes on net income, taxes on capital, franchise taxes, net worth taxes and similar taxes; and
 
  (6)   at least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the amounts so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date.
               For greater certainty, the obligation to indemnify under clause (5) above shall extend to Taxes (other than Taxes that are excluded under clause (5) above) paid by a Holder in respect of which the Company is not obliged to withhold as a result of the Holder’s status as an authorized foreign bank or a registered non-resident insurer (each as defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada)) (or other entity exempt from withholding on a basis comparable to authorized foreign banks and registered non-resident insurers) where such Holder must itself pay Taxes imposed by a Canadian Taxing Authority in lieu of withholding taxes.
               (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) above, no Additional Amounts shall be payable to a Holder in respect of beneficial ownership of a Note (an “ Excluded Holder ”):
  (1)   with which the Company does not deal at arm’s-length, within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada), at the time of making such payment;
 
  (2)   which is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the mere acquisition, holding or disposition of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder or enforcement of rights thereunder; or
 
  (3)   if such Holder waives its right to receive Additional Amounts.
               Any reference, in any context in this Indenture, to the payment of principal, premium, if any, redemption price, Change of Control Amount, offer price and interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable.
               The Company shall pay any present or future stamp, court, documentary or other similar taxes, charges or levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of, or enforcement of rights under, this Indenture or any related document.

57


 

               The obligations described under this Section 4.20 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Company, is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.
ARTICLE 5.
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company .
               (a) The Company may not directly or indirectly, (i) consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless, in either case,
  (1)   either (a) the Company is the surviving corporation, or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (the “ Surviving Company ”) is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory of Canada;
 
  (2)   the Surviving Company expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and, if applicable, any Registration Rights Agreements, pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
  (3)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
  (4)   the Company or the Surviving Company shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, be permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof.
               (b)  [Reserved]
               (c) In addition, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. Clause (a)(4) of this Section 5.01 shall not apply to a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets, between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary.
Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted .
               Each Surviving Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture; provided, however, that in the case of:
               (a) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company), or
               (b) a lease,

58


 

the predecessor company shall not be released from any of the obligations or covenants under this Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the Notes.
ARTICLE 6.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01. Events of Default .
               Each of the following is an “Event of Default:”
               (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or with respect to, the Notes;
               (ii) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
               (iii) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 hereof;
               (iv) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 45 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of its other covenants or agreements in this Indenture;
               (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:
  (a)   is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”); or
 
  (b)   results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity,
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more;
          (vi) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;
          (vii) [Reserved];
          (viii) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
          (A) commences a voluntary case or gives notice of intention to make a proposal under any Bankruptcy Law;
          (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or consents to its dissolution or winding up;

59


 

          (C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;
          (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
          (E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due or otherwise admits its insolvency; or
          (F) seeks a stay of proceedings against it or proposes or gives notice or intention to propose a compromise, arrangement or reorganization of any of its debts or obligations under any Bankruptcy Law; and
          (ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
          (A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; or
          (B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
          (C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
          (D) orders the presentation of any plan or arrangement, compromise or reorganization of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
and such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.
      Section 6.02. Acceleration .
               If any Event of Default (other than those of the type described in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request of Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.
               In the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice by the Trustee or the Holders. Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture.
               At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (by notice to the Trustee) may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences if:

60


 

               (a) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction;
               (b) all existing Defaults and Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal of or interest on the Notes that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration;
               (c) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest (at the same rate specified in the Notes) on overdue installments of interest and overdue payments of principal which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration has been paid;
               (d) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances; and
               (e) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix), the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.
               In the case of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by the Company or on the Company’s behalf with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have been required to pay if the Company had then elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.
Section 6.03. Other Remedies .
               If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
               The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies shall be cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults .
               The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of the principal of or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment. Upon any waiver of a Default or Event of Default such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.05. Control by Majority .
               Subject to Section 7.01, Section 7.02(e) (including the Trustee’s receipt of the security or indemnification described therein) and Section 7.07 hereof, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding that conflicts with applicable law or this Indenture, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may

61


 

be unduly prejudicial to the rights of the Holders not joining in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with such direction.
Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits .
               No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:
               (a) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default,
               (b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made written request and offered indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee, and
               (c) the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days.
               The preceding limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for enforcement of payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, a Note on or after the respective due dates for such payments set forth in such Note.
               A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.
Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment .
               Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.06 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee .
               If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest) and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
               The Trustee shall be authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof

62


 

out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, moneys, securities and any other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.10. Priorities .
               If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
                First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
                Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
                Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
               The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section 6.10.
Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs .
               In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 shall not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7.
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee .
               (a) If an Event of Default of which the Trustee is deemed to have notice in accordance with Section 7.02(f) has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.
               (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
          (1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

63


 

          (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts or the correctness of opinions or conclusions stated therein).
               (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
          (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;
          (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
          (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
               (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.
               (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it in it sole discretion against any loss, liability or expense.
               (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received or held by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
               (g) Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor, or have any responsibility with respect to, the Company’s compliance with any U.S. or Canadian federal, state or provincial securities laws.
               (h) The Trustee shall have no obligation to ascertain or inquire as to the observance or performance of any covenant, agreement or obligation on the part of the Company under this Indenture or any other agreement, instrument or document.
Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee .
               (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.
               (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel selected by it (including in-house counsel) and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

64


 

               (c) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
               (d) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.
               (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
               (f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice, of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.
               (g) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder.
               (h) [Reserved.]
               (i) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.
Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee .
               The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Unless otherwise provided by law, the foregoing shall not by itself be deemed a conflicting interest. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer .
               The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults .
               If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

65


 

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders .
               Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c).
               A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.
Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity .
               The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder, including, if applicable, for its services as Paying Agent and Registrar. Compensation of the Trustee in accordance with its established fee schedule, as it may be amended from time to time, shall be deemed reasonable compensation to the Trustee for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel (including in-house counsel).
               The Company shall indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses (for purposes of this Article 7, “ losses ”) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent such losses result from its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel if the Trustee has been reasonably advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the Company and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for the Trustee to engage separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own negligence or bad faith.
               The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and payment in full of the Notes.
               To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
               When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

66


 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .
               A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.
               The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
               (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
               (b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
               (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
               (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
               If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
               If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
               If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
               A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. Subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof, the retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee provided, however; that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder shall have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .
               If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the successor corporation or banking association without any further act shall, if such successor corporation or banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.
Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification .
               There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least US$50.0 million (or a wholly-owned subsidiary of a bank or trust company,

67


 

or of a bank holding company, the principal subsidiary of which is a bank or trust company having a combined capital and surplus of at least US$50.0 million) as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
               This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b).
Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .
               The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasanc .
               The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this Article 8.
Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge .
               Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a), (b) and (d) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest and Additional Amounts on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Sections 4.01 and 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance .
               Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05 and 4.06, 4.09 through 4.19, and 4.21 hereof, and the operation of Sections 5.01(a)(4) and (b)(4) hereof, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”) and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document

68


 

and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (iii) (with respect to the covenants contained in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12 or 4.18 or Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof), (iv) (with respect to Sections 4.05, 4.06, 4.11, 4.13 through 4.17, 4.19 and 4.21 hereof), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of such Section 6.01 (but in the case of (viii) and (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) or because of the Company’s failure to comply with Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof.
Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .
               The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes.
               In order to exercise Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
               (a) the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable date of redemption, as the case may be, and the Company shall specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular date of redemption;
               (b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) subsequent to the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
               (c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same time as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
               (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either (a) on the date of such deposit, or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91 st day after the date of deposit, other than, in each case, a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit;
               (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

69


 

               (f) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, (a) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following such deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable Bankruptcy Law, after the 91st day following such deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (b) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940;
               (g) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others;
               (h) if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Company must deliver to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption date; and
               (i) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
Section 8.05. Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .
               Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
               The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
               Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any cash or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized international standing expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the certification delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06. Repayment to Company .
               Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein,

70


 

which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.
Section 8.07. Reinstatement .
               If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes .
               Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder to:
               (a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
               (b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);
               (c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee:
          (i) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred, and
          (ii) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred;
               (d) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
               (e) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; or
               (f) comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

71


 

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes .
               Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment ) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).
               Without the consent of each Holder, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
               (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
               (b) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes;
               (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
               (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;
               (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;
               (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holders’ Notes;
               (g) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof after the obligation to make and consummate such Asset Sale Offer has arisen or the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change in Control in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof after such Change of Control has occurred, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto;
               (h) except as otherwise permitted under the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture;
               (i) subordinate the Notes to any other obligation of the Company;
               (j) amend or modify the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof; or
               (k) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.
               The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any supplemental indenture. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent

72


 

shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 120 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.
          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have the right to require an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the proposed amendment or waiver conforms in substance to the consent of the Holders.
          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holder of each Note affected thereby to such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.
Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .
          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.
Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents .
          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every Holder.
Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes .
          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
          The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof).

73


 

ARTICLE 10.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 10.01. Satisfaction and Discharge .
          This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect, except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:
          (a) either:
   (i) all Notes that have been previously authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has previously been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
   (ii) all Notes that have not been previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable by reason of a making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (B) will become due and payable within one year, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit, in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;
          (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;
          (c) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by it under this Indenture;
          (d) the Company shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the date of redemption, as the case may be; and
          (e) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.
Section 10.02. Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .
          Subject to Section 10.03 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 10.02, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Section 10.03. Repayment to Company .
          Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for

74


 

the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.
ARTICLE 11.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls .
          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control.
Section 11.02. Notices .
          Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:
If to the Company:
Quebecor Media Inc.
612 St-Jacques Street
Montréal, Québec, H3C 4M8
Canada
Attention: Director, Legal Affairs
Facsimile No.: (514) 985-8834
With a copy to:
Ogilvy Renault LLP
1981 McGill College Avenue
Suite 1100
Montréal, Québec, H3A 3C1
Canada
Attention: Marc Lacourcière
Facsimile No.: (514) 286-5474
If to the Trustee:
U.S. Bank National Association
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
1350 Euclid Ave.
CN-OH-RN11
Cleveland OH 44115
Facsimile No.: 216- 623-9202
          The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

75


 

          All notices and communications (other than those sent to the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.
          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the Security Register. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
          If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .
          Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c).
Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .
          Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
          (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
          (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.
Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .
          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and shall include:
          (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
          (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
          (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

76


 

          (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate, certificates of public officials or reports or opinions of experts.
Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents .
          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 11.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders .
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
Section 11.08. Governing Law .
          THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES.
Section 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .
          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 11.10. Successors .
          All covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
Section 11.11. Severability .
          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 11.12. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process
          (a) The Company irrevocably consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company waives any objection that it may have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, or that such suit, action or proceeding brought in the courts of the State of New York or the United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same.
          (b) The Company irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to CT Corporation System, by the person serving the

77


 

same to the address provided in Section 11.02 hereof, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of ten years from the date of this Indenture.
Section 11.13. Conversion of Currency .
          The Company covenants and agrees that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes and this Indenture.
     (a) (i) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “ judgment currency ”) an amount due in any other currency (the “ Base Currency ”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).
   (ii) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company shall pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the judgment currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.
          (b) In the event of the winding-up of the Company at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (1) the date as of which the equivalent of the amount in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as the case may be, due or contingently due under the Notes and this Indenture (other than under this paragraph (b)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (2) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this paragraph (b), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.
          (c) The obligations contained in paragraph (a)(ii) and (b) of this Section 11.13 shall constitute obligations of the Company separate and independent from its other respective obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or any of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Company for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under paragraph (b) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of paragraph (b) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.
          (d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) for purchases of the Base Currency with the judgment currency other than the Base Currency referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.
          (e) The Trustee shall have no duty or liability with respect to monitoring or enforcing the Section 11.13.

78


 

Section 11.14. Currency Equivalent .
          Except as provided in Section 11.13, for purposes of the construction of the terms of this Indenture or of the Notes, in the event that any amount is stated herein in the currency of one nation (the “ First Currency ”), as of any date such amount shall also be deemed to represent the amount in the currency of any other relevant nation which is required to purchase such amount in the First Currency at the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) on the date of determination.
Section 11.15. Counterpart Originals .
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
Section 11.16. Table of Contents, Headings, etc .
          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 11.17. Qualification of this Indenture .
          The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of any Registration Rights Agreements and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

79


 

[Signatures on following page]

80


 

SIGNATURES
Dated as of January 17, 2006.
         
    C ompany :
 
       
    QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Mark D’Souza 
 
       
 
      Name: Mark D’Souza
 
      Title: Vice President, Finance

81


 

         
    T rustee :
 
       
    U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Holly Pattison 
 
       
 
      Name: Holly Pattison
 
      Title: Vice President

82


 

EXHIBIT A
(Face of Note)
7 3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2016
    CUSIP                     
ISIN                     
No.___   US$                     
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of                                           Dollars (US$                                           ) on March 15, 2016.
Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2006.
Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed by its duly authorized officer.
         
  QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
This is one of the [Global]
Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
         
By:
       
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory
   
 
       
Dated                      , 2006    

A-1


 

(Back of Note)
7 3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2016
[THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE, OR TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (ii) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. ]
           [ If this note is a global note, insert :] THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.
          UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE

A-2


 

REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]
          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
     1.  Interest . Quebecor Media Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Québec (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest (as defined in the Indenture) on the principal amount of this Note at 7.750% per annum until maturity and shall pay Special Interest, if any, as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to these Notes. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, however , that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided , further , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15, 2006. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the interest rate then in effect under the Indenture and this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.
     2.  Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Security Register; provided , however , that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
     3.  Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
     4.  Indenture . The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 17, 2006 (“ Indenture ”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
     5.  Optional Redemption .
          (a) Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 5, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to March 15, 2011. Beginning on March 15, 2011, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at once or over time, in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest

A-3


 

thereon on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on March 15 of the years indicated below:
         
Redemption Year   Percentage
2011
    103.875 %
2012
    102.583 %
2013
    101.292 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          (b) At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2009, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 107.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however , that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remain outstanding immediately following such redemption and (ii) any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of the date of closing of any such Equity Offering.
          (c) At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2011, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
          (d) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, provided that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than US$20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Company’s after-tax position, at its option, waive the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 of the Indenture with respect to such Holder’s Notes; provided, further , that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holder’s Notes pursuant to this clause (c).
          (e) Any prepayment pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
     6.  Mandatory Redemption . Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 of the Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to, or offers to purchase, the Notes.
     7.  Offer to Repurchase at Option of Holder .
     (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders to repurchase all (equal to US$1,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture.
     (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, it shall not be required to apply any Net Proceeds in accordance with the Indenture until the aggregate Excess Proceeds from all Asset Sales following the date the Notes are first issued exceeds Cnd$100.0 million. Thereafter, the Company shall commence

A-4


 

an Asset Sale Offer by applying the Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may apply such deficiency for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
     8.  Notice of Redemption . Notices of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than US$1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of US$1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
     9.  Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of US$1,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000. This Note shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed hereon and the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
     10.  Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes, except with respect to withholding tax and the obligation under the Indenture to pay Additional Amounts.
     11.  Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to (a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); (c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred, and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred; (d) make any

A-5


 

change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; (e) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture; or (f) comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.
     12.  Defaults and Remedies . Each of the following is an Event of Default under the Indenture: (a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest, or with respect to, the Notes; (b) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (c) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (d) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 45 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of its other covenants or agreements in the Indenture; (e) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”); or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more; (f) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; and (g) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
     If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts, if any) if it determines in good faith that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts, if any. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
     13.  Trustee Dealings with Company . Subject to certain limitations, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
     14.  No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Indenture, the Notes or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
     15.  Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
     16.  Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with

A-6


 

right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
     17.  Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes . In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes that are Initial Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, among the Company and the parties named on the signature pages thereto or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more Registration Rights Agreements, if any, among the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of such Additional Notes.
     18.  CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or notices of Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed thereon and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.
          The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Quebecor Media Inc., 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8, Canada, Attention: Director, Legal Affairs.
     19.  Governing Law . The internal law of the State of New York shall govern and be used to construe this Note.

A-7


 

Option of Holder to Elect to Accept Offer to Purchase
If you want to elect to accept the offer to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 of the Indenture, check the box below:
     
o
  Section 4.12
 
   
o
  Section 4.18
If you want to elect to accept the offer in respect of only part of the Note pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.18 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: US$                                          
     
Date:                                                               
  Your Signature:                                                               
 
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
 
   
 
  Tax Identification No.:
 
                                                                                     
 
   
 
  SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:
 
   
 
   
 
                                                                
 
   
 
  Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-8


 

Assignment Form
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to
 
(Insert assignee’s social security or other tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
   
and irrevocably appoint  
 
 
as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
 
                 
Date:
               
                 
 
          Your Signature:    
                 
            (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
                 
 
          Signature Guarantee:    
                 
 
               
            Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-9


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE
          The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                 
            Principal Amount    
    Amount of       of this Global Note   Signature of
    decrease in   Amount of increase   following such   authorized signatory
    Principal Amount   in Principal Amount   decrease (or   of Trustee or
Date of Exchange   of this Global Note   of this Global Note   increase)   Note Custodian
 
               

A-10


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Quebecor Media Inc.
612 St-Jacques Street
Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8
Canada
Attention: Director, Legal Affairs
U.S. Bank National Association
[                      ]
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile No.: [                      ]
     Re:       7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006 (the “Indenture”), between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                                                     , (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of US$                      in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                                           (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
          1.     o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
          2.     o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the

B-1


 

Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     3.     o Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
          (a)    o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
          or
          (b)    o such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof;
          or
          (c)     o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;
          or
          (d)    o such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than US$250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
          4.     o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.
          (a)     o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
          (b)     o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in

B-2


 

accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
          (c)     o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
         
     
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
             
 
  Dated:        
             

B-3


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
             
1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
 
           
 
          [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
 
           
 
  (a)   o   a beneficial interest in the:
 
           
 
    (i)   o   144A Global Note (CUSIP                      ), or
 
           
 
    (ii)   o   Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                      ); or
 
           
 
  (b)   o   a Restricted Definitive Note.
 
           
2.   After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
 
           
 
          [CHECK ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)]
 
           
 
  (a)   o   a beneficial interest in the:
 
           
 
     (i)   o   144A Global Note (CUSIP                      ), or
 
           
 
     (ii)   o   Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP                      ), or
 
           
 
     (iii)   o   Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                      ); or
 
           
 
  (b)   o   a Restricted Definitive Note; or
 
           
 
  (c)   o   an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
 
           
    in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Quebecor Media Inc.
612 St-Jacques Street
Montréal Québec H3C 4M8
Canada
Attention: Director, Legal Affairs
U.S. Bank National Association
[                      ]
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile No.: [                      ]
     Re:       7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006 (the “Indenture”), between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                                                     , (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of US$                      in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
          1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note
          (a)     o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
          (b)     o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
          (c)    o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

C-1


 

          (d)     o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
          2.    Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
          (a)     o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
          (b)    o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CIRCLE ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note, IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Definitive Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C-2


 

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
         
     
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
             
 
  Dated:        
             

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D
FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Quebecor Media Inc.
612 St-Jacques Street
Montréal Québec H3C 4M8
Canada
Attention: Director, Legal Affairs
U.S. Bank National Association
[                                           ]
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile No.: [                      ]
     Re:       7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006 (the “Indenture”), between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
          In connection with our proposed purchase of US$                      aggregate principal amount of:
          (a)     o a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or
          (b)     o a Definitive Note,
               we confirm that:
          1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).
          2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, such transfer is in respect of a minimum principal amount of Notes of US$250,000, (D) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. Persons that occur outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

D-1


 

          3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
          4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. We have had access to such financial and other information and have been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions of representatives of the Company and receive answers thereto, as we deem necessary in connection with our decision to purchase the Notes.
          5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account, or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion, for investment purposes only and are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act of the securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction.
          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. This letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
         
     
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
             
 
  Dated:        
             

D-2


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
     This SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT is dated as of       (the “Agreement”).
To: U.S. Bank National Association, for itself and as trustee under the Indenture referred to below for the holders of the Notes (the “Trustee”)
          [OBLIGOR] (the “Obligor”), as obligor under the obligation dated as of made or issued by the Obligor in favor of [HOLDER] (the “Subordinated Security”), and [HOLDER], as holder (the “Holder”) of the Subordinated Security, for ten dollars and other good and valuable consideration received by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the Trustee and any other Representative and by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the other, agree as follows:
1. Interpretation .
     (a) “ Cash, Property or Securities ”. “Cash, Property or Securities” shall not be deemed to include securities of the Obligor or any other Person provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided herein with respect to the Subordinated Security, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided, however, that (i) all Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new Person, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment.
     (b) “ payment in full ”. “payment in full”, with respect to Senior Indebtedness, means the receipt on an irrevocable basis of cash in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Senior Indebtedness and premium, if any, and interest and any Special Interest thereon to the date of such payment, together with all other amounts owing with respect to such Senior Indebtedness.
     (c) “ Representative ” means the agent (including an administrative agent), trustee or representative of holders of Senior Indebtedness.
     (d) “ Senior Indebtedness ”. “Senior Indebtedness” means, at any date, all indebtedness (including, without limitation, any and all amounts of principal, interest, Special Interest, additional amounts, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) under (1) the Indenture, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Exchange Notes,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the Indenture) and (2) any Credit Facilities (as defined in the Indenture) of Quebecor Media.
2. Agreement Entered into Pursuant to Indenture . The Obligor and the Holder are entering into this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006 (the “Indenture”; capitalized terms used herein without definition having the meanings set forth therein) between Quebecor Media and the Trustee. Pursuant to the Indenture, Quebecor Media has issued 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 of Quebecor Media.
3. Subordination . The indebtedness or obligation represented by the Subordinated Security shall be subordinated as follows:
     (a)  Agreement to Subordinate . The Obligor, for itself and its successors and assigns, and the Holder agree, that the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount, dividend, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) is subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Section 3, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. The provisions of this Section 3 are for the benefit of the Trustee

E-1


 

and/or other Representative acting on behalf of the holders from time to time of Senior Indebtedness, and such holders are hereby made obligees hereunder to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such, and they (collectively or singly) may proceed to enforce such provisions.
     (b)  Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy .
  (i)   Upon any distribution of assets of the Obligor to creditors or upon a liquidation or dissolution or winding-up of the Obligor or in a bankruptcy, arrangement, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar case or proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property or other marshalling of assets of the Obligor:
  (A)   the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness before the Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of any amount owing in respect of the Subordinated Security (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount, or dividend);
 
  (B)   until payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, any distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character to which the Holder would be entitled but for this Section 3 is hereby assigned absolutely to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness) and shall be paid by the Obligor or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agents or other Persons making such payment or distribution to the Trustee and/or other Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, as their interests may appear; and
 
  (C)   in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character, whether in Cash, Property or Securities, shall be received by the Holder before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over to the Trustee and/or other Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness), as their interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness until all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of such Senior Indebtedness.
  (ii)   If (A) a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property (a “Reorganization Proceeding”) is commenced and is continuing and (B) the Holder does not file proper claims or proofs of claim in the form required in a Reorganization Proceeding prior to 45 days before the expiration of the time to file such claims, then (1) upon the request of the Trustee, the Holder shall file such claims and proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Security and execute and deliver such powers of attorney, assignments and proofs of claim or proxies as may be directed by the Trustee to enable it to exercise in the sole discretion of the Trustee any and all voting rights attributable to the Subordinated Security which are capable of being voted (whether by meeting, written resolution or otherwise) in a Reorganization Proceeding and enforce any and all claims upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security and to collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable at any time upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security, and (2) whether or not the Trustee

E-2


 

      shall take the action described in clause (1) above, the Trustee shall nevertheless be deemed to have such powers of attorney as may be necessary to enable the Trustee to exercise such voting rights, file appropriate claims and proofs of claim and otherwise exercise the powers described above for and on behalf of the Holder.
     (c)  Relative Rights . This Section 3 defines the relative rights of the Holder and the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 3 shall:
  (i)   impair, as between the Obligor and the Holder, the obligation of the Obligor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make the payments required by the Subordinated Security in accordance with its terms; or
 
  (ii)   affect the relative rights of the Holder and creditors of the Obligor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness; or
 
  (iii)   affect the relative rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness among themselves; or
 
  (iv)   prevent the Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default, subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive cash, property or other assets otherwise payable to the Holder.
     (d)  Subordination May Not Be Impaired .
  (i)   No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security shall in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act by the Obligor or by any such holder or the Trustee, or by any non-compliance by the Obligor with the terms, provisions or covenants herein, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder or the Trustee may have or be otherwise charged with. Neither the subordination of the Subordinated Security as herein provided nor the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness with respect hereto shall be affected by any extension, renewal or modification of the terms, or the granting of any security in respect of, any Senior Indebtedness or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy with respect thereto.
 
  (ii)   The Holder agrees that all indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security will be unsecured by any Lien upon or with respect to any property of the Obligor.
 
  (iii)   The Holder agrees not to exercise any offset or counterclaim or similar right in respect of the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security except to the extent payment of such indebtedness or obligation is permitted and will not assign or otherwise dispose of the Subordinated Security or the indebtedness or obligation which it evidences unless the assignee or acquiror, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.
     (e)  Holder Entitled to Rely . Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 3, the Holder shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 3(b) are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person in such proceedings making such payment or distribution to the Holder or its representative, if any, or (iii) upon a certificate of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) of the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the

E-3


 

Obligor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 3.
4. Enforceability . Each of the Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Obligor and the Holder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and that, in the case of a Subordinated Security made or issued by Quebecor Media, on the date hereof, the Holder shall deliver an opinion or opinions of counsel to such effect to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture.
5. Miscellaneous .
     (a) Until payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, the Obligor and the Holder agree that no amendment shall be made to the Subordinated Security which would affect the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness hereunder.
     (b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect, nor may any of the terms or provisions hereof be waived, except by an instrument signed by the Obligor, the Holder and the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any).
     (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) and each and every holder of Senior Indebtedness and their respective successors and assigns.
     (d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
     (e) The Holder and the Obligor each hereby irrevocably agrees that any suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court sitting in The City of New York or any court in the Province of Québec and submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court.
     (f) The Holder and the Obligor will whenever and as often as reasonably requested to do so by the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any), do, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such other and further acts, assignments, transfers and any instruments of further assurance, approvals and consents as are necessary or proper in order to give complete effect to this Agreement.
     (g) Each of the Holder and the Obligor irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to CT Corporation System, by the person serving the same to the addresses listed below, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Holder or the Obligor, as applicable, in any such suit or proceeding.

E-4


 

If to the Obligor:
[           ]

If to the Holder:
[           ]
     Each of the Holder and the Obligor further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect so long as any Notes or Exchange Notes (including any Additional Notes) remain outstanding.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Obligor and the Holder each have caused this Agreement to be duly executed.
         
  [OBLIGOR]
 
 
  By      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  [HOLDER]
 
 
  By      
    Name:      
    Title:      

E-5


 

         
TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
            Page
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE     1
 
  Section 1.01.   Definitions     1
 
  Section 1.02.   Other Definitions   23
 
  Section 1.03.   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act   23
 
  Section 1.04.   Rules of Construction   24
ARTICLE 2. THE NOTES   24
 
  Section 2.01.   Form and Dating   24
 
  Section 2.02.   Execution and Authentication   25
 
  Section 2.03.   Registrar and Paying Agent   25
 
  Section 2.04.   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust   26
 
  Section 2.05.   Holder Lists   26
 
  Section 2.06.   Transfer and Exchange   26
 
  Section 2.07.   Replacement Notes   36
 
  Section 2.08.   Outstanding Notes   36
 
  Section 2.09.   Treasury Notes   36
 
  Section 2.10.   Temporary Notes   37
 
  Section 2.11.   Cancellation   37
 
  Section 2.12.   Defaulted Interest   37
 
  Section 2.13.   CUSIP or ISIN Numbers   37
 
  Section 2.14.   Special Interest   37
 
  Section 2.15.   Issuance of Additional Notes   38
ARTICLE 3. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT   38
 
  Section 3.01.   Notices to Trustee   38
 
  Section 3.02.   Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed   38
 
  Section 3.03.   Notice of Redemption   39
 
  Section 3.04.   Effect of Notice of Redemption   39
 
  Section 3.05.   Deposit of Redemption Price   39
 
  Section 3.06.   Notes Redeemed in Part   40
 
  Section 3.07.   Optional Redemption   40
 
  Section 3.08.   Mandatory Redemption   41
 
  Section 3.09.   Offers To Purchase   41
ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS   43
 
  Section 4.01.   Payment of Notes   43
 
  Section 4.02.   Maintenance of Office or Agency   43

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
             
            Page
 
  Section 4.03.   Reports   43
 
  Section 4.04.   Compliance Certificate   44
 
  Section 4.05.   Taxes   44
 
  Section 4.06.   [Reserved.]   44
 
  Section 4.07.   Corporate Existence   44
 
  Section 4.08.   Payments for Consent   45
 
  Section 4.09.   Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares   45
 
  Section 4.10.   Restricted Payments   47
 
  Section 4.11.   Liens   50
 
  Section 4.12.   Asset Sales   50
 
  Section 4.13.   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries   52
 
  Section 4.14.   Transactions with Affiliates   54
 
  Section 4.15.   [Reserved]   55
 
  Section 4.16.   [Reserved]   55
 
  Section 4.17.   Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries   55
 
  Section 4.18.   Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control   56
 
  Section 4.19.   [Reserved]   56
 
  Section 4.20.   Additional Amounts   56
ARTICLE 5. SUCCESSORS   58
 
  Section 5.01.   Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company   58
 
  Section 5.02.   Successor Corporation Substituted   58
ARTICLE 6. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   59
 
  Section 6.01.   Events of Default   59
 
  Section 6.02.   Acceleration   60
 
  Section 6.03.   Other Remedies   61
 
  Section 6.04.   Waiver of Past Defaults   61
 
  Section 6.05.   Control by Majority   61
 
  Section 6.06.   Limitation on Suits   62
 
  Section 6.07.   Rights of Holders to Receive Payment   62
 
  Section 6.08.   Collection Suit by Trustee   62
 
  Section 6.09.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim   62
 
  Section 6.10.   Priorities   63
 
  Section 6.11.   Undertaking for Costs   63
ARTICLE 7. TRUSTEE   63

ii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
             
            Page
 
  Section 7.01.   Duties of Trustee   63
 
  Section 7.02.   Rights of Trustee   64
 
  Section 7.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee   65
 
  Section 7.04.   Trustee’s Disclaimer   65
 
  Section 7.05.   Notice of Defaults   65
 
  Section 7.06.   Reports by Trustee to Holders   66
 
  Section 7.07.   Compensation and Indemnity   66
 
  Section 7.08.   Replacement of Trustee   67
 
  Section 7.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.   67
 
  Section 7.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification   67
 
  Section 7.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company   68
ARTICLE 8. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   68
 
  Section 8.01.   Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance   68
 
  Section 8.02.   Legal Defeasance and Discharge   68
 
  Section 8.03.   Covenant Defeasance   68
 
  Section 8.04.   Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance   69
 
  Section 8.05.   Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions   70
 
  Section 8.06.   Repayment to Company   70
 
  Section 8.07.   Reinstatement   71
ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   71
 
  Section 9.01.   Without Consent of Holders of Notes   71
 
  Section 9.02.   With Consent of Holders of Notes   72
 
  Section 9.03.   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act   73
 
  Section 9.04.   Revocation and Effect of Consents   73
 
  Section 9.05.   Notation on or Exchange of Notes   73
 
  Section 9.06.   Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.   73
ARTICLE 10. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   74
 
  Section 10.01.   Satisfaction and Discharge   74
 
  Section 10.02.   Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions   74
 
  Section 10.03.   Repayment to Company   74
ARTICLE 11. MISCELLANEOUS   75
 
  Section 11.01.   Trust Indenture Act Controls   75
 
  Section 11.02.   Notices   75

iii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
             
            Page
 
  Section 11.03.   Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes   76
 
  Section 11.04.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent   76
 
  Section 11.05.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion   76
 
  Section 11.06.   Rules by Trustee and Agents   77
 
  Section 11.07.   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders   77
 
  Section 11.08.   Governing Law   77
 
  Section 11.09.   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements   77
 
  Section 11.10.   Successors   77
 
  Section 11.11.   Severability   77
 
  Section 11.12.   Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process   77
 
  Section 11.13.   Conversion of Currency   78
 
  Section 11.14.   Currency Equivalent   79
 
  Section 11.15.   Counterpart Originals   79
 
  Section 11.16.   Table of Contents, Headings, etc .   79
 
  Section 11.17.   Qualification of this Indenture   79
             
             
EXHIBIT A 1    
    (Face of Note) 1    
7 3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2016   1
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.   1
    (Back of Note) 2    
    7 3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2016   2
    Option of Holder to Elect to Accept Offer to Purchase   8
Assignment Form       9    
    (Insert assignee’s social security or other tax I.D. no.)   9
    (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)   9
    SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE   10
EXHIBIT B 1      
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER   1
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]   1
 
  or 2      
 
  or 2      
 
  or 2      
    ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER   4
    [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]   4

iv


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
             
            Page
    [CHECK ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)]   4
EXHIBIT C 1    
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE   1
EXHIBIT D 1    
FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
  1
1.
      Interpretation .   1
2.
      Agreement Entered into Pursuant to Indenture . The Obligor and the Holder are entering into this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006 (the “Indenture”; capitalized terms used herein without definition having the meanings set forth therein) between Quebecor Media and the Trustee. Pursuant to the Indenture, Quebecor Media has issued 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 of Quebecor Media  
3.
      Subordination . The indebtedness or obligation represented by the Subordinated Security shall be subordinated as follows:   1
4.
      Enforceability . Each of the Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Obligor and the Holder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and that, in the case of a Subordinated Security made or issued by Quebecor Media, on the date hereof, the Holder shall deliver an opinion or opinions of counsel to such effect to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture   4
5.
      Miscellaneous   4
EXHIBIT A: FORM OF NOTE
EXHIBIT B: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
EXHIBIT C: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
EXHIBIT D: FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
EXHIBIT E: FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

v


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
     
TIA Section   Indenture
Reference   Section
310(a)(1)
  7.10
(a)(2)
  7.10
(a)(3)
  N.A.
(a)(4)
  N.A.
(a)(5)
  7.10
(b)
  7.08, 7.10
(c)
  N.A.
311(a)
  7.11
(b)
  7.11
(c)
  N.A.
312(a)
  2.05
(b)
  11.03
(c)
  11.03
313(a)
  7.06
(b)(1)
  N.A.
(b)(2)
  7.06, 7.07
(c)
  7.06, 11.02
(d)
  7.06
314(a)
  4.03, 4.04, 11.02
(b)
  N.A.
(c)(1)
  12.04
(c)(2)
  12.04
(c)(3)
  N.A.
(d)
  N.A.
(e)
  11.05
315(a)
  7.01
(b)
  7.05, 11.02
(c)
  7.01
(d)
  7.01
(e)
  6.11
316(a) (last sentence)
  2.09
(a)(1)(A)
  6.05
(a)(1)(B)
  6.04
(a)(2)
  N.A.
(b)
  6.07
317(a)(1)
  6.08
(a)(2)
  6.09
(b)
  2.04
318(a)
  11.01
N.A. means Not Applicable.
Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

 

Exhibit 4.2
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
as Borrower
- and -
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS IDENTIFIED
ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO
as Lenders
- and -
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
as Joint Lead Arranger and Sole Bookmanager
- and -
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
as Administrative Agent
- and -
THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
as Joint Lead Arranger and Syndication Agent
- and -
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
- and -
BANK OF MONTREAL
- and -
HSBC BANK CANADA
as Documentation Agent (s)
 
Revolving Facility — C$100,000,000
Facility A — C$125,000,000
Facility B — US$350,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT
January 17, 2006
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION     1  
Section 1.01
  Defined Terms     1  
Section 1.02
  Gender and Number     32  
Section 1.03
  Interpretation not Affected by Headings, etc.     32  
Section 1.04
  Currency     32  
Section 1.05
  Certain Phrases, etc.     32  
Section 1.06
  Accounting Terms     32  
Section 1.07
  Non-Business Days     33  
Section 1.08
  Ratable Portion of Accommodations     33  
Section 1.09
  Incorporation of Schedules     33  
Section 1.10
  Rounding     33  
Section 1.11
  Times of Day     33  
Section 1.12
  Letter of Credit Amounts     33  
 
           
ARTICLE 2 CREDIT FACILITIES     34  
Section 2.01
  Availability     34  
Section 2.02
  Commitments and Facility Limits     34  
Section 2.03
  Use of Proceeds     35  
Section 2.04
  Mandatory Repayments and Reductions of Commitments     35  
Section 2.05
  Mandatory Prepayments     36  
Section 2.06
  Optional Prepayments and Reductions of Commitments     37  
Section 2.07
  Fees.     37  
Section 2.08
  Payments under this Agreement     38  
Section 2.09
  Application of Payments and Prepayments     38  
Section 2.10
  Cash Collateralization of Certain Payments and Prepayments     39  
Section 2.11
  Computations of Interest and Fees     39  
Section 2.12
  Increase of Facility B and Creation of a New Credit Facility     39  
Section 2.13
  Excess.     41  
 
           
ARTICLE 3 ADVANCES     41  
Section 3.01
  The Advances     41  
Section 3.02
  Procedure for Advances     42  
Section 3.03
  LIBOR Advances     42  
Section 3.04
  Market for Libor Advances     42  
Section 3.05
  Suspension of Libor Advance Option     42  
Section 3.06
  Limits on Libor Advances     43  
Section 3.07
  Conversions of Advances     43  
Section 3.08
  Interest on Prime Rate Advances     43  
Section 3.09
  Interest on US Prime Rate Advances     43  
Section 3.10
  Interest on Libor Advances     43  
 
           
ARTICLE 4 BANKERS’ ACCEPTANCES     44  
Section 4.01
  Acceptances and Drafts     44  
Section 4.02
  Form of Drafts     45  
Section 4.03
  Procedure for Drawing     45  

 


 

3

             
Section 4.04
  Signatures of Draft Forms     46  
Section 4.05
  Payment, Conversion or Renewal of BA Instruments     46  
Section 4.06
  Circumstances Making Bankers’ Acceptances Unavailable     46  
Section 4.07
  Depository Bills and Notes Act     47  
 
           
ARTICLE 5 LETTERS OF CREDIT     47  
Section 5.01
  Letters of Credit     47  
Section 5.02
  Reimbursements of Amounts Drawn     48  
Section 5.03
  Risk of Letters of Credit     49  
Section 5.04
  Repayments     50  
Section 5.05
  Applicability of ISP     51  
Section 5.06
  Conflict with Letter of Credit Application Form     51  
 
           
ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS OF LENDING     51  
Section 6.01
  Conditions Precedent to the Initial Accommodation     51  
Section 6.02
  Conditions Precedent to All Accommodations and Conversions     53  
Section 6.03
  No Waiver     54  
 
           
ARTICLE 7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES     54  
Section 7.01
  Representations and Warranties     54  
Section 7.02
  Survival of Representations and Warranties     59  
 
           
ARTICLE 8 COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER     60  
Section 8.01
  Affirmative Covenants     60  
Section 8.02
  Negative Covenants     64  
Section 8.03
  Financial Covenants     67  
 
ARTICLE 9 EVENTS OF DEFAULT     68  
Section 9.01
  Events of Default     68  
Section 9.02
  Remedies Upon Demand and Default     71  
Section 9.03
  Bankruptcy and Insolvency     72  
Section 9.04
  Relations with the Borrower     72  
Section 9.05
  Application of Proceeds     72  
 
           
ARTICLE 10 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS     72  
Section 10.01
  Appointment and Authority     72  
Section 10.02
  Rights as a Lender     73  
Section 10.03
  Exculpatory Provisions     73  
Section 10.04
  Reliance by Administrative Agent     74  
Section 10.05
  Delegation of Duties     74  
Section 10.06
  Resignation of Administrative Agent     75  
Section 10.07
  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders     76  
Section 10.08
  No Other Duties, Etc.     76  
Section 10.09
  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim     76  
Section 10.10
  Collateral and Guaranty Matters     77  
Section 10.11
  Replacement of Non-Schedule I Reference Banks     77  
Section 10.12
  Irrevocable Power of Attorney ( fondé de pouvoir )     78  
Section 10.13
  Issuing Lender     78  

 


 

4

             
Section 10.14
  Borrower Materials     78  
 
           
ARTICLE 11 CURRENCY AND EXCHANGE     79  
Section 11.01
  Rules of Conversion     79  
Section 11.02
  Determination of an Equivalent Currency     79  
 
           
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS     79  
Section 12.01
  Amendment Etc.     79  
Section 12.02
  Waiver     81  
Section 12.03
  Evidence of Debt and Accommodation Notices     81  
Section 12.04
  Notices, etc.     82  
Section 12.05
  Confidentiality     82  
Section 12.06
  Costs, Expenses and Indemnity     82  
Section 12.07
  Taxes     84  
Section 12.08
  Successors and Assigns     85  
Section 12.09
  Non-Cdn Qualified Lenders     87  
Section 12.10
  Right of Set-off     88  
Section 12.11
  Accommodations by Lenders     88  
Section 12.12
  Rateable Payments     88  
Section 12.13
  Interest on Accounts     89  
Section 12.14
  Governing Law     89  
Section 12.15
  Consent to Jurisdiction     89  
Section 12.16
  Counterparts     89  
Section 12.17
  Severability     89  
Section 12.18
  Assignment to Federal Reserve Bank     89  
Section 12.19
  Good Faith and Fair Consideration     90  
Section 12.20
  Superior Force     90  
Section 12.21
  Sharing of Payments Among Lenders     90  
Section 12.22
  Language     91  
       
Schedules
     
 
     
Schedule A
  Agency Branch Account
Schedule B
  Commitments
Schedule 1
  Form of Accommodation Notice
Schedule 2
  Form of Notice of Repayment
Schedule 3
  Offer to Lenders
Schedule 4
  Applicable margins
Schedule 5
  Security and Security Documents
Schedule 6
  Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Schedule 7
  Subordination Agreement for back-to-back securities
Schedule 8
  Form of Note
     
Disclosure Schedules
 
   
Schedule 1.01(a)
  Existing Back-To-Back Debt
Schedule 1.01(B)
  Existing Back-To-Back Preferred Shares

 


 

5

     
Schedule 1.01(C)
  Existing Tax Benefit Transactions
Schedule 7.01(a)
  Subsidiaries and Jurisdiction of Incorporation or continuation
Schedule 7.01(g)
  Location of Business and of minute books
Schedule 7.01(L)
  Corporate chart of the Borrower
Schedule 7.01(P)
  Material Agreements
Schedule 7.01(V)
  Corporate Structure

 


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT entered into in the City of Montreal, Province of Quebec, as of January 17, 2006
     
AMONG:
  QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. , a company constituted and existing under the laws of Quebec, Canada, having its registered office, head office and chief executive office at 612 St-Jacques St., Montreal, Quebec, H3C 4M8
 
   
 
  PARTY OF THE FIRST PART
 
   
AND:
  THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF OR
FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO PARTIES OF THE SECOND PART
 
   
AND:
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FOR THE LENDERS, a duly constituted bank, having a place of business at 1850 Gateway Blvd. 5 th Floor, Concord, California, 94520-3282, CA4-706-05-13 and at 200 Front Street West, Suite 2700, Toronto, Ontario, M5V 3L2
 
   
 
  PARTY OF THE THIRD PART
      WHEREAS the Borrower wishes to borrow certain amounts from the Lenders and the Lenders have agreed to lend such amounts to the Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof;
      NOW THEREFORE the parties hereto, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, hereby covenant and agree as follows.
ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION
           Section 1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
          “ Accommodation ” means (i) an Advance made by a Lender; (ii) the creation and purchase of Bankers’ Acceptances or the purchase of completed Drafts by a Lender or by any other Person on the occasion of any Drawing; and (iii) the creation, issue, extension of expiry date, renewal or increase of Letters of Credit by an Issuing Lender (each of which is a “ Type ” of Accommodation).
          “ Accommodation Notice ” means a Borrowing Notice or a Drawing Notice, as the case may be.


 

2

          “ Accommodations Outstanding ” means, at any time, the principal amount owed to the Lenders under the Credit Facilities, and, more specifically, means (i) under the Revolving Facility, in relation to (a) the Borrower and all Revolving Lenders, the amount of all Accommodations outstanding thereunder at such time made to the Borrower by the Revolving Lenders, and (b) the Borrower and each Revolving Lender, the amount of all Accommodations outstanding at such time made by such Revolving Lender under its Commitment under the Revolving Facility; (ii) under Facility A, in relation to (a) the Borrower and all Facility A Lenders, the amount of all Accommodations outstanding thereunder at such time made to the Borrower by the Facility A Lenders, and (b) the Borrower and each Facility A Lender, the amount of all Accommodations outstanding at such time made by such Facility A Lender under its Commitment under Facility A; (iii) under Facility B, in relation to (a) the Borrower and all Facility B Lenders, the amount of all Accommodations outstanding thereunder at such time made to the Borrower by the Facility B Lenders, and (b) the Borrower and each Facility B Lender, the amount of all Accommodations outstanding at such time made by such Facility B Lender under its Commitment under Facility B; and (iv) in respect of Letters of Credit, in relation to the Borrower and the Issuing Lender, the Aggregate Face Amount of Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time issued by the Issuing Lender to the Borrower. In determining Accommodations Outstanding under the Revolving Facility, the aggregate amount thereof shall be determined on the basis of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances in Canadian Dollars, (ii) the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of the aggregate principal amount of all Advances in US Dollars, (iii) an amount equal to the Aggregate Face Amount of Letters of Credit Outstanding for which the Revolving Lenders are contingently liable pursuant to Section 3.01(1) and Section 5.02(2), as the case may be, and (iv) the aggregate Face Amount of all outstanding BA Instruments which any applicable Lender has purchased or arranged to have purchased (and in respect of each Revolving Lender, a ratable part of such amounts). In determining Accommodations Outstanding under Facility A, the aggregate amount thereof shall be determined on the basis of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances in Canadian Dollars, (ii) the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of the aggregate principal amount of all Advances in US Dollars and (iii) the aggregate Face Amount of all outstanding BA Instruments which any applicable Lender has purchased or arranged to have purchased (and in respect of each Facility A Lender, a ratable portion of such amounts). In determining Accommodations Outstanding under the Facility B-1 Tranche, the aggregate amount thereof shall be determined on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of all Advances in US Dollars (and in respect of each Facility B-1 Lender, a ratable portion of such amounts). In determining Accommodations Outstanding under the Facility B-2 Tranche, the aggregate amount thereof shall be determined on the basis of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances in Canadian Dollars and (ii) the aggregate Face Amount of all outstanding BA Instruments which any applicable Lender has purchased or arranged to have purchased (and in respect of each Facility B-2 Lender, a ratable part of such amounts). For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
          “ Acquisition ” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction or series of related transactions for the direct or indirect (i) acquisition of all or substantially all of the Assets or a business or division of any other Person; (ii) acquisition of any shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (including partnership interests); or (iii) reconstruction, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, winding-up, merger, transfer, sale, lease or other combination with


 

3

any other Person other than with a subsidiary of such Person; and “ Acquire ” and “ Acquired ” have meanings correlative thereto.
          “ Administrative Agent ” means, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement, with assistance from Bank of America, N.A., Canada Branch, and any successor appointed pursuant to Section 10.06.
          “ Advances ” means advances of funds in Canadian Dollars by way of Prime Rate Advances made by a Lender under the Credit Facilities and advances in US$ by way of Libor Advances and US Prime Rate Advances made by a Lender under the Credit Facilities, all in accordance with Article 3 and “ Advance ” means any one of such advances.
          “ Affiliate ” has the meaning specified in the Canada Business Corporations Act on the date of this Agreement, and, with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans, means any other fund that invests in bank loans and is advised or managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.
          “ Agency Branch Account ” means the accounts listed in Schedule A attached hereto.
          “ Agent-Related Persons ” means the Administrative Agent, together with its Affiliates (including, in the case of Bank of America, N.A. in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, Banc of America Securities LLC as, inter alia , joint lead arranger), and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.
          “ Aggregate Face Amount of Letters of Credit Outstanding ” means the sum, expressed in Canadian Dollars, of (i) the aggregate Face Amount of all Letters of Credit issued in C$ and (ii) the Equivalent Amount in C$ of the aggregate Face Amount of all Letters of Credit issued in US$.
          “ Agreement ” means this credit agreement and all schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time; and the expressions “ Article ” and “ Section ” followed by a number mean and refer to the specified Article or Section of this Agreement.
          “ Annual Business Plan ” means, for any Financial Year, (i) detailed pro-forma balance sheets, income statements and statements of changes in the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ financial position, prepared in accordance with GAAP (to the extent applicable), in respect of such Financial Year for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated operations and supported by appropriate explanations, notes and information; (ii) detailed pro-forma balance sheets, income statements and statements of changes in the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ financial position in respect of, and as at the last day of, each of the next two following Financial Years, prepared in accordance with GAAP (to the extent applicable) for the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated operations.
          “ Applicable Commitment Fee ” means, in respect of the Revolving Facility, the Commitment Fee set out in Schedule 4 corresponding to the applicable Leverage Ratio at such time. The Applicable Commitment Fee shall be adjusted on the date the Administrative Agent receives the relevant Compliance Certificate calculating the Leverage Ratio. If at any time any


 

4

Compliance Certificate is not delivered on the applicable due date, without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders in respect of such Default, the Borrower shall pay Commitment Fees set out in Tier V of the table in Schedule 4 from the date such Compliance Certificate was due until it is delivered.
          “ Applicable Margins ” means, at any time, subject to the next following sentence, the margins set forth in the relevant table in Schedule 4 and corresponding, with respect to the Revolving Facility and Facility A, to the Leverage Ratio at such time. In respect of (i) Prime Rate Advances, the Applicable Margin shall be the margin referred to in the column “ C$ Prime Rate ”; (ii) Drawings and Letters of Credit, the Applicable Margin shall be the margin referred to in the column “ Drawing Fee and L/C Fee ”, subject, with respect to Letters of Credit, to the fee payable to the Issuing Lender as contemplated by Section 5.01, (iii) Libor Advances, the Applicable Margin shall be the margin referred to in the column “ LIBOR ”, and (iv) US Prime Rate Advances, the Applicable Margin shall be the margin referred to in the column “ US$ Prime Rate ”. With respect to the Revolving Facility and Facility A, from the Closing Date until the delivery of the Compliance Certificate with respect to the Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower ending on March 31, 2006, each Applicable Margin and the Applicable Commitment Fee shall be deemed to be that set out in Tier IV of the relevant table in Schedule 4. With respect to the Revolving Facility and Facility A, if at any time any Compliance Certificate is not delivered on the applicable due date, without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders in respect of such Default, the Applicable Margin shall be that set out in Tier V of the relevant table in Schedule 4 from the date such Compliance Certificate was due until the date on which it is delivered.
          If at the time of a change in the Drawing Fee or LC Fee, there exist any outstanding Drawings or Letters of Credit of the Borrower under any Credit Facility, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the applicable Lenders under the applicable Credit Facility (in the case of an increase in the Drawing Fee or LC Fee) or receive repayment or credit from the applicable Lenders (in the case of a decrease in the Drawing Fee or LC Fee) for, an amount in respect of each such Drawing or Letter of Credit equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the product obtained by multiplying (w) the difference between the Drawing Fee or LC Fee in effect prior to such change and the Drawing Fee or LC Fee in effect immediately after such change, by (x) the aggregate face amount of such Drawing or Letter of Credit, by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (y) the number of days to maturity remaining in respect of such Drawing or Letter of Credit, by (z) 365 days. Any payment as a result of a change in the Applicable Margin shall be made, in respect of Drawings, on the next maturity date thereof in accordance with Article 4 or, in respect of Letters of Credit, on the next date of payment of such LC Fee in accordance with
Article 5.
          “ Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
          “ Arm’s Length ” has the meaning ascribed thereto for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada), as in effect as of the date hereof.
          “ Assets ” means, with respect to any Person, all property, rights, assets and undertakings of such Person of every kind, tangible and intangible, and wheresoever situate, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.


 

5

          “ Assignee ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 12.08.
          “ Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
          “ Assignment Fee ” means the processing and recordation fee in the amount of US$2,500 for each assignment made in compliance with Section 12.08, provided, however, that in the event of two or more concurrent assignments to members of the same Assignee Group (which may be effected by a sub-allocation of an assigned amount among members of such Assignee Group) or two or more concurrent assignments by members of the same Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and member of its Assignee Group), the Assignment Fee will be US$2,500 plus an amount of: (i) US$0 for the first four concurrent assignments or sub-allocations to members of an Assignee Group (or from members of an Assignee Group, as applicable); and (ii) US$500 per additional concurrent assignment or sub-allocation to a member of such Assignee Group (or from a member of such Assignee Group, as applicable).
          “ Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required) and accepted by the Administrative Agent in substantially the form of Schedule 6 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
          “ Authorization ” means, with respect to any Person, any authorization, order, permit, approval, grant, licence, consent, right, franchise, privilege, certificate, judgment, writ, injunction, award, determination, direction, decree, by-law, rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over such Person.
          “ Back-to-Back Debt ” means any loans made or debt instruments issued as part of a Back-to-Back Transaction and in which each party to such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than the Borrower, executes a subordination agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 7.
          “ Back-to-Back Preferred Shares ” means preferred shares issued:
(a) to a Loan Party by an Affiliate of the Borrower in circumstances where, immediately prior to the issuance of such preferred shares, an Affiliate of such Loan Party has loaned on an unsecured basis to such Loan Party, or an Affiliate of such Loan Party has subscribed for preferred shares of such Loan Party in an amount equal to, the requisite subscription price for such preferred shares;
(b) by a Loan Party to one of its Affiliates in circumstances where, immediately prior to or immediately after, as the case may be, the issuance of such preferred shares, such Loan Party has loaned an amount equal to the proceeds of such issuance to an Affiliate on an unsecured basis; or
(c) by a Loan Party to one of its Affiliates in circumstances where, immediately after the issuance of such preferred shares, such Loan Party has used all of the proceeds of such issuance to subscribe for preferred shares issued by such Affiliate;


 

6

in each case on terms whereby:
(i) the aggregate redemption amount applicable to the preferred shares issued to or by such Loan Party is identical:
(A) in the case of (a) above, to the principal amount of the loan made or the aggregate redemption amount of the preferred shares subscribed for by such Affiliate prior to the issuance thereof;
(B) in the case of (b) above, to the principal amount of the loan made to such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof; or
(C) in the case of (c) above, to the aggregate redemption amount of the preferred shares issued by such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof;
     (ii) the dividend payment date applicable to the preferred shares issued to or by such Loan Party will:
(A) in the case of (a) above, be immediately prior to the interest payment date relevant to the loan made or the dividend payment date on the preferred shares subscribed for by such Affiliate immediately prior to the issuance thereof;
(B) in the case of (b) above, be immediately after the interest payment date relevant to the loan made to such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof; or
(C) in the case of (c) above, be immediately after the dividend payment date on the preferred shares issued by such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof;
(iii) the amount of dividends provided for on any payment date in the share conditions attaching to the preferred shares issued:
(A) to a Loan Party in the case of (a) above, will be equal to or in excess of the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made or the amount of dividends provided for in respect of the preferred shares subscribed for by such Affiliate prior to the issuance thereof;
(B) by a Loan Party in the case of (b) above, will be equal to or less than the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made to such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof; or
(C) by a Loan Party in the case of (c) above, will be equal to the amount of dividends in respect of the preferred shares issued by such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof.
Provided, for greater certainty, that in all cases, (I) the redemption of any preferred shares by a Loan Party, (II) the repayment of any Back-to-Back Debt by a Loan Party, (III) the payment of any dividends by a Loan Party in respect of its preferred shares, and (IV) the payment of any interest on Back-to-Back Debt of a Loan Party, may, in each case, be made by a Loan Party solely by delivering the relevant Back-to-Back Securities to the Affiliate in question, or by paying to the Affiliate an amount in cash not in excess of the amount already received in cash from such Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirement set out above with respect to the timing and order of events or to the effect that certain amounts stipulated in (ii) and (iii) above must be equal to or


 

7

not in excess of or not less than certain other amounts stipulated thereunder shall not apply to Back-to-Back Transactions between QMI Entities provided the exchange of payments relating to such transactions are completed on the same day absent administrative, technical or technological constraints.
          “ Back-to-Back Securities ” means the Back-to-Back Preferred Shares or the Back-to-Back Debt or both, as the context requires.
          “ Back-to-Back Transactions ” means any of the transactions described under the definition of Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.
          “ BA Equivalent Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(3).
          “ BA Instruments ” means, collectively, Bankers’ Acceptances, Drafts and BA Equivalent Notes, and, in the singular, any one of them.
          “ Bankers’ Acceptance ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01.
          “ Banking Day ” means any day which is at the same time a Business Day and a day on which dealings in US Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
          “ Beneficiary ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.01(3).
          “ Benefit Plan ” of any Person, means, at any time, any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3 (3) of ERISA (including a Multiemployer Plan), the funding requirements of which (under Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code) are, or at any time within six years immediately preceding the time in question were, in whole or in part, the responsibility of such Person.
          “ Borrower ” means Quebecor Media Inc. and its successors and permitted assigns.
          “ Borrower’s Equity ” means, without duplication, the sum of shareholders’ equity of the Borrower and non-controlling interests of the Borrower, in each case determined on a consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Borrowing Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02.
          “ Building and Fixtures” means all plants, buildings, structures, erections, improvements, appurtenances and fixtures (including fixed machinery and fixed equipment) situate on the Owned Properties and Leased Properties.
          “ Business ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the business currently conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any business complementary thereto or an extension thereof.
          “ Business Day ” means any day of the year, other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized to close in, or are in fact closed in, (a) with


 

8

respect to matters pertaining exclusively to Accommodations and repayments under the Revolving Facility, Facility A and Facility B-2, Toronto, Ontario, or (b) with respect to all other matters, (i) Toronto, Ontario, (ii) New York, New York, and (iii) California, U.S.A. or such other State in which the Administrative Agent’s office is located from time to time.
          “ Canadian Dollars ” and “ C$ ” each means lawful money of Canada.
          “ Canadian Prime Rate ” means, at any time, the rate of interest per annum equal to the greater of (i) the rate which the principal office of the Administrative Agent in Toronto, Ontario quotes, publishes and refers to as its “ prime rate ” and which is its reference rate of interest for demand commercial loans in Canadian Dollars to Canadian borrowers; and (ii) the average rate for Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances having a term of one month that appears on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page (or such other page as is a replacement page for such bankers’ acceptances) as of 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the date of determination, as reported by the Administrative Agent, plus 1.00%, adjusted automatically with each quoted, published or displayed change in such rate, all without necessity of any notice to the Borrower or any other Person.
          “ Capital Expenditures ” means expenditures made for the purchase, lease or acquisition of assets (other than current assets) required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP. For greater certainty, “ Capital Expenditures ” shall not include Acquisitions and Investments.
          “ Carlyle Agreement ” means the share purchase agreement dated December 22, 2003, as amended, among Carlyle VTL Holdings, LP, Carlyle Partners III (Vidéotron), LP, the Borrower and 9101-0827 Quebec Inc.
          “ Carlyle Debt ” means the deferred purchase price owed by the Borrower pursuant to the Carlyle Agreement.
          “ Cash Equivalents ” means
  (1)   US Dollars or Canadian Dollars;
 
  (2)   investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth, territory or province of the United States of America or Canada, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated in the “R-1” category by the Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited;
 
  (3)   certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of US$500 million;
 
  (4)   repurchase obligations with a term of not more than sixty days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above


 

9

      entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
 
  (5)   commercial paper having a rating of at least P-1 from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or A-1 from Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition or with respect to commercial paper in Canada, a rating in the “R-1” category from the Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited; and
 
  (6)   money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.
          “ Cdn Qualified Lender ” means a Lender which (i) is not a non-resident within the meaning of the ITA or (ii) is an authorized foreign bank within the meaning of the ITA and all amounts payable to it with respect to the applicable Credit Facility are paid or credited in respect of its “Canadian banking business” within the meaning of the ITA.
          “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events (whether or not approved by the board of directors of any such Person): (i) any Person or related group of Persons acting in concert shall at any time be, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of a greater percentage of the votes attaching to the Borrower’s securities entitled to vote generally in an election of the Borrower’s directors than the percentage of such votes beneficially owned by Quebecor or the Péladeau Group at such time or (ii) the designees of Quebecor or the Péladeau Group shall cease to represent the largest group of designees of any Person or group of Persons acting in concert on the board of directors of the Borrower, or the said board is or becomes controlled by any other shareholder.
          “ Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Entity or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Entity.
          “ Claim ” means any claim of any nature whatsoever, including any demand, liability, obligation, cause of action, suit, proceeding, judgment, award, assessment and reassessment.
          “ Closing Date ” means January 17, 2006.
          “ Collateral ” means the Assets of the Borrower or any of the Pledgors in respect of which any Lender has or will have a Security Interest pursuant to a Security Document.
          “ Commitment ” means, at any time, in respect of any Lender, its portion of the Revolving Commitment, Facility A Commitment or Facility B Commitment as applicable, as indicated in Schedule B hereto and “ Commitments ” means collectively all the Commitments of all Lenders under all Credit Facilities.

 


 

10

          “ Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate of the Borrower signed on its behalf by its chief financial officer, controller, treasurer, or any other officer acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (i) stating that any financial statements delivered by it pursuant to Section 8.01(a) present fairly the financial position, results of operations and changes in financial position of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; (ii) stating that the representations and warranties in Article 7 are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, except where expressly stated to be made at a particular date; (iii) stating that the Borrower is not in breach of any of the covenants contained in Article 8 as at the date thereof (or describing the details of any subsisting breach); (iv) stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing and that no Event of Default has occurred (or describing the details of any subsisting Default and the action which the Borrower proposes to take or has taken with respect thereto or any Event of Default); and (v) providing, in reasonable detail, evidence of compliance, at the end of each Financial Quarter, with Section 8.03 and evidencing the calculation of the financial covenants in Section 8.03 applicable at such time.
          “ Consolidated Debt ” means, for any Person, at any time, the aggregate of all Debt of such Person and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any Person, for any period and without duplication, earnings of such Person on a consolidated basis before non-controlling interests, earnings from equity accounted investments, extraordinary items, non-recurring gains or losses on debt extinguishment and asset sales, Consolidated Interest Charges, foreign exchange translation gains or losses not involving the payment of cash, amortization of deferred financing costs and other non-cash financial charges, taxes, depreciation, amortization (including write-down of assets), without taking into account any goodwill adjustments, calculated on a consolidated basis, and otherwise calculated in accordance with GAAP; for greater certainty, there shall be excluded from the calculation of “ Consolidated EBITDA ” to the extent included in such calculation, the amount of any income or expense relating to Back-to-Back Securities.
          “ Consolidated Interest Charges ” means, for any Person, for any period for the Person and its subsidiaries, the sum of, without duplication, on a consolidated basis, (i) all items properly classified as interest expense in accordance with GAAP (other than amounts paid in respect of (A) the Back-to-Back Transactions, including under the Existing Back-to-Back Securities, (B) any non-cash foreign exchange gains or losses recognized in relation to foreign currency denominated Debt and (C) the amortization of deferred financing cost), (ii) the imputed interest component of any element of Consolidated Debt (such as capital leases) which would not be classified as interest expense pursuant to (i), and (iii) the aggregate of all purchase discounts relating to the sale of (a) bankers acceptances or other instruments sold at a discount, and (b) accounts receivable in connection with any asset securitization program, all as determined at such time in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Senior Debt ” means, at any time, the Consolidated Debt less Subordinated Debt of the Borrower and all other unsecured Debt of the Borrower (i.e. Debt not secured by a Lien) determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio ” means, at any time, the ratio of the Consolidated Senior Debt of the Borrower to Consolidated EBITDA calculated in the manner prescribed in Section Section 8.02(g) at such time.


 

11

          “ Contingent Obligations ” of any Person means all contingent liabilities required to be included in the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP, excluding any notes thereto.
          “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” has a meaning correlative thereto.
          “ Credit Documents ” means this Agreement, the BA Instruments, the Letters of Credit, the Security Documents, the Hedging Agreements (excluding the Hedging Agreements referred to in paragraph (ii) of the definition of Hedging Agreements), the subordination agreements in respect of Back-to-Back Securities and all other documents (including guarantees) to be executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Lenders, their Affiliates, to any Person on their behalf, or all of them, by the Borrower or any Pledgor or any other Person in connection with the Credit Facilities, as such documents or instruments may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time.
          “ Credit Facilities ” means, collectively, the Revolving Facility, Facility A, Facility B and any new credit facility created pursuant to Section 2.12, and, in the singular any one of them.
          “ Debentures ” has the meaning attributed to it in Schedule 5.
          “ Debt ” of any Person means, at any time, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money including bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit or letters of guarantee; for the purposes of calculating the amount of Debt denominated in US$, the Borrower shall use the exchange rate contemplated in the hedging agreements entered into by it up to the extent to which such US$ denominated Debt is covered by such hedging agreements , (ii) obligations in respect of the Negative Value of Hedging Agreement relating to all hedging agreements, but without duplication of any underlying Debt that may be hedged by same, and without taking into account the currency hedging in respect of the US$ denominated Debt referred to in paragraph (i) above, (iii) all indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services, whether or not represented by a note or other evidence of indebtedness, other than such obligations incurred in the ordinary course of the Person’s business, and payable within a period not exceeding 150 days from the date of their incurrence, (iv) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by the Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (v) all indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien created or assumed by the Person on any properties or assets of the Person, (vi) Contingent Obligations, (vii) all obligations under leases which have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases or Synthetic Leases in respect of which the Person is liable as lessee, (viii) the aggregate amount at which any shares in the capital of the Person which are redeemable or retractable at the option of the holder may be retracted or redeemed for cash or Debt (provided all conditions precedent for such retraction or redemption have been satisfied), and (ix) all Debt Guaranteed by the Person; but shall not include (a) the Back-to-Back Securities and the Existing Back-to-Back Securities, and (b) the Existing Credit Agreement provided it is fully paid on the Closing Date.


 

12

          “ Debt Distribution ” means, in respect of any Person, any payment made on, under, or in respect of any Debt (other than Debt under this Agreement or payments required to be made pursuant to the provisions of any pension plan of such Person in effect from time to time), including interest, sinking fund or any like payment.
          “ Debt Guaranteed ” by any Person means the maximum amount which may be outstanding at any time of all Debt of the kinds referred to in (i) through (viii) of the definition of Debt which is directly or indirectly guaranteed by the Person or which the Person has agreed (contingently or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or in respect of which the Person has otherwise assured a creditor or other Person against loss.
          “ Default ” means an event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
          “ Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of or participate in any Accommodations required to be funded or participated by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded or participated by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
          “ Designated Period ” means, with respect to a Libor Advance, a period designated by the Borrower in accordance with Section 3.03.
          “ Disposition ” means with respect to any Asset of any Person, any direct or indirect sale, assignment, cession, transfer (including any transfer of title or possession), exchange, conveyance, release, gift, including by means of a sale-leaseback transaction, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation or merger; and “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed ” have meanings correlative thereto.
          “ Distribution ” means a Debt Distribution or an Equity Distribution.
          “ Draft ” means, at any time, (i) a bill of exchange, within the meaning of the Bills of Exchange Act (Canada), drawn by the Borrower on a Lender or any other Person and bearing such distinguishing letters and numbers as the Lender or the Person may determine, but which at such time has not been completed as to the payee by the Lender or the Person; or (ii) a depository bill within the meaning of the Depository Bills and Notes Act (Canada).
          “ Drawing ” means (i) the creation and purchase of Bankers’ Acceptances by a Lender or by any other Person pursuant to Article 4; or (ii) the purchase of completed Drafts by a Lender or by any other Person pursuant to Article 4.
          “ Drawing Date ” means any Business Day fixed for a Drawing pursuant to Section 4.03.
          “ Drawing Fee ” means, with respect to each Bankers’ Acceptance or Draft drawn by the Borrower and purchased by any Person on any Drawing Date, an amount equal to the


 

13

Applicable Margin, multiplied by the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days, inclusive of the first day and exclusive of the last day, in the term of maturity of such Bankers’ Acceptance or Draft, and the denominator of which is 365 or 366 (in the case of a leap year), as the case may be, and (ii) the aggregate Face Amount of the Bankers’ Acceptance or Draft.
          “ Drawing Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(1).
          “ Drawing Price ” means, in respect of Bankers’ Acceptances or Drafts purchased by a Revolving Lender, a Facility A Lender or a Facility B-2 Lender or any other Person, the result obtained by multiplying (a) the aggregate Face Amount of the Bankers’ Acceptances or Drafts by (b) the amount (rounded up or down to the fifth decimal place with .000005 being rounded up) determined by dividing one by the sum of one plus the product of (x) the Reference Discount Rate, and (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days to maturity of the Bankers’ Acceptances or Drafts and the denominator of which is 365.
          “ Drawing Proceeds ” means, in respect of any Bankers’ Acceptance or Draft purchased by a Lender or any other Person, an amount equal to (i) the Drawing Price in respect of such Bankers’ Acceptance or Draft; minus (ii) the applicable Drawing Fee in respect of such Bankers’ Acceptance or Draft.
          “ Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, (ii) in the case of any assignment of a Commitment under the Revolving Facility, the Issuing Lender, and (iii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Eligible Assignee ” shall (i) not include the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries and (ii) be a Cdn Qualified Lender in the case of Facility A or the Revolving Facility.
          “ Environmental Laws ” means all applicable Laws relating to the environment, health and safety matters or conditions, Hazardous Substances, pollution or protection of the environment, including Laws relating to (i) on site or off-site contamination; (ii) occupational health and safety relating to Hazardous Substances; (iii) chemical substances or products; (iv) Releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or other industrial, toxic or radioactive substances or Hazardous Substances into the environment; and (v) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport or handling of Hazardous Substance.
          “ Environmental Liabilities and Costs ” means all Losses and Claims under applicable Environmental Laws, whether known or unknown, current or potential, past, present or future, imposed by, under or pursuant to Environmental Laws or otherwise relating to any Environmental Law, including all Losses and Claims related to Remedial Actions and all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts, personnel and consultants, where such Losses and Claims are based on, arise out of or are otherwise in respect of (i) the ownership or operation of the Business or any Assets related to the Business; (ii) the conditions on, under, above or about any real property, assets, equipment or facilities currently or previously owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) expenditures necessary to cause the operations of the Business or Assets either related to the Business or owned, leased or operated by


 

14

the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to comply materially with any and all environmental requirements, including expenditures in connection with obtaining all Environmental Permits; (iv) expenditures necessary to effect the environmental closure, environmental decommissioning or environmental rehabilitation of any of the operations of the Business or Assets either related to the Business or owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (v) liability for personal injury or property damage, including damages assessed for the maintenance of a public or private nuisance; and (vi) any other matter affecting the Owned Properties, the Leased Properties or other Assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Environmental Law or otherwise within the jurisdiction of any Governmental Entity administering any Environmental Law.
          “ Environmental Notice ” means any claim, citation, directive, request for information, statement of claim, notice of investigation, letter or other communication, written or oral, actual or threatened, from any Person to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Environmental Laws.
          “ Environmental Permits ” includes all permits, certificates, approvals, registrations and licences issued by any Governmental Entity to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or to the Business pursuant to Environmental Laws and required for the operation of the Business or the use of the Owned Properties, Leased Properties or other Assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
          “ Equity Distributions ” means, in respect of any Person, (i) any dividend or other distribution on issued shares of such Person and (ii) the purchase, redemption or retirement amount of any issued shares, warrants or any other options or rights to acquire shares of the Person redeemed or purchased by the Person.
          “ Equivalent Amount ” means on any given day, as applicable, the amount of a currency (the “ First Currency ”, being US Dollars or Canadian Dollars) into which another currency (the “ Other Currency ”, being US Dollars or Canadian Dollars) may be converted using for the purposes of such conversion the rate and method set forth in Article 11 at which such Other Currency may be converted into the First Currency.
          “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 of the United States of America, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.
          “ ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person that, for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, is a member of (a) a controlled group of corporations, group of trades or businesses under common control, or an affiliated service group, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Internal Revenue Code, of which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a member, or (b) any group treated as a single employer under Section 414(o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a member.
          “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01.
          “ ERISA Event ” means:


 

15

     (a)
(i) the occurrence of a reportable event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to any Plan unless the 30-day notice requirement with respect to such event has been waived by the PBGC, or
(ii) the requirements of subsection (1) of Section 4043(b) of ERISA (without regard to subsection (2) of such Section) are met with respect to a Plan of a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such Plan within the following 30 days,
     (b) the application for a minimum funding waiver with respect to a Plan is submitted under Section 303 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code,
     (c) the provision by the administrator of any Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such Plan, pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA),
     (d) the cessation of operations at a facility of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate in the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA,
     (e) the withdrawal by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA,
     (f) the conditions for imposition of a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA shall have been met with respect to any Plan,
     (g) the adoption of an amendment to a Plan requiring the provision of security to such Plan pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA, or
     (h) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition described in Section 4042 of ERISA that constitutes grounds for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, such Plan.
          “ Existing Back-to-Back Debt ” means the transactions set forth in Schedule 1.01-A, in each case in aggregate principal amount outstanding on the Closing Date, with respect to which each party thereto, other than the Borrower, has executed a subordination agreement in favour of the Administrative Agent for the Lenders in substantially the form attached as Schedule 7.
          “ Existing Back-to-Back Preferred Shares ” means the Preferred Shares and related transactions described in Schedule 1.01-B.
          “ Existing Back-to-Back Securities ” means the Existing Back-to-Back Debt and the Existing Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.


 

16

          “ Existing Credit Agreement ” means the credit agreement among the Borrower and, inter alia ,Royal Bank of Canada as Administrative Agent dated as of June 29, 2001, as amended, which is to be repaid at Closing.
          “ Existing Senior Notes ” means (i) the existing senior notes issued by the Borrower and designated as “11 1/8 % Senior Notes due 2011, created pursuant to a trust indenture dated July 6 2001 as amended by a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 30, 2005 and (ii) the existing senior discount notes issued by the Borrower and designated as “13 3/4 Senior Discount Notes due 2011”, created pursuant to a trust indenture dated July 6, 2001 as amended by a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 30, 2005.
          “ Existing Tax Benefit Transactions ” means the transactions described in Schedule 1.01-C.
          “ Face Amount ” means (i) in respect of a BA Instrument, the amount payable to the holder on its maturity; and (ii) in respect of a Letter of Credit, the maximum amount which the Issuing Lender is contingently liable to pay to the Beneficiary thereof.
          “ Facility A ” means the term credit facility in an amount of up to C$125,000,000 to be made available to the Borrower in accordance with Article 2.
          “ Facility A Commitment ” means C$125,000,000, as such amount may be decreased pursuant to Article 2.
          “ Facility A Lender ” means a Lender which has a Commitment under Facility A and which must be a Cdn Qualified Lender.
          “ Facility B ” means the term credit facility in an amount of US$350,000,000 made available to the Borrower in accordance with Article 2, and is comprised of the Facility B-1 Tranche and, if applicable, the Facility B-2 Tranche.
          “ Facility B Commitment ” refers collectively to the Facility B-1 Commitment and the Facility B-2 Commitment.
          “ Facility B Lenders ” refers collectively to the Facility B-1 Lenders and the Facility B -2 Lenders and “ Facility B Lender ” refers individually to any such Lender.
          “ Facility B-1 Commitment ” means US$350,000,000 as such amount may be decreased pursuant to Article 2.
          “ Facility B-1 Lender ” means a Lender which has a Facility B-1 Commitment.
          “ Facility B-1 Tranche ” means a portion of Facility B in an amount of up to US$350,000,000 made available to the Borrower by Facility B-1 Lenders.
          “ Facility B-2 Commitment ” means C$0 as such amount may be decreased pursuant to Article 2.


 

17

          “ Facility B-2 Lender ” means a Lender which has a Facility B-2 Commitment and which is able and willing to make Accommodations to the Borrower in Canadian Dollars.
          “ Facility B-2 Tranche ” means a portion of Facility B in an amount of up to C$0 made available to the Borrower by Facility B-2 Lenders, if any.
          “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal, for each day during such period, to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, for any day on which such rate is not so published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent. If for any reason the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive, absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including without limitation, the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient bids or publications in accordance with the terms hereof, Bank of America N.A.’s announced US Prime Rate will apply.
          “ Fees ” means the fees payable by the Borrower under this Agreement.
          “ Financial Quarter ” means, in respect of any Person, a period of three consecutive months in each Financial Year of such Person ending on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, as the case may be, of such year.
          “ Financial Year ” means, in respect of any Person, its financial year commencing on January 1 of each calendar year and ending on December 31 of the same calendar year.
          “ Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.
          “ GAAP ” means, at any time, accounting principles generally accepted in Canada as recommended in the Handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants at the relevant time applied on a consistent basis (except for changes approved by the Borrower’s independent auditors in accordance with promulgations of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants).
          “ Governmental Entity ” means any (i) multinational, federal, provincial, state, municipal, local or other government, governmental or public department, central bank, court, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, (ii) any subdivision or authority of any of the foregoing, or (iii) any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, expropriation or taxing authority under or for the account of any of the above.
          “ Hazardous Substance ” means any substance, waste, liquid, gaseous or solid matter, fuel, micro-organism, sound, vibration, ray, heat, odour, radiation, energy, plasma and organic or inorganic matter, alone or in any combination which is regulated under any applicable


 

18

Environmental Laws, hazardous, hazardous waste, toxic, a pollutant, a deleterious substance, a contaminant or a source of pollution or contamination under any Environmental Law.
          “ Hedging Agreements ” means: (i) one or more agreements between the Borrower and one or more of the Lenders or their Affiliates evidencing (A) any interest rate hedge (including any interest rate swap, cap or collars), (B) any commodities hedge or (c) any foreign exchange hedge; and (ii) one or more agreements between the Borrower and Société Générale (Canada) (or any Affiliate thereof) evidencing (A) any interest rate hedge (including any interest rate swap, cap or collars) (B) any commodities hedge or (C) any foreign exchange hedge.
          “ Hedging Requirements ” means Hedging Agreements implemented by the Borrower hedging its interest rate risk relating to its Consolidated Debt in a notional principal amount necessary to ensure that at least 40% of its Consolidated Debt is fixed rate Debt for a minimum period of three years from the Closing Date.
          “ Impermissible Qualification ” means, relative to the opinion or report of any independent auditors as to any financial statement, any qualification or exception to such opinion or report which (i) is of a “going concern” or similar nature; (ii) relates to any limited scope of examination of material matters relevant to such financial statement, if such limitation results from the refusal or failure of the Borrower to grant access to necessary information therefor; or (iii) relates to the treatment or classification of any item in such financial statement and which, as a condition to its removal, would require an adjustment to such item the effect of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          “ Indemnified Person ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.06(1).
          “ Interest Charges ” means for any Person, for any period for the Person, the sum of, without duplication, (i) all items properly classified as interest expense in accordance with GAAP (other than amounts paid in respect of (A) the Back-to-Back Transactions, including under the Existing Back-to-Back Securities, (B) any non-cash foreign exchange gains or losses recognized in relation to foreign currency denominated Debt and (C) the amortization of deferred financing cost), (ii) the imputed interest component of any element of Debt (such as capital leases) which would not be classified as interest expense pursuant to (i), and (iii) the aggregate of all purchase discounts relating to the sale of (a) bankers acceptances or other instruments sold at a discount, and (b) accounts receivable in connection with any asset securitization program, all as determined at such time in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Interest Coverage Ratio ” means the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Charges, calculated in the manner prescribed in Section 8.03(b) at such time.
          “ Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.
          “ Investments ” means all investments, in cash or by delivery of property, made directly or indirectly in any Person, whether by acquisition of shares of capital stock, or other obligations or securities or by loan, advance, capital contribution, guarantees or otherwise, and includes any Acquisition; provided, however, that “Investments” shall not mean or include


 

19

investments in cash or Cash Equivalents or routine investments in inventory, equipment and supplies to be used or consumed, or trade credit granted, in the ordinary course of the Business.
          “ Issuing Lender ” has the meaning attributed to it in the definition of “Letter of Credit”. For the purposes hereof, the Issuing Lender shall be Bank of America N.A., Canada Branch, unless such Issuing Lender no longer wishes to act as such, in which case the provisions of Section 10.06 hereof shall apply, mutatis mutandis , except that only the Revolving Lenders (and not the Facility A Lenders and the Facility B Lenders) shall appoint such replacement Issuing Lender.
          “ ISDA Master Agreement ” means the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (Multi-Currency — Cross Border) as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. and, where the context permits or requires, includes all schedules, supplements, annexes and confirmations attached thereto or incorporated therein, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
          “ ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law and Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
          “ ITA ” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended, supplemented or re-enacted from time to time.
          “ Laws ” means all legally enforceable statutes, codes, ordinances, decrees, rules, regulations, municipal by-laws, judicial or arbitral or administrative or ministerial or departmental or regulatory judgments, orders, decisions, rulings or awards, policies, voluntary restraints, guidelines, or any provisions of the foregoing, including general principles of common and civil law and equity, binding on or affecting the Person referred to in the context in which such word is used; and “ Law ” means any one of the foregoing.
          “ Leased Properties ” means the real and immoveable properties forming the subject matter of the Leases to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.
          “ Leases ” means the leases and subleases of real or immoveable property to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party providing, in each case, for annual rental payments in respect thereof of an amount greater than C$500,000.
          “ Lenders ” means, collectively, the financial institutions and other Persons set forth on the signature pages hereof as Lenders, and any Eligible Assignee thereof upon such Eligible Assignee executing and delivering an Assignment and Assumption to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, in the singular, any one of such Lenders. When used in connection with “Hedging Agreements”, the term “Lender” shall include any Affiliate of a Lender. When used in connection with the Security, the term “Lender” shall include any counterparty to a Hedging Agreement, provided that the counterparty was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, at the time any such Hedging Agreement was entered into. As the context requires, the term “Lender” also includes the Issuing Lender.
          “ Letter of Credit ” means a C$ or US$ denominated standby letter of credit issued or to be issued by an Issuing Lender (an “ Issuing Lender ”) under the Revolving Facility for the


 

20

account of the Borrower, issued in the name of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to Article 5.
          “ Letter of Credit Application Form ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.01(3).
          “ Leverage Ratio ” means, at any time, the ratio of Consolidated Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to Consolidated EBITDA, calculated in the manner prescribed in Section 8.03(a) at such time.
          “ LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Designated Period relating to a Libor Advance:
(a) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate that appears on LIBOR01 Reuters Monitor Screen (or any successor thereto) that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in US Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Designated Period) with a term equivalent to such Designated Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Banking Days prior to the first day of such Designated Period, or
(b) if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall not be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in US Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Designated Period) with a term equivalent to such Designated Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Banking Days prior to the first day of such Designated Period, or
(c) if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which deposits in US Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Designated Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Libor Advance being made, continued or converted by the Lender that is the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Designated Period as would be offered by the Lender that is the Administrative Agent’s London Branch (or, if it has none, Bank of America’s London Branch) to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 4:00 p.m. (London time) two Banking Days prior to the first day of such Designated Period.
With respect to a Libor Advance to be made by a Lender which is subject to the regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in the USA in respect of such Libor Advances, the rate determined in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above (the “ Quoted Rate ”) shall be adjusted for reserve requirements in accordance with the following formula to obtain the applicable LIBOR:
         
LIBOR=
  Quoted Rate    
 
 
 
1.00 — Reserve Percentage
   


 

21

where “ Reserve Percentage ” means the rate (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the relevant Lender, during the relevant Designated Period under regulations, directives or guidelines issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (in the USA) or any successor thereof, for determining the reserve requirement applicable to the applicable Credit Facility or to facilities similar thereto (including any basic, supplemental, emergency or marginal reserve requirement) of such Lender, respectively, with respect to “Eurocurrency liabilities”, as that term is defined under such regulations or for the purposes of complying with such directives or guidelines. All adjustments to the Quoted Rate shall occur and be effective as of the effective date of any change in the Reserve Percentage, and the Administrative Agent will use reasonable efforts to advise the Borrower of any such change as soon as practicable (provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be liable if it fails to do so).
          “ Libor Advance ” means, at any time, the part of the Advances in US$ under any Credit Facility with respect to which the Borrower has chosen to pay interest on the Libor Basis.
          “ Libor Basis ” means the basis of calculation of interest on Libor Advances, or any part thereof, made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.10.
          “ Lien ” means Security Interests, adverse claims, defects of title, restrictions, deposit arrangements, voting trusts, any other rights of third parties relating to any property and any other lien of any kind.
          “ Loan Parties ” means the Borrower and the Pledgors and “ Loan Party ” means anyone of them.
          “ Loss ” means any loss whatsoever, whether direct or indirect, including expenses, costs, damages, judgments, penalties, fines, charges, claims, demands, liabilities and any and all legal fees and disbursements, except any such loss representing loss of profit.
          “ Majority Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders whose Commitments under a Credit Facility or all Credit Facilities, as applicable, taken together, are more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments under a particular Credit Facility or under all Credit Facilities, as applicable.
          “ Mandatory Prepayment ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05.
          “ Material Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to any event or occurrence of whatever nature (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding), (a) a material adverse effect on the Business, properties, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, operations, liabilities (actual and contingent) or income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower or any of the Pledgors to perform any of their respective material obligations under any of the Credit Documents to which they are a party, or (c) any material impairment of the rights, remedies or benefits available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Credit Document.
          “ Material Agreements ” means the agreements to which any of the Borrower or the Pledgors is a party described in Schedule 7.01(p) and such other agreements of which the


 

22

Administrative Agent may, from time to time, be notified by the Borrower, in each case where such agreements are necessary to the business of each Borrower or Pledgor, as applicable, and the absence of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          “ Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate is obligated to make, or is accruing an obligation to make, contributions at the time in question, or has, within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make, contributions.
          “ Multiple Employer Plan ” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that:
     (a) at the time in question is maintained for employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one Person other than the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliates, or
     (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Borrower or any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.
          “ Negative Value of Hedging Agreement ” means, in respect of any hedging agreement, the aggregate amount that would be payable to a counterparty by the Borrower on the date of determination pursuant to Section 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) of the ISDA Master Agreement governing such hedging agreement if said ISDA Master Agreements was being terminated on that day; provided that, with respect to any Hedging Agreement between a Lender and the Borrower, each Lender will determine Market Quotation (as such term is defined in the ISDA Master Agreement) using its estimates at mid-market of the amounts that would be paid for Replacement Transactions (as such term is defined in the ISDA Master Agreement).
          “ Net Proceeds ” means any one or more of the following:
     (i) with respect to any Disposition of Assets by the Borrower, the net amount equal to the aggregate amount received in cash (including any cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to a note, receivable, other non-cash consideration or otherwise, but only as and when such cash is so received) in connection with such Disposition, less the sum of (x) amounts payable to any Person other than an Affiliate of the Borrower to discharge or radiate Permitted Liens on the Assets being Disposed, (y) reasonable fees (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees), commissions and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred or paid for by the Borrower to any Person other than an Affiliate of the Borrower in connection with such Disposition, and (z) taxes incurred in connection with such Disposition, whether payable at such time or thereafter; and
     (ii) with respect to the issuance of any securities by the Borrower or of any capital contributions by any Person in the Borrower, the net amount equal to the aggregate amount received in cash in connection with such issuance or contribution by any Person in the Borrower less the reasonable fees (including without limitation,


 

23

reasonable legal fees), commissions and other out-of-pocket expenses owed or paid to any Person other than an Affiliate of the Borrower.
          “ Non-Schedule I Reference Banks ” means Bank of America, N.A, Canada Branch and Credit Suisse, Toronto Branch.
          “ Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.08.
          “ Owned Properties ” means collectively the lands and premises owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and the Buildings and Fixtures thereon.
          “ Overdraft Facility ” means the overdraft facility made available to the Borrower by Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (or any successor and assigns) in an amount not exceeding C$10,000,000, as same may be replaced or refinanced at any time.
          “ PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of the United States (or any successor thereto).
          “ Péladeau Group ” means any (i) individual who is related by blood, adoption or marriage to the late Pierre Péladeau, (ii) any trust (whether testamentary or otherwise) the beneficiaries of which are all individuals described in (i); or (iii) any corporation or partnership which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals referred to in (i) or a trust referred to in (ii), or any combination thereof.
          “ Permitted Debt ” means (i) Debt under this Agreement and under the Overdraft Facility; (ii) Debt of the Pledgors under the limited recourse pledges or hypothecs referred to in Schedule 5; (iii) the Senior Notes; (iv) Subordinated Debt; (v) the Back-to-Back Securities and Existing Back-to-Back Securities; (vi) obligations pursuant to the Hedging Agreements or other hedging arrangements permitted hereunder; (vii) the Debt of the Borrower secured by Purchase Money Mortgages permitted hereunder; (viii) the Press Investment Debt; (ix) the Carlyle Debt; (x) unsecured Debt (including without limitation that portion of the Existing Senior Notes which is not repaid on the Closing Date (the “ Balance of Notes ”)); and (xi) any indebtedness incurred to refinance or replace any of the foregoing; provided that with respect to the Permitted Debt referred to in clauses (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (x) and (xi), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and no Event of Default shall have occurred and not been waived at the time of the incurrence of such Debt.
          “ Permitted Debt Distribution ” means (i) the redemption or repayment on or about the Closing Date of up to C$1,425,000,000 of Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Credit Agreement, and related premiums and obligations, penalties, fees and other obligations relating to such redemption of repayment and to the termination of related hedging agreements on or about the Closing Date; (ii) Debt Distributions by the Pledgors to the Borrower; (iii) payments (other than voluntary early repayments or defeasance payments) on account of Permitted Debt (including a premium and fees, if any, thereon), other than the Senior Notes, any Subordinated Debt, the Press Investment Debt, the Carlyle Debt, the Overdraft Facility, the Back-to-Back Securities and the Existing Back-to-Back Securities; (iv) regularly scheduled payments of interest on the Senior Notes and on Subordinated Debt; (v) any payment on account of the Press Investment Debt, and related hedging agreements; (vi) any payment on account of the Carlyle Debt; (vii) any payment on


 

24

account of the Overdraft Facility; (viii) payments made in connection with or in respect of the Back-to-Back Securities or the Existing Back-to-Back Securities; provided , however, that to the extent such payments are made to any Affiliates of the Borrower other than QMI Entities, all corresponding payments required to be paid by such Affiliates pursuant to the related Back-to-Back Securities or Existing Back-to-Back Securities are received, immediately prior to, concurrently with or immediately subsequent to any such payments, by the Borrower, and each such payment by the Borrower shall be conditional upon receipt of an equal or greater amount from such Affiliate; (ix) any Tax Benefit Transaction; (x) the redemption or repayment on or after July 15, 2006 of the Balance of Notes and related premiums and obligations, penalties, fees and other obligations relating to such redemption or repayment and to the termination of related hedging agreements, if any, and (xi) any payments on account of the refinancing of Senior Notes, other unsecured Debt and Subordinated Debt if the funds used for such payments are obtained by the Borrower from Subordinated Debt or unsecured Debt having a term expiring after the term of the Debt being repaid and refinanced with such funds; provided that with respect to the Permitted Debt Distributions referred to in clauses (iii), (viii) and (x), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and no Event of Default shall have occurred and not been waived at the time of such payment; notwithstanding the foregoing, the repayment of the principal of any unsecured Debt or Subordinated Debt (other than the Permitted Debt Distributions referred to in clauses (vi), (ix) and (x) and, to the extent such Debt has become unsecured, clauses (v) and (vii)) shall not constitute a Permitted Debt Distribution to the extent that such repayment is made out of the proceeds of an increase of Facility B or of any new Credit Facility contemplated by Section 2.12.
          “ Permitted Distributions ” means the Equity Distributions permitted pursuant to Section 8.02(g) and the Permitted Debt Distributions.
          “ Permitted Liens ” means, in respect of any Person, any one or more of the following:
(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies which are not delinquent or the validity of which is being contested at the time by the Person in good faith by proper legal proceedings if, in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, either (i) adequate provision has been made for their payment, or (ii) the Liens are not in the aggregate materially prejudicial to the security constituted by the Security Documents;
(b) inchoate or statutory Liens of contractors, subcontractors, mechanics, workers, suppliers, materialmen, carriers and others in respect of construction, maintenance, repair or operation of assets of the Person, provided that such Liens are related to obligations not due or delinquent, are not registered against title to any Assets of the Person and in respect of which adequate holdbacks are being maintained as required by applicable law or such Liens are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which there has been set aside a reserve (segregated to the extent required by GAAP) in an adequate amount and provided further that such Liens do not, in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or materially interfere with the use of such Assets in the operation of the business of the Person;
(c) easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, restrictions and similar rights in real property comprised in the Assets of the Person or interests therein granted or reserved


 

25

to other Persons, provided that such rights do not, in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or materially interfere with the use of such Assets in the operation of the business of the Person;
(d) title defects or irregularities which are of a minor nature and which, in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, do not materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or materially interfere with their use in the operation of the business of the Person;
(e) Liens securing appeal bonds and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings (including, without limitation, surety bonds, security for costs of litigation where required by law and letters of credit) or any other instruments serving a similar purpose, which do not, in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or materially interfere with their use in the operations of the business of the Person;
(f) attachments, judgments and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings; provided, however, that the Liens are in existence for less than 10 days after their creation or the execution or other enforcement of the Liens is effectively stayed or the claims so secured are being actively contested in good faith and by proper legal proceedings;
(g) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed in any original grant from the Crown of any real property or any interest therein or in any comparable grant in jurisdictions other than Canada, provided they do not, in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or materially interfere with the use of such Assets in the operation of the business of the Person;
(h) Liens given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental or other public authority when required by such utility or other authority in connection with the operation of the business or the ownership of the Assets of the Person, provided that such Liens do not, in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or materially interfere with their use in the operation of the business of the Person;
(i) servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, and other agreements with Governmental Entities pertaining to the use or development of any of the Assets of the Person, provided same are complied with and do not in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or materially interfere with their use in the operation of the business of the Person including, without limitation, any obligations to deliver letters of credit and other security as required;
(j) applicable municipal and other governmental restrictions, including municipal by-laws and regulations, affecting the use of land or the nature of any structures which may be erected thereon, provided such restrictions have been complied with and do not in the Administrative Agent’s opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the


 

26

Person or materially interfere with their use in the operation of the business of the Person;
(k) the right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Entity by any statutory provision or by the terms of any lease, licence, franchise, grant or permit of the Person, to terminate any such lease, licence, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or other payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;
(l) Liens in favour or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders created by the Security Documents;
(m) Liens in favour of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or Société Générale (Canada) (or any Affiliate thereof) or for their benefit securing obligations under the Hedging Agreements including the Hedging Agreements entered into in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.01(r) which rank, as to priority, pari passu with the Accommodations Outstanding and any other amounts owing hereunder;
(n) Liens granted by a Loan Party (other than the Borrower) in favour of the Borrower;
(o) a Lien (other than a Security Interest) on the interest of such Person in any non-wholly owned partnership or corporation that is granted under the terms of the partnership or shareholders agreement to secure the obligations of such Person to the other partners or shareholders under that agreement;
(p) Purchase Money Mortgages in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not exceeding C$25,000,000;
(q) any rights of a landlord or sub-landlord under applicable Law or the rights of a lessor or sub-lessor under an operating lease;
(r) deposits to secure the performance of leases of property in the ordinary course of business;
(s) the Liens granted to secure the obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement provided such Liens are discharged at the appropriate registries within 30 days of the Closing Date;
(t) the Liens in favor of the lenders of Vidéotron Ltée on the shares that the Borrower holds in the capital stock of 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. and on the shares that the latter holds in the capital stock of Vidéotron Ltée both granted in connection with the credit agreement dated as of November 28, 2000 entered into among inter alia Vidéotron Ltée, as borrower, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, as amended, provided such Liens rank after the Security Documents;
(u) The Liens granted by the Borrower on the universality of its movable property, Liens granted by 3535991 Canada Inc. on its shares in Sun Media Corporation and Liens granted by 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. on its shares in Vidéotron Ltée in connection with the


 

27

Press Investment Debt, provided however that such Liens are pari passu with the Liens created under the Security Documents and are created pursuant to security documents containing terms and conditions substantially similar to the terms and conditions of the Security Documents or terms and conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(v) Any renewal, extension, substitution, replacement or refinancing of the foregoing, provided that such renewal, extension, substitution, replacement or refinancing Lien shall not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Lien prior to such renewal, extension, substitution, replacement or refinancing; and provided, further that the Debt and other obligations secured by such renewal, extension, substitution, replacement or refinancing Lien are permitted by this Agreement;
(w) Liens on any specific Asset acquired through a Tax Benefit Transaction provided such Liens do not extend to any Assets other than such specific Asset and provided further that such Liens are fully discharged or such specific Assets is sold within 5 Business Days of such transaction; and
(x) Liens granted by the Borrower on the universality of its movable property, Liens granted by 3535991 Canada Inc. on its shares in Sun Media Corporation and Liens granted by 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. on its shares in Vidéotron Ltd. to secure the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under the Overdraft Facility provided such Liens are pari passu with the Liens created under the Security Documents and are created pursuant to security documents containing terms and conditions substantially similar to the terms and conditions of the Security Documents or terms and conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “ Person ” means a natural person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity or Governmental Entity, and pronouns that have a similarly extended meaning.
          “ Plan ” means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan.
          “ Pledgors ” means 3535991 Canada Inc. as the grantor of the limited recourse pledge referred to in paragraph 2 of Schedule 5 and 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. as the grantor of the limited recourse Pledge referred to in paragraph 3 of Schedule 5.
          “ Press Investment ” means the investment of the Borrower, directly or indirectly, in the construction of the new printing plant north of Montreal and the new printing facility in the Greater Toronto area.
          “ Press Investment Debt ” means the financing put in place by Société Générale (Canada) in connection with the Press Investment in an amount not exceeding € 60,000,000 or the equivalent in Canadian Dollars.
          “ Prime Rate Advance ” means, at any time, the portion of the Advances in Canadian Dollars with respect to which the Borrower has chosen, or, in accordance with the provisions hereof, is obliged, to pay interest calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.08.


 

28

          “ Purchase Money Mortgage ” means, in respect of any Person, any Security Interest charging property acquired by such Person, which is granted or assumed by such Person in connection with the acquisition of such property and within not more than 60 days following such acquisition, reserved by the transferor (including any reservation of title in respect of any lease recorded as a capital lease) or which arises by operation of Law in favour of the transferor concurrently with and for the purpose of the acquisition of such property, in each case where (i) the principal amount secured by such Security Interest is not in excess of the cost to such Person of the property acquired; and (ii) such Security Interest extends only to the property acquired.
          “ QMI Entities ” means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and “ QMI Entity ” means any one of them.
          “ Quebecor ” means Quebecor Inc., a corporation incorporated and subsisting under the laws of Quebec.
          “ Reference Discount Rate ” means, for any Drawing Date, in respect of any Bankers’ Acceptances or Drafts to be purchased pursuant to Article 4 by (i) a Schedule I chartered bank, the average Bankers’ Acceptance discount rate for the appropriate term as quoted on Reuters Screen CDOR Page (or such other page as is a replacement page for such Bankers’ Acceptances) at 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time); and (ii) by any other Lender or Person, the lesser of (y) the arithmetic average of the actual discount rate quoted by at least one, but not more than two, non-Schedule I Reference Banks; and (z) the rate specified in (i) plus 0.10%. If such rate is not available as of such time, then the discount rate in respect of such Banker’s Acceptances and Drafts shall mean the arithmetic average of the discount rates (calculated on an annual basis and rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of 1%, with five-thousandths of 1% being rounded up) quoted by Bank of America N.A., Canada Branch, by Royal Bank of Canada and by The Toronto-Dominion Bank at 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) as the discount rate at which each such Lender would purchase, on the relevant Drawing Date, its own Bankers’ Acceptances or Drafts having an aggregate Face Amount equal to and with a term to maturity the same as the Bankers’ Acceptances or Drafts to be acquired by such Lender or other Person on such Drawing Date.
          “ Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
          “ Release ” when used as a verb includes release, spill, leak, emit, deposit, discharge, leach, migrate or dispose into the environment and the term “ Release ” when used as a noun has a correlative meaning, but does not include any emission or discharge pursuant to a valid Environmental Permit.
          “ Remedial Action ” means any action required under any applicable Environmental Law to (i) clean up, remove, treat or in any other way deal with Hazardous Substances in the environment; (ii) prevent any Release of Hazardous Substances where such Release would violate any Environmental Laws or would endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the environment; or (iii) perform remedial studies, investigations, restoration and post-remedial studies, investigations and monitoring on, about or in connection with any of the Owned Properties, the Leased Properties or other Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.


 

29

          “ Reportable Event ” means, with respect to any Benefit Plan of any Person, (a) the occurrence of any of the events set forth in ERISA Section 4043(b) (other than a Reportable Event as to which the provision of 30 days’ notice to the PBGC is waived under applicable regulations), 4068(e) or 4063(a) or the regulations thereunder with respect to such Benefit Plan, (b) any event requiring such Person or any of its ERISA Affiliates to provide security to such Benefit Plan under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(29) or (c) any failure to make a payment required by Internal Revenue Code Section 412(m) with respect to such Benefit Plan.
          “ Revolving Commitment ” means C$100,000,000, as such amount may be decreased pursuant to Article 2.
          “ Revolving Facility ” means the revolving credit facility in an amount of up to C$100,000,000 to be made available to the Borrower pursuant to Article 2.
          “ Revolving Lender ” means a Lender which has a Commitment under the Revolving Facility and which must be a Cdn Qualified Lender.
          “ Security ” means, at any time, the Security Interests in favour of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or both, or for their benefit, in the Assets and properties of the Borrower and the Pledgors (save for Assets excluded under the Security Documents) securing their obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents (excluding the subordination agreements referred to in that definition), including for greater certainty the obligations under the Hedging Agreements.
          “ Security Documents ” means the agreements described in Schedule 5 and any other Security granted to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or both, or for their benefit, as security for the obligations of the Borrower and the Pledgors under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents (excluding the subordination agreements referred to in that definition), as such agreements may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time.
          “ Security Interest ” means any hypothec, mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, charge or deposit arrangement or any other arrangement or condition that in substance secures payment or performance of an obligation and includes the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capitalized lease or other title retention agreement.
          “ Selected Amount ” means, with respect to a Libor Advance, the amount in respect of which the Borrower has asked, in accordance with Section 3.02, that the interest payable thereon be calculated on the Libor Basis.
          “ Senior Notes ” means the notes created under the Senior Note Indenture and dated as of January 17, 2006, designated as “ 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 ”, and maturing on March 15, 2016, as same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, provided that no such amendment shall affect the unsecured nature of the Senior Notes, nor shall it shorten the maturity of the Senior Notes to any period which is less than one year following the expiry of the Term of the last to expire of the Revolving Facility, Facility A or Facility B.
          “ Senior Note Indenture ” means the trust indenture dated as of January 17, 2006 between U.S. Bank National Association and the Borrower under which the Senior Notes were

 


 

30

issued, as same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, provided that no such amendment shall affect the unsecured nature of the Senior Notes, nor shall it shorten the maturity of the Senior Notes to any period which is less than one year following the expiry of the Term of the last to expire of the Revolving Facility, Facility A or Facility B.
          “ Single Employer Plan ” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001 (a) (15) of ERISA, that
     (a) at the time in question is maintained for employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate and no Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary and its ERISA Affiliates, or
     (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Borrower or any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.
          “ Subsidiary ” means any Person in respect of which the majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock (including securities convertible into voting shares and options to purchase voting shares) granting a right to vote in all circumstances is at the relevant time owned by the Borrower and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, and includes a partnership and limited partnership that would be an Affiliate if it were a corporation. The Subsidiaries of the Borrower are listed in Schedule 7.01(a).
          “ Subordinated Debt ” means, in respect of any Person, unsecured Debt of such Person that has no required redemption provisions and matures at least 6 months after the later of the expiry of the Term of the Revolving Facility, Facility A or Facility B and that has been subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder and under the Security Documents in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders and their counsel.
          “ Sun Media Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement dated February 7, 2003 entered into among, inter alia , Sun Media Corporation, as borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended.
          “ Synthetic Lease ” means any synthetic lease or similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered borrowed money for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Tax Benefit Transaction ” means any Existing Tax Benefit Transaction and, for so long as the Borrower is a direct or indirect subsidiary of Quebecor, any transaction between a QMI Entity and Quebecor or any of its Affiliates, the primary purpose of which is to create tax benefits for any QMI Entity or for Quebecor or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that (1) the QMI Entity involved in the transaction obtains, or has obtained in respect of a similar previous transaction to the extent same remains applicable as certified by the Vice President, Taxation of the Borrower (or any officer having similar functions), a favorable tax ruling from a competent tax authority or a favorable tax opinion from a nationally recognized Canadian law or accounting firm having a tax practice of national standing as to the tax efficiency of the transaction for such QMI Entity; (2) the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent (a) a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower to the effect the transaction will not prejudice the Lenders and certifying that such


 

31

transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of such board of directors and (b) an opinion as to the fairness to such Loan Party of such transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States of America or Canada; (3) such transaction is set forth in writing; and (4) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower is not reduced after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower for which internal financial statements are available; provided, however , that if such transaction shall thereafter cease to satisfy the preceding requirements as a Tax Benefit Transaction, it shall thereafter cease to be a Tax Benefit Transaction for purposes of this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been effected as of such date and, if the transaction is not otherwise permitted by this Agreement as of such date, the Borrower will be in Default hereunder if such transaction does not comply with the preceding requirements or is not otherwise unwound within 30 days of that date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is agreed and understood that (i) the abovementioned tax ruling or tax opinion, resolution and fairness opinion shall not be required for any Tax Benefit Transaction in respect of which the net consideration payable to or by a QMI Entity does not exceed, singly, C$10,000,000 and, in the aggregate C$25,000,000 for the preceding twelve month period and (ii) the abovementioned resolution and fairness opinion shall not be required for any Tax Benefit Transaction conducted among QMI Entities.
          “ Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.07(1).
          “ Term ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and terminating with respect to (i) the Revolving Facility, five years therefrom, (ii) Facility A, five years therefrom and (iii) Facility B, seven years therefrom.
          “ Termination Event ” means, with respect to any Benefit Plan, (a) any Reportable Event with respect to such Benefit Plan, (b) the termination of such Benefit Plan, or the filing of a notice of intent to terminate such Benefit Plan, or the treatment of any amendment to such Benefit Plan as a termination under ERISA Section 4041(c), (c) the institution of proceedings to terminate such Benefit Plan under ERISA Section 4042 or (d) the appointment of a trustee to administer such Benefit Plan under ERISA Section 4042.
          “ Unconsolidated Coverage Ratio ” means, at any time, for any period the ratio, on an unconsolidated basis, of the aggregate amount of Equity Distributions received in cash by the Borrower (other than advances made to the Borrower by its Subsidiaries) to Interest Charges paid in cash by the Borrower, calculated in the manner prescribed in Section 8.03(c) at such time.
          “ USA Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) Act of 2001, as the same may be amended from time to time.
          “ US Prime Rate ” means, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum (expressed as an annual rate calculated based on a 365 or 366 day year, as the case may be) equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for US$ demand commercial loans in US$ to Canadian borrowers. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America, N.A. based upon various factors including Bank of America, N.A.’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing


 

32

some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America, N.A. shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
          “ US Prime Rate Advance ” means, at any time, the part of the Advances in US$ with respect to which the Borrower has chosen, or, in accordance with the provisions hereof, is obliged to pay, interest calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.09.
          “ US Dollars ” or “ US$ ” means the lawful currency of the United States of America in same day immediately available funds or, if such funds are not available, the currency of the United States of America which is ordinarily used in the settlement of international banking operations on the day on which any payment or any calculation must be made pursuant to this Agreement.
          “ Vidéotron Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2000 entered into among, inter alia , Vidéotron Ltée, as borrower, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, as amended.
           Section 1.02 Gender and Number. Any reference in the Credit Documents to gender includes all genders, and words importing the singular number only include the plural and vice versa.
           Section 1.03 Interpretation not Affected by Headings, etc. The provisions of a Table of Contents, the division of this Agreement into Articles and Sections and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
           Section 1.04 Currency. All references in the Credit Documents to dollars, unless otherwise specifically indicated, are expressed in Canadian currency.
           Section 1.05 Certain Phrases, etc. In any Credit Document (i) (y) the words “including” and “includes” mean “including (or includes) without limitation” and (z) the phrase “the aggregate of”, “the total of”, “the sum of”, or a phrase of similar meaning means “the aggregate (or total or sum), without duplication, of”, and (ii) in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, unless otherwise expressly stated, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”.
           Section 1.06 Accounting Terms.
          (1) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time. However, all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the period ended December 31, 2004, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.


 

33

          (2) If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Credit Document, and either the Borrower or the Majority Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Majority Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
           Section 1.07 Non-Business Days. Whenever any payment is stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day (other than payments, due on the maturity date of each Credit Facility), such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of interest or Fees, as the case may be. Whenever a particular maturity date falls on a day which is not a Business Day, all payments relating thereto shall be made on the last preceding Business Day.
           Section 1.08 Ratable Portion of Accommodations. References in this Agreement to a Lender’s ratable portion of Advances, Drawings, Letters of Credit, Drafts and Banker’s Acceptances or ratable share of payments of principal, interest, Fees or any other amount, shall mean and refer to a ratable portion or share as nearly as may be ratable in the circumstances, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent. Each such determination by the Administrative Agent shall be prima facie evidence of such ratable share.
           Section 1.09 Incorporation of Schedules. The schedules attached to this Agreement shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, form an integral part of it.
           Section 1.10 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
           Section 1.11 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
           Section 1.12 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Face Amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Letter of Credit Application Form related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the Face Amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.


 

34

ARTICLE 2
CREDIT FACILITIES
           Section 2.01 Availability. (1) Each Lender individually and not jointly and severally (or solidarily) agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make Accommodations ratably to the Borrower in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment under the Revolving Facility, Facility A and/or Facility B, as applicable. Accommodations under the Revolving Facility may be made available as (i) Prime Rate Advances or US Prime Rate Advances pursuant to Article 3; (ii) Bankers’ Acceptances pursuant to Article 4; (iii) Libor Advances pursuant to Article 3 or (iv) Letters of Credit pursuant to Article 5. Accommodations under Facility A may be made available as (i) Prime Rate Advances or US Prime Rate Advances pursuant to Article 3; (ii) Bankers’ Acceptances pursuant to Article 4; or (iii) Libor Advances pursuant to Article 3. Accommodations under the Facility B-1 Tranche may be made available (i) as US Prime Rate Advances pursuant to Article 3 or (ii) as Libor Advances pursuant to Article 3 and, under the Facility B-2 Tranche, (i) as Prime Rate Advances pursuant to Article 3 or (ii) as Bankers’ Acceptances pursuant to Article 4. The Issuing Lender agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make Letters of Credit available to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions thereof.
          (1) The failure of any Lender to make an Accommodation shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, in connection with any such Accommodation, but no Lender is responsible for any other Lender’s failure in respect of such Accommodation.
          (2) The Administrative Agent shall give each Lender prompt notice of any (i) Accommodation Notice received from the Borrower and of each Lender’s ratable portion of any Accommodation; and (ii) other notice received by it from the Borrower under this Agreement.
           Section 2.02 Commitments and Facility Limits. (1) The Accommodations Outstanding (i) to all Revolving Lenders under the Revolving Facility shall not at any time exceed the Revolving Commitment; and (ii) to each Revolving Lender under the Revolving Facility shall not at any time exceed such Lender’s Commitment under the Revolving Facility (provided, for greater certainty, that the Issuing Lender’s Commitment under the Revolving Facility shall not be reduced by more than its ratable portion of the Accommodations Outstanding by Letters of Credit made or to be made by it in its capacity as Issuing Lender). The Accommodations Outstanding (i) to all Facility A Lenders under Facility A shall not at any time exceed the Facility A Commitment, and (ii) to each Facility A Lender under Facility A shall not at any time exceed such Lender’s Commitment under Facility A. The Accommodations Outstanding (i) to all Facility B Lenders under Facility B shall not at any time exceed the Facility B Commitment; and (ii) to each Facility B Lender under Facility B shall not at any time exceed such Lender’s Commitment under Facility B. The Accommodations Outstanding (i) to all Facility B-1 Lenders under the Facility B-1 Tranche shall not at any time exceed the Facility B-1 Commitment; and (ii) to each Facility B-1 Lender under the Facility B-1 Tranche shall not at any time exceed such Lender’s Commitment under the Facility B-1 Tranche. The Accommodations Outstanding (i) to all Facility B-2 Lenders under the Facility B-2 Tranche shall not at any time exceed the Facility B-2 Commitment; and (ii) to each Facility B-2 Lender under the Facility B-2


 

35

Tranche shall not at any time exceed such Lender’s Commitment under the Facility B-2 Tranche. The Aggregate Face Amount of Letters of Credit Outstanding shall not at any time exceed C$5,000,000.
          (2) The Revolving Facility shall revolve and, except as otherwise provided herein, no payment under the Revolving Facility shall reduce the Revolving Commitment or any Lender’s Commitment under the Revolving Facility. Facility A and Facility B shall not revolve and any amount repaid or prepaid, as the case may be, under Facility A or Facility B cannot be reborrowed and shall reduce the Facility A Commitment or the Facility B Commitment by the amount repaid or prepaid, as the case may be.
          (3) A conversion from one Type of Accommodation to another Type of Accommodation shall not constitute a repayment or prepayment.
           Section 2.03 Use of Proceeds. (1) The Borrower may use the proceeds of any Accommodations under the Credit Facilities (i) for general corporate purposes (including Permitted Distributions) and (ii) to refinance the Debt under the Existing Credit Agreement and under the Existing Senior Notes provided that no more than C$25,000,000 of proceeds of the Revolving Facility may be used for such refinancing.
          (2) No proceeds of any Advance will be used to purchase or carry any equity security of a class which is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any “margin stock”, as defined in Federal Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation U, or for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, Federal Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation T, U or X. Terms used in this Section for which meanings are provided in Federal Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation T, U or X or any regulations substituted therefor, as from time to time in effect, have the meaning so provided.
           Section 2.04 Mandatory Repayments and Reductions of Commitments. (1)Subject to Section 9.01, the Borrower shall repay the Accommodations Outstanding under the Revolving Facility on the last day of the Term of the Revolving Facility.
          (2) Subject to Section 9.01, the Borrower shall repay the Accommodations Outstanding under Facility A in quarterly installments equal to the applicable percentage set forth below of the full amount of Facility A, being C$125,000,000, each such installment being payable on the 15 th of April, 15th of July, 15 th of October and 15 th of January of each year until October 15, 2010, and shall repay the balance of the Accommodations Outstanding under Facility A on the last day of the Term of Facility A.
         
Y ear of T erm   Q uarterly P ercentage
1 to 3 inclusive
    2.50 %
4
    5.00 %
5
    12.50 %
          (3) Subject to Section 9.01, the Borrower shall repay the Accommodations Outstanding under Facility B in quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the full amount of


 

36

Facility B, being US$350,000,000, each such installment being payable on the 15 th of April (it being understood that, for 2006 only, such installment shall be payable on April 18, 2006), 15 th of July, 15 th of October and 15 th of January of each year until October 15, 2012, and shall repay the balance of the Accommodations Outstanding under Facility B on the last day of the Term of Facility B.
           Section 2.05 Mandatory Prepayments. (1) Subject to subsection (4) hereof, the Borrower agrees to make the following mandatory prepayments (“ Mandatory Prepayments ”).
          (2) An amount equal to the Net Proceeds from any Disposition of any Assets in excess of C$10,000,000 by the Borrower (other than any Disposition of Assets permitted pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 8.02(d) or any Disposition of Assets previously acquired as part of a Tax Benefit Transaction) shall be applied within 365 days of receipt to the prepayment and permanent reduction of Accommodations Outstanding under (i) firstly, Facility A and Facility B, on a pro rata basis, and (ii) secondly, the Revolving Facility (provided that the Revolving Commitment shall not be reduced as a result of such payment), in each case, in accordance with Section 2.09 hereof, except (i) to the extent that the Net Proceeds from such Disposition of Assets are reinvested in a manner permitted hereunder (other than in cash or Cash Equivalents) in the Business within twelve months of the date of the Disposition and (ii) that the Borrower shall be entitled to keep Net Proceeds which should have been applied in accordance with the foregoing up to an aggregate amount which does not exceed C$100,000,000 for the Term of the Credit Facilities.
          (3) An amount equal to 50% of the Net Proceeds from the issuance of any securities (other than the Back-to-Back Securities, the Existing Back-to-Back Securities and Debt securities, but including Debt securities of the nature described in clause (viii) of the definition of “Debt” (other than Back-to-Back Securities)) by the Borrower shall be applied within 365 days of receipt to the prepayment and permanent reduction of the Accommodations Outstanding under (i) firstly, Facility A and Facility B, on a pro rata basis, and (ii) secondly, the Revolving Facility (provided that the Revolving Commitment shall not be reduced as a result of such payment), in each case in accordance with Section 2.09 hereof, except to the extent that within 12 months of such issuance, the Net Proceeds are invested, directly or indirectly, by way of equity contribution or loans or advances in Sun Media Corporation or Videotron Ltée or are used to purchase Assets that will form part of the Collateral.
          (4) The Borrower shall advise the Administrative Agent of its intention to make any such Mandatory Prepayment by notice in writing substantially in the form of Schedule 2, at least 10 and not more than 20 Business Days before the Mandatory Prepayment is due, and shall pay the amount of such Mandatory Prepayment to the Administrative Agent when it is due. In addition, the Borrower shall, at the same time, make a written offer (an “ Offer ”) to the Facility A Lenders and Facility B Lenders (collectively the “ Term Lenders ” and individually a “ Term Lender ”), by sending such Offer, substantially in the form of Schedule 3, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Term Lenders, setting out the entitlement of each such Lender to such Mandatory Prepayment (other than any Unacceptable Payment, as defined below). Each Term Lender shall irrevocably respond to the Offer, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, at least 3 Business Days’ before the Mandatory Prepayment is due. Failure on the part of any Term Lender to so respond shall be deemed an acceptance of the


 

37

Offer by such Term Lender. All proceeds of each Mandatory Prepayment shall be applied ratably amongst the Term Lenders to repay and permanently reduce Facility A and Facility B in inverse order of maturity. However, the Borrower shall not be obliged to make an Offer and the Facility B Lenders shall not accept any Mandatory Repayment if, as a result thereof, the Facility B Lenders would receive, within 5 years and 10 days from the date of the first Advance under Facility B, an amount that, when added to the scheduled repayments contemplated by Section 2.04 and to all other Mandatory Prepayments made prior to that date, would be equal to or would exceed 25% of the amount of the initial Accommodation under Facility B (an “ Unacceptable Payment ”). If any Term Lender does not accept any such Mandatory Repayment, the amount of such Mandatory Repayment that would have been paid to such Term Lender shall be paid to the Facility A Lenders (or the other Facility B Lenders, as applicable) to reduce the Commitments under Facility A (or Facility B, as applicable) and then to the Revolving Lenders to reduce the Accommodations Outstanding (but not the Commitments) under the Revolving Facility; provided that if there are no Accommodations Outstanding under the Revolving Facility at such time, such amount may be retained by the Borrower.
No such Mandatory Prepayment may be made on a date that would require a Libor Advance or a BA Instrument to be prepaid, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.06(4), provided that the Borrower may cash collateralize such Libor Advances (and BA Instruments) in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10.
           Section 2.06 Optional Prepayments and Reductions of Commitments. (1) The Borrower may, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, (i) prepay without penalty or bonus Accommodations Outstanding under any Credit Facility; or (ii) reduce the Revolving Commitment, Facility A Commitment and/or Facility B Commitment, and, if required as a result of such reduction, the Accommodations Outstanding under the Revolving Facility, Facility A and/or Facility B, in each case in whole or in part, subject to providing five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment or reduction. Each partial prepayment or reduction shall be in a minimum aggregate principal amount of US$3,000,000 in respect of Facility B and C$1,000,000 in respect of the Revolving Facility and Facility A and in an integral multiple of C$1,000,000 or US$1,000,000, as the case may be. Any reduction in respect of Facility B shall be made on a pro rata basis between Facility B-1 and Facility B-2.
          (2) The Borrower may not in any event prepay a Libor Advance or the amount of any BA Instrument on any date other than the maturity date for the relevant Libor Advance or BA Instrument, provided that the Borrower may cash collateralize such Libor Advance or BA Instrument in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10.
           Section 2.07 Fees. (1) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Revolving Lenders, a fee calculated at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Commitment Fee calculated on the unused and uncancelled portion of the Revolving Facility calculated daily and payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and on the last day of the Term of the Revolving Facility.


 

38

          (2) The Borrower shall pay to Banc of America Securities LLC a fee determined in accordance with the Commitment Letter accepted by the Borrower and dated December 19, 2005, payable in accordance with its terms.
           Section 2.08 Payments under this Agreement. (1) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Borrower shall make any payment required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by depositing the amount of the payment to the appropriate Agency Branch Account not later than 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the date the payment is due. The Administrative Agent shall distribute to each Lender, promptly on the date of receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment, an amount equal to the amount then due to each Lender. Any amount received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders shall be held as mandatary for the Lenders until distributed.
          (2) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall make Accommodations and other payments to the Borrower under this Agreement by transferring the amount of the payment in the relevant currency to the Borrower’s account as may be instructed by the Borrower in writing on the date the payment is to be made.
          (3) The Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender, if and to the extent payment owed to such Lender by the Borrower is not made to the Administrative Agent when due, to charge from time to time any amount due against any or all accounts of the Borrower with such Lender.
          (4) All payments by the Borrower under the Credit Facilities shall be in Canadian Dollars or in US Dollars, as applicable.
           Section 2.09 Application of Payments and Prepayments. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) hereof, each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05 and Section 2.06 in respect of Facility A or Facility B shall be applied to the instalments pursuant to Section 2.04 in the inverse order of their maturity, subject to paying the applicable breakage costs (as contemplated by Section 12.06) if any Libor Advance or BA Instrument is prepaid.
          (2) All amounts received by the Administrative Agent from or on behalf of the Borrower and not previously applied pursuant to this Agreement shall be applied by the Administrative Agent as follows (i) first, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any amounts owing to the Administrative Agent; (ii) second, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any unpaid interest and any Fees which are due and owing; (iii) third, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any Claims or Losses referred to in Section 12.06; (iv) fourth, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any amounts due and owing on account of any unpaid principal amount of Accommodations Outstanding or amounts under Hedging Agreements (other than the Hedging Agreements referred to in paragraph (ii) of the definition of Hedging Agreements) which are due and owing; (v) fifth, in reduction of the Borrower’s obligation to pay any other unpaid amounts which are due and owing to the Lenders; (vi) sixth, in reduction of any other obligation of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; and (vii) seventh, to the Borrower or such other Persons as may lawfully be entitled to or directed to receive the remainder.


 

39

           Section 2.10 Cash Collateralization of Certain Payments and Prepayments. If a payment or Mandatory Prepayment to be made would require the repayment of outstanding BA Instruments, Letters of Credit or Libor Advances prior to their maturity, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to the Face Amount of such BA Instruments or Letters of Credit or the principal amount of such Libor Advances, as the case may be, which cash collateral shall be held by the Administrative Agent in an interest bearing account, or invested, in accordance with the instructions of the Borrower (provided no Default has occurred and is continuing and no Event of Default has occurred), in Cash Equivalents (in either case, with interest for the benefit of the Borrower), and used to repay same at maturity. However, in the case where the payment or Mandatory Prepayment would require the actual prepayment of a Libor Advance, the Borrower may elect to prepay same and pay to the Administrative Agent for the Lenders the amount of the losses, costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Lenders with respect thereto which are referred to in Section 12.06(4).
           Section 2.11 Computations of Interest and Fees. (1) All computations of interest shall be made by the Administrative Agent taking into account the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is payable, and a year of 365/366 days, or, in the case of a Libor Advance, 360 days.
          (2) All computations of Fees shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, taking into account the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such fees are payable.
          (3) For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), (i) whenever any interest or Fee under this Agreement is calculated using a rate based on a number of days less than a full year, such rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest or fee is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by the number of days comprising such calculation basis; (ii) the principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement; and (iii) the rates of interest stipulated in this Agreement are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields.
          (4) No provision of this Agreement shall have the effect of requiring any Borrower to pay interest (as such term is defined in section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada)) at a rate per annum in excess of the maximum rate authorized under such Section 347, taking into account all other amounts which must be taken into account for the purpose thereof and, to such extent, the Borrower’s obligation to pay interest hereunder shall be so limited.
           Section 2.12 Increase of Facility B and Creation of a New Credit Facility. (1) Provided there exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, which shall promptly notify the applicable existing Lenders, the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in Facility B by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding C$350,000,000; provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of C$5,000,000, and (ii) the Borrower may make a maximum of seven such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time


 

40

period within which each applicable Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the applicable Lenders).
          (2) Each applicable Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment under Facility B and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its ratable portion (based on such Lender’s proportion in respect of Facility B) of such requested increase. Any applicable Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.
          (3) The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each applicable Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase, and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees which respect the requirements hereunder to become Lenders under the increased Facility B pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory by the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
          (4) If Facility B is increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the applicable Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date of the increased Facility B. As of the Increase Effective Date, the amortization schedule set forth in Section 2.04 shall be amended to increase the then-remaining unpaid installments of principal by an aggregate amount equal to the additional Accommodations being made on such date, such aggregate amount to be applied to increase such installments ratably in accordance with the amounts in effect immediately prior to the Increase Effective Date. Such amendment may be signed by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders.
          (5) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may elect to create a new Credit Facility in lieu of increasing Facility B and may invite lenders selected by it (with the prior consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) to participate in such new Credit Facility, provided that (i) at such time, no Default exists, (ii) the aggregate amount of all increases of Facility B and creation of a new Credit Facility does not exceed the C$350,000,000 limit set forth under Section 2.12(1),(iii) the new Credit Facility shall have a weighted average life equivalent or longer than the one of Facility B; (iv) the terms and conditions applicable to such new Credit Facility (other than the pricing of such new Credit Facility) are not more restrictive to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than those applicable to the other Credit Facilities hereunder, and (v) the Borrower, the applicable lenders and the Administrative Agent shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect all changes necessary further to the creation of such new Credit Facility it being understood and agreed that all other Lenders shall be bound by such amendment. If a new Credit Facility is created in accordance with this section, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the identity of any new Lenders, of the final allocation of the new Credit Facility among the applicable Lenders, of the effective date (the “ Creation Effective Date ”) of the new Credit Facility, and the particular terms and conditions applicable to such new Credit Facility.


 

41

          (6) As a condition precedent to such increase or new Credit Facility, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all documents required by the Administrative Agent or its counsel, including a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date or Creation Effective Date, as the case may be, (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by an acceptable officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase or new Credit Facility, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase or new Credit Facility, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article 7 and the other Credit Documents are true and correct on and as of the Increase Effective Date or the Creation Effective Date, as the case may be, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section, the representations and warranties contained in Section 7.01(q) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 8.01, and (B) no Default exists. The additional Accommodations shall be made by the applicable Lenders participating therein pursuant to the procedures set forth herein or in the amendment referred to above, as applicable.
           Section 2.13 Excess.Section 2.14 If the Accommodations Outstanding under a the Revolving Facility or Facility A exceed the Revolving Commitment or the Facility A Commitment, as applicable, solely as a result of exchange rate fluctuations, mandatory prepayments will be required to reimburse such excess if the Accommodations Outstanding under that particular Credit Facility exceed 105% of the Revolving Commitment or the Facility A Commitment, as the case may be, based on the closing balance for any day calculated on the basis of the spot rate referred to in Article 11 for that day. The Administrative Agent shall request repayment of any such excess forthwith upon request therefore by any Lender, but the Administrative Agent is not otherwise required to monitor excess amount levels or to request repayment thereof.
ARTICLE 3
ADVANCES
           Section 3.01 The Advances. (1) Each Revolving Lender individually, and not jointly and severally (or solidarily) agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and from time to time prior to the date which is one Business Day prior to the last Business Day of the Term of the Revolving Facility, to make Prime Rate Advances, Accommodations by way of BA Instruments, Accommodations by way of Letters of Credit, Libor Advances and US Prime Rate Advances to the Borrower on any Business Day. Each Advance shall be made ratably by the applicable Lenders.
          (2) Each Facility A and Facility B Lender (as applicable, each Facility B-1 Lender and Facility B-2 Lender) individually, and not jointly and severally (or solidarily) agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make Prime Rate Advances, Accommodations by way of BA Instruments, Libor Advances and US Prime Rate Advances to the Borrower on any Business Day. Each Advance shall be made ratably by the applicable Lenders. All Advances under Facility A and Facility B shall be in US Dollars or in Canadian Dollars, as applicable. The initial Advance under Facility A and Facility B shall be for the full


 

42

amount available thereunder and shall be made on the Closing Date. Any portion of the Advances available to the Borrower under Facility A and Facility B that is not borrowed as part of such initial Advance or that is repaid shall not again be available for borrowing, although Libor Advances may be rolled over into new Libor Advances or converted into US Prime Rate Advances, and US Prime Rate Advances may be converted into Libor Advances.
           Section 3.02 Procedure for Advances. (1) Each Advance shall be in a minimum amount of C$1,000,000 for Prime Rate Advances and US$1,000,000 for US Prime Rate Advances, and US$3,000,000 for Libor Advances, and in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in each case, and shall be subject to the Borrower providing the appropriate number of days’ prior notice specified in this Agreement (being one Business Day’s notice for Prime Rate Advances and US Prime Rate Advances and three Banking Days’ notice for Libor Advances), given not later than 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent. Each notice of an Advance (a “ Borrowing Notice ”) shall be in substantially the form of Schedule 1, shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower and shall specify (i) the requested date of the Advance; (ii) the aggregate amount of the Advance; and (iii) the Credit Facility under which such Advance is requested. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of funds from the Lenders and fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article 6, the Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower in accordance with Article 2.
           Section 3.03 LIBOR Advances. If the Advance requested is a Libor Advance, the Administrative Agent shall determine the LIBOR which will be in effect on the date of the Advance (which must be a Banking Day), with respect to the Selected Amount or to each of the Selected Amounts, as the case may be, having a maturity of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months (subject to availability, or such other period of 10 to 180 days which may be available and is acceptable to the Administrative Agent) from the date of the Advance (a “ Designated Period ”). However, if the Borrower has not delivered a notice to the Administrative Agent in a timely manner in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.02, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a US Prime Rate Advance. In addition, the Borrower may not have more than 15 different Libor Advances outstanding at any time under all the Credit Facilities.
           Section 3.04 Market for Libor Advances. If, at any time or from time to time, as a result of market conditions, (i) there exists no appropriate or reasonable method to establish LIBOR, for a Selected Amount or a Designated Period, or (ii) US Dollar deposits are not available to the Lenders in such market in the ordinary course of business in amounts sufficient to permit them to make the Libor Advance, for a Selected Amount or a Designated Period, such Lenders shall so advise the Administrative Agent and, any such Lenders shall not be obliged to honour any Borrowing Notice in connection with any Libor Advances, and the Borrower’s option to request Libor Advances shall thereupon be suspended upon notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower.
           Section 3.05 Suspension of Libor Advance Option. If a notice has been given by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 3.04, Libor Advances, or any part thereof, shall not be made (whether as an Advance, a conversion or an extension) by the Lenders affected by the circumstances referred to in Section 3.04 and the right of the Borrower to choose that Libor Advances from such Lenders be made or, once made, be converted or extended into a Libor Advance shall be suspended until such time as the Administrative Agent


 

43

has determined that the circumstances having given rise to such suspension no longer exist, in respect of which determination the Administrative Agent shall advise the Borrower within a reasonable delay.
           Section 3.06 Limits on Libor Advances. Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted as authorizing the Borrower to borrow by way of Libor Advances for a Designated Period expiring on a date which results in a situation where the applicable Credit Facility cannot be reduced as required by this Agreement, or on a date which is after the expiry of the applicable Term.
           Section 3.07 Conversions of Advances. The Borrower may elect to convert an Advance, or any portion thereof, to another type of Accommodation in the same currency upon the number of days notice specified in Section 3.02 by sending an Accommodation Notice on any Business Day.
           Section 3.08 Interest on Prime Rate Advances. Subject to the next following sentence, the Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Prime Rate Advance from the date of such Advance until the date on which the principal amount of the Prime Rate Advance is repaid in full at a rate per annum equal at all times to the Canadian Prime Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin, calculated daily, and payable in arrears (i) on the last day of each month in each year; and (ii) when such Advance becomes due and payable in full pursuant to the provisions hereof. Any amount of principal of or interest on any such Advance which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall (to the extent permitted by Law) bear interest (both before and after judgment), from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the Canadian Prime Rate in effect from time to time; (ii) the Applicable Margin; and (iii) 2%.
           Section 3.09 Interest on US Prime Rate Advances. Subject to the next following sentence, the Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each US Prime Rate Advance from the date of such Advance until the date on which the principal amount of the US Prime Rate Advance is repaid in full at a rate per annum equal at all times to the US Prime Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin, calculated daily, and payable in arrears (i) on the last day of each month in each year; and (ii) when such Advance becomes due and payable in full pursuant to the provisions hereof. Any amount of principal of or interest on any such Advance which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall (to the extent permitted by Law) bear interest (both before and after judgment), from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the US Prime Rate in effect from time to time; (ii) the Applicable Margin; and (iii) 2%.
           Section 3.10 Interest on Libor Advances. The principal amount of the Libor Advances which at any time and from time to time remains outstanding shall bear interest, calculated daily, on the daily balance of such Libor Advances, from the date of each Libor Advance, at the annual rate (calculated based on a 360-day year) applicable to each of such days which corresponds to the LIBOR applicable to each Selected Amount, plus the Applicable Margin, and shall be effective as and from the date of each Libor Advance up to but not including the last day of the applicable Designated Period. LIBOR shall be promptly


 

44
transmitted to the Borrower two Banking Days prior to the date on which the Libor Advance is to be made. Such interest shall be payable to the Administrative Agent, in arrears, on the last day of the Designated Period when the Designated Period is 1 to 3 months, and when the Designated Period exceeds 3 months, on the last Business Day of each period of 3 months during such Designated Period, and on the last day of the Designated Period. Any amount of principal of or interest on any such Libor Advance which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall (to the extent permitted by Law) bear interest (both before and after judgment), from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the LIBOR in effect from time to time; (ii) the Applicable Margin; and (iii) 2%.
ARTICLE 4
BANKERS’ ACCEPTANCES
           Section 4.01 Acceptances and Drafts. (1) Each Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender and Facility B-2 Lender individually, and not jointly and severally (or solidarily) agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and from time to time on any Business Day prior to the expiry of the applicable Term (i) in the case of a Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender which is willing and able to accept Drafts, to create acceptances (“ Bankers’ Acceptances ”) by accepting Drafts and to purchase such Bankers’ Acceptances in accordance with Section 4.03(2), (ii) in the case of a Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender which is unable to accept Drafts, to purchase completed Drafts (which have not and will not be accepted by such Lender or any other Lender) in accordance with Section 4.03(2), (iii) in the case of a Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender which has participated or assigned all or any part of its interest in the Credit Facilities to a Participant which is willing and able to accept Drafts, to arrange for the creation of Bankers’ Acceptances by such Participant and for their purchase by such Participant, to the extent of the participation or assignment, in accordance with Section 4.03(2), and (iv) in the case of a Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender which has participated or assigned all or any part of its interest in the Credit Facilities to a Participant which is unwilling or unable to accept Drafts, to arrange for the purchase by the Participant of completed Drafts (which have not and will not be accepted by such Lender or any other Lender), to the extent of the participation or assignment, in accordance with Section 4.03(2).
          (2) Each Drawing shall be in a minimum amount of C$3,000,000 and in an integral multiple of C$1,000,000 and shall consist of the creation and purchase of Bankers’ Acceptances or the purchase of Drafts on the same day, in each case for the Drawing Price, effected or arranged by the applicable Lenders in accordance with Section 4.03 and their respective Commitment under the applicable Credit Facility.
          (3) If the Administrative Agent determines that the Bankers’ Acceptances to be created and purchased or Drafts to be purchased on any Drawing (upon a conversion or otherwise) will not be created and purchased ratably by the Revolving Lenders, Facility A Lenders and Facility B-2 Lenders, as applicable (or any of their respective Participants) in accordance with Section 4.01(2) and Section 4.03, then the requested Face Amount of Bankers’ Acceptances and Drafts shall be reduced to such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent


 

45

determines will permit ratable sharing and the amount by which the requested Face Amount shall have been so reduced shall be converted or continued, as the case may be, as a Prime Rate Advance under the applicable Credit Facility, to be made contemporaneously with the Drawing.
          (4) The Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrower and each Lender to allocate amongst the applicable Lenders the Bankers’ Acceptances to be issued and purchased in such manner and amounts as the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but acting reasonably, consider necessary, so as to ensure that no Lender is required to accept and purchase a Bankers’ Acceptance for a fraction of C$100,000, and in such event, the Lenders’ respective share in any such Bankers’ Acceptances and repayments thereof shall be altered accordingly. Further, the Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrower and each Lender to cause the proportionate share of one or more Lender’s Accommodations (calculated based on its Commitment under the applicable Credit Facility) to be exceeded by no more than C$100,000 each as a result of such allocations provided that the principal amount of Accommodations Outstanding, including Bankers’ Acceptances, shall not thereby exceed the maximum amount of the respective Commitment of each applicable Lender under the applicable Credit Facility.
           Section 4.02 Form of Drafts. Each Draft presented by the Borrower shall (i) be in a minimum amount of C$100,000 and in an integral multiple of C$100,000; (ii) be dated the date of the Drawing, and (iii) mature and be payable by the Borrower (in common with all other Drafts presented in connection with such Drawing) on a Business Day which occurs (subject to availability) approximately 1, 2, 3, or 6 months after the Drawing Date (or such other period of 10 to 180 days as may be available and acceptable to the Administrative Agent), at the election of the Borrower, and on or prior to the last day of the Term of the applicable Credit Facility.
           Section 4.03 Procedure for Drawing. (1) Each Drawing shall be made on notice (a “ Drawing Notice ”) given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) not less than two Business Days prior to the date on which the Drawing is to occur. Each Drawing Notice shall be in substantially the form of Schedule 1, shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower and shall specify (i) the Drawing Date; (ii) the Credit Facility under which the Drawing is to be made; (iii) the aggregate Face Amount of Drafts to be accepted and purchased (or purchased, as the case may be); and (iv) the contract maturity date for the Drafts.
          (2) Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on an applicable Drawing Date, each Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender, as applicable, shall complete one or more Drafts in accordance with the Drawing Notice and either (i) accept the Drafts and purchase the Bankers’ Acceptances thereby created for the Drawing Price; or (ii) purchase such Drafts for the Drawing Price, and, in each case, pay to the Administrative Agent the Drawing Proceeds in respect of such Bankers’ Acceptance or Draft, as the case may be. Upon receipt of the Drawing Proceeds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article 6, the Administrative Agent shall make funds available to the Borrower in accordance with Article 2.
          (3) The Borrower shall, at the request of any applicable Lender, issue one or more non-interest bearing promissory notes (each a “ BA Equivalent Note ”) payable on the date of maturity of the unaccepted Draft referred to below, in such form as the applicable Lender


 

46

may specify and in a principal amount equal to the Face Amount of, and in exchange for, any unaccepted Drafts which such Lender has purchased or has arranged to have purchased in accordance with Section 4.03(2).
          (4) Bankers’ Acceptances purchased by a Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender, as applicable, or Participant may be held by it for its own account until the contract maturity date or sold by it at any time prior to that date in any relevant Canadian market in such Person’s sole discretion.
           Section 4.04 Signatures of Draft Forms. The Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints each Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender and Facility B-2 Lender as its lawful attorney to sign and endorse on its behalf, manually or by facsimile or mechanical signature, any BA Instrument necessary to enable such Lender to make Drawings in the manner specified in this Article 4. All BA Instruments signed or endorsed on the Borrower’s behalf and in accordance with its instructions by a Lender shall be binding on the Borrower, all as if duly executed and issued by the Borrower. No Lender shall be liable for any Claim or Loss arising by reason of any loss or improper use of any such BA Instruments, except arising out of the gross or intentional fault of such Lender. Each Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender and Facility B-2 Lender shall (i) maintain a record with respect to any BA Instrument completed in accordance herewith, voided by it for any reason, accepted and purchased by it hereunder, and canceled at their respective maturities; and (ii) retain such records in the manner and for the statutory periods provided in the various provincial or federal statutes and regulations which apply to such Lender. On request by the Borrower, a Lender shall cancel all BA Instruments which have been pre-signed or pre-endorsed on behalf of such Borrower and which are held by such Lender and are not required to make Drawings in accordance with this Article 4.
           Section 4.05 Payment, Conversion or Renewal of BA Instruments. (1) Upon the maturity of a BA Instrument, the Borrower may (i) elect to issue a replacement BA Instrument by giving a Drawing Notice in accordance with Section 4.03(1); (ii) elect to have all or a portion of the Face Amount of the BA Instrument converted to an Advance by giving a Accommodation Notice in accordance with Section 3.02; or (iii) pay, on or before 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the maturity date for the BA Instrument, an amount in Canadian Dollars equal to the Face Amount of the BA Instrument (notwithstanding that a Lender may be the holder of it at maturity). Any such payment shall satisfy the Borrower’s obligations under the BA Instrument to which it relates and the relevant Lender or Participant shall then be solely responsible for the payment of the BA Instrument.
          (2) If the Borrower fails to pay any BA Instrument when due or issue a replacement in the Face Amount of such BA Instrument pursuant to Section 4.05(1), the unpaid amount due and payable shall be converted to a Prime Rate Advance made by the Revolving Lenders, Facility A Lenders or Facility B-2 Lenders, as applicable, ratably under the applicable Credit Facility and shall bear interest calculated and payable as provided in Article 3. This conversion shall occur as of the due date and without any necessity for the Borrower to give a Borrowing Notice.
           Section 4.06 Circumstances Making Bankers’ Acceptances Unavailable. (1) If, by reason of circumstances affecting the money market generally, there is no market for Bankers’ Acceptances, (i) the right of the Borrower to request a Drawing shall be suspended


 

47

until the circumstances causing a suspension no longer exist; and (ii) any Drawing Notice which is outstanding shall be deemed to be an Accommodation Notice requesting an Advance comprised of Prime Rate Advances.
          (2) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the suspension of the Borrower’s right to request a Drawing and of the termination of any suspension.
           Section 4.07 Depository Bills and Notes Act. Bankers’ Acceptances may be issued in the form of a depository bill and deposited with a clearing house, both terms as defined in the Depository Bills and Notes Act . The Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall agree on the procedures to be followed, acting reasonably. The Revolving Lenders, Facility A Lenders and Facility B-2 Lenders are also authorized to issue depository bills as replacements for previously issued Bankers’ Acceptances, on the same terms as those replaced, and deposit them with a clearing house against cancellation of the previously issued Bankers’ Acceptances.
ARTICLE 5
LETTERS OF CREDIT
           Section 5.01 Letters of Credit. (1) The Issuing Lender agrees, in reliance upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement (and in accordance with the standard terms and conditions represented by any agreement (including the Issuing Lender’s standard Letter of Credit Application Form) that may be entered into between the Borrower and the Issuing Lender from time to time, including the payment of administrative fees and costs), to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day prior to the eighth-to-last day of the Term of the Revolving Facility, which Letter of Credit shall expire on the earlier of (a) one year from issuance, or (b) 7 days prior to the expiry of the Term of the Revolving Facility. The issuance of any such Letter of Credit shall require two (2) Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender, which notice shall be accompanied by the Issuing Lender’s standard Letter of Credit Application Form, duly completed and executed by the Borrower. The Borrower shall pay, in respect of any such Letter of Credit, fees equal to the aggregate of: (i) for the Revolving Lenders, the Applicable Margin multiplied by the Face Amount thereof (and taking into account the number of days until the expiry date thereof), and (ii) for the Issuing Lender, 1/8% per annum of the Face Amount thereof (taking into account the number of days until the expiry date thereof), payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter, or on such other date as the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender may determine from time to time.
          (2) For greater certainty, the Issuing Lender shall not be obliged to issue any Letter of Credit if as a result (a) the Accommodations Outstanding under the Revolving Facility would exceed the Revolving Commitment, (b) the Issuing Lender’s (after taking into account the allocation of risk pursuant to Section 5.01(4)) or any other Lender’s Commitment under the Revolving Facility would be exceeded, (c) the Aggregate Face Amount of Letters of Credit Outstanding would exceed C$5,000,000, (d) a Law or an order, judgment or decree of a Governmental Entity would be breached or would prohibit such issuance, (e) the Issuing Lender or other Revolving Lenders would incur increased costs of the nature referred to in


 

48

Section 12.06(4) in respect of which they would not be indemnified by the Borrower, or (f) the policies of the Issuing Lender would be breached.
          (3) The Issuing Lender’s Letter of Credit Application Form and any form pertaining to amendments of any Letter of Credit (collectively, the “ Letter of Credit Application Form ”) shall require, inter alia , (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof (a “ Beneficiary ”); (E) the documents to be presented by such Beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such Beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the Issuing Lender may require.
          (4) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application Form, the Issuing Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application Form from the Borrower and, if not, the Issuing Lender will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Upon receipt by the Issuing Lender of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower in accordance with the Issuing Lender’s usual and customary business practices, and immediately thereupon, each Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Lender a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to its ratable share of same.
           Section 5.02 Reimbursements of Amounts Drawn. (1) At or before 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the earlier of (i) the date of any payment by the Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit; and (ii) the last day of the Term of the Revolving Facility, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender, through the Administrative Agent, an amount in same day funds equal to the amount to be drawn by the Beneficiary in Canadian Dollars or US Dollars.
          (2) If the Borrower fails to pay to the Issuing Lender an amount, in same day funds, equal to the amount of such drawing, then (i) the Borrower shall be deemed to have given a Borrowing Notice to the Administrative Agent, requesting a Prime Rate Advance (if the applicable Letter of Credit is denominated in C$) or a US Prime Rate Advance (if the applicable Letter of Credit is denominated in US$) under the Revolving Facility in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing; (ii) the Revolving Lenders shall, on the date of such drawing, make such Prime Rate Advance or US Prime Rate Advance, ratably under the Revolving Facility; and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall pay the proceeds thereof to the Issuing Lender as reimbursement for the amount of such drawing.
          (3) Each Revolving Lender shall be required to make the Prime Rate Advances referred to in Section 5.02(2) notwithstanding (i) the amount of the Prime Rate Advance in question may not comply with the minimum amount required for Advances hereunder; (ii) whether any conditions specified in Article 6 are then satisfied; (iii) whether a Default has occurred and is continuing or whether an Event of Default has occurred; (iv) the date of such Prime Rate Advance; (v) any reduction in the Revolving Commitment; (vi) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Issuing Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (vii) whether the


 

49

Revolving Commitment has been, or, after the making of such Prime Rate Advance, will be, exceeded; and (viii) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
           Section 5.03 Risk of Letters of Credit. (1) In determining whether to pay under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall be responsible only to determine that the documents and certificates required to be delivered under the Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they comply on their face with the requirements of the Letter of Credit.
          (2) The reimbursement obligation of the Borrower under any Letter of Credit shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of a Letter of Credit or any Credit Document; (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defence or other right which the Borrower may have at any time against a Beneficiary, the Issuing Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated therein or any other transaction (including any underlying transaction between such Borrower and the Beneficiary); (iii) any certificate or other document presented with a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid or any statement in it being untrue or inaccurate, or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit; (iv) the existence of any act or omission or any misuse of, a Letter of Credit or misapplication of proceeds by the Beneficiary, including any fraud in any certificate or other document presented with a Letter of Credit; (v) payment by the Issuing Lender under the Letter of Credit against presentation of a certificate or other document which does not comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit unless such payment constitutes gross or intentional fault of the Issuing Lender; (vi) any payment made by the Issuing Lender under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Law dealing with bankruptcy, insolvency or arrangements with creditors; (vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower; or (viii) the existence of a Default or Event of Default.
          (3) The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the Issuing Lender. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the Issuing Lender and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
          (4) The Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for (i) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits under it or proceeds of it, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (ii) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages by mail, telecopy or otherwise; (iii) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (iv) any loss or delay in the transmission of any document required in order to make a drawing; and (v) any consequences arising from causes beyond the


 

50

control of the Issuing Lender, including the acts or omissions, whether rightful or wrongful, of any Governmental Entity. None of the above shall affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of any of the Issuing Lenders’ rights or powers under this Agreement. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the Issuing Lender, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the Issuing Lender shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross or intentional fault; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application Form. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any Beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the Beneficiary or transferee at Law or under any other agreement. None of the Issuing Lender, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the Issuing Lender, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in Section 5.03(2); provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the Issuing Lender, and the Issuing Lender may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the Issuing Lender’s gross or intentional fault or the Issuing Lender’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the Beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Lender may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
           Section 5.04 Repayments. (1) If the Borrower is required to repay the Accommodations Outstanding pursuant to Article 9, then the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the Issuing Lender’s contingent liability in respect of (i) any outstanding Letter of Credit; and (ii) any Letter of Credit which is the subject matter of any order, judgment, injunction or other such determination restricting payment under and in accordance with such Letter of Credit or extending the Issuing Lender’s liability under such Letter of Credit beyond its stated expiration date.
          (2) Subject to any right of compensation or set-off provided for by Law or hereunder, the Issuing Lender shall, with respect to any Letter of Credit, pay to the Borrower an amount equal to the difference between the amount paid to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.04(1) and the amounts paid by the Issuing Lender under the Letter of Credit, upon the earlier of:


 

51

     (a) the date on which any final and non-appealable order, judgment or other such determination has been rendered or issued either confirming that the Issuing Lender is prohibited permanently from making any payment under the relevant Letter of Credit or terminating permanently the Letter of Credit;
     (b) the date on which either (x) the original counterpart of the Letter of Credit is returned to the Issuing Lender for cancellation, or (y) the Issuing Lender is released by the Beneficiary in writing from any further obligations in respect thereof; or
     (c) the expiry (to the extent permitted by any applicable Law) of the Letter of Credit.
           Section 5.05 Applicability of ISP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Lender and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit.
           Section 5.06 Conflict with Letter of Credit Application Form. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application Form, the terms hereof shall control.
ARTICLE 6
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
           Section 6.01 Conditions Precedent to the Initial Accommodation. The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Accommodation under the Credit Facilities on or after the date hereof is subject to (i) the applicable conditions precedent in Section 6.02; and (ii) the condition precedent that the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be satisfied with, or the Borrower or the Pledgors, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, on or before the day of such initial Accommodation, the following, in form, substance and dated as of a date satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel and in sufficient quantities for each Lender:
     (a) certified copies of all of the constating documents, borrowing by-laws and resolutions of the boards of directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) of the Borrower and the Pledgors approving the borrowing and other matters contemplated by this Agreement and approving the entering into of all other Credit Documents to which it is a party and the completion of all transactions contemplated thereunder, together with all other instruments evidencing necessary corporate action of the Borrower and the Pledgors and of any required Authorization, with respect to such matters;
     (b) a certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of each of the Borrower and the Pledgors certifying the names and true signatures of its officers authorized to sign this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;
     (c) a certificate of status, compliance, good standing or like certificate with respect to each of the Borrower and the Pledgors issued by the government officials of the jurisdiction of


 

52

its incorporation and of each jurisdiction in which it owns any material assets or carries on any material business;
     (d) certification as to the financial condition and solvency of, and the absence of Default and compliance with laws and obligations in all material respects by, the Borrower and the Pledgors, from the chief financial officer or a senior financial officer of the relevant Person;
     (e) there shall not exist (i) any order, decree, judgment, ruling or injunction which restrains the consummation of the financing contemplated hereby or (ii) any pending or threatened action, suit, investigation or proceeding which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (f) all insurance certificates and such other reports, audits or certifications as it may reasonably request;
     (g) the Borrower shall have provided an irrevocable direction of payment to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Borrower instructs the Administrative Agent, contemporaneously with the first Accommodation hereunder and using the proceeds thereof, as well as additional funds to be provided by the Borrower, if applicable, to cause the repayment and cancellation of the Existing Credit Agreement and the repayment of part of the Existing Senior Notes;
     (h) all material Liens on the property of the Borrower and the Pledgors, other than Permitted Liens, shall have been discharged or, in the case of subsection (g) above, shall be subject to a binding undertaking to release same immediately following the repayment thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel;
     (i) each of this Agreement and each of the Security Documents listed in Schedule 5, shall have been executed, delivered, issued or assigned and registered or published, as the case may be;
     (j) all of the issued and outstanding shares of Sun Media Corporation and of Vidéotron Ltée shall have been pledged in accordance with the pledges described in Schedule 5, and all of the pledged shares shall have been remitted to the Administrative Agent duly endorsed in blank for transfer;
     (k) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate signed by an officer stipulating and certifying that:
     (i) such officer has taken cognizance of all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of all contracts, agreements and deeds pertaining hereto;
     (ii) no Default has occurred or exists hereunder which is continuing, and no Event of Default has occurred;
     (iii) all Collateral is located in the jurisdictions described in a schedule thereto;


 

53

     (iv) the corporate structure of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is as set out in the diagram attached to the certificate; and
     (v) each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries holds the material Authorizations required in order to permit it to possess its property and its real estate and to carry on the Business in the manner in which it is being carried on at present (except any Authorization the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect);
     (l) nothing shall have occurred since December 31, 2004 which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (m) all Fees and expenses (including the legal fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) then payable under the Credit Documents shall have been paid in full in the currency specified in the invoice therefor, and the Borrower shall have complied with all of its obligations to Banc of America Securities LLC under the Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter accepted by the Borrower dated December 19, 2005, and each such letter shall be in full force and effect;
     (n) the Commitments under each Credit Facility shall have been fully subscribed;
     (o) favourable opinions of counsel to the Borrower and the Pledgors in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and its counsel;
     (p) favourable opinions of counsel to the Lenders; and
     (q) such other certificates and documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
     For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 6.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
           Section 6.02 Conditions Precedent to All Accommodations and Conversions. (1) The obligation of each Lender to make Accommodations or otherwise give effect to any Accommodation Notice hereunder in respect of any Credit Facility shall be subject to the conditions precedent that on the date of such Accommodation Notice and Accommodation, and after giving effect thereto and to the application of any proceeds therefrom, (a) the representations and warranties contained in Article 7 are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date (except where expressly stated to be made at a particular date), all as though made on and as of such date; (b) no event or condition has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Accommodation or giving effect to such Accommodation Notice, which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default; and (c) nothing has occurred which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 

54

          (2) Each of the giving of any Accommodation Notice by the Borrower and the acceptance by the Borrower of any Accommodation shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that, on the date of such Accommodation Notice or Accommodation, as the case may be, and after giving effect thereto and to the application of any proceeds therefrom, the statements set forth in Section 6.02(1) are true and correct.
           Section 6.03 No Waiver. The making of an Accommodation or otherwise giving effect to any Accommodation Notice hereunder, without the fulfillment of one or more conditions set forth in Section 6.01 or Section 6.02, shall not constitute a waiver of any such condition, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders reserve the right to require fulfillment of such condition in connection with any subsequent Accommodation Notice or Accommodation.
ARTICLE 7
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
           Section 7.01 Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants to each Lender, acknowledging and confirming that each Lender is relying thereon without independent inquiry in entering into this Agreement and providing Accommodations hereunder, that:
     (a)  Incorporation and Qualification. The Borrower and each of the Pledgors is a corporation duly incorporated, continued or amalgamated as the case may be, and, as at the date hereof, validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction referred to in Schedule 7.01(a). Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified, licensed or registered to carry on business under the Laws applicable to it in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its Assets or business makes such qualification necessary and where failure to be so qualified would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b)  Corporate Power. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and Assets and to carry on its business and any other business as now being conducted by it and where the failure to so hold such power and authority would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; each of the Borrower and each of the Pledgors has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party.
     (c) Conflict With Other Instruments. The execution and delivery of the Credit Documents by each of the Borrower and the Pledgors which is a party thereto and the performance by each of the Borrower and the Pledgors of their respective obligations thereunder and compliance with the terms, conditions and provisions thereof, will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of (A) its constating documents or by-laws, (B) any applicable Law to a material extent, (C) any material contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or its properties, or (D) any material judgment, injunction, determination or award which is binding on it; or (ii) result in, require or permit (A) the imposition of any Lien in, on or with respect to the Assets now owned or hereafter acquired by it (other than pursuant to the Security Documents or which is a Permitted Lien), (B) the


 

55

acceleration of the maturity of any material Debt of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries binding on or affecting it, or (C) any third party to terminate or acquire any rights materially adverse to the Borrower or the Pledgors under any Material Agreement.
     (d)  Authorization, Governmental Approvals, etc. The execution and delivery of each of the Credit Documents by each of the Borrower and each of the Pledgors which is a party thereto and the performance by each such Person of its respective obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and no Authorization (except any Authorization the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) under any applicable Law, no approval or consent of any third party and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with any Governmental Entity (except for registrations or publications in respect of the Security Documents), is or was necessary therefor or to perfect the same, except as are in full force and effect, unamended, at the date hereof (or as may become necessary subsequent to the date hereof and notice of which has been given to the Administrative Agent).
     (e)  Execution and Binding Obligation. This Agreement and the other Credit Documents have been duly executed and delivered by each of the Borrower and each of the Pledgors which is a party thereto and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Person, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to any limitation under applicable Laws relating to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or creditors’ rights generally; (ii) the discretion that a court may exercise in the granting of equitable remedies; and (iii) the qualifications contained in the opinion of the Borrower’s legal counsel delivered at the Closing Date.
     (f)  Conduct of Business. Since December 31, 2004 and up to the Closing Date, the Business has been carried on in the ordinary course. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not engaged in the business of purchasing, carrying or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying “margin stock”, as defined in Federal Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation U, and no proceeds of any Accommodations will be used to purchase or carry any equity security of a class which is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 , as amended, or any such margin stock, or for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, Federal Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation T, U or X, except, but only with respect to Subsidiaries, where the engagement in such business or such use of the proceeds could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Terms used in this Section and in Section 2.03(2) for which meanings are provided in Federal Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation T, U or X or any regulations substituted therefore, as from time to time in effect, have the meaning so provided. None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 , as amended (15 U.S.C. § 80a-1 et seq. ), except, with respect to the Person Controlling the Borrower or the Subsidiaries only, if such registration or requirement for registration could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The application of the proceeds of the Accommodations and repayment of the Accommodations Outstanding by the Borrower and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and by each Pledgor under the Credit Documents provided by it will not violate any provision of the said Act, or any rule, regulation or order issued by the United States


 

  56
     Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. Neither the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation or any Law which may limit its ability to incur Debt or which may otherwise render its obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents unenforceable, except, with respect to the Person Controlling the Borrower or the Subsidiaries only, where such limit or unenforceability could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower, nor any Affiliates of the Borrower (i) is a Person whose property or interest in property is blocked pursuant to section 1 of Executive Order no. 13224 (September 23, 2001), (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by section 2 of such Executive Order, or is otherwise associated with any such Person in any manner violative of section 2 of such Executive Order, or (iii) is a Person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) or any other similar lists maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order or regulation, except, with respect to such Affiliates only, where such blocking of property, engagement, association or naming could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the USA Patriot Act. No part of the proceeds of any Accommodation will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or any one else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
     (g)  Location of Business. As of the date hereof, the only jurisdictions (or registration districts within such jurisdictions) in which the Borrower and the Pledgors have any place of business or store any material tangible personal property are as set forth in Schedule 7.01(g). The minute books of the Borrower and the Pledgors are located at the addresses set out in part II of Schedule 7.01(g).
     (h)  Authorizations, etc. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries possesses all material Authorizations of federal, provincial, state and local governments and regulatory authorities as may be necessary to properly conduct its business, the failure of which to possess would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (i)  Trademarks, Patents, etc. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries possesses all material trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, licences, or rights in any thereof, reasonably necessary for the conduct of its business as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted, other than any trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents, licences or rights which, if not possessed by any such QMI Entity, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries is, as of the Closing Date, infringing or is alleged to be infringing on the rights of any Person with respect to any patent, trademark, trade name, copyright (or any application or registration respecting any thereof), discovery, improvement, process, formula, know-how, data, plan, specification, drawing or the like, except where such infringement could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 

57

     (j)  Ownership of Property. The Borrower and each of the Pledgors owns its Assets with good (and, with respect to any immovable or real property, marketable) title thereto, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.
     (k)  Compliance with Laws. As of the Closing Date, subject to the next following sentence, the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Laws, non-compliance with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Business and Assets (i) are in material compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) possess and are operated in compliance with all Environmental Permits which are required for the operation of its business; and (iii) are not subject to any past or present fact, condition or circumstance that could result in any material liability under any Environmental Laws.
     (l)  Subsidiaries, etc. The Borrower is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Pledgors, Sun Media Corporation and Vidéotron Ltée . No Person (other than the Borrower) has any right or option to purchase or otherwise acquire any of the issued and outstanding shares of the Pledgors, Sun Media Corporation and Vidéotron Ltée. Except as set forth in the corporate chart attached to Schedule 7.01(l), the Borrower does not own or hold as of the date hereof any shares of, or any other interest in, any other Person.
     (m)  No Burdensome Agreements. Neither the Borrower nor any of the Pledgors, Sun Media Corporation, Vidéotron Ltée and their Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any restriction (including any restriction set forth in its constating documents or by-laws) which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (n)  No Litigation. There are no investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending, taken or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened, before or by any Governmental Entity or by any other Person, in Canada or elsewhere involving the Borrower or a Subsidiary, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (o)  Pension Plans and Employment Liabilities. All contributions required under applicable law under all registered pension plans in respect of which the Borrower could be liable have been made, except for amounts not material to the Borrower on a consolidated basis and except for any unfunded liability that is being amortized in accordance with applicable laws. Each such plan was fully funded as of the most recent actuarial valuation on a going concern and solvency basis in accordance with the terms of such pension plan, except for amounts not material to the Borrower on a consolidated basis and except for any such plan that does not need to be fully funded in accordance with applicable laws. All obligations (including wages, salaries, commissions and vacation pay) to current employees and to former employees have been paid in full or duly provided for, except for amounts not material to the Borrower on a consolidated basis.
     (p)  Material Agreements. Neither the Borrower nor any of the Pledgors is a party or otherwise subject to or bound or affected by any Material Agreement as of the date hereof (other than collective agreements), except as set out in Schedule 7.01(p). Except as contemplated hereunder, all Material Agreements are in full force and effect, unamended, and neither the


 

58

Borrower nor any Pledgor, or to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge after due enquiry, any other party to any such agreement, is in material default with respect thereto.
     (q)  Financial Statements. The audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower dated December 31, 2004 and the other financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.01 have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods specified (except as noted thereon) and are an accurate representation of the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified and the results of their operations and changes in financial position for the respective periods specified, all in accordance with GAAP. No material adverse change in the financial results of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, considered on a consolidated basis, has occurred since December 31, 2004.
     (r)  Books and Records. All books and records of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have been fully, properly and accurately kept and completed in accordance with GAAP (to the extent applicable) and there are no material inaccuracies or discrepancies of any kind contained or reflected therein. The Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ records, systems, controls, data or information are not recorded, stored, maintained, operated or otherwise wholly or partly dependent upon or held by any means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) which (including all means of access thereto and therefrom) are not under the direct control of the Borrower or of an Affiliate of the Borrower, unless such means do not prevent the Borrower from having access to same at all times (for example, in the context of an outsourcing agreement).
     (s)  Insurance. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has contracted the insurance coverage required pursuant to Section 8.01(m).
     (t)  Solvency. The Borrower and each of the Pledgors, both before giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and after giving effect to same, including the provisions of all contribution agreements among the Borrower and the Pledgors (a) is solvent, (b) the fair value of the Assets of each such Person exceeds its total liabilities (including Contingent Obligations but without duplication of any underlying liability related thereto), (c) does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (d) is not engaged, and is not about to engage, in business or transactions for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital.
     (u)  Tax Liability. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has filed within the prescribed delays all tax returns which are required to be filed, and all taxes, Claims, assessments and other duties, interest and penalties levied by the various Governmental Entities with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have been paid when due, except for any such assessment, tax or Claim (i) in an amount of up to C$2,500,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time; or (ii) (A) which is being contested in good faith by proper legal proceedings, for which adequate reserves have been established in the books of the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary, and (B) the failure to effect such filings or outcome of the contestation of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 

59

     (v)  Corporate Structure. Except as notified to the Lenders, the only direct and indirect, shareholders of the Borrower at the date hereof, are set forth in Schedule 7.01(v). Schedule 7.01(v) sets forth the complete particulars at the date hereof of (i) such shareholders; (ii) the interest of each shareholder in the Borrower; and (iii) the direct and indirect interests of each shareholder and their respective interests. Except as described in Schedule 7.01(v), at the date hereof, none of the shareholders is a party to any unanimous shareholders or other agreement relating to the shares owned by such shareholder.
     (w)  Contingent Obligations and Indebtedness. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has (except for any deferred purchase price payable under the Carlyle Agreement) (a) any material Contingent Obligations or contingent liabilities known to it which are not disclosed or referred to in the financial statements referred to in Section 7.01(q)or in the most recent financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.01 or otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing, or (b) incurred any material indebtedness which is not disclosed in or reflected in such financial statements, or otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing, other than Contingent Obligations, contingent liabilities or indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business and Permitted Debt.
     (x)  Disclosure. All (i) forecasts and projections supplied to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders were prepared in good faith, disclosed all assumptions relevant thereto and are, in the opinion of the Borrower’s management when taken together, reasonable estimates (as of the Closing Date) of the prospects for its business; and (ii) other written information heretofore supplied to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the Borrower is complete and accurate in all material respects. There is no fact known as of the Closing Date to the Borrower, after reasonable investigation, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and which has not been fully disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. There has been no change which has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2004 and up to the Closing Date.
     (y)  No Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
     (z)  9101-0827 Quebec . As of the Closing Date, 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. does not have any Debt and its only Assets are the shares it owns in the capital of Vidéotron Ltée.
     (aa)  Erisa. The Borrower and each Subsidiary are in compliance with all obligations to which they are subject under ERISA, as well as under the regulations or rules issued thereunder, in respect of their Benefit Plans, except to the extent that any non-compliance therewith would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
           Section 7.02 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties herein set forth or contained in any certificates or documents delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto shall not merge in or be prejudiced by and shall survive any Accommodation hereunder and shall continue in full force and effect (as of the date when made or deemed to be made) so long as any amounts are owing by the Borrower to the Lenders hereunder. Schedules requiring updates shall be so updated not less frequently than quarterly. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Credit Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection


 

60

herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Accommodation.
ARTICLE 8
COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER
           Section 8.01 Affirmative Covenants. So long as any amount owing hereunder remains unpaid or any Lender has any obligation under this Agreement, and unless consent is given in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof, the Borrower shall:
     (a)  Financial Reporting Requirements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (in electronic and paper forms) (i) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three Financial Quarters in each Financial Year, unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, consisting of (A) a consolidated balance sheet as at the end of the Financial Quarter with comparative amounts at the end of the corresponding Financial Quarter in the previous Financial Year, (B) consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flow for the Financial Quarter and for the period from the end of the previous Financial Year to the end of the Financial Quarter with comparative amounts for the corresponding periods in the previous Financial Year; (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Financial Year, audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, consisting of (A) a consolidated balance sheet as at the end of the Financial Year with comparative amounts at the end of the previous Financial Year, (B) consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flow for the Financial Year with comparative amounts for the previous Financial Year, (C) the financial statements specified in (ii)(A) and (B) being certified without qualification by the current auditors of the Borrower or otherwise by another reputable firm of independent chartered accountants acceptable to the Administrative Agent; (iii) a soon as practicable, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Financial Year, unaudited unconsolidated financial statements of the Borrower, consisting of (A) an unconsolidated balance sheet as at the end of the Financial Year with comparative amounts at the end of the previous Financial Year, and (B) unconsolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flow for the Financial Year with comparative amounts for the previous Financial Year; (iv) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three Financial Quarters in each Financial Year, a Compliance Certificate; and (v) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Financial Year, a Compliance Certificate.
     (b)  Environmental Reporting. Promptly, and in any event within 10 days of each occurrence, (i) notify the Administrative Agent of any proceeding or order before any Governmental Entity requiring the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to comply with or take action under any Environmental Laws and of any state or affairs on the Owned Properties, Leased Properties or its business which would reasonably be expected to have a Material


 

61

Adverse Effect; and (ii) notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, within 10 days therefrom, of any other occurrence with respect to Environmental Laws and involving the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, including, provided that same would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (A) receiving a notice or claim to the effect that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are liable to any Person in a material amount as a result of the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Substance into the environment in, on, under or adjacent to the Owned Properties or Leased Properties; (B) receiving any notice that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to investigation by any Governmental Entity evaluating whether any Remedial Action is needed to respond to the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Substance into the environment, in, on, under or adjacent to the Owned Properties or the Leased Properties; (C) receiving any notice that all or any portion of the Owned Properties or the Leased Properties is subject to an order or a Security Interest under or pursuant to any Environmental Law; (D) receiving any notice of a material condition with respect to the Owned Properties or the Leased Properties which might reasonably result in a notice of violation of any Environmental Law; (E) receiving any notice of the commencement of any judicial or administrative proceeding alleging a violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Owned Properties or the Leased Properties; or (F) undertaking any material activities as a result of new or proposed changes to any existing Environmental Law that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c)  Additional Reporting Requirements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) as soon as practicable and in any event not more than 90 days after the end of each Financial Year of the Borrower, the Annual Business Plan for the next Financial Year (the First Annual Business Plan to be delivered hereunder being in respect of the Financial Year 2007) together with detailed schedules and information supplementary to and consistent with such Annual Business Plan; (ii) as soon as possible, and in any event within five days after the Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, a statement of the chief financial officer, treasurer or chief operating officer of the Borrower or any other officer acceptable to the Administrative Agent setting forth the details of such Default or Event of Default and the action which the Borrower proposes to take or has taken with respect thereto; (iii) prompt notice in writing of any default, or event, condition or occurrence which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default under any agreement in respect of Debt to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries owes (contingently or otherwise) at least C$25,000,000 (or the equivalent amount in any other currency); (iv) from time to time upon request of the Administrative Agent, evidence of maintenance of all insurance required to be maintained by Section 8.01(m), including such originals or copies as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request of policies, certificates of insurance, riders and endorsements relating to such insurance and proof of premium payments; (v) promptly upon the issuance thereof, copies of all notices and other documents (which are considered material under the Securities Act (Quebec), as amended from time to time) in respect of the Borrower filed with, or delivered to, any stock exchange or to the Quebec or Ontario Securities Commission or similar Governmental Entity in any other jurisdiction (with the exception of any private and confidential filings) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (vi) promptly, and in any event within 10 days after the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives notice of any suit, proceeding or similar action commenced or threatened by any Governmental Entity or any other Person, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (vii) prompt notice of any material


 

62

changes in accounting or financial reporting practices of the Borrower; (viii) prompt notice of any ERISA Event which could reasonably be expected to constitute an Event of Default and (ix) such other information respecting the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may from time to time reasonably request.
     (d)  Corporate Existence. Except as permitted pursuant to Section 8.02(c), preserve and maintain, and cause each Pledgor and each of Sun Media Corporation and Vidéotron Ltée to preserve and maintain, its corporate existence.
     (e)  Compliance with Laws, etc. Comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with the requirements of all applicable Laws and of all its contractual obligations, non-compliance with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (f)  Status of Accounts and Collateral. With respect to the Collateral (i) maintain books and records pertaining to the Collateral in such detail, form and scope as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require; and (ii) report immediately to the Administrative Agent any matters materially adversely affecting the value, enforceability or collectability of any of the Collateral.
     (g)  Conduct of Business . Conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to conduct, in each Financial Year, its business in a prudent manner and consistent with good business practices.
     (h)  Environmental Audits. Promptly (i) if the Administrative Agent has a good faith concern that there is non-compliance by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with Environmental Laws which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, conduct such environmental audits (by an environmental auditor or auditors approved by the Administrative Agent and, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Borrower) concerning such alleged material non-compliance as the Administrative Agent may request and permit the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to discuss such audits with such auditors; and (ii) remedy any material non-compliance with Environmental Laws revealed by any such audit. Such audit shall be at the Borrower’s expense.
     (i)  Auditors. Appoint and maintain as its auditors a firm of national standing.
     (j)  Payment of Taxes and Claims. Pay and discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon the Assets or upon its Subsidiaries; and (ii) all lawful Claims which, if unpaid, would by Law become a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon the Assets, except for any such assessment, tax or Claim (I) in an amount of up to C$2,500,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time; or (II) (A) which is being contested in good faith by proper legal proceedings, for which adequate reserves have been established in the books of the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary, and (B) the outcome of the contestation of which or the failure to comply with this covenant would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 

63

     (k)  Keeping of Books. Keep, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the Assets and Business in accordance with GAAP (to the extent applicable).
     (l)  Visitation and Inspection. At (i) any reasonable time or times and upon reasonable prior notice, and at least semi-annually, permit the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders to visit the properties of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the location of the chief financial officer, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with executive management including the officer appointed as (or performing the functions of) the chief financial officer thereof. If a Default has occurred and is continuing or an Event of Default has occurred and not been waived, the Borrower shall be required to reimburse the Administrative Agent or its mandatary for any related expenses and fees; and (ii) at least annually, permit the Lenders to have access to the Borrower’s chief financial officer controller for the purpose of reviewing the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
     (m)  Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain, in respect of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, insurance at all times with responsible insurance carriers in such amounts and covering such risks as are usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the Borrower or any such Subsidiaries, as the case may be, operate; such insurance policies of the Loan Parties to show the Administrative Agent (or a sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent), for and on behalf of the Lenders, as loss payee thereof under a mortgage clause in a form approved by the Insurance Bureau of Canada and promptly furnish or cause to be furnished evidence thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
     (n)  Cure Defects, Preservation of Security. Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, take all necessary steps to preserve and maintain in effect the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as well as of any collateral agent or fondé de pouvoir , pursuant to the Security Documents, together with any renewals thereof or additional documents creating Liens that may be, reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent from time to time or on its behalf. Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent or on its behalf, promptly cure or cause to be cured any defects in the execution and delivery of any of the Credit Documents or any of the other agreements, instruments or documents contemplated thereby or executed pursuant thereto or any defects in the validity or enforceability of any of the Security, and at its expense, execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, all such agreements, instruments and other documents as the Administrative Agent may consider necessary or desirable for the foregoing purposes.
     (o)  Further Assurances. At the Borrower’s cost and expense, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, duly execute and deliver or cause to be duly executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts as may be necessary or proper in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to carry out more effectually the provisions and purposes of the Credit Documents.
     (p)  Payment of Obligations. Pay and cause the Pledgors to pay as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities under the Credit Documents.


 

64

     (q)  Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Credit Facilities for the purposes contemplated herein.
     (r)  Hedging Requirements . Enter into the hedging agreements required to satisfy the Hedging Requirements within 30 days from the Closing Date.
     (s)  Erisa . Perform and cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, in a timely fashion, all obligations to which it is subject under ERISA, in respect of its Benefit Plans, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (t)  Collateral. Execute and deliver as soon as possible all documentation (i) necessary or reasonably required by the Administrative Agent in order to grant in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (or on their behalf) a valid duly perfected first ranking Lien on the movable Assets of the Borrower that are acquired or moved by the Borrower to a jurisdiction where the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (or anyone on their behalf) do not have Security or (ii) that is required further to a change of the registered or head office of the Borrower to ensure that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (or anyone on their behalf) keep the benefit of a first ranking Security. Such additional documentation shall form part of the Security Documents.
           Section 8.02 Negative Covenants. So long as any amount owing hereunder remains unpaid or any Lender has any obligation under this Agreement, and unless consent is given in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof, the Borrower shall not:
     (a)  Debt. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit the Pledgors to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Debt other than Permitted Debt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt other than Debt under the Credit Documents, Back-to-Back Securities, Existing Back-to-Back Securities, Debt in connection with Tax Benefit Transactions and Debt owed by 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. to the Borrower.
     (b)  Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any of the Pledgors to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its or their, as the case may be, respective Assets, other than Permitted Liens.
     (c)  Mergers, Etc. Enter into, or permit any of the Pledgors to enter into, any transaction (whether by way of reconstruction, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, winding-up, merger, transfer, sale, lease or otherwise) whereby all or any substantial part of its undertaking or Assets would become the property of any other Person (except that the Loan Parties may enter into any such transaction with each other), unless (i) immediately after giving effect thereto, no event shall have occurred and be continuing which constitutes a Default or Event of Default, (ii) the corporation continuing from any such transaction shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof, (iii) such continuing corporation shall assume the Borrower’s (or the Pledgor’s, as the case may be) obligations, if any, under the Credit Documents, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, provided that such agreement shall not be required if such obligations are otherwise assumed by operation of Law, (iv) if the transaction in question is with a Person (A) who was not a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower


 

65

immediately before the effective date thereof, the transaction, in the sole opinion of the Majority Lenders acting reasonably, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (B) who was a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower immediately before the effective date thereof, the proposed transaction will not have a detrimental effect on the financial condition of the Borrower, nor on the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Credit Documents, and (v) the Lenders shall have received an opinion of counsel to the Borrower, acceptable to them, that such transaction complies with Law and other matters of Law referred to in this Section 8.02(c), or except as permitted under Section 8.02(d).
     (d)  Disposal of Assets Generally. Dispose of, or permit the Pledgors to Dispose of, any Assets to any Person, other than, (i) any disposition of Assets between QMI Entities (other than a Disposition of the equity participation in Vidéotron Ltée or in Sun Media Corporation held by any Loan Party unless such Disposition is to the Borrower); (ii) pursuant to a transaction consummated in accordance with Section 8.02(c); (iii) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise therefrom and no Event of Default has occurred, any other bona fide Dispositions (other than a Disposition of the equity participation in Vidéotron Ltée or in Sun Media Corporation held by any Loan Party), provided the proceeds thereof are dealt with in accordance with Section 2.05(2) hereof to the extent applicable. The Administrative Agent shall, upon the Borrower’s or applicable Pledgor’s request and provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such Disposition, execute a release of any Collateral which the Borrower or applicable Pledgor proposes to Dispose of, or confirm to the purchaser or transferee thereof that such Disposition may occur free of the Security, unless such Disposition is contrary to any provision hereof and provided that, where applicable, the Net Proceeds in respect of the Disposition are used to repay the Accommodations Outstanding in accordance with Section 2.05.
     (e)  Transactions with Affiliates. Subject to the following sentences, and except among the Borrower and wholly-owned Subsidiaries or among wholly-owned Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly (i) purchase, acquire, lease or licence any material property, right or service from; (ii) sell, transfer, lease or licence any Assets or right to; or (iii) permit any Subsidiary to purchase, acquire, lease or licence any Asset, right or service from, or sell, transfer, lease or licence any Assets or right to, any Person not at Arm’s Length with the Borrower or such Subsidiary, except at prices and on terms not less favourable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those which would have been obtained in an Arm’s Length transaction with an Arm’s Length Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Borrower may enter into, perform its obligations in connection with, or redeem or repay, the Back-to-Back Securities, the Existing Back-to-Back Securities or the Tax Benefit Transactions, (b) the Borrower may make or pay Permitted Distributions, (c) the Borrower may pay management fees to Quebecor, Caisse de Dépôt et Placement du Québec or any of their respective Affiliates in an amount not to exceed US$2,000,000 in total per Financial Year, and (d) the Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary may transact with Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned at prices and on terms less favorable to the Borrower or such wholly-owned Subsidiary than those which would have been obtained in Arm’s Length transaction with an Arm’s Length Person, provided that the aggregate value of all such transactions does not exceed C$10,000,000 in total per Financial Year.


 

66

     (f)  Change in Business. Make, or permit to be made, any material change in the Business.
     (g)  Distributions. Declare, make or pay any Equity Distribution or Debt Distribution which is not a Permitted Debt Distribution unless the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio of the Borrower, calculated on a proforma basis as at the end of the last previously completed Fiscal Quarter in respect of which financial statements are available after giving effect to such Distribution, is below the Required Threshold on a trailing four quarter basis provided however that at the time of payment of such Distribution no Default exist or could result therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be entitled to declare, make or pay any such Distribution during any period when such Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio is not below the Required Threshold on the condition that the aggregate amount of such Distributions paid during such period does not exceed C$275,000,000 for the Term of Facility B, provided however that at the time of payment of such Distribution no Default exist or could result therefrom. For the purposes set forth hereunder the Required Threshold shall be as follows:
     
    Required
Period   Threshold
Closing Date to December 30, 2007
  4.5:1.0
December 31, 2007 to December 30, 2009
  4.0:1.0
December 31, 2009 and thereafater
  3.5:1.0
     (h)  Investments and Acquisitions. Make any Investments or Acquisitions, (other than in connection with Capital Expenditures permitted pursuant to Section 8.02(k), or permit the Pledgors to make any such Investments or Acquisitions, except, provided no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (i) for the hedging agreements in connection with the Hedging Requirements, other hedging agreements and other foreign currency hedges, interest rate swaps, commodity hedges or similar obligations or agreements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of the Business and not for speculative purposes; (ii) Investments or Acquisitions so long as at the date of such Investment or Acquisition and on a proforma basis after taking such Investment or Acquisition into account as if it existed at all times during the relevant period, the Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio are complied with in accordance with Section 8.03 and such Investments or Acquisitions are made with respect to Assets or Persons in the same line of business as the Business; and (iii) the acquisition of Back-to-Back Securities or the acquisition of property as part of Tax Benefit Transactions .
     (i)  Subsidiaries. Permit any of its Subsidiaries to assume, enter into or otherwise become bound by any agreement or undertaking that would reasonably be expected to prevent such Subsidiary from declaring or paying dividends, inter company payments, Equity Distributions or Debt Distributions of any kind except on terms and conditions not more restrictive for such Subsidiary than those provided under the Sun Media Credit Agreement or the Vidéotron Credit agreement except where so preventing such Subsidiary from declaring or paying dividends, inter company payments, Equity Distributions or Debt Distributions would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 

67

     (j)  Maintenance and Ownership of Pledgors. Sell or otherwise dispose of or permit the sale or disposition of any shares of any of the Pledgors or permit any of the Pledgors to issue any shares of their capital stock except to the Borrower, or except pursuant to a Disposition permitted hereunder.
     (k)  Capital Expenditures. Make or commit to make, or permit the Pledgors to make or commit to make, during the Term of Facility B, Capital Expenditures which exceed, in the aggregate, C$100,000,000, excluding any Capital Expenditures related to the Press Investment.
     (l)  Business Outside Certain Jurisdictions. Keep or store any of its material tangible property outside of those jurisdictions (or registration districts within such jurisdictions) set forth in Schedule 7.01(g) (i) except upon 30 days’ prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent; and (ii) unless the Borrower has done or caused to be done all such acts and things and executed and delivered or caused to be executed and delivered all such deeds, transfers, assignments and instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for perfecting a Security Interest in such property in favour of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
     (m)  Financial Year. Change its Financial Year.
     (n)  Amendments. Allow any amendments to its or the Pledgors’ constating documents or by-laws which are adverse to the Lenders interests hereunder or the Security Interests arising under or created by the Security Documents, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent upon instructions from the Majority Lenders.
           Section 8.03 Financial Covenants. So long as any amount owing hereunder remains unpaid or any Lender has any obligations under this Agreement, and unless consent is given in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof, the Borrower shall:
     (a)  Leverage Ratio. Maintain, at all times, tested as at the end of each Financial Quarter in each Financial Year, a maximum Leverage Ratio, calculated as at the end of such Financial Quarter for the four Financial Quarters then ended, as follows:
     
Period   Ratio
Closing Date to March 30, 2007
  6.00:1.00
March 31, 2007 to June 29, 2008
  5.50:1.00
June 30, 2008 to March 30, 2009
  5.00:1.00
March 31, 2009to June 29, 2010
  4.75:1.00
June 30, 2010 and thereafter
  4.25:1.00
     (b)  Interest Coverage Ratio. Maintain, at all times, tested as at the end of each Financial Quarter in each Financial Year, a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio, calculated as at the end of such Financial Quarter for the four Financial Quarters then ended, as follows:


 

68

     
Period   Ratio
Closing Date to March 30, 2007
  2.00:1.00
March 31, 2007 to June 29, 2008
  2.25:1.00
June 30, 2008 to September 29, 2009
  2.50:1.00
September 30, 2009 to June 29, 2010
  2.75:1.00
June 30, 2010 and thereafter
  3.00:1.00
     (c)  Unconsolidated Coverage Ratio. Maintain, at all times, tested as at the end of each Financial Quarter in each Financial Year, a minimum Unconsolidated Coverage Ratio calculated as at the end of such Financial Quarter for the four Financial Quarters then ended, of not less than 1.25:1.00.
ARTICLE 9
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
           Section 9.01 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following events (each an “ Event of Default ”) shall constitute an Event of Default unless remedied within the prescribed delays or waived by the requisite majority of Lenders:
     (a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of the Accommodations Outstanding when such amount becomes due and payable;
     (b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest or Fees when the same become due and payable hereunder and such failure shall remain unremedied for three Business Days;
     (c) any representation or warranty or certification made or deemed to be made by the Borrower or any Pledgor or any of their respective directors or officers in this Agreement or any other Credit Document to which it is a party shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;
     (d) the Borrower shall fail to perform, observe or comply with any of the covenants contained in (i) Section 8.02(a), Section 8.02(b), Section 8.02(f), Section 8.02(h), Section 8.02(k) or Section 8.02(l), and such failure shall remain unremedied for three (3) Business Days from the Loan Party’s knowledge of such event, or (ii) the other subsections of Section 8.02, or (iii) Section 8.03;
     (e) the Borrower shall fail to perform, observe or comply with any of the covenants contained in this Agreement (and not covered by Section 9.01(d)) and such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days following notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;
     (f) the Borrower or any Pledgor shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in any Credit Document (other than this Agreement) to which it is a party and such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days following notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;


 

69

     (g) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay the principal of or premium or interest on any Debt of the Borrower or such Subsidiary (excluding any Debt hereunder and under a Hedging Agreement) which is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount exceeding C$25,000,000 (or the equivalent amount in any other currency), when such amount becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt which has not been extended, waived or modified; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist, and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt, if the effect of such event is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable prior to the stated maturity thereof;
     (h) the Borrower shall fail to pay the principal of or premium or interest on any Debt of the Borrower under one or more Hedging Agreement in respect of which the Negative Value of Heding Agreement exceeds C$25,000,000 when such amount becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt which has not been extended, waived or modified, if the effect of such event is to accelerate such Debt or result in the termination of such Hedging Agreement prior to its stated date of maturity; or any other default of the Borrower shall occur and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt, if the effect of such event is to accelerate such Debt or result in the termination of such Hedging Agreement prior to its stated date of maturity;
     (i) any seizure, taking of possession, or process of execution is enforced or levied upon material property having a value of C$25,000,000 or more of the Borrower, any Pledgor, Sun Media Corporation, Vidéotron Ltée, any Subsidiary of any Pledgor, of Sun Media Corporation or of Vidéotron Ltée, or any other Subsidiary whose Consolidated EBITDA for a period of four consecutive Financial Quarters (calculated as at the last completed Financial Quarter for which financial statements are available) exceeds 10% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for such period and remains unsatisfied for a period (for each action) of 60 days, as to movable or personal property, or 90 days as to immovable or real property, and, in any event, not less than 10 days prior to the date fixed for the sale of any such property;
     (j) any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of C$25,000,000 (or the equivalent amount in any other currency), net of applicable insurance coverage pursuant to which liability is acknowledged in writing by the insurer, with a copy promptly provided to the Administrative Agent, shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and remains undischarged or unsatisfied for a period ending on the earlier of (a) 30 days from the date of such judgment (unless appealed and provided, in such case, that there shall be a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order during such period); or (b) the 5 th day prior to the date on which such judgment becomes executory;
     (k) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) become insolvent or generally not pay its debts as such debts become due; (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts

 


 

70
generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iii) institute or have instituted against it any proceeding seeking (x) to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, (y) any liquidation, winding-up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any Law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors including any plan of compromise or arrangement or other similar corporate proceeding involving or affecting its creditors, or (z) the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its Assets, and in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 45 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including the entry of an order for relief against it or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its Assets) shall occur; or (iv) take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing actions;
     (l) if any of the Credit Documents shall be cancelled, terminated, revoked or rescinded or the Administrative Agent’s or the Lenders’ (or any Person’s on their behalf) Security Interests in the Collateral shall cease to be valid and enforceable, or shall cease to have the priority contemplated by the Security Documents, otherwise than in accordance with the terms thereof or with the express prior written agreement, consent or approval of the Lenders, or any action at law, suit or in equity or other legal proceeding to cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Credit Documents shall be commenced by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Pledgors thereto or any of their respective stockholders, or any court or any other governmental or regulatory authority or agency of competent jurisdiction shall make a determination that, or issue a judgment, order, decree or ruling to the effect that, any one or more of the Credit Documents is illegal, invalid or unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof, unless such Credit Document is duly replaced with a fully enforceable one within 7 days of any such event;
     (m) a Change of Control;
     (n) any Impermissible Qualification of the audited financial statements of the Borrower by its independent auditors; or
     (o) (i) any Termination Event shall occur with respect to any Benefit Plan of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, (ii) any accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) shall exist at any time with respect to any such Benefit Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) in an amount in excess of an amount equivalent to 4% of the Borrower’s Equity at such time, (iii) any Subsidiary or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall engage in any prohibited transaction involving any such Benefit Plan, (iv) a Subsidiary or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall be in “default” (as defined in ERISA Section 4219(c)(5)) with respect to payments owing to any such Benefit Plan that is a Multiemployer Plan as a result of such Person’s complete or partial withdrawal (as described in ERISA Section 4203 or 4205) therefrom, (v) a Subsidiary or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall fail to pay when due an amount that is payable by it to the PBGC or to any such Benefit Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or (vi) a proceeding shall be instituted by a fiduciary of any such Benefit Plan against a Subsidiary or any of its ERISA Affiliates to enforce ERISA Section 515 and such proceeding shall not have been dismissed within 30 days thereafter, except that no event or condition referred to in paragraphs (i) through (vi) shall constitute an Event of Default if it,


 

71

together with all other such events or conditions at the time existing, has not subjected, and in the reasonable determination of the Majority Lenders will not subject, the Borrower to aggregate liabilities, at any time, that exceed an amount equivalent to 4% of the Borrower’s Equity at such time.
then, (A) if the Event of Default that occurred is that mentioned in paragraph (k) above, all Accommodations Outstanding, together with all interest and Fees accrued thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement in respect of the Credit Facilities, shall immediately become due and payable, without demand, presentation, protest or other notice of any nature, to which the Borrower expressly renounces; and (B) if the Event of Default that occurred was any other Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may, and shall at the request of the Majority Lenders, (i) terminate the Lenders’ obligations to make further Accommodations under the Credit Facilities; and (ii) (at the same time or at any time after such termination) declare the principal amount of all Accommodations Outstanding, together with all interest and Fees accrued thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement in respect of the Credit Facilities, to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower. For greater certainty, from and after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, the Lenders shall not be obliged to provide any Accommodation hereunder.
          Upon the acceleration of any amount hereunder and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower hereby acknowledges that it shall be then indebted to, and shall be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent, as a separate and absolute obligation, all unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on Accommodations Outstanding, all Fees and all other amounts payable under this Agreement. Such payment to the Administrative Agent when made shall be deemed to have been made in discharge of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder, and the Administrative Agent shall distribute such proceeds among the Lenders as provided herein.
           Section 9.02 Remedies Upon Demand and Default. (1) Upon a declaration that the Accommodations Outstanding under the Credit Facilities are immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 9.01, the Administrative Agent shall at the request of, or may with the consent of, the Majority Lenders, commence such legal action or proceedings as it, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient, including the commencement of enforcement proceedings under the Security Documents or any other security granted by the Borrower, any Pledgor or others to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or both, or for their benefit, all without any additional notice, presentation, demand, protest, notice of dishonour, entering into of possession of any of the Assets, or any other action or notice, all of which the Borrower hereby expressly waives.
          (2) The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Credit Documents are cumulative and are in addition to and not in substitution for any other rights or remedies. Nothing contained herein or in the Security Documents or any other security hereafter held by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, or for their benefit, with respect to the indebtedness or liability of the Borrower or the Pledgors to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, or any part thereof, nor any act or omission of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders or anyone on their behalf with respect to the Security


 

72

Documents, the Security or such other security, shall in any way prejudice or affect the rights, remedies and powers of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and any Person holding any Security Interest on their behalf hereunder or under the Security Documents or such Security.
           Section 9.03 Bankruptcy and Insolvency. If the Borrower files a notice of intention to file a proposal, or files a proposal under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), or if the Borrower obtains the permission of the court to file a Plan of Arrangement under the Companies’ Creditors Arrangements Act (Canada), and if a stay of proceedings is obtained or ordered under the provisions of either of those statutes, without prejudice to the Lenders’ rights to contest such stay of proceedings, the Borrower covenants and agrees to continue to pay interest on all amounts due to the Lenders in accordance with the provisions hereof. In this regard, the Borrower acknowledges that permitting the Borrower to continue to use the proceeds of the Accommodations constitutes valuable consideration provided after the filing of any such proceeding in the same way that permitting the Borrower to use leased premises constitutes such valuable consideration.
           Section 9.04 Relations with the Borrower. The Administrative Agent may grant delays, take security or renounce thereto, accept compromises, grant acquittances and releases and otherwise negotiate with the Borrower and any Pledgor as it deems advisable without in any way diminishing the liability of the Borrower or any Pledgor nor prejudicing the rights of the Lenders with respect to the Security.
           Section 9.05 Application of Proceeds. Following the occurrence of an Event of Default which has not been waived, subject to the provisions hereof, the Administrative Agent may apply the proceeds of realization of the property contemplated by the Security Documents and of any credit or compensating balance in reduction of the part of the Accommodations (principal, interest or accessories and/or the Negative Value of Hedging Agreement relating to all Hedging Agreements entered into with a Lender) which the Administrative Agent judges appropriate; provided that, to the extent practicable, the Administrative Agent will follow the order contemplated by Section 2.09(2) hereof. If any Lender is owed money by the Borrower as a result of Hedging Agreements, and, in particular, as a result of the Negative Value of Hedging Agreement in respect of such Hedging Agreement, the claim of such Lender for all amounts owed thereunder, shall rank pari passu with the other amounts comprising the Accommodations.
ARTICLE 10
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS
           Section 10.01 Appointment and Authority. (1) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America, N.A. to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, and neither the


 

73

Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
          (2) In addition to the provisions of Section 10.12 hereof, the Administrative Agent shall also act as the “ collateral agent ” under the Credit Documents, and each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender, potential party to a Hedging Agreement) and the Issuing Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and Issuing Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure the obligations secured by the terms of the Security Documents, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article 10 and Article 12 (including Section 12.06 as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Credit Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
           Section 10.02 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
           Section 10.03 Exculpatory Provisions. (1) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Credit Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Majority Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Credit Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable Law; and


 

74

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
          (2) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 12.01 and Section 9.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross or intentional fault. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the Issuing Lender.
          (3) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 6 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
           Section 10.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of an Accommodation, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing Lender prior to the making of such Accomodation. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
           Section 10.05 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Credit Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory


 

75

provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
           Section 10.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent.. (1) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Majority Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of Borrower (prior to the occurrence of a Default which is continuing or an Event of Default which has not been waived) which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in Canada, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in Canada. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender under any of the Credit Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the Issuing Lender directly, until such time as the Majority Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The Fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 12.06 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
          (2) Any resignation by Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute the resignation of Bank of America, N.A., Canada Branch as Issuing Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Lender, (ii) the retiring Issuing Lender shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents, and (iii) the successor Issuing Lender shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory


 

76

to the retiring Issuing Lender to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Lender with respect to such Letters of Credit.
           Section 10.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the Issuing Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the Issuing Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
           Section 10.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the bookmanagers, arrangers, syndication agent or documentation agent listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Lender hereunder.
           Section 10.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. (1) In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Advance or the Face Amount of any other Accommodation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise :
     (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal, Face Amount and interest and Fees owing and unpaid in respect of the Advances and all other Accommodations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent hereunder) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
     (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent hereunder, as Fees or otherwise.


 

77

          (2) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the Issuing Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder and under the other Credit Documents or the rights of any Lender or the Issuing Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the Issuing Lender or in any such proceeding.
           Section 10.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. (1) The Lenders and the Issuing Lender irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
     (a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent (or by any Person on its behalf) under any Credit Document (i) upon termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all obligations owed hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit and BA Instruments, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Credit Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 12.01;
     (b) to release any Pledgor from its obligations under any Credit Document if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and
     (c) to subordinate any Security Interest on any property created pursuant to any Security Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted hereunder unless such Permitted Lien is specifically stipulated hereunder to rank equally or after such Security Interest.
          (2) Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Majority Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable, will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Pledgor from its obligations under the Security Documents pursuant to this Section. In each case as specified in this Section, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Pledgor from its obligations under the Security Documents, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents and this Section.
           Section 10.11 Replacement of Non-Schedule I Reference Banks. If a non-Schedule I Reference Bank assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 12.08, all of its rights hereunder or otherwise ceases to be a Lender, or if a Non-Schedule I Reference Bank gives notice of its intention to cease being a Non-Schedule I Reference Bank, or if in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, a Non-Schedule I Reference Bank is no longer capable of exercising its functions as a Non-Schedule I Reference Bank, the Administrative Agent shall, with the prior written consent of the Borrower if prior to an Event of Default which has not been waived, appoint another Lender designated as a Schedule II or Schedule III bank under the Bank Act (Canada) (with the latter’s consent) to act as a Non-Schedule I Reference Bank in replacement thereof.


 

78

           Section 10.12 Irrevocable Power of Attorney ( fondé de pouvoir ). Without limiting the powers of the Administrative Agent hereunder or under the Credit Documents and to the extent applicable, each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that Computershare Trust Company of Canada shall, for the purposes of holding any Security granted under the Security Documents for use in the Province of Quebec, to secure payment of the Debentures, be the holder of an irrevocable power of attorney ( fondé de pouvoir ) (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec ) for the Administrative Agent and all present and future Lenders and in particular for all present and future holders of the Debentures. Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereby ratifies the constitution of, to the extent necessary, Computershare Trust Company of Canada (or, if desired, a designated collateral agent) as the holder of such irrevocable power of attorney in order to hold security granted under such hypothecs to secure the Debentures. Each Assignee shall be deemed to have confirmed and ratified the constitution of Computershare Trust Company of Canada as the holder of such irrevocable power of attorney by execution of the relevant Assignment and Assumption. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 32 of the An Act respecting the Special Powers of Legal Persons (Quebec), the Borrower, the Pledgors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders irrevocably agree that Computershare Trust Company of Canada may acquire and be the holder of a Debenture. By executing a Debenture, the issuer of the Debenture shall be deemed to have acknowledged that the Debenture constitutes a title of indebtedness, as such term is used in Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec .
           Section 10.13 Issuing Lender. The Issuing Lender shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the Issuing Lender shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article 10 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Lender in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article 10 and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included the Issuing Lender with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Issuing Lender.
           Section 10.14 Borrower Materials. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the arrangers hereunder will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of such Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders ( i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the arrangers, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws; (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower


 

79

Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”
ARTICLE 11
CURRENCY AND EXCHANGE
           Section 11.01 Rules of Conversion. If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court or for any other purpose hereunder, it is necessary to convert an amount due, advanced or to be advanced hereunder from the currency in which it is due (the “ First Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) the rate of exchange used shall be that at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Administrative Agent could purchase, in the Canadian money market or the Canadian exchange market, as the case may be, the First Currency with the Second Currency on the date on which the judgment is rendered, the sum is payable or advanced or to be advanced, as the case may be. The Borrower agrees that its obligations in respect of any First Currency due from it to the Lenders in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, notwithstanding any judgment rendered or payment made in the Second Currency, be discharged by a payment made to the Administrative Agent on account thereof in the Second Currency only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt of such payment in the Second Currency, the Administrative Agent may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase on the Canadian money market or the Canadian foreign exchange market, as the case may be, the First Currency with the amount of the Second Currency so paid or which a judgment rendered payable; and if the amount of the First Currency which may be so purchased is less than the amount originally due in the First Currency, the Borrower agrees as a separate and independent obligation and notwithstanding any such payment or judgment to indemnify the Lenders against such deficiency.
           Section 11.02 Determination of an Equivalent Currency. If, in their discretion, the Lenders or the Administrative Agent chooses or, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, are obliged to choose the equivalent in Canadian Dollars of any securities or amounts expressed in US Dollars or another currency or the equivalent in US Dollars of any securities or amounts expressed in Canadian Dollars or another currency, the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the conversion rules as stipulated in Section 11.01, on the date indicated in the Borrowing Notice as the date of a request for an Advance, and at any other time which in the opinion of the Lenders is desirable; may, using the spot rate of the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate on such date, determine the equivalent in Canadian Dollars or in US Dollars, as the case may be, of any security or amount expressed in the other currency pursuant to the terms hereof. Immediately following such determination, the Administrative Agent shall inform the Borrower of the conclusion which the Lenders have reached.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
           Section 12.01 Amendment Etc. (1) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, and no consent to any departure by


 

80

the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Administrative Agent acting with the approval of the Majority Lenders (it being understood that with respect to any amendment or waiver pertaining to a specific Credit Facility without affecting the Lenders generally, Majority Lenders shall refer to the “Majority Lenders” under such Credit Facility) and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:.
     (a) waive any condition set forth in Section 6.02, or, in the case of the initial Accommodation, Section 6.01 without the written consent of each Lender;
     (b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.01) without the written consent of such Lender;
     (c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Credit Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under such other Credit Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment;
     (d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Advance or other Type of Accommodation, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 12.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Credit Document, or change the manner of computation of any financial ratio (including any change in any applicable defined term) used in determining the Applicable Margin that would result in a reduction of any interest rate or Fee payable on any Advance, any other Type of Accommodation or any Fee payable hereunder without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount; provided , however , that only the consent of the Majority Lenders shall be necessary to amend the rate of interest charged as a default rate or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Fees at such default rate ;
     (e) change (i) Section 2.09 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender or (ii) the order of application of any reduction in the Commitments or any prepayment of Accommodations among the Credit Facilities from the application thereof set forth in the applicable provisions of Section 2.05 and Section 2.06, respectively, in any manner that materially and adversely affects the Lenders under a Credit Facility without the written consent of (i) if such Credit Facility is the Revolving Facility, the Majority Lenders under the Revolving Facility, (ii) if such Facility is Facility A, the Majority Lenders under Facility A and (iii) if such Facility is Facility B, the Majority Lenders under Facility B;
     (f) change (i) any provision of this Section or the definition of “Majority Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;


 

81

     (g) release all or substantially all (including without limitation any shares of Vidéotron Ltée or of Sun Media Corporation) of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender; or
     (h) impose any greater restriction on the ability of any Lender under a Credit Facility to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of (i) if such Credit Facility is the Revolving Facility, the Majority Lenders under the Revolving Facility, (ii) if such Credit Facility is Facility A, the Majority Lenders under Facility A and (iii) if such Credit Facility is Facility B, the Majority Lenders under Facility B;
     and provided , further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application Form relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; and (iii) Section 12.08(8) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Advances are being funded by an SPV at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.
           Section 12.02 Waiver. (1) No failure on the part of any Lender or the Administrative Agent (or anyone on its behalf or on behalf of the Lenders) to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right under any of the Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver of such right; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right under any of the Credit Documents preclude any other or further exercise of such right or the exercise of any other right.
          (2) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the covenants, shall not merge on and shall survive the initial Accommodation and, notwithstanding such initial Accommodation or any investigation made by or on behalf of any party, shall continue in full force and effect. The closing of this transaction shall not prejudice any right of one party against any other party in respect of anything done or omitted under this Agreement or in respect of any right to damages or other remedies.
           Section 12.03 Evidence of Debt and Accommodation Notices. (1) The indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from Accommodations under the Credit Facilities shall be evidenced by the records of the Lenders (or the Administrative Agent acting on behalf of the Lenders) which shall constitute prima facie evidence of such indebtedness.
          (2) Prior to the receipt of any Accommodation Notice, the Administrative Agent may act upon the basis of a notice by telephone (containing the same information as required to be contained in such Accommodation Notice) believed by it in good faith to be from an authorized person representing the Borrower. In the event of a conflict between the


 

82

Administrative Agent’s record of any Accommodation and the Accommodation Notice, the Administrative Agent’s record shall prevail, absent manifest error.
           Section 12.04 Notices, etc. Any notice, direction or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall, except as otherwise permitted, be in writing and given by delivering it or sending it by telecopy or other similar form of recorded communication addressed, if to the Borrower, to it at: 612, St-Jacques Street, Montreal, Quebec, H3C 4M8, Attention: Treasurer, Phone: (514) 380-4144, Fax: (514) 380-1983, E-mail: pruneau.jean-françois@quebecor.com; if to the Administrative Agent, (I) for the purposes of Accommodations and repayments under (A) the Revolving Facility, Facility A and Facility B-2, to it at: 200 Front Street West, Suite 2700, Toronto, Ontario, M5V 3L2, Attention: Sylwia Durkiewicz, Phone: (416) 349-4307, Fax (416) 349-4281, E-mail: sylwiadurkiewicz@bankofamerica.com ; and (B) Facility B-1, to it at: Bank of America, N. A., Agency Services, 1850 Gateway Blvd., 5th Floor, MC: CA4-706-05-09, Concord, CA 94520, Attention: Kristine Kelleher, Phone: (925) 675-8373, Fax: (888) 969-2414, E-mail: kristine.l.kelleher@bankofamerica.com; and (II), for all other purposes, to it at: 1455 Market St., 5 th Floor, Mail Code CA5-701-05-19, San Francisco, CA, 94103, U.S.A., Attention: Robert J. Rittelmeyer, Vice President, Telephone: (415) 436-2616, Fax: (415) 503-5099, E-mail: robert.j.rittelmeyer@bankofamerica.com and, if to the Lenders, at the addresses shown on the signature pages. Any communication shall be deemed to have been validly and effectively given (i) if personally delivered, on the date of such delivery if such date is a Business Day and such delivery was made prior to 4:00 p.m. (Toronto time); (ii) if transmitted by facsimile or similar means of recorded communication on the Business Day following the date of transmission. Any party may change its address for service from time to time by notice given in accordance with the foregoing and any subsequent notice shall be sent to the party at its changed address.
           Section 12.05 Confidentiality. Each Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts to ensure that financial statements or other information relating to the Borrower which may be delivered to it pursuant to this Agreement and which are not publicly filed or otherwise made available to the public generally (and which are not independently known to the Lender) will, to the extent permitted by Law, be treated confidentially by the Lender and will not, except with the consent of the Borrower, be distributed or otherwise made available by the Lender to any Person other than its directors, officers, employees, authorized agents, counsel or other representatives (provided the other representatives have agreed or are under a duty to keep all information confidential) required, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, to have such information. Each Lender is authorized to deliver a copy of any financial statement or any other information which may be delivered to it pursuant to this Agreement, to (i) any actual or potential Participant or Assignee; (ii) any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the Lender in order to comply with any applicable laws; (iii) any Affiliate of the Lender required, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, to have such information; and (iv) any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in any swap, hedge or similar agreement (or to any such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor), so long as such contractual counterparty (or such professional advisor) agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 12.05.
           Section 12.06 Costs, Expenses and Indemnity. (1) The Borrower shall, whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are completed, indemnify and


 

83

hold each of the Lenders and each Agent-Related Person and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, trustees and advisors (each an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless from, and shall pay to such Indemnified Person on demand any amounts required to compensate the Indemnified Person for, any claim or loss suffered by, imposed on, or asserted against, the Indemnified Person as a result of, connected with or arising out of (i) the preparation, execution and delivery of the commitment letter, term sheet and fee letter executed in connection with the Credit Facilities, (ii) the preparation, execution and delivery of, preservation of rights under, enforcement of, or refinancing, renegotiation or restructuring of, the Credit Documents and any related amendment, waiver or consent; (iii) any advice of counsel as to the rights and duties of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the administration of the Credit Facilities, the Credit Documents or any transaction contemplated under the Credit Documents, including any interpretation issues; (iv) a default (whether or not constituting a Default or an Event of Default) by the Borrower; (v) any proceedings brought against the Indemnified Person due to its entering into any of the Credit Documents and performing its obligations under the Credit Documents except to the extent that it shall be determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses resulted primarily from the gross or intentional fault of the Indemnified Person; and (vi) the presence on or under or the discharge or likely discharge of Hazardous Substances from any of the properties used by the Borrower, or the breach of any Environmental Law by the Borrower or by any mortgagor, owner, or lessee of such properties. No Indemnified Person shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower and obtained through the Internet, Intralinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with the Credit Facilities except to the extent that, as to any Indemnified Person, it shall be determined by a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such damages resulted primarily from the gross or intentional fault of such Indemnified Person. The Borrower agrees that no Indemnified Person shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to any Person, including the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates or their respective security holders or creditors arising out of or in connection with any aspect of this Agreement or the Credit Facilities, except for direct, as opposed to consequential, damages determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the gross or intentional fault of such Indemnified Person.
          (2) If, with respect to any Lender, (i) any Change in Law of general application occurring or becoming effective after the Closing Date; or (ii) compliance by the Lender with any direction, request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Entity made or becoming effective after the Closing Date, has the effect of causing any loss to the Lender or reducing the Lender’s rate of return by (w) increasing the cost to the Lender of performing its obligations under this Agreement or in respect of any Accommodations Outstanding (including the costs of maintaining any capital, reserve or special deposit requirements (other than a reduction resulting from a higher rate or from a change in the calculation of income or capital tax relating to the Lender’s income or capital in general)), (x) requiring the Lender to maintain or allocate any capital or additional capital or affecting its allocation of capital in respect of its obligations under this Agreement or in respect of any Accommodations Outstanding, (y) reducing any amount payable to the Lender under this Agreement or in respect of any Accommodations Outstanding by any material amount, (z)


 

84

causing the Lender to make any payment or to forego any return on, or calculated by reference to, any amount received or receivable by the Lender under this Agreement or in respect of any Accommodations Outstanding, then, subject to Section 12.06(3), the Lender may give notice to the Borrower specifying, with reasonable detail, the nature of the event giving rise to the loss and the Borrower may either: (A) on demand, pay such amounts as the Lender specifies is necessary to compensate it for any such loss, or (B) provided no loss has yet been suffered by the Lender or the Borrower has paid the compensating amount to the Lender, repay the Accommodations Outstanding to such Lender and terminate the Lender’s Commitments all without affecting the Commitments or Accommodations Outstanding of any other Lender. A certificate as to the amount of any such loss submitted in good faith by a Lender to the Borrower shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
          (3) The Borrower shall not be liable to compensate a Lender for any costs, reduction, payment or foregone return if such compensation is not being claimed as a general practice by such Lender from customers of such Lender who by agreement are liable to pay such or similar compensation. In determining the amount of compensation payable by the Borrower under Section 12.06(2), such Lender shall use all reasonable efforts to minimize the compensation payable by the Borrower including using all reasonable efforts to obtain refunds or credits in the ordinary course of its business, and any compensation paid by the Borrower which is later determined not to have been properly payable or in respect of which a refund, credit or compensation has been received shall forthwith be reimbursed by such Lender to the Borrower.
          (4) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender on demand any amounts required to compensate the Lender for any loss suffered or incurred by it as a result of (i) any payment being made in respect of a BA Instrument or Libor Advance other than on the maturity applicable to it; (ii) the failure of the Borrower to give any notice in the manner and at the times required by this Agreement; (iii) the failure of the Borrower to effect an Accommodation in the manner and at the time specified in any Accommodation Notice; or (iv) the failure of the Borrower to make a payment or a mandatory repayment in the manner and at the time specified in this Agreement. A certificate as to the amount of any loss submitted in good faith by a Lender to the Borrower shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
          (5) The provisions of this Section 12.06 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all Accommodations Outstanding. The Borrower acknowledges that neither its obligation to indemnify nor any actual indemnification by it of any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any other Indemnified Person in respect of such Person’s losses for the legal fees and expenses shall in any way affect the confidentiality or privilege relating to any information communicated by such Person to its counsel.
           Section 12.07 Taxes. (1) The Borrower agrees to immediately pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, withholding, charges, financial institutions duties, debits or similar levies (all such taxes, charges, duties and levies being referred to as “ Taxes ”) which arise from any payment made by the Borrower under any of the Credit Documents or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any of the Credit Documents. If any Taxes are required to be


 

85

withheld from any payment hereunder, the Borrower shall (a) increase the amount of such payment so that the Lenders will receive a net amount (after deduction and withholding of all Taxes) equal to the amount otherwise due hereunder; (b) pay such Taxes to the appropriate taxing authority for the account of the relevant Lenders and (c) as promptly as possible thereafter, send the Administrative Agent and the Lenders an original receipt showing payment thereof, together with such additional documentary evidence as the Lenders may from time to time reasonably require.
          (2) The Borrower shall indemnify the Lenders and the Administrative Agent for the full amount of Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable by the Borrower under this Section 12.07) paid by the Lenders or the Administrative Agent and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising from or with respect to such Taxes, whether or not they were correctly or legally asserted, excluding, for greater certainty, taxes imposed on or measured by their net income or capital taxes or receipts and franchise taxes. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date the Administrative Agent or the relevant Lender, as the case may be, make written demand for it. A certificate as to the amount of such Taxes submitted to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the relevant Lender shall be conclusive evidence, absent manifest error, of the amount due from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as the case may be.
          (3) The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment of Taxes made by the Borrower within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes.
          (4) The provisions of this Section 12.07 shall survive the termination of the Agreement and the repayment of all Accommodations Outstanding.
           Section 12.08 Successors and Assigns. (1) This Agreement shall become effective when executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender and after that time shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
          (2) The Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any interest in this Agreement without the prior consent of all the Lenders, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld.
          (3) A Lender may (i) grant participations, without notice to or consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, in all or any part of its interest in the Credit Facilities to one or more Persons (each a “ Participant ”), or (ii) upon prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, assign all or any part of its interest in the Credit Facilities to one or more Persons (each an “ Assignee ”), provided that in the case of any interest which is a partial interest (other than after the occurrence of a Default which is continuing or an Event of Default which has not been waived, in which case no minimums will apply), such partial interest is not less than C$5,000,000 under the Revolving Facility or C$1,000,000 or US$1,000,000 under Facility A or Facility B (or such lesser amount as agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent). An assignment shall require (A) the consent of the Borrower, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, prior to the occurrence of a Default which


 

86

is continuing or an Event of Default which has not been waived, and thereafter shall not require any such consent, and (B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of assignments under the Revolving Facility, the Issuing Lender), which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that the Borrower’s consent shall not be required for an assignment to an Eligible Assignee. A Lender granting a participation shall, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, act on behalf of all of its Participants in all dealings with the Borrower in respect of the Credit Facilities and no Participant shall have any voting or consent rights with respect to any matter requiring the Lenders’ consent. In the case of an assignment, the Assignee shall have the same rights and benefits and be subject to the same limitations under the Credit Documents as it would have if it was a Lender, provided that no Assignee or Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater payment, on a cumulative basis, pursuant to Section 12.06 or Section 12.07 than the Lender which granted the assignment or participation would have been entitled to receive.
          (4) The Borrower shall provide such certificates, acknowledgments and further assurances in respect of this Agreement and the Credit Facilities as such Lender may reasonably require in connection with any participation or assignment pursuant to this Section 12.08.
          (5) In order to effect an assignment in accordance with this Section 12.08, a Lender shall deliver to the Borrower an Assignment and Assumption by which an Assignee of the Lender assumes the obligations and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all as if the Assignee had been an original party. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent from the assigning Lender of a processing fee equal to the applicable Assignment Fee and the Assignment and Assumption, the assigning Lender and the Borrower shall be released from their respective obligations under this Agreement (to the extent of such assignment and assumption) and shall have no liability or obligations to each other to such extent, except in respect of matters arising prior to the assignment.
          (6) Any assignment or grant of participation pursuant to this Section 12.08 will not constitute a repayment by the Borrower to the assigning or granting Lender of any Accommodation, nor a new Accommodation to the Borrower by such Lender or by the Assignee or Participant, as the case may be, and the parties acknowledge that the Borrower’s obligations with respect to any such Accommodations will continue and will not constitute new obligations.
          (7) The amounts payable by the Borrower under this Agreement shall not increase on account of withholding taxes as a result of any such assignment or transfer to an Assignee of a Revolving Lender or Facility A Lender which is not a Cdn Qualified Lender; provided that an assignment which occurs after the occurrence of an Event of Default which has not been waived shall not be subject to this provision.
          (8) Any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPV ”), identified as such from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of an Advance that such Granting Lender would otherwise be required to make hereunder; provided that (a) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Advance, (b) if an SPV does not make such Advance, the Granting Lender shall remain liable to do so and (c) no SPV


 

87

shall be entitled to receive any greater payment, on a cumulative basis, pursuant to Section 12.06 or Section 12.07 than the Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive. Any Advance by an SPV shall be made using the Commitment of the Granting Lender as if the Advance in question had been made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or other payment hereunder, all of which liability shall remain with the Granting Lender. Accordingly, each party further agrees (which agreement will survive the termination hereof) that it shall not institute any insolvency or other proceeding against the SPV until a date that is not less than one year and one day following the repayment of all of such SPV’s commercial paper and other senior Debt. In addition, any SPV may (a) assign all or any portion of its interests in any Accommodations (i) with notice to, but without the consent of the Borrower or the Agent, and without paying any fees therefor, to the Granting Lender or (ii) to any financial institutions, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding and maintenance of Accommodations; and (b) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to the Accommodations to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV.
          (9) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Lender and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. No assignment shall be effective unless recorded in the Register.
           Section 12.09 Non-Cdn Qualified Lenders. Each Revolving Lender and each Facility A Lender represents that it is a Cdn Qualified Lender as of the date hereof. If a Revolving Lender or Facility A Lender ceases at any time to be a Cdn Qualified Lender, it shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, and if the Borrower unknowingly made payments to such Lender that should have been subject to withholding taxes prior to such notice, such Lender shall repay the amount that should have been so withheld to the Borrower to be paid to the appropriate taxation authority. Following such notice, the Lender in question shall have one of the following options in connection with its Commitment under the Revolving Facility or Facility A: (a) to permit the Borrower to deduct and pay the applicable withholding tax to the appropriate taxation authority for so long as it is non a non-Cdn Qualified Lender without increasing the payments or otherwise indemnifying such Lender pursuant to Section 12.07; or (b) to require that the Borrower replace it as a Revolving Lender and/or Facility A Lender within 15 Business Days from such notice, failing which its affected Commitment will be cancelled, and the corresponding Commitment hereunder will be permanently reduced by an equal amount (it being understood that the Borrower shall not have to increase its payments or otherwise indemnify such Lender pursuant to Section 12.07 in connection with the applicable withholding tax during that period).


 

88

           Section 12.10 Right of Set-off. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law (including general principles of common law), to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by it to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower under any of the Credit Documents, irrespective of whether or not the Lender has made demand under any of the Credit Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured or contingent. If an obligation is unascertained, the Lender may, in good faith, estimate the obligation and exercise its right of set-off in respect of the estimate, subject to providing the Borrower with an accounting when the obligation is finally determined. Each Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower after any set-off and application is made by it, provided that the failure to give notice shall not affect the validity of the set-off and application. The rights of the Lenders under this Section 12.10 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including all other rights of set-off) which the Lenders may have.
           Section 12.11 Accommodations by Lenders. The failure of any Lender to make an Accommodation shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations in connection with such Accommodation, but no Lender is responsible for any other Lender’s failure in respect of an Accommodation. Unless the Administrative Agent receives notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Accommodation that the Lender will not make its ratable portion of the Accommodation available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Lender has made its portion so available on the date of the Accommodation and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make a corresponding amount available to the Borrower. If the Lender has not made its ratable portion available to the Administrative Agent, the Lender shall pay the corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent immediately upon demand. If the Lender pays the corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent, the amount so paid shall constitute the Lender’s part of the Accommodation for purposes of this Agreement. If the Lender does not pay the amount to the Administrative Agent immediately upon demand and such amount has been made available to the Borrower, the Borrower shall pay the corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent immediately upon demand and any amount received and so reimbursed would not and will not constitute an Accommodation. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from the Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, interest on the corresponding amount, for each day from the date the amount was made available to the Borrower until the date it is repaid to the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the Administrative Agent’s cost of funds.
           Section 12.12 Rateable Payments. Unless the Administrative Agent receives notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that the Borrower will not make the payment in full, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made the payment in full on that date and may, in reliance upon that assumption, distribute to each Lender on the due date an amount equal to the amount then due to the Lender. If the Borrower has not made the payment in full, each Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent immediately upon demand the amount distributed to it together with interest for each day from the date such amount was distributed to the Lender until the date the Lender repays it to the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the Administrative Agent’s cost of funds.


 

89

           Section 12.13 Interest on Accounts. Except as may be expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, all amounts owed by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and to any of the Lenders, which are not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, on demand, by acceleration or otherwise) shall (to the extent permitted by Law) bear interest (both before and after default and judgment), from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to the sum of the Canadian Prime Rate in effect from time to time, the Applicable Margin and 2%.
           Section 12.14 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the laws of Canada applicable therein.
           Section 12.15 Consent to Jurisdiction. The Borrower and each Lender and each Agent hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Quebec court sitting in Montreal, Quebec in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Credit Documents and hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Quebec court. The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent each may effectively do so, the defence of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.
           Section 12.16 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by way of facsimile) and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
           Section 12.17 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is or becomes prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, does not invalidate, affect or impair the remaining provisions thereof and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction does not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
           Section 12.18 Assignment to Federal Reserve Bank. (1) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Lender governed by the applicable Laws of the United States of America may at any time assign all or a portion of its rights under this Agreement and all other documents ancillary thereto (including the Security Documents) to a Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall relieve the assigning Lender from its obligations under this Agreement or such other documents.
          (2) Upon the request of any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver one or more promissory notes substantially in the form of Schedule 8, evidencing the Facility B Commitment and Accommodations Outstanding under Facility B.
          (3) In the case of any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans, such Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or Administrative Agent, assign or pledge all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, including the Accommodations and any instrument evidencing its rights as a Lender under this Agreement, to any holder or, trustee for,


 

90

or any other representative of holders of, obligations owed or securities issued, by such fund, as security for such obligations or securities, without cost to the Borrower; provided that any foreclosure or similar action by such trustee or representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Section concerning assignments. Any such Lender shall, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, act on behalf of all of its pledgees in all dealings with the Borrower in respect of the Credit Facilities and no such pledgee shall have (i) any voting or consent rights with respect to any matter requiring the Lenders’ consent, (ii) any entitlement to any amounts payable hereunder, or (iii) any other rights of any nature hereunder until it has complied with the provisions of this Section concerning assignments.
           Section 12.19 Good Faith and Fair Consideration. The Borrower acknowledges and declares that it has entered into this Agreement freely and of its own will. In particular, the Borrower acknowledges that this Agreement was negotiated by it and the Lenders in good faith, and that there was no exploitation of the Borrower by the Lenders, nor is there any serious disproportion between the consideration provided by the Lenders and that provided by the Borrower. Furthermore, the parties to this Agreement agree to act in good faith and in a reasonable manner with each other during the Term hereof.
           Section 12.20 Superior Force. The obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall not be reduced, limited or cancelled pursuant to the occurrence of an event of force majeure, the Borrower expressly assuming the risk of superior force.
           Section 12.21 Sharing of Payments Among Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) obligations in respect of any the Credit Facilities due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Credit Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the obligations in respect of the Credit Facilities due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Credit Documents at such time) of payments on account of the obligations in respect of the Credit Facilities due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Credit Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) obligations in respect of any of the Credit Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Credit Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the obligations in respect of the Credit Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Credit Documents at such time) of payment on account of the obligations in respect of the Credit Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Credit Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Accommodations and, as applicable, subparticipations in the Letters of Credit of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of obligations in respect of the Credit Facilities then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be, provided that:


 

91

     (i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
     (ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Accommodations or, as applicable, subparticipations in Letters of Credit to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
      Section 12.22 Language.Section 12.23 The Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders confirm that they have requested that this Agreement and all documents and notices contemplated thereby be drawn up in the English language. L’emprunteur, l’agent administrative et les prêteurs confirment avoir requis que cette convention et tous les documents et avis qui y sont envisages soient rédigés en langue anglaise.
[signature pages follow]


 

 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first above written.
             
    QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.    
 
           
 
  Per:     /s/ Jean-Francois Pruneau    
 
           
 
      Name: Jean-Francois Pruneau    
 
      Title: Treasurer    

 


 

             
    BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.    
    as Administrative Agent    
 
           
 
  Per:   [signed]    
 
     
 
Authorized Signing Officer
   
         
 
  Address:   1455 Market St.
 
      5 th Floor
 
      Mail code CA5-701—05-19
 
      San Francisco, CA 94103
 
       
 
      Attention: Robert J. Rittelmeyer, Vice President
 
      Telephone: (415) 436-2616
 
      Fax: (415) 503-5099
 
      Email: rojert.j.rittelmeyer@bankofamerica.com
 
       
Address for operations (Facility B-1):   Bank of America N.A.
 
      Credit Services/Agency Services
 
      1850 Gateway Blvd., 5th Floor
 
      MC: CA4-706-05-09
 
      Concord, CA 94520
 
      Attention: Kristine Kelleher,
 
      AVP/Credit Service Representative
 
      Phone: (925)675-8373
 
      Fax: (888) 969-2414
 
      E-mail: kristine.l.kelleher@bankofamerica.com
 
       
Address for operations (Revolving Facility,    
Facility A and Facility B-2):   Bank of America, N.A., Canada Branch
 
      200 Front Street West, Suite 2700
 
      Toronto, Ontario, M5V 3L2
 
       
 
      Attention: Sylwia Durkiewicz
 
      Telephone: (416) 349-4307
 
      Fax: (416) 349-4282
 
      E-mail: Sylwia.durkiewicz@bankofamerica.com
 
       
 
      Alternate – Domingo Braganza
 
      Telephone: (416) 349-5464

 


 

                 
    BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,    
    Canada Branch, as Lender and as Issuing Lender    
 
               
    Per:   /s/ Nelson Lam    
             
        Nelson Lam    
        Vice President    
 
               
    Address:   Corporate Banking    
 
          200 Front Street West,    
 
          Suite 2700    
 
          Toronto, Ontario, M5V 3L2    
 
               
    Attention:   Nelson Lam    
 
               
    Telephone:   (416) 349-5496    
 
  Fax:       (416) 349-4282    
 
               
    Email: nelson.lam@bankofamerica.com    

 


 

2

                 
    CITIBANK, N.A.        
    (Canadian Branch)    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:        
 
               
 
  Per:            
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:        
 
               
 
  Address:       123 Front Street West
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 2M3
   
 
               
 
  Attention:       John Hastings, Managing Director    
 
  Telephone:       (416) 947-2947    
 
  Fax:       (416) 915-6289    
 
  E-mail:       john.hastings@citigroup.com    

 


 

                 
    CREDIT SUISSE,    
    TORONTO BRANCH    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Alain Daoust    
        Title: Director    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Steve W. Fuh    
        Title: Vice-President Financial Control    
 
               
 
  Address:       One First Canadian Place    
 
          Suite 3000, P.O. Box 301    
 
          Toronto, Ontario    
 
          M5X 1C9    
 
               
 
  Attention:       Alain Daoust    
 
  Telephone:       (416) 352-4527    
 
  Fax:       (416) 352-4576    
 
  E-mail:       alain.daoust@csfb.com    

 


 

                 
    HSBC BANK CANADA    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Eric Schumacher    
        Title: Director    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:        
 
               
 
  Address:       2001 McGill College
Suite 300 Montreal, Quebec
H3A 1G1
   
 
               
 
  Attention:       Eric Schumacher, Director    
 
  Telephone:       (514) 286-5332    
 
  Fax:       (514) 286-5330    
 
  E-mail:       eric_schumacher@hsbc.ca    

 


 

                 
    THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Rob King    
        Title: Director    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Bradley Walker    
        Title: Associate Director    
 
               
 
  Address:       62 nd Floor    
 
          40 King Street West    
 
          Scotia Plaza    
 
          Toronto, Ontario    
 
          M5W 2X6    
 
               
 
  Attention:       Rob King, Director    
 
  Telephone:       (416) 933-1873    
 
  Fax:       (416) 866-2010    
 
  E-mail:       rob_king@scotiacapital.com    

 


 

                 
    THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Paul Archer    
        Title: Vice-President & Director    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Yves Bergeron    
        Title: Managing Director    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Serge Cloutier    
        Title: Vice President    
 
               
 
  Address:       1 Place Ville Marie, Bureau 2315    
 
          Montréal, Québec    
 
          H3B 3M5    
 
               
 
  Attention:       Yves Bergeron    
 
  Telephone:       (514) 289-0099    
 
  Fax:       (514) 289-0788    
 
  E-mail:            

 


 

                 
    BANK OF MONTREAL    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Bruno Lemay    
        Title: Director    
 
  Per:            
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:        
 
               
 
  Address:       1501 McGill College    
 
          Suite 3200    
 
          Montreal, Quebec    
 
          H3A 3M8    
 
               
 
  Attention:       Bruno Lemay    
 
  Telephone:       (514) 282-5916    
 
  Fax:       (514) 282-5920    
 
  E-mail:       bruno.lemay@bmo.com    

 


 

                 
    CAISSE CENTRALE DESJARDINS    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: André Roy    
        Title: Senior Manager    
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Francine Champoux    
        Title: Vice President    
 
               
 
  Address:       1 Complexe Desjardins    
 
          Suite 2822    
 
          Montreal, Quebec    
 
          H5B 1B3    
 
               
 
  Attention:       André Roy    
 
  Telephone:       (514) 281-7791    
 
  Fax:       (514) 281-7083    
 
  E-mail:       andre.roy@cccd.desjardins.com    

 


 

             
    NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA    
             
 
  Per:   [signed]    
 
           
 
      Name: Stephen Redding    
 
      Title:    
 
           
 
  Per:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
           
    Address:    
 
           
    Attention:    
    Telephone:    
    Fax:    
    E-mail:    

 


 

                     
    ROYAL BANK OF CANADA        
 
                   
 
  Per:   [signed]        
                 
        Name: Rod Smith        
        Title: Authorized Signatory        
 
                   
    Address:   1 Place Ville Marie    
 
          Suite 300        
 
          Montreal, Quebec        
 
          H3B 4R8        
 
                   
    Attention:   Rod Smith, Managing Director
    Telephone:   (514) 878-2815    
 
  Fax:       (514) 874-1349        
    E-mail:   rod.smith@rbccm.com    

 


 

                     
    NATIONAL CITY BANK, CANADA BRANCH    
 
                   
 
  Per:   [signed]            
                 
        Name: Caroline Stade        
        Title: Vice President        
 
                   
 
  Per:   [signed]            
                 
        Name: Bill Hines        
        Title: Senior Vice President        
 
                   
    Address:   130 King St. West    
            Suite 2140    
            Toronto, Ontario    
            M5X 1E4    
 
                   
    Attention:   Caroline Stade    
    Telephone:   (416) 361-1744 x. 224
    Fax:       (416) 361-0085    
    E-mail:   caroline.stade@nationalcity.com

 


 

                     
    CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE    
 
                   
 
  Per:   [signed]            
                 
        Name: Alex Tessier        
        Title: Director        
 
                   
 
  Per:   [signed]            
                 
        Name: Steve Nishimura    
        Title: Managing Director    
 
                   
    Address:   BCE Place
            161 Bay Street, 8 th Floor
            Toronto, Ontario
            M5J 2S8    
 
                   
    Attention:   Alex Tessier
    Telephone:   (416) 956-3832
    Fax:       (416) 956-3816
    E-mail:   alex.tessier@cibc.ca

 


 

                     
    BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. As Lender    
 
                   
 
  Per:   [signed]            
                 
        Name: Jeffrey Armitage        
        Title: Senior Vice President        
 
                   
 
  Per:                
                 
 
      Name:            
 
      Title:            
 
                   
    Address:   231 South LaSalle St.
            10 th Floor
            Chicago, Illinois
            60604
 
                   
    Attention:   Jeffrey Armitage
    Telephone:   (312) 828-3898
    Fax:   (312) 974-8811
    E-mail:   Jeffrey.armitage@bankofamerica.com

 


 

                 
    THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
as a Facility B Lender
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Jose B. Carlos    
        Title: Authorized Signatory    
 
               
 
  Per:            
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:        
 
               
    Address:        
 
               
    Attention:        
    Telephone:        
 
  Fax:            
    E-mail:        

 


 

                 
    TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC
as a Facility B Lender
 
               
 
  Per:   [signed]        
             
        Name: Jim Bridwell    
        Title: Authorized Signatory    
 
               
 
  Per:            
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:        
 
               
    Address:        
 
               
    Attention:        
    Telephone:        
 
  Fax:            
    E-mail:        

 


 

                     
    NATIONAL CITY BANK    
 
                   
 
  Per:   [signed]            
                 
        Name: Timothy J. Ambrose        
        Title: Vice President        
 
                   
 
  Per:                
                 
 
      Name:            
 
      Title:            
 
                   
    Address:   One South Broad Street Building
            14 th Floor
            Philadelphia, PA
            19107
 
                   
    Attention:   Tim Ambrose, Vice President
    Telephone:   (267) 256-4026
 
  Fax:                
    E-mail:   timothy.ambrose@nationalcity.com

 


 

SCHEDULE A
AGENCY BRANCH ACCOUNT
For the Revolving Lenders and the Facility A Lenders and the Facility B-2 Lenders
Canadian Dollars
LVTS-Large Value Transaction System
Bank of America, N.A. Canada Branch
200 Front Street West
Toronto, Ontario
Attention: Agency Loans Administration
Swift Code: BOFACATT
Transit #: 56792-241 Account #: 90083255
Reference: Quebecor Media Inc.
US Dollars
BankAmerica International New York
335 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Swift Code: BOFAU53N ABA# 02600593
For the account of: Bank of America, Canada Branch
Account: #65502-01805
Swift Code#: BOFACATT
Reference: Quebecor Media Inc.
or such other account or address in Canada of which the Administrative Agent may notify the Borrower from time to time.
For the Facility B-1 Lenders
Bank of America, N.A.
Dallas, TX
ABA: 111000012
Account Number: 3750836479
Account Name: Credit Services West
Reference: Quebecor Media Inc.
Attention: Kristine Kelleher
or such other account or address in the U.S.A. of which the Administrative Agent may notify the Borrower from time to time.

 


 

SCHEDULE B
COMMITMENTS
                 
    Revolving        
Lender   Facility   Facility A   Facility B
            B-1 Tranche   B-2 Tranche
[Redacted]
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
 
               
Total
  C$100,00,000   C$125,000,000   US$350,000,000   C$0
 
               

 


 

SCHEDULE 1
ACCOMMODATION NOTICE
     
TO:
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Administrative Agent
 
   
FROM:
  QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
 
   
DATE:
   
1) This Accommodation Notice is delivered to you pursuant to the credit agreement (as in effect on the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated January 17, 2006 entered into among, inter alia , QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., as Borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. All terms used in this Accommodation Notice which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have herein the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.
2) We hereby request an [ Accommodation/conversion ] under [ the Revolving Facility, Facility A or Facility B ] of the Credit Agreement as follows:
         
 
  (a)   Date of Accommodation:                                                                                                                 
 
  (b)   Currency and amount of Accommodation:                                                                                    
 
  (c)   Type of Accommodation:                                                                                                                
 
  (d)   Designated Period(s) (if any):                                                                                                         
 
  (e)   Maturity date(s) (if applicable):                                                                                                       
 
  (f)   Payment instruction (if any):                                                                                                           
3) We have understood the provisions of the Credit Agreement which are relevant to the furnishing of this Accommodation Notice. To the extent that this Accommodation Notice evidences, attests or confirms compliance with any covenants or conditions precedent provided for in the Credit Agreement, we have made such examination or investigation as was, in our opinion, necessary to enable us to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenants or conditions have been complied with.
4) WE HEREBY CERTIFY THAT, in our opinion, as of the date hereof:
     (a) All of the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article 7 of the Credit Agreement (except where qualified in Article 7 as being made as at a particular date) are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.
     (b) All of the covenants of the Borrower contained in Article 8 of the Credit Agreement together with all of the conditions precedent to an Advance and all other terms and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement have been fully complied with.
     (c) No Event of Default has occurred and no Default has occurred and is continuing.
Yours truly,

 


 

             
    QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.    
 
           
 
  Per:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   

 


 

SCHEDULE 2
NOTICE OF REPAYMENT
     
TO:
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Administrative Agent
 
   
FROM:
  QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
 
   
DATE:
   
1) This notice of repayment is delivered to you pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated January 17, 2006 entered into among, inter alia , QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., as Borrower, and, Bank of America, N. A., as Administrative Agent (as in effect on the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”). All defined terms set forth in this notice shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.
2) We hereby advise you that we will be repaying the sum of [C$ / US$]                      on                                           as follows [ indicate amount payable in respect of each Facility as well as the type of Advance to be repaid] .
3) As to an amount of [C$ / US$                      , the above-mentioned payment should be treated as a [ mandatory prepayment / voluntary prepayment ] under Error! Reference source not found. / Error! Reference source not found. ] , which we understand will have the effect of reducing the amount of Facility A and Facility B, or, if applicable, the Revolving Facility] by an equal amount (or by an equivalent amount, if in another currency). [ If the payment is a mandatory prepayment resulting from an asset sale or an equity issuance, it will be applied (i) firstly, pro rata to permanently reduce Facility A and Facility B (unless it is an Unacceptable Payment) and (ii) secondly, to repay the Revolving Facility, if there are any Accommodations Outstanding thereunder; in all cases, provide details of the calculations used to determine the amounts. ]
             
    Yours truly,    
 
           
    QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.    
 
           
 
  Per:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   

 


 

SCHEDULE 3
OFFER TO LENDERS
     
TO:
  [ Name of Lender ]
 
   
FROM:
  QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
 
   
DATE:
   
1) This offer of repayment is delivered to you pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 17, 2006 entered into among, inter alia , QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., as Borrower and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as in effect on the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”). All defined terms set forth in this notice shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.
2) We hereby advise you that on [ insert date, at least 10 and not more than 20 Business Days from the date of this offer ] (the “ Payment Date ”), we will be making a Mandatory Repayment of [ Facility A or Facility B ] in an aggregate amount of US $/C$ ________, of which your proportionate share, based on your Commitment under [ Facility A or Facility B ], is US $/C$ ________ [ indicate amount payable] .
3) In accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, you are required to advise us in writing, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, not less than 3 Business Days before the Payment Date if you wish to accept the Mandatory Repayment in question, failing which you shall be deemed to have accepted same.
             
    Yours truly,    
 
           
    QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.    
 
           
 
  Per:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   

 


 

SCHEDULE 4
APPLICABLE MARGINS
(per annum)
Revolving Facility and Facility A
                             
        Drawing Fee and   C$ Prime Rate /   Commitment    
Tier   Leverage Ratio   L/C Fee   US$ Prime Rate   Fee   Libor
I
  R £ 2.75     1.25 %   +0.25%     0.30 %   +1.25%
II
  2.75 < R £ 3.5     1.50 %   +0.50%     0.375 %   +1.50%
III
  3.5 < R £ 4.5     1.75 %   +0.75%     0.375 %   +1.75%
IV
  4.5 < R £ 5.25     2.00 %   +1.00%     0.50 %   +2.00%
V
  5.25 < R     2.25 %   +1.25%     0.50 %   +2.25%
Facility B
                 
US$ Prime Rate           Libor
+1.00%
            2.00 %

 


 

SCHEDULE 5
SECURITY AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS
1.   First-ranking security (subject only to Permitted Liens) in favour of the Administrative Agent (or the fondé de pouvoir referred to below) on behalf of the Lenders, by way of a hypothec on the universality of all of the movable property of the Borrower which property is or is deemed to be located in the Province of Quebec (and/or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, by way of a hypothec securing debentures (“ Debentures ”) granted in favour of the Administrative Agent or a collateral agent designated by the Administrative Agent as the holder of a power of attorney (“fondé de pouvoir”) of the Lenders within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec, as contemplated by Section 10.12 of the Credit Agreement) subject, however to limitations on the realisation or enforcement on the shares of TVA Group Inc. (or its successors) if such enforcement could reasonably be expected to cause TVA Group Inc. (or its successors) to lose any Authorization it holds or is required to hold at any time in the future for the operation of its business;
2.   First-ranking limited recourse pledge granted by 3535991 Canada Inc. in respect of its shares in Sun Media Corporation.
3.   First-ranking limited recourse pledge granted by 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. in respect of its shares in Vidéotron Ltée.

 


 

SCHEDULE 6
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) dated as of the Effective Date referred to below is entered into by and between the party identified below as Assignor and each party identified on each signature page hereto as an “ Assignee ”. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by each Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably and ratably sells and assigns to each Assignee, and each Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date referred to below (i) all of the Assignor’s respective rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below the signature of that Assignee of all the Assignor’s respective outstanding rights and obligations under the Credit Facilities identified below (including without limitation any guarantees and Security included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other rights of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as to each Assignee, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.
         
1.
  Assignor:   l
 
       
2.
  Assignees and their Assigned Interests:   Listed on the signature pages attached hereto
 
       
3.
  Borrower:   Quebecor Media Inc.
 
       
4.
  Administrative Agent:   Bank of America, N. A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement referred to below
 
       
5.
  Credit Agreement:   The Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006 among the Borrower named above, the Lenders parties thereto, and the Administrative Agent named above

 


 

6. Assigned Interests:
             
 
  Aggregate Amount of        
 
  Commitment/`   Amount of   Percentage Assigned
Facility
  Accommodations for   Commitment/ Assigned   of Commitments/
Assigned 1
  all Lenders   Accommodations   Accommodations
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
7.
  Effective Date:   As to each Assignee, as indicated on attached signature page thereof
 
       
8.
  Trade Date:   As to each Assignee, as indicated on attached signature page thereof
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
             
ASSIGNOR:
  l        
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
 
           
Consent and Acceptance:   BANK OF AMERICA, N. A.,    
    as Administrative Agent    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
 
1   Fill in the appropriate terminology for the type of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (i.e. Revolving Commitment, Facility A Commitment or Facility B Commitment)

 


 

             
Consent and Acceptance: 2   QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., as Borrower    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
 
2   Obtain indicated consent(s) only if required by Credit Agreement.

 


 

             
ASSIGNEE:
           
 
           
 
      [Name of Assignee]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      [Entity signing on behalf of Assignee]3    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:
   
 
      Title:    
 
           
    4 Assignee is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of:
 
           
 
           
 
      [Identify Lender]    
Trade Date:                                                                 
Effective Date:                                                             5    
 
3   Include if a general partner or manager of the Assignee is signing on behalf of the Assignee.
 
4   Include as applicable.
 
5   Effective date to be inserted by Administrative Agent.

 


 

ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ASSIGNMENT
AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
     1.  Representations and Warranties .
     1.1. Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of each Assigned Interest, (ii) each Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Documents or any other instrument or document delivered pursuant thereto, other than this Agreement, or any Collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Credit Document or (iv) the performance or observance by any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Credit Document.
     1.2. Assignee . Each Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Assignee under the Credit Agreement, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender; (v) if the contemplated Assignment and Assumption is under the Revolving Facility or Facility A and occurs prior to an Event of Default which has not been waived, it is a Cdn Qualified Lender; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
     1.3 Assignee’s Address for Notices, Etc . Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is all contact information, address, phone and facsimile information and account and payment instructions) relative to the Assignee.
     2.  Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued prior to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.
     3.  General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together

 


 

shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws applicable in the Province of Quebec.

 


 

SCHEDULE 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS
(Assignee to list names of credit contacts, addresses, phone and facsimile numbers, electronic
mail addresses and account and payment information)

 


 

SCHEDULE 7
SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT FOR
BACK-TO-BACK SECURITIES
This SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT is dated as of l , 200 l (the “Agreement”).
To: Bank of America, N.A., for itself and as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement (defined below) for the Lenders (the “ Administrative Agent ”), l , a l company (the “ Obligor ”), as obligor under the l dated as of l , and l in the principal amount of l $ l and l $ l , respectively, made by the Obligor in favour of l (the “ Subordinated Notes ”), and l , as holder (the “ Holder ”) of the Subordinated Notes, for good and valuable consideration, hereby agree as follows:
1. Interpretation.
     (a) “ Cash, Property or Securities ”. “Cash, Property or Securities” shall not be deemed to include securities of the Obligor or any other Person provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided herein with respect to the Subordinated Notes, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided, however, that (i) all Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new Person, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment.
     (b) “ payment in full ”. “payment in full”, with respect to Senior Indebtedness, means the receipt on an irrevocable basis of cash in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Senior Indebtedness and premium, if any, and interest and any special interest thereon to the date of such payment, together with all other amounts owing with respect to such Senior Indebtedness.
     (c) “ Senior Indebtedness ”. “Senior Indebtedness” means, at any date all indebtedness (including, without limitation, any and all amounts of principal, interest, special interest, additional amounts, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) under (1) [the Indenture , including, without limitation, the “Notes”, the “Subsidiary Guarantees”, the “Exchange Notes”, the “Additional Notes” and any Guarantee of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the Indenture)] and (2) the Credit Agreement, dated as of January l , 2006, among Quebecor Media Inc., as borrower, the financial institutions identified as lenders therein, Banc of America Securities LLC, as joint lead arranger and joint bookmanager, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and l , as joint lead arranger and bookmanager, documentation agent and syndication agent (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein without definition having the meanings set forth therein) and the Credit Documents.

 


 

(2)
2. Agreement Entered into Pursuant to Credit Agreement . The Obligor, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are entering into this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, pursuant to which Quebecor Media Inc. has borrowed approximately C$700,000,000 and has additional borrowings available of C$350,000,000 (the “Accommodations”).
3. Subordination . The indebtedness represented by the Subordinated Notes shall be subordinated as follows:
     (a)  Agreement to Subordinate . The Obligor, for itself and its successors and assigns, and the Holder agree that the indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) is subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Section 3, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. The provisions of this Section 3 are for the benefit of the Administrative Agent acting on behalf of the holders from time to time of Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, and such holders are hereby made obligees hereunder to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such, and they (collectively or singly) may proceed to enforce such provisions.
     (b)  Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy .
  (i)   Upon any distribution of assets of the Obligor to creditors or upon a liquidation or dissolution or winding-up of the Obligor or in a bankruptcy, arrangement, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar case or proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property or other marshalling of assets of the Obligor:
  (A)   the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness before the Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal of or interest on, or any other amount owing in respect of, the Subordinated Notes;
 
  (B)   until payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, any distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character to which the Holder would be entitled but for this Section 3 is hereby assigned to the holders of Senior Indebtedness absolutely and shall be paid by the Obligor or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agents or other Persons making such payment or distribution to, the Administrative Agent behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, as their interests may appear; and
 
  (C)   in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character, whether in Cash, Property or Securities, shall be received by the Holder before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and

 


 

(3)
      shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, as their interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement in respect of such Senior Indebtedness.
  (ii)   If (A) a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property (a “ Reorganization Proceeding ”) is commenced and is continuing and (B) the Holder does not file proper claims or proofs of claim in the form required in a Reorganization Proceeding prior to 45 days before the expiration of the time to file such claims, then (1) upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Holder shall file such claims and proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Notes and execute and deliver such powers of attorney, assignments and proofs of claim or proxies as may be directed by the Administrative Agent to enable it to exercise in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent any and all voting rights attributable to the Subordinated Notes which are capable of being voted (whether by meeting, written resolution or otherwise) in a Reorganization Proceeding and enforce any and all claims upon or in respect of the Subordinated Notes and to collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable at any time upon or in respect of the Subordinated Notes, and (2) whether or not the Administrative Agent shall take the action described in clause (1) above, the Administrative Agent shall nevertheless be deemed to have such powers of attorney as may be necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to exercise such voting rights, file appropriate claims and proofs of claim and otherwise exercise the powers described above for and on behalf of the Holder.
     (c)  Subrogation . After all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full and until the Subordinated Notes are paid in full, the Holder shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness. For purposes of this Section 3(c), a distribution made under this Section 3 to holders of Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to the Holder, or a payment made by the Holder to holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of a turnover obligation under this Section 3, is not, as between the Obligor and such holder, a payment by the Obligor on Senior Indebtedness.
     (d)  Relative Rights . This Section 3 defines the relative rights of the Holder and the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 3 shall:
  (i)   impair, as between the Obligor and the Holder, the obligation of the Obligor, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on the Subordinated Notes in accordance with their terms; or

 


 

(4)
  (ii)   affect the relative rights of the Holder and creditors of the Obligor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness; or
 
  (iii)   affect the relative rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness among themselves or opposite the Obligor under the Credit Documents; or
 
  (iv)   prevent the Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default, subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive cash, property or other assets otherwise payable to the Holder.
     (e)  Subordination May Not Be Impaired .
  (i)   No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes shall in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act by the Obligor or by any such holder or the Administrative Agent, or by any non-compliance by the Obligor with the terms, provisions or covenants herein, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder or the Administrative Agent may have or be otherwise charged with. Neither the subordination of the Subordinated Notes as herein provided nor the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness with respect hereto shall be affected by any extension, renewal or modification of the terms, or the granting of any security in respect of, any Senior Indebtedness or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy with respect thereto.
 
  (ii)   The Holder agrees that all indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes will be unsecured by any Lien upon or with respect to any property of the Obligor.
 
  (iii)   The Holder agrees not to exercise any offset or counterclaim or similar right in respect of the indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes except to the extent payment of such indebtedness is permitted and will not assign or otherwise dispose of the Subordinated Notes or the indebtedness which it evidences unless the assignee or acquiror, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.
     (f)  Holder Entitled to Rely .
Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 3, the Holder shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 3(b) are pending, (ii) upon a certificate if the liquidating trustee or agent or other person in such proceedings making such payment or distribution to the Holder or its representative, if any, or (iii) upon a certificate of the Administrative Agent or any representative (if any) of the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of

 


 

(5)
the Obligor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 3.
4. Enforceability . Each of the Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Obligor and the Holder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and on the date hereof, the Holder shall deliver an opinion or opinions of counsel to such effect to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders.
5. Miscellaneous .
     (a) Until payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, the Obligor and the Holder agree that no amendment shall be made to either of the Subordinated Notes which would affect the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness.
     (b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect, nor may any of the terms or provisions hereof be waived, except by an instrument signed by the Obligor, the Holder and the Administrative Agent.
     (c) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and each and every holder of Senior Indebtedness and their respective successors and assigns.
     (d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the [State of New York.]
     (e) The Holder and the Obligor each hereby irrevocably agrees that any suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court sitting in the City of New York or any court in the Province of Quebec and submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court.
     (f) The Holder and the Obligor will whenever and as often as reasonably requested to do so by the Administrative Agent, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such other and further acts, assignments, transfers and any instruments of further assurance, approvals and consents as are necessary or proper in order to give complete effect to this Agreement.
     (g) Each of the Holder and the Obligor irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to CT Corporation System, by the person serving the same to the addresses listed below, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Holder or the Obligor, as applicable, in any such suit or proceeding.

 


 

(6)
     If to the Obligor:
      l
     If to the Holder:
      l
     Each of the Holder and the Obligor further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of ten years from the date of this Agreement.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Obligor and the Holder each have caused this Agreement to be duly executed.
             
 
  l        
 
           
 
  by        
 
     
 
Name: n
   
 
      Title:    n    
 
           
 
  l        
 
           
 
  by        
 
     
 
Name: n
   
 
      Title:    n    

 


 

SCHEDULE 8
FORM OF NOTE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to                                           or registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Accommodation from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among, inter alia , the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Accommodation from the date of such Accommodation until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in US Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office, as provided for in the Credit Agreement. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.
This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefit of all guarantees and is secured by the Security. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Credit Agreement. Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonour and non-payment of this Note.
THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
             
    QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:        

 

 

Exhibit 7.1
Quebecor Media Inc.
Statement Regarding Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges as Disclosed in
Quebecor Media Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the Year Ended December 31, 2005
     For the purpose of calculating the ratios of earnings to fixed charges disclosed in Quebecor Media Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005, (i) earnings consist of net income (loss) plus non-controlling interest in subsidiary, income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses relating to indebtedness and an estimate of the interest within rental expense. For the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, earnings, as calculated under Canadian GAAP, were inadequate to cover our fixed charges, and the coverage deficiency was $502.1 million and $209.2 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2003, earnings, as calculated under U.S. GAAP, were inadequate to cover our fixed charges, and the coverage deficiency was $76.0 million.

 

 

Exhibit 8.1
Subsidiaries of Quebecor Media Inc.
         
Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization   Equity Interest/Voting Interest
 
9101-0827 Québec inc.
  Québec   100% / 100%
 
       
Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron ltée
  Québec   100% / 100%
 
       
CF Câble TV inc. / CF Cable TV Inc.
  Canada   100% / 100%
 
       
Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée
  Québec   100% / 100%
 
       
3535991 Canada Inc.
  Canada   100% / 100%
 
       
Sun Media Corporation / Corporation Sun Media
  British Columbia   100% / 100%
 
       
Bowes Publishers Limited
  British Columbia   100% / 100%
 
       
Sun Media (Toronto) Corporation
  British Columbia   100% / 100%
 
       
Groupe TVA Inc. / TVA Group Inc.
  Québec   45.2% / 99.9%
 
       
Groupe Archambault inc. / Archambault Group Inc.
  Canada   100% / 100%
 
       
CEC Publishing Inc./ Les Éditions CEC inc.
  Québec   100% / 100%
 
       
Canoë inc. / Canoe Inc.
  Québec   92.4% / 100%
 
       
Nurun Inc.
  Canada   57.9% / 57.9%

 

 

Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Pierre Francoeur, President and Chief Operating Officer of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of the Company;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   [omitted pursuant to the guidance of Commission Releases Nos.33-8238 (June 5, 2003) and 33-8618 (September 22, 2005)];
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 29, 2006
     
 
  /s/ Pierre Francoeur
 
   
 
  Name: Pierre Francoeur
 
  Title: President and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Mark D’Souza, Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial Officer) of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of the Company;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   [omitted pursuant to the guidance of Commission Releases Nos.33-8238 (June 5, 2003) and 33-8618 (September 22, 2005)];
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 29, 2006
     
 
  /s/ Mark D’Souza
 
   
 
  Name: Mark D’Souza
 
  Title: Vice President, Finance

 

 

Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
     In connection with the Annual Report of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Pierre Francoeur, President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  (1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
  (2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 29, 2006
     
 
/s/ Pierre Francoeur
   
 
Name: Pierre Francoeur
   
Title: President and Chief Operating Officer
   
      The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

 

Exhibit 13.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
     In connection with the Annual Report of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark D’Souza, Vice President, Finance, (Principal Financial Officer) of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  (3)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
  (4)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 29, 2006
     
 
/s/ Mark D’Souza
   
 
Name: Mark D’Souza
   
Title: Vice President, Finance
   
      The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.